Isoref

Reference Guide
PDS ISOGEN
March 2000
DEA5040B0
For PDS version 06.04.01.**
This document replaces DEA5040A0
Warranties and Liabilities
All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are s
et forth in your purchase contract,
and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be con
sidered or deemed a modification or
amendment of such warranties.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to chang
e without notice and should not be
considered commitments by Intergraph Corporation. Intergraph Corporation assumes
no responsibility for any
error that may appear in this document.
The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be
used or copied only in accordance
with the terms of this license.
No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of softwar
e on equipment that is not supplied by
Intergraph or its affiliated companies.
Trademarks
Intergraph is a trademark of Intergraph Corporation. MicroStation is a trademark
of Bentley Systems Inc., an
Intergraph affiliate.
Copyright
2000 Intergraph Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant
to applicable software license
agreement; contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/o
r third parties which is protected
by copyright and trade secret law and may not be provided or otherwise made avai
lable without proper
authorization.
RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as
set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii) of
The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013
or subparagraphs (c) (1) and
(2) of Commercial Computer Software
Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52.227-19, as ap
plicable.
Unpublished rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
If You Need Assistance
Intergraph Online
Our web site brings you fast, convenient, up-to-the-minute information about
Intergraph s products, services, and direction. Our web address is:
http://www.intergraph.com
Telephone Support
All Intergraph products are delivered with a 30-day warranty for full
coverage of physical media.
In the United States, call Intergraph s standard support number at
1-800-633-7248 from 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM CST, Monday through Friday,
except holidays.
If you are outside of the United States, please call your local Intergraph
office. The most up-to-date list of international offices and distributors is
available on the web at http://www.intergraph.com.

Please have the following information available when you call:
The product s serial number. This can be found on the license
agreement or by using the About command in the product.
Your name and telephone number.
The product s name.
Your CPIN number and service number.
A brief description of the problem.
Intergraph Directory
The following numbers are only valid in the United States unless otherwise
indicated. If you are outside the United States, please call your local
Intergraph office.
Intergraph General Information
U.S. 1-800-345-4856
Canada 1-800-461-5297
All countries
1-256-730-2000
Customer Response Center (U.S. Only)
Customer Support 1-800-633-7248
U.S. Customer Care Center
1-888-779-3824
FAX 1-800-239-2972
Training Registration (U.S. Only)
1-800-240-3000
Regional Sales Information (U.S. Only)
1-800-240-1000
Mailing Address
Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
U.S.A.
You can also reach us by electronic mail at info@intergraph.com.
Educational Media Contacts
We are constantly working on updates and improvements to the documents
and other educational media. If you have any suggestions on where we can
improve the documentation or where you think more information is needed,
let us know. You can reach us by:
Mail Intergraph Corporation
Manager, PBS Documentation
GD3006
Huntsville, AL 35894-0001
FAX PBS Documentation
1-256-730-3300
Electronic
Mail
pds_doc@metron.b30.ingr.com
Table of Contents vii
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Table of Cont
ents
If You Need Assistance .........................................................
......................... iii
Intergraph Directory ...........................................................
........................... iv
Preface ........................................................................
................................................. xiii
General Conventions ............................................................
................................ xv
1. Introduction to ISOGEN ......................................................
................................ 1 - 1
1.1 Overview of Isometric Extraction ...........................................
..................... 1 - 3
1.1.1 The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN .......................................

...... 1 - 3
1.1.2 ASCII to Binary Conversion ...............................................
............. 1 - 4
1.1.3 ISOGEN ...................................................................
......................... 1 - 4
2. PDS Environment .............................................................
.................................... 2 - 1
2.1 PD Shell ...................................................................
..................................... 2 - 2
2.1.1 PD_Shell FormConventions .................................................
........... 2 - 5
2.1.2 Batch Processes ..........................................................
...................... 2 - 8
3. Interactive Isometric Extraction ............................................
.............................. 3 - 1
3.1 Extraction Criteria ........................................................
............................... 3 - 9
3.1.1 Model Files ..............................................................
.......................... 3 - 9
3.1.2 Pipeline Names ...........................................................
...................... 3 - 10
3.2 Iso Design File ............................................................
.................................. 3 - 12
3.3 Plot Isometric Drawing .....................................................
........................... 3 - 14
3.4 View Isometric Drawing .....................................................
......................... 3 - 17
3.5 Conventions and Limitations ................................................
...................... 3 - 19
3.5.1 Extraction Conventions ...................................................
................. 3 - 19
3.5.2 Extraction Limitations ...................................................
.................. 3 - 20
4. Batch Software Organization .................................................
.............................. 4 - 1
4.1 The Batch Job Input File ...................................................
.......................... 4 - 3
4.2 Line Processing (pdsidf) ...................................................
............................ 4 - 4
4.3 The ISOGEN Interface .......................................................
......................... 4 - 5
4.4 ISOGEN .....................................................................
................................... 4 - 5
4.4.1 Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT) ..................................
..... 4 - 6
viii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
4.5 Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) ......................................
.............. 4 - 6
4.6 Filling in the Title Block (STIB) ..........................................
........................ 4 - 6
4.7 Plotting ...................................................................
...................................... 4 - 7
4.8 Updating the Project Database (pdsidf) .....................................
................. 4 - 7
4.9 Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf) ............................................
.................... 4 - 7
4.10 Investigating Batch Extraction Problems ...................................
.............. 4 - 7
5. Batch Isometric Extraction ..................................................
................................ 5 - 1
5.1 Initial Setup Considerations ...............................................
......................... 5 - 3
5.2 Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics ................................
........... 5 - 7
5.3 Batch Isometric Generation .................................................
........................ 5 - 9
5.3.1 Define Default Sets ......................................................
.................... 5 - 13
5.3.1.1 Add Default Set ........................................................
.......... 5 - 15
5.3.1.2 Revise Default Set .....................................................
........ 5 - 18
5.3.1.3 Delete Default Set .....................................................
......... 5 - 20
5.3.1.4 Copy Default Set .......................................................
......... 5 - 21
5.3.2 Define Project Options ...................................................
.................. 5 - 22
5.3.3 Revise Iso Area ..........................................................
....................... 5 - 25
5.3.4 List Iso Areas ...........................................................
......................... 5 - 27
5.3.5 Create Drawing ...........................................................
..................... 5 - 28
5.3.6 Revise Drawing ...........................................................
...................... 5 - 33
5.3.7 Delete Drawing ...........................................................
...................... 5 - 46
5.3.8 List Drawings ............................................................
....................... 5 - 54
5.3.9 Utilities ................................................................
............................. 5 - 56
5.3.9.1 Bulk Load Lines ........................................................
......... 5 - 57
Load by Area ...................................................................
...................................... 5 - 60
Load by Model ..................................................................
..................................... 5 - 62
Load by Line ...................................................................
...................................... 5 - 64
5.3.9.2 Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File ........................................
.................. 5 - 67
5.3.9.3 Isometric Symbol Editor ................................................
........................ 5 - 71
Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment .....................................
............... 5 - 72
Input Area Options .............................................................
.................................. 5 - 73
Assembling an Isometric Symbol .................................................
........................ 5 - 76
Creating a User-defined Symbol Library .........................................
................... 5 - 83
Using the Newly-created Symbol Library .........................................
.................. 5 - 84
5.3.9.4 Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type .........................
..... 5 - 85
5.3.9.5 Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File ...........................
.... 5 - 86
5.3.10 Create Batch Job Input ..................................................
................ 5 - 89
5.3.11 Schedule Batch Job ......................................................
.................. 5 - 100
5.3.12 Reports .................................................................
........................... 5 - 104
6. Interpreting the HITS Report ................................................
.............................. 6 - 1
Table of Contents ix
6.1 Example HITS Report ........................................................
......................... 6 - 2
6.2 Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data .......................
..... 6 - 12
6.3 Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate ...........................
.......... 6 - 13
6.4 Section 3: Tracing Data ....................................................
........................... 6 - 14
6.5 Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo .................................
.............. 6 - 15
6.6 Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order ...................................
................ 6 - 22
6.7 Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems ....................................
............. 6 - 26
7. The Options File ............................................................
....................................... 7 - 1
7.1 File Structure .............................................................
.................................. 7 - 2
7.2 ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK .......................................................
............... 7 - 4
7.3 INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK ...................................................
........ 7 - 6
7.4 The Files Table ............................................................
................................. 7 - 42
7.5 USER_DEFINED_WELDS .........................................................
................ 7 - 45
7.6 WELD_PREFIX ................................................................
........................... 7 - 47
7.7 DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY .....................................................
.............. 7 - 48
7.8 PIPELINE_HEADER ............................................................
...................... 7 - 50
7.9 ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................
................. 7 - 56
7.10 INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS .................................................
......... 7 - 58
7.11 LINE_ID_DEFINITION ........................................................
.................... 7 - 59
7.12 TYPE_1_LABELS .............................................................
......................... 7 - 60
7.13 TYPE_2_LABELS .............................................................
......................... 7 - 63
7.14 TYPE_3_LABELS .............................................................
......................... 7 - 66
7.15 START_POINT_NOTES .........................................................
................... 7 - 68
7.16 END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS ................................................
... 7 - 70
7.17 NOZZLE_NOTE ...............................................................
.......................... 7 - 72
7.18 SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE ................................................
.... 7 - 74
7.19 DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES ................................... 7 - 7

5
7.20 NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES ....................................................
.......... 7 - 77
7.21 SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ..............................................
... 7 - 78
7.22 OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ....................................... 7
- 80
7.23 MOVABLE_TEXT ..............................................................
........................ 7 - 81
7.24 NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS ...........................................................
................... 7 - 84
7.25 GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT ........................................................
.............. 7 - 85
7.26 ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX ...............................................
.... 7 - 87
7.27 USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM .............................................
. 7 - 89
7.28 USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM ....................................... 7 92
7.29 USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM ................................................
.. 7 - 95
7.30 NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS ..................................................
...... 7 - 98
8. User-Defined BOM / Material Control File ....................................
..................... 8 - 1
8.1 Types of Material List .....................................................
............................. 8 - 2
8.1.1 Operating Requirements ...................................................
............... 8 - 4
8.2 Material List Definition (MLD) File ........................................
.................... 8 - 6
8.3 User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file) .............................
.............. 8 - 7
8.4 Offshore Material Category .................................................
........................ 8 - 9
8.5 Transferring Components Between Sort Groups ................................
....... 8 - 9
8.6 Generating an Optional Format for Length Output ............................
...... 8 - 10
8.7 Bolt Units (size x length) .................................................
............................ 8 - 10
x PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
8.8 Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List ................................
............ 8 - 11
8.9 Welds in the Material List .................................................
.......................... 8 - 13
8.10 Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output ................................
............. 8 - 13
8.11 Style for Material List Output ............................................
...................... 8 - 13
8.12 Positioning the Title Block ...............................................
......................... 8 - 14
8.13 MLD File Content ..........................................................
............................ 8 - 14
8.14 MLD File Format Guidelines ................................................
.................... 8 - 15
8.14.1 Style 3 Material List ...................................................
................. 8 - 17
8.15 Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 ..............................
............ 8 - 19
8.16 Example User-defined Material List - Style 3 ..............................
............ 8 - 19
9. Creating Seed Files for Extraction ..........................................
............................ 9 - 1
9.1 Creating an Isometric Seed File ............................................
...................... 9 - 1
9.2 Creating a Plot Request File ...............................................
........................ 9 - 3
9.2.1 IPLOT Plot Request Files .................................................
............... 9 - 3
10. Mapping Attributes to the Title Block ......................................
......................... 10 - 1
10.1 SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE ........................................................
............. 10 - 3
10.2 DRAWING_DATA_TABLE ........................................................
............. 10 - 7
10.3 SHEET_DATA_TABLE ..........................................................
................. 10 - 12
11. Creating a Notes Table .....................................................
.................................. 11 - 1
11.1 Using the isoc.note File ..................................................
.......................... 11 - 2
12. The MTO Neutral File Record Map ............................................
....................... 12 - 1
12.1 COMMON_RECORD_DATA ........................................................
........... 12 - 2
12.2 COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES ......................................................
.......... 12 - 4
12.3 IMPLIED_ITEMS .............................................................
....................... 12 - 6
12.4 GENERATED_ITEMS ...........................................................
.................. 12 - 9
13. The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map ...............................................
..................... 13 - 1
13.1 The PDS Item Name .........................................................
....................... 13 - 1
13.2 The ISOGEN Symbol Name ....................................................
................ 13 - 1
13.3 The ISOGEN Record Number ..................................................
............... 13 - 2
13.4 Number of Connect Points ..................................................
..................... 13 - 3
13.5 Tapped Component Name .....................................................
.................. 13 - 3
13.5.1 Tapped elbows ...........................................................
................. 13 - 3
13.5.2 Olets attached to fittings ..............................................
.............. 13 - 4
13.6 Tapped component record number ............................................
.............. 13 - 4
13.7 PDS Valve Operator Name ...................................................
................... 13 - 4
13.8 End Prep Low and End Prep High ............................................
.............. 13 - 5
13.9 Order of Table Entries ....................................................
......................... 13 - 5
Table of Contents xi
14. The Valve / Operator Table .................................................
............................... 14 - 1
15. Repeatability ..............................................................

......................................... 15 - 1
15.1 Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations ................................
............ 15 - 2
15.2 Extraction Information in the Database ....................................
............. 15 - 3
15.3 Determining the Traversal Start Point .....................................
............. 15 - 4
15.4 Determining Sheet Split Points ............................................
................... 15 - 4
15.5 Determining Spool Split Points ............................................
................... 15 - 5
16. Welds ......................................................................
............................................. 16 - 1
Delivered weld symbols .........................................................
............................. 16 - 2
16.1 Dotted Weld Symbols .......................................................
........................ 16 - 2
16.2 User-defined Weld Symbols .................................................
.................... 16 - 3
16.3 Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100 ............................
...... 16 - 3
16.4 Weld Types and Mapping ....................................................
.................... 16 - 3
16.5 Offshore Fabrication Category .............................................
................... 16 - 4
16.6 Unique Weld Numbering .....................................................
.................... 16 - 4
16.7 User-defined Weld Prefix ..................................................
....................... 16 - 4
16.8 The Weld Summary Report ...................................................
.................. 16 - 5
16.8.1 Weld Definition File Format .............................................
......... 16 - 5
16.8.2 Example WDF File ........................................................
............. 16 - 9
16.9 Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials .....................................
................. 16 - 10
17. Dimensioning and Coordinate Output .........................................
...................... 17 - 1
17.1 Dimensioning Features .....................................................
....................... 17 - 1
17.2 Coordinate Features .......................................................
......................... 17 - 3
18. Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility ................................
.................... 18 - 1
18.1 Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF ..........................................
................. 18 - 2
18.2 Information Note Entries in the DDF .......................................
.............. 18 - 3
19. Weight Display .............................................................
...................................... 19 - 1
19.1 Center of Gravity Calculation .............................................
.................... 19 - 2
20. Isometric Presentation .....................................................
.................................. 20 - 1
20.1 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES .......................................................
................ 20 - 3
20.2 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL ...............................................
...... 20 - 4
20.3 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED ................................................

...... 20 - 4
20.4 BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION .................................................
... 20 - 5
20.5 FITTINGS-GENERAL ..........................................................
................... 20 - 5
20.6 FITTINGS-SPECIAL ..........................................................
..................... 20 - 6
20.7 FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES ....................................... 20
- 7
20.8 MISC-ITEMS ................................................................
........................... 20 - 8
20.9 LAYER-NAMES ...............................................................
........................ 20 - 8
20.10 Program Defaults .........................................................
.......................... 20 - 9
xii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
20.11 Example Drawing Definition File ..........................................
............... 20 - 10
21. Isometric Types ............................................................
....................................... 21 - 1
Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages .........................................
.................... A - 3
A.1 Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN .............................................
......................... A - 4
A.1.1 Information Messages .....................................................
....................... A - 5
A.1.2 Warning Messages .........................................................
........................ A - 8
A.1.3 Error Messages ...........................................................
........................... A - 15
A.2 ISOGEN .....................................................................
......................................... A - 22
A.2.1 ISOGEN message file errors ...............................................
.................. A - 22
A.2.2 Design File Interface Error Messages .....................................
.............. A - 31
A.3 Batch Extraction Software Error Messages ...................................
.................. A - 32
Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables ................................................
......................... B - 3
Appendix C: Example Documents ..................................................
.......................... C - 3
C.1 The Options File (#/dat/isoc.def) ..........................................
.............................. C - 4
C.2 Label Library Label Definitions ............................................
............................ C - 9
C.3 HITS Report (.h file) ......................................................
.................................... C - 28
C.4 Intermediate Data File (.idf file) .........................................
.............................. C - 37
C.5 Interface Error Log (.err file) ............................................
................................. C - 54
C.6 MTO Neutral File (.b# file) ................................................
................................ C - 57
C.7 ISOGEN Message File (.msg file) ............................................
.......................... C - 59
C.8 ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file) ......................................
......................... C - 60
C.9 ISOGEN Component versus Sheet Number File (.sed file) ......................
....... C - 62
C.10 ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file) ........................................
........................ C - 63
C.11 Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files) .............................
........................ C - 64
Appendix D: PDS Database Table Formats .........................................
................... D - 3
D.1 Piping Design Database Table Format ........................................
..................... D - 4
D.2 Specification/Material Reference Database Table Format .....................
......... D - 11
Appendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions .............................................
.................. E - 3
Glossary .......................................................................
................................................ GL - 58
Index ..........................................................................
.................................................. IN - 58
Preface xiii
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Preface
Document Purpose
This document is a reference guide for Intergraph Corporation s PD ISOGEN software
package. You can use the PD ISOGENTM software to generate piping isometric drawi
ngs
from 3D models created by PDS. The ISOGEN product is one part of the overall Int
ergraph
Plant Design System.
This document is designed as a reference for the PD ISOGEN software. It includes
explanations and examples of the operation of all the facilities that make up th
e software
package. Use this guide when you need to reference a specific product function.
Document Prerequisites / Audience
This document is intended for both beginning and advanced users.
The beginning user should:
be familiar with an Intergraph workstation
have Intergraph and MicroStation operating experience
have PDS Piping operating experience.
The advanced user should:
have a good understanding of basic Windows commands and text editors
knowledge of Intergraph software such as EDG and relational databases
be capable of modifying the PDS 3D RDB
have a good understanding of the general PDS environment.
Related Documents/Products
MicroStation 32 software is required to operate in the PDS 2D Graphics software.
Information about MicroStation 32 capabilities can be found in the following doc
uments:
MicroStation 32 Reference Guide
MicroStation 32 User s Guide
Intergraph Corporation s Relational Interface System (RIS)TM is required to operat
e PDS
ISOGEN, along with a relational database management system (RDBMS) supported by
RIS.
Currently, these include Informix, Oracle, and Ingres. Information about RIS
capabilities can be found in the following documents:
xiv PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Relational Interface System (RIS) Reference Manual
Relational Interface System (RIS) Operator Training Guide
For more information on related aspects of the PD ISOGEN products, consult the f
ollowing
documents:
Project Administrator Reference Guide

Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide
Additional Information
The following informational files are delivered with the PDS ISOGEN software in
the
/usr#/ip32/isogen directory.
File Name Contents
README Describes changes and additions to the product since the last version.
Lists the names and dates of the files in the current release. For a
fixes release, the files which have been modified are appended to the
top of the initial file to provide a history of all changes to the product.
Includes Comments and Trouble Report numbers which describe
what problems have been fixed. Provides special notices to the
customer. Lists any exceptions made to the certification.
product.def Lists all dependencies and related parts for the product.
Preface xv
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ General Conve
ntions
This document contains many visual cues to help you understand the
meaning of certain words or phrases. The use of different fonts for different
types of information allows you to scan the document for key concepts or
commands. Symbols help abbreviate and identify commonly used words,
phrases, or groups of related information.
Typefaces
Italic Indicates a system response, which is an explanation of what
the software is doing. For example,
The text is placed in the viewing plane.
Bold Indicates a command name, parameter name, or dialog box
title. Command paths are shown using an arrow between
command names. For example,
Choose File > Open to load a new file.
Sans serif Indicates a system prompt or message, which requires an
action be taken by the user. For example,
Select first segment of alignment
Bold Typewriter
Indicates what you should literally type in. For example,
Key in original.dat to load the ASCII file.
Normal Typewriter
Indicates an actual file or directory name. For example,
The ASCII report is stored in the layout.rpt file.
xvi PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Symbols
This document uses the following symbols to represent mouse buttons and to
identify special information:
<C> Command button
<D> Data button (usually the left mouse button)
<R> Reset/reject button (usually the right mouse button)
<T> Tentative button (usually the center mouse button)
Important supplemental information.
Note
Warning
Critical information that could cause the loss of data if
not followed.
Technical tip or information provides information on what
the software is doing or how it processes information.
Map or path
shows you how to get to a specific command or
form.
More information indicates there is additional or related
information.
Need a hint
used with activities and labs, provides a tip or
hint for doing the exercises.
Keyboard Conventions
The following list outlines the abbreviations this document uses for keyboard
keys and describes how to use them in combination. You can make some
menu selections through the use of keyboard accelerators, which map menu
selections to key combinations.
ALT Alternate key
CTRL Control key
DEL Delete key
ENTER Enter key
ESC Escape key
CTRL+z To hold down the Control key and press Z.
ESC,k To press the Escape key, then K.
Preface xvii
Terminology
Click To use a mouse or key combination to pick an item that
begins an action. For example,
Click Apply to save the changes.
Select To mark an item by highlighting it with key combinations or
by picking it with your cursor. Selecting does not initiate an
action. After selecting an item, you click the action you want
to affect the item. For example,
Select the file original.dat from the list box, then click
Delete to remove it from the directory.
In addition, you would select items to define parameters, such
as selecting toggle buttons. This also applies to selecting
graphic elements from the design file. For example,
Select the line string to define the graphic template.
Tentative-select To place a tentative point on an existing graphic element in a
design file. If you are using the CLIX operating system, you
tentative-select by double-clicking with a mouse or pressing
<T> on a hand-held cursor. If you are using the Windows NT
operating system, you tentative-select by pressing a leftbutton,
right-button chord.
Double-click To select and execute a command by clicking the mouse or
hand-held cursor button twice in rapid succession. This term
implies that you are clicking the data button (<D>) as part of
a menu or dialog box action. For example,
Double-click on the file original.dat to load it into the
new surface.
Drag To press and hold the data button (<D>) while moving the
mouse or hand-held cursor.
Type To key a character string into a text box.
Key in To type in data and press ENTER to enter the data and
execute the default action.
In a dialog box, pressing TAB after keying
in data will enter the data and move the
cursor to the next field.
xviii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Introduction to ISOGEN 1 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 1. Introducti
on to ISOGEN
The PDS Isometric Extraction Software creates piping isometric drawings from 3-D
piping
models created by the PDS modeling packages.
1 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
The software consists of two principal components:
ISOGEN, which draws the piping isometric and places it in a MicroStation design
file
and
Intergraph 3-D software packages which create input for ISOGEN and perform other
functions necessary in final drawing creation.
The software allows you to extract isometrics from a 3-D plant model: single iso
metrics
interactively or multiple isometrics in a batch mode.
The ISOGEN software is designed to be flexible because drawing practices vary fr
om one
company to another. The following features of Intergraph s isometric extraction pa
ckage
allow you to specify drawing format:
User-controlled ISOGEN option switches
The capability to use an alternate or foreign text
A large set of Intergraph option switches
User-controlled attribute breaks shown on drawings
A flexible method for generating notes
Attribute-driven symbology (solid or dotted lines)
User-defined component symbology
User-controlled mapping of attributes to the title block.
In addition to the isometric drawing, the software also generates several nongra
phic outputs,
the most important of which is a completely user-definable MTO neutral file. Thi
s neutral
file is extremely useful for those who want to couple a material control system
with
Intergraph s 3-D modeling software.
The above features are collectively referred to as software customization and ar
e dealt with
at length in this document. You will find reference information needed for custo
mization in
the appendices.
Introduction to ISOGEN 1 - 3
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 1.1 Overview
of Isometric Extraction
This section outlines the software components and how they are organized for int
eractively
extracting isometrics.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 1.1.1 The Int
ergraph Interface to ISOGEN
The core software module in isometric extraction (both interactive and batch) is
the ISOGEN
interface. This program reads data from the 3-D model files and generates an inp
ut file for
ISOGEN. ISOGEN knows nothing of PDS or any of its files. It reads only the input
file
created for it by the ISOGEN interface. While ISOGEN is primarily responsible fo
r
generating the drawing graphics (including dimensioning) the ISOGEN interface is
responsible for most everything else including note generation, recognition of a
ttribute
changes, defining which symbols to use and so on.
The primary input to the ISOGEN interface is an ASCII file named pdsidf.dat. The
interface
reads from this file the piping and equipment models involved, the output isomet
ric file
name, and identification of all of the pipelines in the drawing. The interface a
lso reads in
data from the options file.
The options file consists of a collection of switches, options and tables that g
ives you some
control over what the ISOGEN interface puts in its output file (called the inter
mediate data
file or idf) and therefore what appears in the final drawing.
Once this data is read in, the interface collects from the model files all of th
e components that
make up the piping network. Data from the components is then used to form an int
ernal
data structure which represents the network. Finally, this network is traversed
(the software
traces a path through the piping network) and records are generated in the idf.
The order of
the records in the idf is in the order of the network traversal. Drawing notes a
nd other
features such as bill of material information are dealt with component by compon
ent as the
network is traversed.
If the components in the piping models are not properly connected or other probl
ems exist,
the internal data structure will not be properly built and isometric extraction
will fail. See
the section Interpreting the HITS Report for more information. The HITS report c
an help
you to find problems in the piping model and tell you when the interface softwar
e is not
working properly.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 1.1.2 ASCII t
o Binary Conversion
The Intergraph interface to ISOGEN creates an ASCII data file containing the inp
ut to
ISOGEN. Since ISOGEN requires the input data to be in binary format, a program n
amed
ISOA_BGEN is run to convert this ASCII data file to binary. ISOA_BGEN creates th
e
binary output file FOR036.# which IZOD2 uses to generate the isometric drawing.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 1.1.3 ISOGEN
ISOGEN takes the binary input file and generates graphics in an 2D MicroStation
design
file. The graphics consist of the completed isometric drawing. ISOGEN can also g
enerate
several nongraphic outputs, including:
An ISOGEN MTO neutral file
A parts list (bill of material)
A cut pipe report
A component VRS sheet number file
The parts list file contains the same bill of material that is shown on the isom
etric drawing.
It is possible to turn the drawing bill of material off and attach the printed A
SCII file to the
drawing instead. The cut pipe report, which shows the length of each piece of pi
pe in the
line, can be useful. The component VRS sheet number file is used by the batch ex
traction
software and is discussed elsewhere.
PDS Environment 2 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 2. PDS Enviro
nment
The PDS 3D software supports a variety of applications. All the supported
applications use a common interface that is controlled by the PD Shell
program. This ensures consistency across applications and minimizes the
amount of time required to learn the product.
The PDS 3D modules provide a simple user interface through extensive use of
forms. The modules also provide an on-line Help capability for easy access to
information while working in the product.
The PDS 3D software uses available nucleus tools such as MicroStation and
FORMS. It supports standard software such as NFS, NQS, and RIS required
to set up data across a network. This design facilitates the use of non-PDS
tools such as relational databases and third party software.
The PD_Shell Environment and all batch jobs in the PDS 3D products
interface to Intergraph s Network Licensing System.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 2.1 PD Shell
The PD Shell program provides access to the various functions that are
associated with the PDS 3D Modules. You can access the Plant Design
System Environment form by double-clicking teh PD_Shell icon.
This executes a control script that defines all of the environment variables
that are needed to run the product, and it identifies the location of the
product files. These files can be located on the workstation or a server on the
network. See pds.cmd for more information on this file. The script also
activates the Plant Design System Environment form.
This form identifies the active project(s) and provides access to all the PDS
functions.
Options
Schematics Environment Provides access to the PDS 2D modules
that are used to create and modify piping and instrumentation
diagrams, process flow diagrams, and instrumentation database
records.
Equipment Modeling Provides access to the Equipment Modeling
module, which provides an interactive graphics environment that is
used to create and revise equipment model graphics and database
information.
FrameWorks Environment
Provides access to the FrameWorks
module, which provides an environment that is used to create and
revise structural models, create and revise structural drawings, and
propagate structural models.
Piping Designer
Activates an interactive command environment
that is used to create piping and in-line instrumentation in the model;
revise existing model graphics and database information; and verify the
integrity of the data in the model.
Electrical Raceway Environment Provides access to the
Electrical Raceway module, which provides an interactive environment
that is used to create and revise raceway models and access raceway
utilities.
Piping Design Data Manager Provides access to a set of options
that are used to verify the integrity of the graphic and database
information that is associated with a model.
Piping Model Builder Enables you to create piping graphics from a
nongraphics environment. This module is used with PD_Design to
create an accurate 3D model of the piping network.
Pipe Stress Analysis Activates a set of forms that are used to
extract information from piping models for input to third-party pipe
stress analysis products.
Interference Manager Activates a set of forms that are used to
check for interferences among project models and to control approved
interferences.
Isometric Drawing Manager
Activates a set of forms that are used
to extract isometric drawings from piping models and to review or plot
the created isometric drawings.
Drawing Manager Activates a set of forms that are used to create
and manipulate drawings and drawing views; provide access to the
interactive graphics environment for drawings; and provide access to a
plot manager and vector hiddenline manager.
DesignReview Integrator
Activates a set of forms that are used to
extract information to form label files for use in DesignReview and to
review data from a DesignReview session.
Report Manager Activates a set of forms that are used to create
and revise report format files and report on information in a project
including Material Take-Off reports.
Project Administrator
Provides access to a set of forms that are
used to create a project, create and revise project files, define project
seed data, and control the project.
Reference Data Manager Provides access to a set of forms that are
used to control the reference data for a project including Piping Job
Specification data, Graphic Commodity Data, Alphanumeric Commodity
Data, Standard Note Library, Label Description Library, and Piping
Assembly Library.
Other Fields
User ID
Used for access control. This field also sets the Review User
ID for use in the Interference Manager module.
If access control has been defined, you must key in a valid user ID as
defined by your system manager to gain access to the projects.
If access control has not been defined, no entry is required for this field.
Password Key in the password for the specified user ID.
Project List Field
Displays the defined projects for the network and
allows you to select the active project. The system lists all the defined
PDS projects (2D-only, 3D-only, and 2D & 3D). An error is displayed if
you select an option that is incompatible with the active project. For
example, if the active project is a 2D-only project, you cannot access the
the Interference Manager module.
If access control has been defined, only those projects for which you
have some level of access are displayed.
Message Area Displays prompts and messages that are associated
with the active process. Error messages are displayed in red.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 2.1.1 PD_Shel
l Form Conventions
The following Conventions describe how to respond to the various buttons,
lists, and prompts that make up the environments. The display size of forms
and dialog boxes in the non-Microstation graphics environment are
independent of the size of the workstation s display system. Most forms
contain the same basic features: buttons, fields, text, and other gadgets. In
general, anything you find on a form is called a gadget.
Selecting Options
You move through the PD Shell forms by selecting function buttons or other
gadgets from the form. Select means to place the screen cursor (which
appears as an arrow) on top of a screen gadget and press <D>.
For most of the forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to
select and accept the data in that row. This performs the same action as
selecting a row (which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.
You use the select action to select functions, access other forms, activate data
fields, toggle buttons, select from lists, scroll through data displayed on the
screen, and so on.
The following summarizes other basic actions you use in the environments:
Enter
When keying in any data in a key-in field, press the <ENTER>
or <Tab> key for the data to be entered into the system. You can also
press <ENTER> or <Tab> to move through a set of key-in fields.
Delete If you make a mistake while keying in text, press the
<Delete> key to erase character(s) to the left of the cursor.
Common Tools on the PD Shell Forms
There are many gadgets in the environments that are common to most or all
of the forms. The following describes these tools.
Standard Commands
The PD Shell forms have a set of standard buttons in the upper right corner
of most of the form windows. The available commands vary from form to
form depending on the type of operation.
The Help button activates on-line Help for the active form. Help remains
active until you delete the Help window.
The Shell button exits the active form and returns control to the base
manager that is associated with the active form. For most forms this returns
to the Plant Design System Environment form.
The Top button exits the active form and returns control to the top form of
the active branch.
The Cancel button cancels or exits from the active form. Control returns to
the immediately preceding form in the hierarchy.
The Accept button accepts a selection or operation. Depending on the active
form or option, the active form remains active so that you can repeat a
similar operation or control returns to the preceding form.
The Restart button clears any key-in fields on the form that have values you
can modify.
Scrolling List
Some screen menus have a scrolling list of projects or applications. You need
to scroll a list only if more options are available than can be displayed in the
window. To scroll a list, select the arrow buttons on the side of the list. The
list scrolls up or down depending on which arrow you select.
The scrolling list has an arrow pointing up and an arrow
pointing down. These arrows scroll lists line by line. There is a
button that slides between these two arrows to indicate your
position on the list. To page through the list, select the space
above or below the sliding button. The list pages up or down
accordingly.
You can also select the slider and, while pressing <D>, slide the button up or
down the bar. The items scroll through the window as you move the button.
The size and position of the button on the scroll bar is an indication of the
number of lines and the relative position within the list.
All commands that display a list of design areas or models order the list
alphanumerically by the design area number or model number in ascending
order.
In some forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to select and
accept the data in that row. This performs the same action as selecting a row
(which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.
Key-in Fields
Screens that accept keyboard input have key-in fields. These
fields are box-shaped and dark gray. You can select a key-in
field and key in a new value. A bar cursor appears in the active
key-in field. Key in your input, and press <Return>. To change
a field, reselect the field and key in the new information. Key-in
fields have a maximum number of characters depending on the
item that is being defined.
If you select a key-in field for a code-listed attribute, the system activates a
form that lists the code list values for the selected field.
MicroStation requires lowercase characters for the file specification and path
name of all design files. Therefore, the system automatically converts any
input for the file specification and path name of a design file (such as a model
or drawing) to lowercase before loading into the Project Control Database.
Display-List Boxes
A display-list box is located at the end of some key-in fields. It
lets you select data from a list instead of keying in information.
For example, there is a display list associated with the
Authorization key-in field shown. At the end of the field, there is
a small box with horizontal dashes. When you select this display
list box with the screen cursor, an associated list of valid input
values displays. Select an item from the list to enter its value
into the field.
Shift Left and Shift Right buttons
At the bottom of some key-in and display fields, there are two buttons
marked with arrows. These buttons are called shift left and shift
right buttons.
Often, you can key in more characters than a field display shows. Shift Left
moves the text display to the front of the field; Shift Right moves the text
display to the end of the field.
Toggle
A toggle field on a screen menu enables you to select one of two possible
choices, one of which is always displayed. Place a data point on the toggle
field to toggle between the two choices.
Roll-Through List
A roll-through list shows one choice at a time of a list that can be
several items long. Place a data point on the roll-through list to scroll
through the available options. The option displayed is active.
Standard Window Icons
When using this software in the CLIX environment, you can press <D> along
the edge of a form or any area not occupied by a button, key-in field, or other
gadget, to display a box of icons. You can manipulate form windows just like
any other workstation window.
The following list defines the available window icons.
Collapse/Restore
Repaint
Pop-to-bottom
Modify/Resize
Pop-to-top
Restore Size
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 2.1.2 Batch P
rocesses
When you install the PDS 3D applications, the system creates the necessary
batch queues for that application. Refer to Loading PDS Products in the
Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide for a listing of the batch
queues.
PDS 3D uses these batch queues to allow you to continue working in the
environment while the system processes a request. Many of the batch
processes can be delayed for submission at a specified time.
When you submit a batch process the system sends an e-mail message to the
mail path of the default login reporting the job s completion status and any
error log information. The batch process e-mail functionality is optional.
Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3. Interactiv
e Isometric Extraction
This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics inte
ractively.
You can extract only a single isometric at a time using the interactive modules.
Also, this
mode of extraction is intended primarily for testing purposes. Many extraction f
acilities are
not available using interactive extraction.
You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains a
completed pipeline before an isometric can be generated.
Operator Sequence
1. After accessing the PDShell form, select a project from the scroll area.
The system highlights the project.
Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the ISOGEN environment.
The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts:
Initializing Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed
in the field
located in the upper left portion of the form.
2. Select the Interactive button.
The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
3. If you know the information, keyin the appropriate Model Numbers and Line Nam
es
and proceed to step 10. Otherwise, continue with this procedure.
4. Select the Select Model Numbers button.
The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of t
he piping
and equipment models within all of the areas from the active project.
5. Select the models from the scroll area that contain the lines that are to be
extracted.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the areas and models listed in the
scroll
area.
OR
Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous model selections
.
Up to eight models can be selected for extraction.
6. Once all of the appropriate models have been selected, select accept.
The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
If necessary, you can select the Reset Model Numbers button to clear
selections in the Model Number and Line Name fields.
7. Select the Select Line Names Within Models button.
The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of t
he
lines contained in the selected models. There may be a slight delay while the sy
stem
searches for the selected lines.
8. Select the line names from the scroll area that are to be extracted.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the lines listed in the scroll are
a.
OR
Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous line selections.
Up to eight lines can be selected for extraction. All lines to be extracted
must be connected in the piping model. For more information about
extractions using pipeline names, see Pipeline Names, page 3 - 10 .
9. Once all of the appropriate lines have been selected, select the accept butto
n to return
to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form with the
selected
models and pipeline names in their respective fields.
The system also generates an iso design file name based on the first pipeline na
me and
places it in the Iso Design File field.
If necessary, you can select the Reset Line Names to clear selections in
the Line Name fields. You can also select the Reset Model Numbers
button to clear selections in the Model Number and Line Name fields.
10. Iso Output Node:Path
Select the Iso Output Node:Path field and key in the nodename:path where the
ISOGEN output files will be stored. The default is set to nodename:/login direct
ory.
The key-in fields: Iso Output Node:Path, Iso Options File and Iso
Seed Design File will accept a network address.
Each should be entered as nodename:drive:\directory
path\filename for example:
111jn:C:\win32app\ingr\dat\defaults.dat.
To change the default settings for the Iso Output Node:Path field, edit
the ISOPATH export statement.
Edit the pds.cmd file located in \pdiso\bin. For example, a typical
ISOPATH export statement in the pds.cmd file might be:
$ENV{ ISOPATH }= PDSNT:C:\users\iso\isofiles\\ ;
11. Iso Design File
Select the Iso Design File field and key in the ISOGEN design file. By default,
the
first pipeline name is displayed with a .iso extension.
The .iso extension will generate multi-sheet isometrics into a single design
file. Replacing the .iso extension with a .i* extension allows the software
to generate multi-sheet isometrics into separate design files where the *
will be replaced with a number.
For example, if the model in the Interactive Isometric Extraction form
was changed to 400104wc.i*, the resulting design files would be
400104wc.i01, 400104wc.i02,, etc. This procedure will allow you to take
advantage of ISOGEN s plotting capabilities as described in the section
Plot Isometric Drawing.
The the most recently processed iso, displayed in the Iso Design File,
becomes the first selection on the list of available isos when the Plot or
View Graphics command is selected.
12. Iso Options File
Select the Iso Options File field and key in the nodename:path where the ISOGEN
options file is located.
If you key in an options filename and the file does not exist, an error
message is displayed at the bottom of the form.
The options file contains switches, options and tables that drive the Intergraph
interface to ISOGEN. This file allows you to customize iso s to your standard prac
tice.
The default is set to nodename:/pathname. The default value is delivered in the
options file and can be altered by exporting the ISOOPTION variable.
13. Iso Seed Design File
Select the Iso Seed Design File field and key in the nodename:path where the
ISOGEN seed design file is located.
If you key in a seed filename and the file does not exist then an error
message is displayed at the bottom of the form.
The iso seed design file is a 2-D design file that is copied to create an empty
design file
into which the isometric is drawn by ISOGEN.
The default is set to nodename:/path name/iso seed file. The default value is
determined when the ISOSEED export variable is defined.
To change the default settings for the Iso Options File and Iso Seed
Design File fields, edit the ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export statements
in the PDS.CMD file.
The following are examples of typical ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export
statements as they would appear in the defaults.dat file.
export ISOSEED=$ENV{ ISOSEED } = pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed
export ISOOPTION=$ENV{ ISOOPTION } = pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def
14. Select the accept button to accept the information displayed in the form and
to initiate
the iso extraction process.
The system displays the message Creating ISOGEN Intermediate File and then Creat
ing
ISOGEN Isometric. When the process is complete, the system displays the PD ISOGE
N
Status form.
The ISOGEN Status form displays processing information, warning messages and err
or
messages. Use the scroll bar and buttons to scroll through the information displ
ayed on
the status form. See Appendix A Error Messages for detailed descriptions of each
error
and warning message.
15. To plot an isometric drawing using the Plot button, refer to Plot Isometric
Drawing,
page 3 - 14 .
16. To view an isometric drawing using the View Graphics button, refer to View
Isometric Drawing, page 3 - 17 .
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.1 Extractio
n Criteria
The following sections contain information specific to defining extraction crite
ria which must
be defined prior to initializing an isometric extraction. The following extracti
on criteria are
covered in this section:
Model Files
Pipeline Names
Generation by Line Name Substring
Generation by Line ID
Iso Design File
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.1.1 Model F
iles
Key in the names of the PDS Piping, Equipment Modeling and/or Pipe Support files
that
should be considered for iso extraction. Up to eight model numbers can be input.
Equipment
model numbers must be specified in order to generate nozzles on the isometric.
The first model number entered is treated as the primary file and therefore must
be a Piping
model. Any RDB data accessed during iso extraction is obtained from the primary
model
(through its type 63 data).
The RDB data that is accessed by the Iso Extraction Software and that must be pr
operly
attached to the primary file includes:
Specification Material Database
Graphic Commodity Library

Physical Dimension Library
Piping Job Spec Tables Library
Standard Notes Library
Material Descriptions Library
Specialty and Instrument Descriptions Library
Label Description Library
Miscellaneous data stored within the model itself
If the model number that you specify does not exist, the software displays an er
ror message
at the bottom of the form. Press <RETURN> to proceed.
If the model number is invalid, the software displays the message Error Retrievi
ng Model
and the fully expanded filename is displayed in the input field.
A filename is considered invalid if it does not exist in the project database.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.1.2 Pipelin
e Names
Key in the pipe lines that are to be extracted into a single iso. Up to 8 lines
can be specified.
The lines you specify must be connected together in the Piping Model files. That
is, these
pipelines must be a network of piping segments. In order for the lines to be con
nected, the
segments that form those lines must also be connected. You cannot specify multip
le
disconnected piping sections (such as, vessel trim piping).
Pipelines can be identified for extraction in two ways: extraction by line name
substring and
extraction by line id (see the section Conventions and Limitations). The method
you use
depends upon the options selected and set in the iso extraction options file. Re
fer to The
Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information.
For each method, you identify the network of piping to extract by specifying pip
ing segment
attributes. Piping segments usually correspond only to sections of piping and NO
T to an
entire piping system (unless the line is trivial).
Extraction by Line Name Substring
When extracting by line name substring you should key in any substring of the fu
ll PDS line
name that uniquely identifies the pipeline you want to include in the iso. This
is the default
way of identifying pipelines to extract as defined in the LINE_ID_DEFINITION sec
tion of
the defaults.dat file.
Example 1:
If the line name is 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031 then a substring that you might use
to identify this line is OWS10111.
You probably would not want to use 1C0031 since it is the spec name component
of the line name and would probably identify more than one line in the model.
Likewise, you would probably not want to use 6IN-OWS10111 since you may
want to extract sections of the line that are not 6" NPD or because multiple 6"
sections are connected together by sections that are not 6".
Do not extract by line name substring if lines that are similarly
named exist together in the models that you are extracting from.
This situation exists, for example, when the substring you want to
use is also a substring of another line name.

Example 2:
If the line that you want to extract is 8IN-OWS1011-1C0031, and you use the
substring OWS1011, you are also specifying that you want to extract 6INOWS101111C0031 because OWS1011 is a substring of OWS10111.
To ensure that you are extracting the correct line:
specify a larger substring of the line name for the line you want to extract.
In the case above, that larger substring may be -OWS1011-.
By including the dashes the substring specified is no longer a
substring of 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031.
specify the line ids of the lines you want to extract. Refer to Extraction by
Line ID, page 3 - 11 for more information.
Extraction by Line ID
When extracting by line ID you key in the line ID of the lines that you want to
extract. The
line ID is a user defined collection of database attributes that can be used to
refer to
pipelines by other than their line names.
To extract by line ID, you must select the proper option in the Options File AND
you must
know the line ID definition as specified in the options file (refer to LINE_ID_D
EFINITION,
page 7 - 59 for information on defining the line ID). To extract a line by its l
ine ID, key in
the attributes that make up the line id and separate them by dashes.
Example 3:
One simple definition of the line ID might be fluid code followed by line sequen
ce
number. This definition allows you to refer to the line without the NPD or spec
name components the line name. Thus, OWS-1011 will refer to line 6INOWS10111C0031 while OWS-10111 will refer to line 8IN-OWS10111-1C0031.
When specifying the line ID of a line to extract, both the embedded dashes and t
he ORDER
of the attributes is important. Thus in the example above, neither OWS1011 (beca
use the
dash is missing) or 1011-OWS (because the order is incorrect) would suffice if t
he line ID is
defined as fluid code followed by line sequence number.
The difference between extracting by line ID and extracting by line name substri
ng is that
pipeline sections that are extracted are identified by EQUALITY of the line ID a
ttributes
rather than by SUBSTRING of the line name attribute. This method of identifying
lines
avoids the problems that can occur with line name substrings (provided that the
line id
definition is sufficient to uniquely identify pipe lines).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.2 Iso Desig
n File
Key in the name of the output isometric design file. This file need not exist pr
ior to running
the software. If the file does exist, the software replaces it with a new file w
hen the current
iso is extracted.
To specify that each isometric sheet is to be drawn in its own design file, you
can insert an
asterisk (*) as a wild card character in the output iso filename. When a wildcar
d character is
inserted in the filename, the software replaces it with a digit as each iso shee
t is generated.
If more than 9 sheets are generated then the letters a - z are used for replacem
ent of the
wildcard.
You may also use an asterisk (*) in the output file name s extension. If you do th
is, the
asterisk is replaced by two digits. For example, if you key in test.i*, sheet 1
will be in file
test.i01, sheet 2 will be in test.i02, and so on. Since UNIX file names cannot h
ave more than
14 characters, the iso design file name is truncated to a maximum of 14 characte
rs.
Using more than one fixed character together with an asterisk is not
recommended.
MicroStation requires that all design file names be in lower case.
If an invalid iso filename is keyed in, an error message is displayed in the mes
sage field.
The name portion of this file specification (excluding any wild card character)
is used by the
software to name several other files that are generated at the same time as the
isometric
model number. These include:
The Intermediate data file - iso name + .idf
The Hits file - iso name + .h
The Intergraph mto neutral file - iso name + sheet no. + .b# (where: # is the nu
mber of
times the line has been extracted)
The error message file - iso name + .err
The ISOGEN mto neutral file - iso name + .bom
The ISOGEN message file - iso name + .msg
The ISOGEN printed parts list - iso name + .prt
The ISOGEN component vrs sheet file - iso name + .sed
The ISOGEN cut pipe report - iso name + .cut
These files are all generated in the Iso Output Node:Path unless they are switch
ed off by
option selections (refer to The Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information).
Their contents
are discussed in more detail in the sections entitled Options File and Isometric
Seed File.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.3 Plot Isom
etric Drawing
The Plot Isometric button allows you to choose one or several generated isometri
c files for
plotting.
1. To plot an isometric drawing, select the Plot button from the Interactive Iso
metric
Extraction form.
The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
2. Select one of the queues from the Queue Name pull down list.
The queues displayed in the Queue Name field are chosen first from the
queues defined in the pdiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (located
in the project directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descript
file, the system generates a Queue Name list from locally defined queues.
If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are defined
will be displayed in the Queue Name pull down list. To display local
device queues, create a pipe queue that points to the device queue.
3. Select the Plot Copies field and keyin the number of copies that will be plot
ted.
4. Select the Iso Seed Plot File field and key in the nodename:path where the se
ed
plotting parameters file exists. The default is defined in the ISOPLOT export va
riable.
For more information on defining ISOGEN export variables, see
Initial Setup Considerations, page 5 - 3 .
An example plot parameter file is delivered, but it should be modified
before it can be used or a print queue called laser must exist. For more
information on modifying the plot queue, see Creating Seed Files for
Extraction, page 9 - 1 .
5. Select the subdirectories that contain the drawings you want to plot. Select
each
subdirectory individually from the Sub-Directories field.
The system highlights the selected subdirectories.
OR
Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the available
subdirectories.
OR
Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously made
selections.
6. Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawin
gs
button.
The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a
listing of
the available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which the
y belong.
7. Select an isometric drawing(s) to plot. Use the scroll bar and buttons to vie
w all
available drawings.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the listed drawings for plotting.
The system highlights the selected drawing(s).
OR
Select the Reset Selections button to cancel any of the previously made selectio
ns.
8. Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Submit Time toggle
Select the Submit Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run t
ime
by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM o
r PM.
9. Select the accept button to accept the selected drawings for plotting.
The system submits the selected drawing(s) to the plotter. As each drawing is pr
ocessed,
the messages Processing Drawings and Selected Drawings Submitted to Plotter appe
ar
in the message field.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.4 View Isom
etric Drawing
The View Isometric Drawing button allows you to view generated graphics in the
MicroStation environment. If you are unfamiliar with the MicroStation working
environment, refer to the MicroStation Reference Guide for more information.
1. To view an isometric drawing, select the View Graphics button from the Intera
ctive
Isometric Extraction form.
The system searches the Iso Output Node: Path (as defined earlier in the Interac
tive
Isometric Extraction) and displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
2. Select the subdirectories that contain the drawing you want to view. Select e
ach
subdirectory individually from the Sub-Directories field.
The system highlights the selected subdirectories.
OR
Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the available
subdirectories.
OR
Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously made
selections.
3. Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawin
gs
button.
The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a
listing of
the available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which the
y belong.
4. Select an isometric drawing to view. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view a
ll
available drawings.
The system highlights the selected drawing.
5. Select the accept button to accept the selected drawing for viewing.
The system displays the message Initializing MicroStation in the message field a
nd
displays the isometric drawing. MicroStation will automatically attach the bar a
nd
panel menus.
6. Select the exit button to exit the MicroStation environment and return to the
View
Isometric Drawing form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.5 Conventio
ns and Limitations
Some situations that occur commonly can be handled in more than one way by the i
so
extraction software. To deal with these, a set of conventions, described below,
has been
adopted. Other situations that can arise simply cannot be handled by the extract
ion
software as it is currently written. A brief summary of these items is also prov
ided below.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.5.1 Extract
ion Conventions
Olet Type Branches
Olet type branch components (such as olets, branch-welds, and occasionally half
couplings)
can be owned by the header or branch pipeline in the 3-D model. By convention, w
hen this
type of branch is extracted, the branch component is assigned to the header pipe
line. Thus,
when the branch line is extracted, the branch component will be drawn dotted, no
-mto and it
will not appear in the BOM. However, you can specify that the branch component i
s
assigned to the branch line. This depends on the position of the Header/Branch t
oggle on the
Piping Data Control Form (accessed through Project Administrator). For more info
rmation
on the Piping Data Control Form, see the section entitled Piping Data Control in
the PD
Project Administrator Reference Guide.
It is NOT necessary that the piping segment in the model, under the branch
component, have the same line name as the header.
End-Point Components
When a pipeline in the model changes name at a multi-connect point component the
n that
component is "owned" by more than one line. When this occurs, the component is a
lways
assigned to the pipeline attached to connect point 1 of the component. For examp
le, if three
different lines come together and join at a tee, the tee component will extract
onto, and show
up in the B.O.M. of, the line at connect point 1 of the tee. When the other two
lines are
extracted, the tee will show up as dotted, nomto and will not appear in the B.O.
M. (Notice
that it is NOT necessary that piping segments in the model be "broken" in any wa
y to
achieve the above result.)
Implied Materials at Line Name Changes
When a pipeline name changes at a flanged connection, the bolts and gaskets gene
rated at
that point may be assigned to either of two lines. In this situation, the bolts
and gaskets are
assigned to the flange having the higher east, north and elevation coordinate. T
his arbitrary
assignment prevents the implied materials from being generated twice. (It is pos
sible to
override this assignment; refer to the PDS Piping Design Graphics Reference Guid
e for
details.)
Pipe Supports
Pipe supports in the 3-D model may be attached anywhere along the length of a pi
pe except
at either of the end-points. They may also be attached to the origin (connect po
int 0) of any
component as well as to a component tap. You may have multiple supports connecte
d to a
component origin, but there should be at most one support attached to a componen
t tap.
When a support is connected to a tap, there must NOT be any other piping attache
d to the
component at that tap. In general, supports should NOT be located at component c
onnect
points other than as outlined above. The one exception to this rule is that supp
orts may be
located at the same point as an olet branch (or branches) along a length of pipe
.
If these guidelines are not followed, the line may not extract.
Type 63 Information
Type 63 data is read from the first model entered on the form for Interactive Ex
traction.
When using Batch Extraction, Type 63 data is read from the first piping model in
the area
specified in each record of the batch input file.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 3.5.2 Extract
ion Limitations
Branch Nesting
There is a limitation on the branch nesting depth that a pipeline may have. The
first branch
off from a line is level 1. If this branch in turn has a branch, then that branc
h would be level
2. ISOGEN will currently handle pipelines that contain up to twenty levels of br
anching. If
a pipeline contains more than twenty nested branches, the extraction will fail.
This
limitation effectively limits the size of the largest system type isometric that
can be extracted.
This generally does not pose a problem for single pipeline fabrication type isom
etrics. Note,
that the ISOGEN interface identifies a traversal sequence that minimizes the num
ber of
nested branches in most cases.
System Isometrics
Spool Numbering is not supported for system-type isometrics.
Tapped Piping Components
ISOGEN requires that traversal of a pipeline never enter a component through a t
ap.
Rather, in traversing the line, ISOGEN requires first traveling through a compon
ent and
then traversing "out" the tap. It is possible to create a pipeline in the 3-D mo
del that would
require the ISOGEN interface to illegally traverse into a tap. You can avoid thi
s situation by
NOT joining components through taps. For example, a segment of pipe that begins
at a
component tap should not end at a tap on different component. If this situation
cannot be
avoided, change the line name somewhere and extract the network in two sections.
Other limitations having to do with tapped components include: 1) Elbows and pip
e bends
must not have more than one tap. It is possible to create a model where an elbow
is tapped
more than once, but this configuration will not extract. 2) Tapped tee s cannot be
extracted
using ISOGEN.
Flanged Pipe
Purchased length or fixed length FPIPE reports on the iso BOM as a quantity rath
er than a
length of pipe.
Taps that are placed on flanged pipe will not extract.
Refer to Intergraph option 72 for settings that impact flanged pipe.
Bolt Length at Thru-bolted Components with a Sheet or Iso Line
Name Break
When a line name change or sheet break occurs between a flange and a bolt-thru c
omponent,
bolt length reports may not be accurate. The accuracy of a bolt length report is
based on how
the system scans the line and also the exact location of the break point. This l
imitation
exists because ISOGEN only receives information for the first continuation item
at a sheet
break.
It is recommended that sheet/line breaks not be made between flanges on thru-bol
ted
components. If a break must be placed between thru-bolted components, the correc
t bolt
length can be generated if the attribute change is made at CP2 of either flange
(the nonbolted
end).
Batch Software Organization 4 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4. Batch Soft
ware Organization
This section provides an overview of the batch extraction software components an
d
organization. The purpose of this section is to explain to software support pers
onnel how the
software works so that problems can be tracked down and reported.
Figure 4-1 shows the batch software organization. The batch extraction software
is driven by
an executable pdsidf and a script file batch.cmd. When you submit a batch job us
ing the
Schedule Batch Job form, the batch extraction is submitted to a batch queue name
d
PDisocreate. This queue is created with a job limit of 1 and a priority of 16. T
hese
parameters can be modified as needed.
In order to run batch isometrics, the pd_iso.cmd file, located in \pdiso\bin, mus
t define
locations for required software. This script is executed from the batch queue an
d allows the
batch extraction process to run on a node other than the one from which it was s
ubmitted.
The following three variables are read from the Windows NT registry:
PD_SHELL
PD_ISO
PD_ISOGEN
Figure 4 - 1. Batch iso extraction flow
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.1 The Batch
Job Input File
The input to the batch procedure is an ASCII data file generated by the Batch En
vironment
called the Batch Job Input File. This file is structured as shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4 - 2. Batch input file data structure
The first record in the file contains a file format version number and the name
of the Batch
Data File from which the Batch Job Input file was generated. The software checks
the
version number to see if it matches the software version number, and, if it does
match,
passes the Batch Data File name on to other software modules as needed.
The second record is called an option record. The option record contains all of
the batch
processing options and revision block data that was entered into the BATCH form.
Each
option is separated from the others by at least one space. This record contains
an
exclamation point (!) in column 1 which flags it as an option record.
The third record holds the name of the default set which was specified in the Cr
eate Batch
Job Input form. This record also contains an exclamation point in column 1.
Subsequent records, which initially contain a space in column 1, hold the model
and primary
line name for an isometric drawing which will be extracted. After the line is ex
tracted, it is
marked by an asterisk (*) in column 1 to indicate that it has been processed.
The drawing records can be repeated any number of times in the batch job input f
ile. Each
time Accept is selected, from the Create Batch Job Input form, a set of drawing
records is
written to the batch input file. An example batch job input file is shown in Fig
ure 4-3.
Figure 4 - 3. Example Batch Job Input File
When a batch iso job is submitted using the Schedule Batch Job form, the batch j
ob input file
name is passed to the pdsidf executable as a parameter. The system then reads th
e batch job
input file and drawing creation begins.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.2 Line Proc
essing (pdsidf)
Given the options from the batch input file and the identification of the line,
two files are
created, seed.dat and pdsidf.dat. These are the same two files that are created
during
interactive extraction.
The Project database is accessed to obtain the list of model files, secondary pi
peline names,
the seed file names, the options file for the piping area, the output file direc
tory, the iso
design file name and the extraction number for the drawing.
Type 63 information is read from the first piping model in the area specified in
each record of the batch input file. Note that this model may not be the piping
model which contains the pipeline being extracted.
The two files produced are different from the ones produced for interactive extr
action. In
pdsidf.dat, the first line name in the line name list is followed by a backslash
and the piping
area name. Following the line list is a record that contains the default set nam
e. Next is a
record that contains batch processing options. The last record contains the extr
action
number for the drawing.
skiso5
skiso4
skiso6
skiso7
*skiso3
40eqp01
40eqp00
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles\380105wc.i*
380105\skiso\1
proj
N Y Y N * * Y * * 04-Aug-1998 *
13
1 0
In SEED.DAT, the seed iso design file name is followed by records containing the
plot
request file name, the output file directory, the output iso file name, extracti
on number and
number of sections.
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc_sml.i
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles
380105
13
1.fi
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.3 The ISOGE
N Interface
The ISOGEN interface performs the same function in batch extraction as in intera
ctive
extraction: generation of the Intermediate Data File (IDF), which is the input t
o ISOGEN.
In addition to the IDF the interface may also produce an mto neutral file and th
ree files
containing text for the drawing title block. The title block text files are show
n symbolically
as a single file in Figure 4-1.
The contents of each of the title block tables file is controlled by a correspon
ding table in the
title block tables file map. The SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the fil
e
extension of .seg, the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of
.bit
and the SHEET_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .dwg.
The title block text files are only produced if the appropriate option is set in
the Intergraph
options block. Some of the entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE can only be produce
d
when PDSIDF.DAT contains the extra inputs that appear in the file for batch extr
action. A
title block record map set up for use with batch extraction might not generate a
correct
output file if it is generated by running the interactive software.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.4 ISOGEN
As in interactive extraction, in batch extraction, the program ISOA_BGEN must be
run
immediately prior to IZOD2 in order to convert the ASCII IDF to binary. IZOD2, t
he
ISOGEN image which produces the iso, can then be run to generate the isometric d
rawings.
Isometrics generated by the batch software are always created one sheet to a des
ign file. The
iso design file name is passed to the interface as name.i*, and so the first she
et will be in a
file with the extension .i01, the second in .i02 and so on.
When isometrics are created in batch, you must set Intergraph options block word
4 to 1.
This causes ISOGEN to create a file that identifies which sheet each component i
n the line is
drawn on. This file (called the sheet data file) is used downstream to split up
the mto neutral
file by sheet and also to prepare the segment summary table for each isometric s
heet.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.4.1 Splitti
ng the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT)
After IZOD2 (see Figure 4-1) runs and creates the sheet data file, Intergraph s MS
PLIT
executable splits up the mto neutral file so that a separate neutral file is cre
ated for each
sheet of the drawing. The sheet data file consists of sheet numbers followed by
Intergraph
database occurrence numbers. MSPLIT assigns each neutral file record to a partic
ular sheet
by matching occurrence numbers in the sheet data file with the occurrence number
on each
record in the mto neutral file. MSPLIT will not work if you have not mapped the
Intergraph
occurrence anywhere in the neutral file record.
MSPLIT is executed by passing the mto neutral file name (without the file extens
ion) and the
extraction number as inputs in a foreign command line. Therefore, if the mto fil
e name is
test.b and the extraction number for the drawing is 10, the input parameter to M
SPLIT
would be formed as test 10. MSPLIT then looks for files test.b and test.sht as t
he input files.
The current assignment for the exported variable ISOOPTION is used to obtain the
mto
neutral file map name. The mto neutral file map must be read so that the field c
ontaining
the occurrence number can be located in an mto record.
When output files are generated by MSPLIT, the output file name contains the ext
raction
number and sheet number. For example, for sheet 2, extraction number 10, the out
put file
name would be test2.b10.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.5 Generatin
g Title Block Input (TBLOCK)
In the same way that MSPLIT assigns a neutral file record to each sheet in an is
ometric,
Intergraph s TBLOCK assigns segment data to a sheet for the segment data summary.
TBLOCK assigns records in the .seg file (produced by the PD_ISO interface) to ea
ch sheet. It
then sorts the records for each sheet and eliminates duplicates. Finally, TBLOCK
assigns
each data item in the record a text node number and sends it as output to a new
file, which is
input to STIB.
TBLOCK is also executed by passing the input in a foreign command line. The only
input in
this case is the isometric file name. The input files are then determined by nam
e plus .seg
and name plus .dwg. The title block map name is obtained by reading the options
file
assigned to ISOOPTION.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.6 Filling i
n the Title Block (STIB)
After all of the input for each sheet has been determined, the executable that a
ctually places
text in the drawing title block is run. Intergraph s STIB associates text in an in
put file with
text nodes placed in the design file.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.7 Plotting
After drawings are created in batch they can be plotted. You can use IP_IPLOT pl
otting
software.
To submit a plot, the batch software submits a job to the batch queue named PDis
oplot. The
job that runs in PDisoplot actually launches the plot.
Since the plot jobs are launched from a separate batch queue, you can accumulate
the jobs in
the queue and release them at some later time. You might also hold the jobs in P
Disoplot to
prevent normal production plotting queues from getting loaded down with isometri
c plots.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.8 Updating
the Project Database (pdsidf)
After a line has been successfully extracted, the project database is updated. T
he extraction
number and date are updated each time a drawing is completed, while the revision
block is
only updated if you chose to update it in the Create Batch Job Input form when y
ou create
the batch job input file.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.9 Making a
Run Log Entry (pdsidf)
Making an entry into the run log is the last activity performed. The run log fil
e name is
formed using the file name of the batch job input file together with the file ex
tension .job.
An entry in the log file consists of the drawing spec (piping area plus line nam
e), an error
code, a status message, and the date and time that the run completed. This is th
e same
information given to you in a MAIL message when an error occurs.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 4.10 Investig
ating Batch Extraction Problems
Since there are many steps involved in the generation of a completed isometric,
there are
many ways for the process to fail. When a problem occurs and drawing generation
fails, you
should follow a systematic procedure to determine the cause of the problem and,
if needed,
call Intergraph support and log the problem. All files will reside in the isoerr
subdirectory in
the specified output path location. Here is a suggested procedure:
1. Check the run log (.job file) to get the status code and message.
If there is no code or message, the batch procedure itself probably failed or wa
s aborted.
In this case, go to Step 4.

2. Consult Appendix A for an explanation of the error determined in Step 1.
The explanation of the error might be enough to enable you to resolve it easily.
If not,
then the explanation should narrow down the possibilities to a certain extractio
n
facility or a certain area within the batch procedure. For example, it could be
that the
ISOGEN interface failed or that ISOGEN failed.
3. Check for error message files (.err).
Sometimes the cause of an error is reported more specifically in the error log.
For
example, if the ISOGEN interface fails, it might be that the line did not exist
in the
model. This fact would be reported to you in the error message log.
The .err file contains a note in the files list located near the top of the file
. This note
indicates which file was read for type 63 data. If any of the type 63 data which
could
effect the iso (for example: MTO Options, Design Monuments, etc.) has been chang
ed,
verify that the changes have been made to the file that is being read by PD_ISO.
4. Check the log file for the batch run.
Occasionally, error messages are displayed here and are not reported in the erro
r log
file. Also, if an error occurs or some module stack dumps, those conditions will
be
reported in this log.
5. Rerun the line with the DEBUG and VERIFY options enabled.
If the above steps do not lead to a resolution of the problem, use the DEBUG
and VERIFY options to generate a detailed log file for the run. These options
will also cause log files to be generated for the plotting jobs in case there is
a
problem with plotting. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem, the
detailed log and any other pertinent files will need to be sent to Intergraph fo
r
an analysis of the problem.
Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5. Batch Isom
etric Extraction
This chapter describes how to set up and use the ISOGEN interface software for g
enerating
isometrics in a batch process. Batch generation of isometrics is intended to be
the primary
means for generating production drawings on a project. Interactive extraction is
intended
primarily for testing the PDS interface to ISOGEN and ISOGEN itself.
Using batch Isometric extraction, you can
Generate multiple drawings in a single job
Automatically fill out the drawing title block
Automatically submit the completed drawing to the plotter.
Everything that is needed to extract an isometric (except for line name) is stor
ed in the
Project Control Database at the piping area level. The following are types of ar
ea
information that can be found in the Project Control Database:
Area name
Equipment Area
Continuation Area
User-defined information.
Within an iso area, any number of isometric drawings can exist. The following ar
e types of
drawing information that can be found in the Project Control Database:
The pipeline names that are included in the drawing
Revision block data
Extraction dates
User-defined information.
The Project Control Database helps you manage the isometrics produced on a proje
ct. For
example, you can use the Project Control Database to keep track of when lines ne
ed to be
extracted and to record and report on drawing issue dates.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.1 Initial S
etup Considerations
The following procedure outlines the basic steps you should follow to use the ba
tch extraction
facility.
Create a batch options file
Set up an options file to be used for batch extraction. For information on modif
ying the
options file, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 . As part of this set-up, you
should also
create a Title Block Map that is used in generating title block information. For
more
information on the Title Block Map, see Mapping Attributes to the Title Block, p
age 10 - 1 .
Create border and extraction seed files
Create the design files that will contain your isometric drawing border and a se
ed file that
will be copied once for each iso produced. The seed file will contain text nodes
in the drawing
title block. During the extraction process, the software attaches text strings t
o these nodes
so that the title block is automatically filled out.
The border file is attached to the seed file as a reference file. Refer to Creat
ing Seed Files for
Extraction, page 9 - 1 and Mapping Attributes to the Title Block, page 10 - 1 fo
r details on
setting up these files.
Set export variables
Set the export variables that define drawing border location and other informati
on that used
in various areas of the software for batch extraction.
ISOGEN environment variables are defined in the PDS.CMD file.
The following is a list of user-defined export variables.
ISOPATH
$ENV{ ISOPATH } = node:drive:directory path\\ ;
The exported ISOPATH value is loaded by default into the output path directory s
lot on the
Add Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the output location, Iso
output
node:Path, when extracting an interactive isometric.
ISOOPTION
$ENV{ ISOOPTION } = node:drive:directory path\isoc.def ;
The exported ISOOPTION value is loaded by default into the Options File field on
the Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the options file, Iso Options
File, when
extracting an interactive isometric.
ISOSEED
$ENV{ ISOSEED } = node:drive:directory path\isoc.sed ;
The exported ISOSEED value is loaded by default into the Seed File field on the
Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the seed design file, Iso See
d Design File,
when extracting an interactive isometric.
ISOPLOT
$ENV{ ISOPLOT } = node:drive:directory path\isoc_sml.i ;
The exported ISOPLOT value is loaded by default into the Plot File field on the
Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the plot parameters file, Iso
Seed Plot File,
when plotting an interactive isometric.
ISOBORDER
$ENV{ ISOBORDER } = node:drive:directory path\isoc.brd ;
The exported ISOBORDER value is loaded by default into the Border File field on
the Add
Default Set form.
ISOBATCH
$ENV{ ISOBATCH } = node:drive:directory path\isobat\\ ;
The exported ISOBATCH value is loaded by default into the Batch Job Input File f
ield on the
Create Batch Job Input form.
ISOREPORT
$ENV{ ISOREPORT } = node:drive:directory path\isorpt ;
The exported ISOREPORT value is loaded by default into the Output File field on
the
Batch Data Reports form.
ISOBATCHQUE
$ENV{ ISOBATCHQUE } = PDisovreate ;
The exported ISOBATCHQUE value is loaded by default into the Process Queue field
on
the Schedule Batch Job form.
ISO_ASCII_LOAD
$ENV{ ISO_ASCII_LOAD } = node:drive:directory path\isoascii ;
The exported ISO_ASCII_LOAD value is loaded by default into the Filename field o
n the
Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
PDISOFONT
$ENV{ PDISOFONT } = XX ;
The defined font must be a mono-spaced font.
The exported font PDISOFONT value defines the font that will be used on the outp
ut
isometric, both on the body of the iso, and on the MTO on the face of the iso. T
he defined font
must be a mono-spaced font.
SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB
$ENV{ SYMDGN } = node:directory path\symbol.dgn ;
$ENV{ SYMNDX } = node:directory path\symbol.ndx ;
$ENV{ SYMLIB } = node:directory path\symbol.lib ;
The exported values SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB are loaded into the Symbol Design
Node:File, Symbol Index Node:File and Symbol Library Node:File fields respective
ly
on the Isometric Symbol Editor form.

ISOUSRREFDIM Variable and Pointing to a Specific FW+ ASCII File
This variable overrides the setting for the data file used in generating isometr
ic drawings
with references to gridlines or structural columns.
$ENV{ ISOUSRREFDIM }= node:directory path\filespec.dat ;
Where: filespec.dat is the name of the gridline reference data file.
For example:
$ENV{ ISOUSRREFDIM }= pdsserv1:e:\proj1\project\fw_bldg_a.dat ;
Intergraph option 71 must be enabled before data in the filespec.dat file can be
referenced. The following rules apply when using the ISOUSRREFDIM
variable:
If the variable is set and points to the proper location of a valid gridline
reference data file, the file will be used for placing structural references on
the isometric drawing.
If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is set incorrectly (for example, typos in
the UNCpath or filespec), references are not displayed on the isometric
drawing.
If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is not set in the pds.cmd file, gridline
dimensions are extracted from the fw_projname.dat file by default.
Overriding the default reference dimension file can be useful in situations
where a line passes between two buildings and you want to force the dimension
from a specific building rather than using the closest dimension point. See
Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File, page 5 - 86 for more
information on the FrameWorks Dimension File.
The MicroStation uconfigure.dat file
To avoid problems while using the batch extraction feature, edit the MicroStatio
n
configure.dat file and comment out the command line which generates the uconfig.
dat file.
#do user configure.dat(uconfigure.dat)
#[ -f $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat ] && . $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat
The problem can occur when a uconfigure.dat file, generated for one project, ove
rrides
another project s export statement. This causes the isometric extraction to fail w
hen areas,
models, and lines can not be located.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.2 Basic Wor
kflow for Running Batch Isometrics
Define default setups
Using the information from pre-defined export variables, define a default setup.
A default
setup contains the network address, directory and file specification for each of
the following:
options file
seed file
plot parameters file
output path
border file
Exported information can be overwritten.
For more information on defining a default set, see Define Default Sets, page 5
- 13 .
Select project options
Select the project options that define values throughout the project. These opti
ons include:
Iso Name Option - sets the convention for naming iso design files.
Drawing Number Option - sets the convention for for defining drawing names.
Project Default Set - defines the set that is used in bulk load and generating i
sos
Output Path Option - uses the area name in defining the output directory path fo
r isos.
The area name is appended to the output path assigned in the default set as subd
irectory.
For more information on defining project options, see Define Project Options, pa
ge 5 - 22 .
Add drawings to the newly created iso area
For each pipeline that you wish to extract in batch you must first create a draw
ing. A single
piping area will normally contain many drawings; usually one per each pipeline i
n the design
files that comprise the area. When a drawing is created, define the name(s) of t
he pipeline(s)
to be associated with the drawing, the output design filename and drawing number
. The
data stored for the piping area together with the data stored for a drawing prov
ide all the
same inputs you supply when using interactive extraction.
In either method, the drawing must be defined matching the format defined in
the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file.
You can add drawings to a piping area by either keying in the data or downloadin
g data from
an existing model. If data from an existing model is used to define a drawing, t
he drawing
can be created automatically. For more information see Utilities, page 5 - 56 .
Generate a Batch Job Input File
A Batch Job Input File specifies run options and drawings/line names for isometr
ic
generation. When the batch job finishes, the Batch Job Input File can be either
be deleted or
edited so that it can be resubmitted. For more information on generating a batch
job input
file, see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .
Batch Processing Considerations
To achieve optimum performance of Piping Isometrics in batch mode, it is necessa
ry to
understand how PD_ISO processes a batch job.
As the PD_ISO software begins processing in batch mode, it creates an empty Micr
oStation
design file in a temporary directory on the processing machine. Then, a number o
f piping
and equipment models are attached as reference. The quantity of attached models
is based
on the setting of Intergraph option 60 and the continuation areas as defined thr
ough the
Batch Isometric environment.
Initiate the batch job
The batch job is initiated by submitting the Batch Job Input File. A batch job c
an be
submitted either immediately or scheduled for a later time. For more information
, see
Schedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 .
Initial Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3 Batch Iso
metric Generation
This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics in b
atch mode.
You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains a
completed pipeline before an isometric can be generated.
Operator Sequence
1. Select a project from the project display field.
The system highlights the project.
2. Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the extraction environme
nt.
The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts:
Initializing Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed
in the
field located in the upper left portion of the form.
3. Select the Batch button from the Isometric Extraction form.
The system activates the Batch Environment form.
4. Select Option
Select one of the appropriate options from the Batch Environment form.
Define Default Sets adds, revises, deletes or
copies an isometric extraction default set(s). For
more information, see Define Default Sets, page 5
- 13 .
Define Project Options defines a project setup
from user-defined default sets, a format for the
Iso Name option and the Drawing Number
Option, and sets an optional path (by area name)
for ISOGEN output. For more information, see
Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Revise Iso Area revises the data associated with
an existing area. For more information, see
Revise Iso Area, page 5 - 25 .
Create Drawing creates a new drawing and adds
it into the Project Control Database.
A drawing must be added to the Project Control
Database prior to extracting it in batch mode.
Each time a drawing is added to the Project
Control Database, you define which pipelines in
the model are included in the isometric drawing.
For more information, see Create Drawing, page
5 - 28 .
Revise Drawing revises single or multiple
drawings. For more information, see Revise
Drawing, page 5 - 33 .
Delete Drawing deletes single or multiple
drawings from an iso area. For more
information, see Delete Drawing, page 5 - 46 .
List Drawing lists all of the drawings within an
iso area. Each listing includes information such
as primary line name (secondary and tertiary are
optional), drawing number, batch reference
number and iso type. For more information, see
List Drawings, page 5 - 54 .
Utilities accesses the utilities menu. The utilities
are provided to help simplify the loading of
drawings and/or areas. For more information,
see Utilities, page 5 - 56 .
Create Batch Job Input generates a batch
extraction job file. The batch extraction job file
consists of your inputs for some batch processing

options and a list of all the drawings to be
processed in a batch run. For more information,
see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .
Schedule Batch Job schedules or submits a batch
job for a previously created batch input file. For
more information, see Schedule Batch Job, page
5 - 100 .
Reports generates reports on the data in the
Project Control Database. For more information,
see Reports, page 5 - 104 .
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.1 Define
Default Sets
The Define Default Sets option allows you to add, copy, revise or delete iso ext
raction default
sets. Default sets are used by the extraction software to determine the location
of:
Option File
Seed File
Plot File
Extracted Isos
Border File
1. Select the Define Default Sets button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Isometric Extraction Default Sets form.
Initially, no default set is defined. The section Add Default Set contains
the procedure for add default sets.
2. Select the Add button to add a default set.
OR
Select an existing default set and either the Revise, Delete or Copy button.
The system activates the selected default set and returns to the Batch Environme
nt
form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.1.1 Add D
efault Set
1. Select the Add button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
The system displays the Add Default Set form.
2. Key in a default set tag name.
The system displays the Network Address, Directory and Specification fields with
values
as defined by the export variables. For more information on export variables, se
e Initial
Setup Considerations, page 5 - 3 .
3. Key in a default set description.
4. Key in the appropriate information for each field.
Option File
The fields associated with the options file define the name and location
of the option file to be used.
Seed File
The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the see
d file to be used.
Plot File
The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plo
t file to be used.
Output Path
The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the iso
extraction files.
Border File
The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the b
order file to be used.
OR
If the export statements are defined in the control shell, the above fields will
be loaded
automatically. The following are examples of export statements that can be used
in the
control shell.
export ISOPATH=/usr/wp114b/isocert/
export ISOSEED=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.sed
export ISOOPTION=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.def
export ISOPLOT=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc_sml.i
export ISOBORDER=/usr/wp114/isocert/isoc.brd
5. Select the accept button.
The system adds the new default set to the database and returns to the Isometric
Extraction Default Sets form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.1.2 Revis
e Default Set
The Revise Default Set command allows you to revise an existing iso default set.
1. Select the Revise button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2. Select the default set to be revised from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Revise Default Set form.
3. Select the appropriate fields and key in the new information.
Option File
The fields associated with the option file define the name and location of the o
ption file
to be used.
Seed File
The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the see
d file to
be used.
Plot File
The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plo
t file to be
used.
Output Path
The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the ext
racted iso
files.
Border File
The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the b
order file
to be used.
The system revises the default set, updates the database, and returns to the Iso
metric
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.1.3 Delet
e Default Set
The Delete Default Set command allows you to delete an iso default set.
1. Select the Delete button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2. Select the default set to be deleted from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Delete Default Set form.
Information displayed on this form is for review purposes only.
The system deletes the default set and updates the database.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.1.4 Copy
Default Set
The Copy Default Set command allows you to copy an iso default set.
1. Select the Copy button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2. Select the default set to be copied from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Copy Default Set form.
3. Key in a tag name for the new default set.
4. Key in a description for the new default set.
The system makes a copy of the selected default set with the new tag and descrip
tion.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.2 Define
Project Options
The Define Project Options command allows you to define project options such as
Iso Name
option, Drawing Number option, project default set and output path option.
1. Select the Define Project Options button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Isometric Extraction Project Options form.
2. Iso Name Option
Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.
By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.
By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to the
line ID.
Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference
Data
Manager s label description library. For more information on the label description
library, refer to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting
as the default for the Iso Name Option.
3. Drawing Number Option
Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.
By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.
By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to the
line ID.
Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference
Data
Manager s label description library. For more information on the label description
library, refer to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting
as the default for the Drawing Number Option.
4. Batch Job Options
These toggle switch settings define the default switch settings on the Create Ba
tch
Job Input form. Refer to Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more informatio
n on
the following toggles.
Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files
Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details
Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot
Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number
5. Filename Option toggle

The Long Filename Available On NT Only setting allows iso filenames up to 24
characters long. This option can only be used with isos on an NT file server.
If you are currently running an upgraded 6.3 project you must modify the
DDL and database by performing the procedure as described in
/pdiso/upd_long.txt file.
When set to Short Filename, the software only allows iso names up to 14 characte
rs
long.
6. Output Path Option toggle
The toggle s default setting, Create Iso Files In Output Path, will output iso fil
es to
the main output path.
Switched from the default setting, this toggle allows batch extracted isometrics
to be
output to a subdirectory of the main output path (see Revise Default Set, page 5
- 18 for
more information on revising default output paths and other project defaults). T
he
subdirectory is named after the area name for the line that is being extracted.
This setting is not unique to each default set, but is a project-wide setting.
Interactive extraction will continue to be output in the location defined in
the interactive screen.
7. Select a project default set.
If a project default set is not selected, the software will fail during the
extraction process.
The system returns to the Batch Environment form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.3 Revise
Iso Area
1. To revise an iso area, select the Revise Iso Area button from the Batch
Environment form.
The system displays the Revise Iso Area form with a list of available piping are
as.
2. Select an area from the list of areas.
Do not select accept until all revisions have been made.
The system highlights the selected area and displays it in the appropriate Area
field.
3. Select one of the four display buttons located in the lower portion of the Re
vise Iso
Area form. Available options are:
Iso Area List updates forms with a list of available iso areas.
Equipment Area
List
lists all equipment areas available in the project. These areas
are needed for equipment/nozzle information.
Continuation Area
List
allows you to route a pipeline through multiple piping areas
and show line continuation from one area to another. For
example, consider a line, P-1000, that runs through areas A
and B. Area A should be defined as the continuation area for
area B and area B should be defined as the continuation area
for area A. You may select an area only for pipeline
continuation.
See Intergraph Option 60 for information concerning how
PD_ISO recognizes Continuation Area Data.

User Data allows you to define up to ten user data attributes that can be
mapped to the title block.
The system displays a list of available areas that correspond to the selected Ar
ea List
button.
If the User Data button is selected, the system displays the User Data
form. To define user data, select the appropriate user data field, key in
the user data and select the accept button.
4. Select an area from the list of areas.
The system displays the selected area in the appropriate Area field.
5. Select the accept button once you have revised the iso area.
The system revises the Iso Area and updates the database.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.4 List Is
o Areas
This option displays a list of all available iso areas. Select the appropriate a
rea(s) and select
accept to confirm the selection(s).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.5 Create
Drawing
The Create Drawing command allows you to create a drawing and add it to an exist
ing iso
area.
1. Select the Create Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Create Drawing form.
2. Key in a piping area name.
If the contents of the Iso Area field are changed, the system clears all the rem
aining
fields.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.
The system displays the List Iso Areas form.
3. Select an iso area from the form.
The system returns to the Create Drawing form with the selected area displayed i
n the
Iso Area field.
5. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing typ
e that will
be associated with the newly-created drawing. Refer to the section Isometric Typ
es for
more information on Type.
6. Select the Line field and key in the primary line ID, as defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION of the options file, of the drawing you want to create.
The line ID cannot contain embedded blanks or the backslash character.
The system first checks that the line ID you key in is unique. An error message
is
displayed if the line ID you key in has already been defined.
To view a list of currently loaded drawings, select the Drawing List
button to activate the List Drawings form. The drawings are listed
according to area and line ID.
Once a valid line ID is entered, the system loads the appropriate information in
to the
Drawing Number and Iso Dgn Name fields.
If the Line field is changed, the system clears all the remaining fields.

7. Drawing Number / Iso Dgn Name
The system displays the drawing number. The contents of this field depend upon t
he
drawing number option selected in the Define Project Options form.
The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used
for
naming subsidiary files created during the extraction. The contents of this fiel
d depend
upon the iso name option selected from the Define Project Options form.
8. Line 2
Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line that wi
ll be
included in the drawing. The secondary line must be connected to the line identi
fied by
the primary line name.
This field is optional.
9. Line 3
Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Li
ne 2.
10. Number of Sections
This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then retu
rns at
some other point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconne
cted
sections, then the number of sections should be specified.
This field allows you to treat a disconnected pipeline in the model as one line.
Sheet
numbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a mode
l and
section one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then th
e
sheets from section two will be sheets four and five of the line.
This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionally
disconnected. A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use this
field to extract a pipeline not modeled correctly.
The next three fields can be used as search criteria when creating batch
job input. For more information on batch jobs and search criteria, refer to
Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .
11. Batch Reference
Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to group
drawings within the isometric environment. If batch reference numbers are suppli
ed,
you can later specify, for example, to extract all drawings in a given area with
a given
batch reference number.
The batch reference number is optional.
12. Model Status
Key in the model status code. The user-defined model status code helps keep trac
k of
drawing status. The following is a list of example codes:
N - Line has not been modeled
M - Line has been modeled but not checked
C - Line has been modeled and checked
A - Drawing has been extracted and approved
R - Line has been revised since last approved
If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when gen
erating a
batch job input file.

For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted wit
h a given
model status.
13. Model Revised Date
Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the lines
comprising the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows yo
u
designate for extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawin
g revision.
14. Extraction Number
The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.
The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.
This field could be mapped to a text node near the extraction date text
node (see the description of the Extraction Date field). The extraction
number helps distinguish between two drawings generated on the same
day.
Extraction Date
The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.
The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometrics
extraction occurs.
This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of the
drawing border. This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.
Last MTO Date
The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for the
drawing.
The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an mto neutral file
is
generated along with the isometric drawing.
15. Sheets Generated
The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the
last
time it was extracted.
The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawin
g is
extracted.
16. Revision block fields
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
Each time the revision number is incremented, a new line of data is added to the
revision block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job fi
le is
created.
17. Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent MTO neutral files were passed
to a
material control system. This field must be manually updated.
18. Revision Number
The system displays the latest revision number of the drawing.
The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing i
s
extracted.
When a batch job file is created, you must decide whether or not to increment th
e
revision number during the run. To increment the number, the system increments t
he
field by one. If the Revision Number field is -1, the system assumes that revisi
on zero
of the drawing is being generated.
19. Once you have completed your inputs to the form, select the accept button.
The system writes the data to the Project Control Database.
The Iso Area and Line are the required minimum inputs for the Create
Drawing form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.6 Revise
Drawing
This command activates the Revise Drawing form which allows you to revise single
or
multiple drawings. The first step in revising a drawing is to select the drawing
(s) to be
revised. Drawings can be selected by using one of two methods:
Select by Line ID
Select by Using Search Criteria
1. Select the Revise Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Revise Drawing form.
2. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing typ
e. Using
this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision.
3. Select either the Select By Line ID or Select Using "Search Criteria" option
and
follow one the following procedures to select drawings for revision.
Select By Line ID Option
to Select Drawings
Using the
a. Select the Select By Line ID option.
b. Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.
c. Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.
The system displays the List Drawings form.
d. Select individual drawings with a data point.
OR
Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.
OR
Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.
e. Select the accept button.
The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
f. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing
or
Revising Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for
revision.
Using the
Search Criteria
Option to Select Drawings
a. Select the Select Using "Search Criteria" option.
The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Revise Drawing form.
b. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing typ
e.
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision.
c. Define search criteria.
Search Criteria:
The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to loc
ate a
drawing or group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria mus
t be
met before a drawing can be included in an isometric extraction.
Iso Area
Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button.
The system displays the Iso Areas form.
Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.
The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected area in the Iso
Area field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional
criteria such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can be
defined.
Batch Reference
Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.
To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individual
drawing records when adding drawing records to the Project Control
Database.
Model Status Code
Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given st
atus.
Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High
Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, the
range of lines to retrieve.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.
Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised Date High
Model Revised Date Low and Model Revised Date High restricts, by model revision
date, the list of lines to retrieve.
Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the l
ist of lines.
Select Subset of All Selections / Select All
This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawin
gs.
If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or mo
re
drawings from the list of drawings in the scroll field.
If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are
selected.
Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selecte
d.
Review a Drawing
The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single
drawing. The Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle must be set to
Select Subset of All Selections before selecting this command.
Reset Selections
The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be revi
sed.
Display Selections
The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it is
defined by the current search criteria settings.
The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
5. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing
or
Revising Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for revi
sion.
Revising a Single Drawing
If a single drawing is selected for revision, the system displays the Revise Sin
gle Drawing
form.
a. Revise drawing information by changing the information contained in the follo
wing
fields.
Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type t
hat will
be associated with the drawing.
Line 2
Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line to be
extracted onto the isometric. The secondary line must be connected to the line
identified by the primary line name.
Line 3
Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Li
ne 2.
Number of Sections
rns at
cted
Sheet
l and
e
Batch Reference
drawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later
specify, for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with
a given
Model Status
k of
erating a
batch input file. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given are
a be
extracted with a given model status.
Model Revised Date
u
g revision.
Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed
to a
material control system. You must manually update this field.
Revision Number
s
extracted.
e
he
on zero
Drawing Number
The system displays the active drawing number.
Iso Dgn Name
The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used
to name
subsidiary files created during the extraction.
The Iso design file name can be changed by selecting the Iso Dgn Name field and
keying in a new name.
Extraction Number
The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.
The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.
This field should be mapped to a text node near the extraction date text
node (see the description of the Extraction Date field). The extraction
number helps you distinguish between two drawings generated on the
same day.
Extraction Date
The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.
The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometrics
extraction occurs.
This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of the
drawing border. This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.
Last MTO Date
The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for the
drawing.
The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an MTO neutral file
is
generated along with the isometric drawing.
Sheets Generated
The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the
last
time it was extracted.
The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawin
g is
extracted.
Revision block fields
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
le is
created.
User Data
Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise us
er
data, select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and s
elect the
accept button.
Select Revisions to Delete / Delete Selected Revisions
When this toggle is set to Delete Selected Revisions, you can select individual
revisions to be deleted. When selected, each revision is highlighted in red. Whe
n
accept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove red
highlighting from revisions, set the toggle back to Select Revisions to Delete.
Select All Revisions to Delete / Delete All Revisions
When this toggle is set to Delete All Revisions, all revisions are highlighted i
n red.
When accept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove re
d
highlighting from revisions, set the toggle back to Select All Revisions to Dele
te.
b. Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.
The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns t
o the
Revise Drawing form.
c. Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.
Revising Multiple Drawings
If multiple drawings are selected for revision, the system displays the Revise M
ultiple
Drawings form.
a. Revise drawing information for all of the listed drawings by changing the inf
ormation
contained in the following fields.
A key-in in any of the following fields, followed by the accept button, will
result in an update of all drawings listed in the scroll area.
Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type t
hat will
be associated with the drawing.
Number of Sections
rns at
cted
Sheet
l and
e
Batch Reference
drawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later
specify, for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with
a given
Model Status
k of
erating a
batch job. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be ex
tracted
with a given model status.
Model Revised Date
u
g revision.
Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed
to a
material control system. You must manually update this field.
Revision Number
s
extracted.
e
he
on zero
Revision block fields
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
le is
created.
User Data
Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise us
er
data, select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and s
elect the
accept button.
Delete Revision Record(s)
Select the Delete Revision Record(s) button to delete all of the revision histor
y
entries. After selecting this option, the system prompts: Accept to delete all r
ecords.
Select the accept button to delete the records.
b. Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.
The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns t
o the
Revise Drawing form.
c. Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.7 Delete
Drawing
This command activates the Delete A Drawing form that allows you to delete singl
e or
multiple drawings. The first step in deleting a drawing is to select the drawing
(s) to be
deleted. Drawings can be selected by using one of two methods:
Deleting a drawing will also delete any associated files that were created in th
e output
location as defined in the default set.
Select by Line ID
Select by Using Search Criteria
1. Select the Delete Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Delete A Drawing form.
2. Select the Type field gadget and select the isometric drawing type that is as
sociated
with the drawing.
3. Select either the Select By Line ID or Select Using "Search Criteria" option
and
follow one the following procedures to select drawings for revisement.
Select By Line ID
Using the
a. Select the Select By Line ID option.
b. Select the Type field gadget and select the one of the isometric drawing type
s.
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for deletion.
c. Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.
d. Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.
The system displays the List Drawings form.
e. Select individual drawings with a data point.
OR
Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.
OR
Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.
f. Select the accept button.
The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawings
listed.
g. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Deleting a Single Drawing
or
Deleting Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for
revisement.
Using the
Search Criteria
a. Select the Select By "Line ID" option.
The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Delete A Drawing form.
b. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing typ
e.
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for deletion.
c. Define search criteria.
Search Criteria:
ate a
t be
Iso Area
OR
Select the Iso Area List button.
Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.
The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected area in the Is
o
Area field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional
criteria such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can be
defined.
Batch Reference
Database.
Model Status Code
atus.
range of lines to retrieve.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.
Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised Date High
Model Revised Date Low and Model Revised Date High restricts, by model revision
date, the list of lines to retrieve.
Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the l
ist of lines.
Select Subset of All Selections / Select All
This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawin
gs.
If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or mo
re
drawings from the list of drawings in the scroll field.
If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are
selected.
Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selecte
d.
Review a Drawing
The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single

drawing. The Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle on the previous
form must be set to Select Subset of All Selections before selecting this comman
d.
Reset Selections
The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be dele
ted.
Display Selections
The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it is
defined by the current search criteria settings.
The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawings liste
d.
5. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Deleting a Single Drawing
or
Deleting Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for
revisement.
Deleting a Single Drawing
If a single drawing is selected for deletion, the system displays the Delete A D
rawing form that
contains drawing information for the selected drawing.
If you have never extracted the displayed line with the Increment Revision No
toggle option (see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information), on
ly
the database drawing record will be deleted. The isometric file will not be dele
ted.
The system will display a warning message box if this situation occurs.
a. Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawing.
The system deletes the drawing and returns to the Delete A Drawing form.
Deleting Multiple Drawings
If multiple drawings are selected for deletion, the system returns to the Delete
A
Drawing form which contains a listing of the selected drawings.
If any of the lines selected for deletion have never been extracted using the
Increment Revision No toggle option (see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 89 for more information), only the database drawing records will be deleted.
The isometric files will not be deleted. The system will display a warning
message box if this situation occurs.
a. Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawings.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.8 List Dr
awings
This command allows you to list all drawings within a piping area.
1. Select the List Drawings command from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Drawing List form.
2. Key in the piping area that contains the drawings you want to list.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.
THEN
Select an iso area from the form and select the accept button.
The system returns to the List Drawing form with the selected area displayed in
the Iso
Area field.
The system displays the drawings that are within the selected piping area. If th
e area
does not exist, the system displays an error message.

________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.9 Utiliti
es
Utilities options are used to simplify building and maintaining the Project Cont
rol Database
and in defining areas and drawing information.
1. Select the Utilities button from the Batch Data Environment form.
The system displays the Utilities form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.9.1 Bulk
Load Lines
The Bulk Load Lines command allows you to load multiple lines by defining a spec
ific
model, area or group of line numbers.
1. Select the Bulk Load Lines button from the Utilities form.
The system activates the Bulk Load Lines Form.
2. Select the Iso Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing
type that
will be loaded. Refer to Isometric Types, page 21 - 1 for more information on Is
o Type.
3. Key in a Default Batch Reference Number.
This field input is optional.
4. Set the Iso Name Option toggle to the appropriate setting.
Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use
the
project default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Optio
ns
form. For more information on defining the project default set, see Define Proje
ct
Options, page 5 - 22 .
Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on
the
Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining the
project default set, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Manager s label description library; not the label library referred to in the
Files section of the ISOGEN options file.
5. Set the Drawing Number Option toggle to the appropriate setting.
Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use
the
project default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Optio
ns
form. For more information on defining the project default set, see Define Proje
ct
Options, page 5 - 22 .
Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on
the
Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining the
project default set, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Manager s label description library; not the label library referred to in the
Files section of the ISOGEN options file.
6. Select the Default Set field to select another default set from the Isometric
Select a default set from the form and select the accept button to return to the
Bulk
Load Lines form.

7. Select one of the following methods of bulk loading lines.
creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Area.
creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Model.
creates drawing records for selected pipelines within a selected Iso
Model.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Load by Area
After the Load by Area button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Li
nes form and
prompts you to select the area(s) that contain the lines to be loaded.
1. Select the appropriate area(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all lines associated with the selected area(s) and the area def
inition if it
does not currently exist.
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any
invalid lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in
the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved
into /usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed.
The invalid iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines
command is exited.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Load by Model
After the Load by Model button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load L
ines form
and prompts you to select an area.
1. Select the area that contains the appropriate models.
The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that re
side
within the selected iso area.
2. Select the appropriate iso model(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all lines associated with the selected model(s).
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalid
lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into
/usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalid
iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command is
exited.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Load by Line
After the Load by Line button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Li
nes form and
prompts you to select an area.
1. Select the area that contains the appropriate model.
The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that re
side
within the selected iso area.
2. Select the appropriate iso model and select the accept button.
The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso lines that res
ide within
the selected iso model.
3. Select the appropriate iso line(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all selected lines.
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalid
lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into
/usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalid
iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command is
exited.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.9.2 Bulk
Load Lines from ASCII File
Since this command does not create ISOGEN areas, the ISOGEN area you are
loading lines into must exist before running this command. For more
information on creating a 3D piping/ISOGEN area, refer to the section Creating
3D Areas and Models in the PDS Project Setup Technical Reference.
1. Select the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File button.
The system activates the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
2. Key in the filename which contains the pipeline information to be loaded.
If the export statement is defined in the control shell, the above field will
be loaded automatically. For example: export
ISO_ASCII_LOAD=/pdssk:/usr/50cert
The system generates a log file using the system filename with a .log file exten
sion. This
file contains error or warning messages and also information about which areas a
nd
lines, if any, have been added to the database.
The system checks the file for syntax errors and undefined areas. If no errors a
re
detected, the system adds the lines to the existing ISOGEN areas (as defined in
the
ASCII file) and returns to the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
If no errors are detected, but warnings occur, the system displays the warning
messages and adds the areas and their respective lines to the database.
If any errors are detected, the system displays the errors and any warnings, and
does not
update the database.
The following steps are only used when warnings and/or errors are
detected during the loading process.
4. Revise File
Select the Revise File button to edit the current file using the default editor.
The system creates an editor window based on the text editor defined by the PDED
ITOR
export variable in the control shell.
The following is an example of a typical ASCII file:
Projectname ! required - must be 1st line, 1st column
Begin Area ! required - Begin Area 1
IsoAreaName ! required
#E EquipmentContArea ! optional - up to 5
#C PipeContArea ! optional - up to 10
#Un "Area User Data" ! optional - data must be between double
quotes
- where n is a number: 1 - 10
"IsoType" ! optional literal string double quotes
LineId ! required
#L2 LineId2 ! optional

#S NumSections ! optional
#B BatchRefNum ! optional
#M ModelStatusCode ! optional
#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between double
quotes
"IsoType" ! optional literal string double quotes
LineId ! required
#S NumSections ! optional
#B BatchRefNum ! optional
#M ModelStatusCode ! optional
#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between double
quotes
End Area ! required - End Area 1
Begin Area ! Begin Area 2
PIPE01 ! Iso Area Name
AF7701PQ ! Line ID
End Area ! End Area 2
If Iso Type is not defined, ISOGEN defaults to Fabrication. Refer to
Isometric Types, page 21 - 1 for more information on Iso Type.
Where the keyword:
Begin Area is the beginning of an area record.
End Area is the end of area record.
#E is the continuation equipment areas.
#C is the continuation pipe areas.
#Un is user data and a number 1 - 10.
#L2 is LineId 2.
#L3 is LineId 3.
#S is the number of sections.
#B is the batch reference number.
#M is the model status code.
! is a comment line
The keywords listed above must precede any information they are
associated with. For example, a batch reference number called steam unit
would have to appear in the ASCII file as: #B STEAM_UNIT.
No spaces are allowed between the # and the letters.
KEYWORDS are not case sensitive. For example, Begin Area = BEGIN
area = BEGIN AREA, #E = #e
User data, #Un, must be enclosed in double quotes.
Tabs, spaces and blank lines are allowed anywhere within the file.
The project name will be used as a check to verify that the file belongs to
the current project. The project name must be on the first line in the first
column.
Comments may be included on any row by using a !. Anything after the !
up to a newline <CR> is considered part of the comment.
5. Process another file
Select the Process another file button to dismiss the displayed warning/error
messages and display the Filename and Log Filename fields. Return to step 2.
6. Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors"
Select the Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors" button to continue processing
areas that have the correct syntax.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.9.3 Isome
tric Symbol Editor

ISOGEN provides an extensive library of symbols that you can select to map PDS s
ymbol
names to isometric drawing symbols. If the drawing symbology for some of these s
ymbols is
inadequate, you can redefine them to have new symbology.
It is recommend that you copy the provided design files and index files when
creating new symbols. These files are the symbol.dgn and symbol.ndx files that
are located in the directory /pdiso/dat.
The symbol definition process consists of the following steps:
1. Draw the symbol in graphics by using the Symbol Definition Software.
2. Create a symbol library from the graphics generated in step 1.
3. Add the symbol library to the options file.
4. Change the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map, as needed, so that PDS items are mapped
to
the appropriate ISOGEN SKEY.
The working units of the copied symbol.dgn file are defined as the following:
Master Units : M
Sub Units : MM
sub units per master unit: 1000
uor per sub unit : 1000
The Data readout accuracy is set to .02. The scale and angle locks and grid disp
lay may be
turned ON to make symbol construction easier.
The following grid setup works well and can be saved using the MicroStation
file designed option:
GU=0: .10
GR=10
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Entering the
Iso Symbol Editor Environment
1. Select the Iso Symbol Editor button from the Utilities form.
The system displays the Isometric Symbol Editor form.
2. Define the Symbol Design, Symbol Index and Symbol Library fields to define th
e
location of those files. Use the format nodename:path to define the location of
each
file. For example: mynode:/usr/ip32/pdiso/dat/symbol.dgn.
You can set the PDS Environment Variables: SYMDGN, SYMNDX and
SYMLIB to define default values for these fields.
You can key in the name of a previously-created, symbol index file name
by two methods. You can key in the name when revising a symbol that
has been defined in a previous session. Also, you can key in the name
when adding a new symbol to a 2-D design file that already contains one
or more user-defined symbols.
If a single index file is not maintained for each design file that contains
user-defined symbols, you will have difficulty converting the design file
graphics into an ISOGEN symbol library.
It is recommended that all symbols be defined in one design file with one
corresponding index file.
3. After defining the fields in the previous step, select the Symbol Editor butt
on to enter
the MicroStation environment and activate the Isometric Symbol Definition form.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Input Area Op
tions
Various components of the isometric symbol can be created and/or revised using t
he
commands in the Input area and the Symbol Origin command located on the Isometri
c
Symbol Definition form.
Old Skey
Select the Old Skey field, and key in an old skey for the symbol you are definin
g. The old
skey is an existing symbol key chosen from Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables.
When defining a new symbol, some of the default properties of the new symbol
are inherited from the old one. The basic skeleton or connect point geometry of
a new symbol may not vary from that of the old symbol. For example, you must
not define a new angled fitting based on a straight-through fitting.
New Skey
Select the New Skey field, and key in a new skey. The new skey is the symbol key
of the
symbol that is currently being defined.
The following notes apply to new skey:
If you leave the new skey blank, the old symbol will be redefined. If the old
skey is variable end prep (that is, the old skey ends with the characters **), t
he
symbol will be redefined for all end preps. If the old skey is specified with a
specific end prep, only the symbol with that end prep will be redefined.
If you specify a new skey, a new symbol of that name will be created. The new
skey may end with the characters ** to indicate that the symbol is variable end
prep.
If the old skey is a valve operator and the new skey is left blank, all valve
symbols that currently use that operator symbol will be redefined with the new
operator.
If the old skey is a valve operator and a new skey is specified, the operator mu
st
be explicitly attached to new valve symbols (using the spindle key input field).
The new skey must never be the same as one of the old skeys that have been
previously defined for ISOGEN.
The system checks the index file to see if the current combination of old and ne
w skey already
exists.
THEN
If the combination exists, the software recognizes that an existing user-defined
symbol
definition is being revised. The software will then perform a window area about
the redefined
symbol graphics that you previously placed in the design file.
OR
If the combination does not exist in the index file, the software knows that the
symbol is being
redefined for the first time.
Symbol Origin
If you are revising an existing iso symbol, do not define a symbol origin.
The Symbol Origin command defines an area in which the new iso symbol will be cr
eated.
All iso symbol graphics must be contained within the defined area.
Select the Symbol Origin button from the Isometric Symbol Definition form.
The symbol origin is the lower left hand corner of a rectangular area in which t
he new
symbol will be drawn. The rectangular area is approximately 20 x 25 mm.
Position the rectangular area and place a data point to place it. Once the area
is placed, you
must draw the iso symbol using only MicroStation Line and Linestring commands.
No circles or closed shapes can be used. Keep the symbol as simple and as
symmetrical as possible. Use approximately one-fourth of the block for the right
proportion of your new symbol.
Do not move or change the area once it is placed.
Spindle Key
Spindle Key defines the operator subsymbol that will be attached to this symbol
when it is
drawn in the isometric. There are 12 existing spindle keys defined in the table
in Appendix
B: Alias ISOGEN Tables. You can also define new spindles (operators). If the sym
bol does
not require a spindle, this field can be left blank if the symbol does not requi
re a spindle.
ScaleFactor
ScaleFactor is used to scale the plotted shape up or down relative to the dimens
ions used in
drawing the symbol. A value of 100 (which is recommended) will give a scaling fa
ctor of 1.
Orientation
Orientation is used to define the type of fitting drawn. This number is used for
automatically creating a mirror image symbol.
Available options include:
Symmetrical - none (symbol is symmetrical)
Flow Direction Dep - flow direction dependent (for example, check valve)
Large to Small Bore - large to small bore (for example, reducer)
Flange Start - flange start (for example, has a gasket to the left)
Flow Arrows
Flow Arrows defines the flow arrow for the symbol. Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as the old skey
No - never has a flow arrow
Yes - has a flow arrow
Dimensions
Dimensions control how the fitting or symbol is dimensioned. Available options i
nclude:
Use Old SKEY - same as the old skey
Off - dimensions off
On - dimensions on
Lagging/Tracing
Lagging/Tracing controls the insulation and heat tracing display on the fitting.
Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as old skey
Both Off - both off
Lagging On - lagging on
Tracing On - tracing on
Both On - both on
Setting values in option block words 61 and 62 causes ISOGEN to draw
insulation and tracing on every component. These symbols definition options
enable you to override the options block switches. For example, even though
insulation and tracing on components are enabled, the previous options allow
you to specify that for a specific component neither value should be displayed.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Assembling an
Isometric Symbol
The different components that make a user-defined isometric symbol include:
Symbol Origin Dynamically displays a drawing symbol area (discussed
previously).
Start Point The in point of the symbol; analogous to a connect point in PDS
terminology. The point where the symbol will connect to adjacent
symbols.
End Point The out point of the symbol. Also, a point where the symbol will
connect to an adjacent symbol.

Spindle Point The point where a valve operator attaches to a symbol. Similar to
the symbol origin in the PDS world.
Tap Points Branch points on a symbol. Points where other piping components
can be attached to the symbol. Tap points are not exactly
analogous to PDS taps. A redefined symbol will usually have
several tap points; however, when a drawing is created normally,
only one or two will be used.
Symbol Symbol graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are
always drawn when a symbol is drawn in a drawing.
Lagging Lagging graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are only
drawn when the lagging on the symbol is enabled.
Tracing Tracing graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are only
drawn when the heat tracing on the symbol is enabled.
The following are guidelines that should be used when assembling components into
a symbol.
1. In this example, the symbol is created in a coordinate system where the x-axi
s is
horizontal and the y-axis is vertical. The origin of the coordinate system shoul
d fall on
a point of symmetry of the symbol. Thus, the y-axis will bisect the symbol. The
symbol
start point will usually fall on the x-axis.
2. The only valid connect point geometries that you can define are the following
:
End point (for example, caps, plugs, blind flanges)
Straight through (for example, valves, flanges)
Offset (for example, eccentric reducer, flange)
90 degree change of direction (for example, angle valve)
3-way (for example, 3-way valve)
4-way (for example, 4-way valve)
Other geometries must be obtained through the use of fitting taps. This requirem
ent
impacts the definition of symbols in the PDS environment.
When defining a symbol in PDS, you must consider the ISOGEN symbol to which you
will map when selecting the connect point geometry. If any connect point geometr
y
does not map to an ISOGEN connect point geometry, extraction will not be perform
ed
properly.
Example:
In this example, a specialty item that resembles a lateral needs to be defined i
n both
PDS and within ISOGEN, so that it properly extracts to a drawing.
Appendix B states that no symbols exist with connect point geometry that satisfi
es the
requirements of the speciality item. (In fact, you can map the specialty item to
a TEXX
(which is a tee); however, the symbology for a TEXX is not acceptable, and the T
EXX
can not be redefined.)
In one solution, you can define the basic connect point skeleton of the item in
both PDS
and ISOGEN as a straight-through component. Although, the branch off the side ca
n
be a tap, you can not draw graphics that extend from the ISOGEN symbol for the
branch. This is because you can not force ISOGEN to use a specific tap on the is
o
symbol. You must define several tap points and allow ISOGEN to choose the one th
at
gives the best graphic representation of the component and connecting piping.
3. When defining graphics that are drawn between the end prep symbols, your symb
ol
definition should not contain any end prep graphics.
4. When defining an offset fitting, the flow should go from top left to bottom r
ight in the
symbol coordinate system. For example, an eccentric reducer would be drawn with
the
large end on the left and the small end on the right, with the flat side down or
at the
bottom of the symbol. Flanged offset fittings must be created with the end prep
graphics drawn integrally with the symbol.
5. If angled fittings consist of two or more legs, all legs of a redefined angle
d fitting must
be identical. When you define the angled fitting, you draw only a single leg. Th
e other
legs are created automatically by ISOGEN. The leg that you draw must be
symmetrical about the x-axis of the symbol coordinate system. The start point of
the
leg must be to the left of the y-axis and the end point must be the pivot point
or the
origin of the symbol. All legs of an angled fitting must have a common pivot poi
nt (this
requirement excludes redefinition of symbols like the angle block BA**).
Allowable and unallowable angled shapes
6. A symbol can have up to nine tap points. When distributing tap points, observ
e the
following rules.
No more than three tap points can be placed on the x axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed on the y axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed above the x axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed below the x axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed left of the y axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed right of the y axis.
The previously-listed rules are not checked during symbol creation, but
are verified when the symbol is written to the symbol library. The symbol
will not be written if any of the limits are exceeded.
To use tap points that are not on the x or y axis, when the symbol is drawn, obs
erve the
following rules:
Outer tap points in the y-axis direction must be located at least 5 mm from the
yaxis
if they are to be used.
Outer tap points in the x-axis direction must be located by at least the greater
of 5
mm or 10% of the symbol length down the x-axis if they are to be used.
When a component with taps in the model is mapped to a symbol without taps, the
tap
point is assumed to be at the center of the symbol. None of the default ISOGEN
symbols have defined tap points.
A symmetrical symbol should have symmetrically distributed tap points so that
ISOGEN always finds an appropriate tap point no matter how the symbol is oriente
d in
a drawing.
Tap points on a flange
7. Redefined symbols can not be too large. Otherwise, problems may occur with gr
aphic
interferences within the drawings.

The amount of space reserved in a drawing for a symbol is always based on that o
f the
old skey. Therefore, you should keep your symbol approximately the same size as
the
one it is based on. Using this criteria, most symbols should be between 8 and 12
mm
long and 4 to 8 mm tall. Sketches of several of the original ISOGEN symbols appe
ar in
Appendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions.
8. In redefining a valve operator symbol, you must follow these rules:
The start point of the symbol must be the point where the operator attaches to t
he
valve.
The operator must be defined on its side with the stem lying along the x-axis an
d
the handwheel lying along the y-axis.
9. Two alternatives exist for defining pipe supports:
The pipe support symbol does not have an orientation (like the default ISOGEN
pipe support symbol). In this case, the start and end points of the symbol shoul
d
be located at the same point. The graphics should be symmetrical about the xaxis
.
The pipe support symbol has an orientation much like a valve operator does.
In this case, the symbol definition should take place in two steps.
Redefine the pipe support so that it consists of only a start point, an end poin
t, and a
spindle point all located at the same place. The spindle key for this pipe suppo
rt
should be set so that a valve operator is attached when the symbol is placed.
Define the valve operator that will actually be the pipe support graphics.
With these guidelines, you should select commands from the tutorial and locate t
he
various symbol components. Each tutorial command is described in the following
sections.
Start Point
You use this command to specify the start point of the symbol. After you select
the
command, you must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in.
A symbol
must contain one and only one start point.
You can use the MicroStation view manipulation commands while drawing the
symbol graphics. You must cancel out of view commands, however, before
making subsequent tutorial selections.
You can use the MicroStation element manipulation commands to modify
graphics that you place to build the symbol.
The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.
End Point
Use this command to define the end point of the symbol. After you select the com
mand, you
must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol must
contain
one and only one end point.
Fit Symbol Command
The Fit command is used to perform a fit operation on the symbol definition area
. Select the
Fit command and place a data point in the view to fit the symbol.
The system responds by doing a window area about the box that encompasses the cu
rrent
symbol definition.
Solid Line
Select this command just prior to drawing symbol graphics with the MicroStation
place line
and place linestring commands. Symbol graphics can consist of lines and linestri
ngs only.
The system responds by setting the line code to solid.
Lagging
Select this command just prior to drawing insulation graphics using the MicroSta
tion place
line and place linestring commands. Insulation graphics can consist of lines and
linestrings
only.
The system responds by setting the line code to long dash.
Tracing
Select this command just prior to drawing heat tracing graphics using the MicroS
tation place
line and place linestring commands. Heat tracing graphics can consist of lines a
nd
linestrings only.
The system responds by setting the line code to dot dash.
Spindle Point
Use this command to define the spindle point of the symbol. After selecting this
command,
you must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol
can contain
only one spindle point.
Tap Points
Use the Tap Points command to define tap points on the symbol. After you select
this
command, identify a point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol ca
n contain
up to 9 tap points.
Accept
Choose Accept to indicate that the symbol definition is complete.
The system responds by checking your definition to confirm that it contains a st
art point and
end point. The system then adds a new record to the symbol index file.
Clear Command
Choose Clear to stop work on the current symbol and reinitialize the tutorial.
The system responds by erasing all tutorial inputs and a fit operation is perfor
med on the
design file.
Delete Command
Choose Delete to delete the current symbol.
The system responds by deleting all of the symbol graphics and any record that m
ay have been
written to the symbol index file.
Exit
Select the Exit command when you are finished redefining symbols.
The system responds by closing the symbol index file and deactivating the symbol
definition
tutorial.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Creating a Us
er-defined Symbol Library
After drawing the symbol graphics with the Symbol Definition Software, you must
generate a
symbol library. To create the symbol library, select the Update Symbol Library b
utton
from the Isometric Extraction Utilities form.
Before Using This Command
You must have created a design file containing user-defined symbols, and you mus
t also have
the corresponding symbol index file. The system performs the following processes
when
updating the symbol library.
The system verifies that the symbol file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor
Screen
form) exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message a
nd returns to the
Isometric Symbol Editor Screen form.
The system verifies that the index file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor
Screen
form) exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message a
nd returns to the
Isometric Symbol Editor Screen form.
The system displays the following messages at the start of each phase of process
ing.
Stroking design file contents...
Converting ASCII symbols to binary...
Upon completion, the system prompts
Symbol library successfully created
If any errors are encountered during processing, refer to the log file that is
written to the /pdiso/dat directory.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Using the New
ly-created Symbol Library
To use the newly-created symbol library, you must first perform three actions:
1. Edit the options file, and add the binary symbol library file name to the FIL
ES table.
Refer to The Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information on the FILES table.
2. Edit the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table in the options file where necessary. Refer to
The
Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information on the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table.
3. Modify the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map so that PDS symbols map to the newly-defi
ned
ISOGEN symbols.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.9.4 Delet
e Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type
This command deletes all isometric drawings that do not have an associated Type
(fabrication, Spool, etc.). If you need to assign a Type to a drawing, one can b
e assigned by
using the Revise Drawing command.
All records that have been written to pdtable_185 in the project database must
have an assigned iso Type or they cannot be extracted.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.9.5 Gener
ate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File
The FrameWorks Reference Dimension File command allows you to generate an ASCII
file that is used by Intergraph option 71 to place reference dimension in the is

ometric
drawing. For more information on Intergraph option 71 refer to the section, The
Options
File.
Structural elements are placed in FrameWorks Plus by using one of ten
available cardinal points. Each cardinal point represents a different point on
the cross-section of a structural member. For example, an I-beam can be placed
using cardinal point 5 (CP5)which is the center of its cross section or it can b
e
placed by CP6 the right-center point on the beam s cross-section. The choice of
cardinal point takes on additional relevance when using the Isometric Column
Reference (Intergraph option 71) because this is the point that the pipeline wil
l
use as a reference.
In the previous graphic, the same pipeline is extracted twice. In the top
extraction, column C_25 was placed using CP5 (center-center) while the bottom
extraction was placed using CP6 (right-center). In both cases, the referenced
column is in the same physical location and the position of the pipeline is
unchanged. However, note that the easterly dimension varies by half the
thickness of the column.
Since the Structural Column Reference option (Intergraph option 71) references
structural elements according to their active cardinal point at the time of plac
ement.
It is highly recommended that structural columns be placed by CP5 (center-center
).
1. Select the Frameworks Reference Dimension File button from the Isometric
Extraction Utilities form.
The system activates the Create Reference Dimension File form.
The information in the FrameWorks ASCII Data Filename and the
Log Filename fields is for display purposes only. The fields display the
nodename and location to which the dimension file and log file will be
written.
2. Select the Batch Queue pulldown gadget and select the queue that will be used
to
generate the dimension file.
3. Set the Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle.
Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the
run
time by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select
AM or
PM.
4. After the Batch Queue and the Submit Batch toggle have been set, select the a
ccept
button.
The system generates the FrameWorks ASCII Data file and log file.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.10 Create
Batch Job Input
To extract isometrics using the batch software, you must create a batch job inpu
t file. The
batch job file is an ASCII data file that is submitted to the batch extraction s
oftware as an
input file.
You create the batch input file by identifying which lines to create drawings fo
r and setting
the options that determine how the job will be processed. Lines can be selected
for the batch
input file using one of two methods. These include defining search criteria to s
elect large
groups of lines and selecting lines by line ID.
Once a batch input file is created, it can be scheduled by using the Schedule Ba
tch Job
command. Refer to Schedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 for more information.
1. Select the Create Batch Job Input button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Create Batch Job Input form.
When the accept button is selected on this Create Batch Job Input form,
line ID records will be written to the batch job input file using this form s
current search criteria. Be sure that you do not select accept on this form
unless you have set the appropriate search criteria. Select cancel (X) to exit
the form without writing line records.
2. Batch Job Input File
Key in the batch job input file name. If a file name is not keyed in, the system
options
to the exported variable ISOBATCH.
The system checks that the existing file is a valid batch job input file and tha
t it was
generated from the same Project Control Database.
If the file already exists the system will display the Overwrite, Append and
Review/Edit buttons. Select the Overwrite to overwrite the batch input file or s
elect
Append to append the information to the existing batch input file information. S
elect
Review/Edit to display the batch input file in the default editor.
The default editor is notepad. You can use the export variable
PD_EDITOR to define a different default editor.
3. Default Set Option
Select the Default Set Option field to select another default set from the Isome
tric
Select a default set from the form and select the accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form and displays the selected
default set and description in the Default Set Option field.
4. Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files toggle
If the Delete Existing Files option is selected, the system will overwrite all
miscellaneous files that were created as a result of a previous isometric genera
tion.
These files include any ISOGEN output you have enabled using the options file an
d
error message files produced by the ISOGEN software.
If the Save Existing Files option is selected, the system will not delete any of
the
generated miscellaneous files.
This toggle will not purge old versions of the MTO neutral files. The
batch extraction software uses the extraction number to name the neutral
files.
Example:
The MTO neutral file is named as follows:
iso name + sheet number + .b + extr number
So, a MTO file named CW10022.b7 is the MTO neutral file for iso CW1002, sheet 2,
from extraction number 7.
As shown in the above example, the MTO neutral file generated by the ISOGEN
interface is split up into multiple files by the batch extraction software. Each
new MTO
file contains the material associated with a single isometric drawing sheet.
If you choose not to delete the existing files, the existing iso will be copied
to "output path"/isolast/.
5. Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details toggle
If the Do Not Save Details option is selected, the system ignores any previously
added
graphics.
If the Save Previous Details option is selected, the system adds all manually ad
ded
MicroStation graphics of the previous isometric drawing version to the new versi
on.
Before using the Save Previous Details option, the MicroStation file, edg.exe,
must be loaded locally to the workstation that will be used to process the
isometric drawings.
The software looks in the output directory (as specified in the area level data)
for each
drawing sheet as it is produced. If a drawing sheet is found, then all graphics
that
reside on levels 0 and 60 through 63 are merged into the new version of the draw
ing.
This allows you to add manual details that will be retained from version to vers
ion of the
drawing.
Some changes, particularly those made to the isometric drawing itself, will
not be acceptable or correct when merged into a new version of the
drawing.
6. Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot toggle
If the Submit for Plotting option is selected, the selected isometric drawings w
ill be
submitted for plotting.
A Plot Request file name must be specified in the default set. For more
information, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 .
If the Do Not Plot option is selected, none of the isometric drawings will be pl
otted.
7. Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number toggle
If the Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will update the
drawing revision block when an isometric is successfully generated.
If you plan to export the isometric drawing documents to PDME (Plant Data
Maintenance Environment), the revision toggle must be set to Increment
Revision Number. For more information on exporting isometric drawing
documents, refer to the PD Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference
Guide.
If the Do Not Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will not
update the revision block. You will encounter problems later when attempting to
delete
a drawing if a revision history does not exist for a drawing. Refer to Delete Dr
awing,
page 5 - 46 for more information about deleting drawings.
When the batch job is run, the system will use the inputs for By, Chk,
Date and Descr to update the revision block for the drawing in the Project
Control Database.
8. By, Chk, Date, Descr
To increment drawing revision numbers, key in information to these fields to spe
cify the
revision block data.
The data will be written back to the Project Control Database only if the
isometric is successfully extracted. If you leave the Date field blank, the
current date will be used.
The Date field allows you to specify an issue date for the isometric that is dif
ferent
from the current date. If, for example, you are extracting a number of drawings
over a
period of a few days for issue on a given date, you should key in that issue dat
e to this
field.
Rather than key in Chk initials at extraction time, you might want to
update the Project Control Database with Chk and Aprv initials after the
drawing has been plotted.
9. Search Criteria:
ate a
t be
Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type.
Using
this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.
Iso Area
OR
a. Select the Iso Area List button.
b. Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected area in
the Iso Area field.
To restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such as
batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
Batch Reference
Database.
Model Status Code
atus.
range of lines to extract.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.
OR
a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.
b. Select the Drawing List button.
The system activates the List Drawings form.
c. Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select the
accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected
drawing displayed in the Drawing Number Low field.
d. Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.
10. Do Not Use Model Revised Date / Use Model Revised Date toggle
Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose Model
Revised date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in t
he list of
lines to extract.
11. Once all of the necessary search criteria has been set, select the accept bu
tton to begin
processing.
If enabled, the system displays the Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form
.
12. Select the Accept button to begin posting the list to the batch input file.
The Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form is an added feature
to help prevent new users from writing an unnecessary number of lines to
the batch input file. To prevent the form from being displayed, add the
following environment variable:
In the pds.cmd file, $ENV{ NO_CONFIRM_WRITE_BJ } = anything ;
13. Select By Line ID
The Select by Line ID button can be used instead of the various search criteria
to
select lines for the batch input file. It allows you to select individual lines
for extraction
as opposed to defining different search criteria to select a specific group of l
ines.
a. Select the Select By Line ID button.
Select an iso area and the accept button.
The system displays a second Create Batch Job Input form which lists all lines
contained within the selected iso area.
b. Select the lines to be included in the batch file.
OR
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for selection
.
OR
Select the Select All button to include all of the listed files in the batch fil
e.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button to select a different iso area from the List Iso
Areas form.
Use the Reset Selection button at any time to cancel all previous
line selections.
c. Select the accept button once all of the appropriate lines have been selected
.
The system activates the third Create Batch Job Input form. The By, Chk,
Date and Description fields will be initialized with the input values that were
entered in step 8.
d. If necessary, select the By, Chk, Date, and Description fields on the form an
d
key in the appropriate information for each line.
If any of the previously mentioned fields are revised, each line is
posted to the batch input file with separate option lines. If the fields
are not revised, all of the selected lines will be posted to the batch
input file under the same option lines.
e. Select the accept button
The system posts the list to the batch input file.
14. Iso Type
This field is for review purposes only. It displays the type of drawings that ar
e listed.
15. Iso Area List
This button displays the List Iso Areas form. When an Iso Area is selected from
the
form and accepted, the system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with th
e
iso area in the Iso Area field.
16. Drawing List

This button displays the List Iso Areas form. Once an area(s) is selected and ac
cepted,
the systems displays the List Drawings form. Select the cancel button to dismiss
the
form and return to the Create Batch Job Input form.
17. Schedule Batch Job
This button displays the Schedule Batch Job form. Refer to the next section,
Schedule Batch Job, for more information.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.11 Schedu
le Batch Job
The Schedule Batch Job command allows you to schedule a batch job for isometric
extraction.
1. Select the Schedule Batch Job button from the Batch Environment form.
The system activates the Schedule Batch Job form.
2. Batch Input File
Key in the name of the batch input file that was previously created using the Cr
eate
Batch Job Input command from the Batch Environment form. Blank fields in the
file specification will be defaulted according to the current default directory.
If the file name does not exist, an error message will be displayed at the botto
m of the
form.
If the file name is valid, the remaining fields in the form will be given defaul
t values
with the exception of the Run Time fields.
3. System Log File
Key in the name of a log file.
This field allows you to create a log of the command execution as the job proces
ses in
batch. This log is useful when you are having difficulties getting the batch sof
tware to
operate. It contains a log of all error messages issued by the various software
modules
used to create an isometric.
The System log file (.job file) is different from the batch log file (.log file)
created by the
batch procedure. The system log file is named using the batch input file name to
gether
with a file extension of .job. The batch log file contains an entry for each att
empted run
together with an error code and/or message when the run fails.
All .job and .log files are written to the same directory as the batch job
input file. If this is not the case, have your system administrator check
the hosts.nqs file to verify write permissions.
If the batch job input file name remains the same, the .log file will
maintain a cumulative history of each successive run.
4. Job Name
Key in a batch job name. This is the name for the batch run which will show up i
n the
batch queue when you key in the qstat PDisocreate command. The default job
name is the batch input file name.
5. Process Queue
Select one of the queues from the pull down list. The selected batch queue will
extract
the lines as defined in the batch input file.
The queues displayed in the Process Queue field are chosen first from
the queues defined in the PDiso_batch portion of the queue_descript file
(located in the project directory). If no queues are defined in the
queue_descript file, the system generates a Process Queue list from
locally defined queues.
Valid queue names include: PDiso_batch, PDiso_bat_1, PDiso_bat_*.
6. Mail Notify
Key in the email path of the machine that will be sent a mail message when the b
atch
iso processing completes. A default for this field is provided by your system ma
nager
when the iso extraction product is installed on your system.
The mail message contains the identification of the batch job input file, the Pr
oject
Control Database name, a brief error message, and an error code. The error code
is
explained in more detail in Appendix A.
7. Plot Queue
Select one of the queues from the pull down list. This field is only displayed i
f the file
defined in the Batch Job Input File field was created with the Submit for Plotti
ng
toggle turned on. Refer to Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more informat
ion on
defining batch job input files.
The queues displayed in the Plot Queue field are chosen first from the
queues defined in the PDiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (located
in the project directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descript
file, the system generates a Plot Queue list from locally defined queues.
If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are defined
will be displayed in the Plot Queue pull down list. To display local device
queues, create a pipe queue that points to the device queue.
Valid queue names include: PDiso_plot, PDiso_plot_1, PDiso_plt_*.
8. Plot Copies
Keyin the number of copies to be plotted for each extracted line.
9. Do Not Generate PDME Data / Generate PDME Data
When set to Generate PDME Data, ISOGEN creates a
<isogen_drawing_name>.p<sheet_no> file for each extracted iso sheet in the iso o
utput
directory. The resulting .pXX file is used when exporting data to PDME (Plant Da
ta
Maintenance Environment). Refer to the Export to PDME command in the PDS
Project Administrator document for information.
When using this option, Intergraph options 4 (ISOGEN component vs
sheet number file) and 20 (Intergraph MTO Neutral File) must be set to 1
(active).
10. Do Not Extract Existing Sheets / Re-Extract Existing Sheets
When set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line and
determines the amount of information that will be placed on each sheet and split
s them
accordingly.
When set to Re-Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line normally.
However, unlike the previous toggle setting, the system honors the previous extr
action s
pagination. Refer to Repeatability, page 15 - 1 for additional information.
This toggle should be set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets if extensive
changes are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a
line and the previous pagination is honored, the result may be a sheet that
contains too much information to decipher.
11. Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data / Save Sheet Extraction Data
When the toggle is set to Save Sheet Extraction Data, the system generates and
stores repeating data in the project and design databases. Repeating data includ
es
such information as: traversal startpoint (saved to the project database) and th
e
extracted item s iso sheet number (saved to the design database). Refer to
Repeatability, page 15 - 1 for additional information.
This toggle should be set to Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data until
the design is stable and your isometrics are ready to be issued for the first
time.
12. Verify On / Verify Off toggle
Select the Verify On option to turn on batch job verification.
Select the Verify Off option to turn off batch job verification.
When verification is on, a log of all system commands executed by the batch extr
action
procedure is saved in the iso output directory.
Do not enable verification when large numbers of iso s are being created
since the resulting log files will use a large amount of disk space.
13. Debug On / Debug Off toggle
Select the Debug On option to enable the debugging logic in the batch job.
Select the Debug Off option to disable the debugging logic in the batch job.
The debugging logic causes the values of several batch procedure variables to be
displayed in the system log file. This option is useful for tracking down proble
ms or
submitting problems to Intergraph.
14. Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle
Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the
run
time by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select
AM or
PM.
15. After all fields contain the appropriate information, select the accept butt
on.
As described earlier, a batch job log file (containing an entry for each attempt
ed
extraction) is created and updated as the batch job executes. Examine this log a
fter the
job finishes to see that all drawings were successfully completed. When drawings
fail,
consult Appendix A for a more detailed explanation of the error code and message
found
in the log file. Also, check the .err files produced by the ISOGEN interface to
make sure
that the drawings do not contain errors.
The batch shell marks each entry in the batch job input file as it is processed.
Therefore, the batch procedure can be stopped and then restarted at any later ti
me
without causing drawings that have already completed to be rerun. If the system
goes
down and the job is not restarted automatically, it can be restarted using the S
chedule
Batch Job command. Drawings that have already been created will not be re-execut
ed.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 5.3.12 Report
s
The Reports command allows you to define the report type and to choose whether o
r not an
area or drawing will be included in the report.
Before reports can be printed, a pipe queue named PDprint must exist. For
information on creating pipe queues for PDS, refer to the section Printer/Plotte
r
Setup in the PD Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide.
1. Select the Reports button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Batch Data Reports form.
2. Key in the report filename in the Output File field. If the system default va
riable,
ISOREPORT, is exported in the control.sh file, the system will default to that v
alue.
For example: ISOREPORT=node:/usr/directory.
3. Choose a report type.
Area Summary
creates an area summary report which shows all of the data associated with one o
r
more piping areas. This report lists information such as:
Equipment Areas
Continuation Areas
The Current Default Set
User Data
Default (Options) Summary
creates an options summary report which shows all default sets. This report list
s
information such as:
ISOGEN Project Options
Information on Each Default Set (such as the seed file, plot file, the default o
utput
path and border file defined for each default set)
Drawing Summary
creates a drawing summary report which shows selected data about each drawing th
at
you are reporting. This reports lists information such as:
Drawing Number
Revision Number
Most Recent Revision Date
Drawing Number
Number of Sheets
Most Recent MTO Date
Drawing Revision History
creates a revision history report which shows the revision dates for each revisi
on of the
drawings being reported. This report lists information such as:
Line Number
Type of Isometric
Drawing Number
List of Drawing Revision Dates (up to the last five)
Search Criteria:
ate a
t be
met before a drawing can be included in the report list.
If no search criteria is defined, the system generates reports on the entire
project control database.
Iso Area
OR
a. Select the Iso Area List button.
b. Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.
The system returns to the Batch Data Reports form with the selected area in the
Iso Area field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria
such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
Type
Using
this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.
Batch Reference
OR
Select the List Drawing button for a list of batch reference numbers.
Database.
Model Status Code
atus.
range of lines to extract.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.
OR
a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.
b. Select the Drawing List button.
The system activates the List Drawings form.
c. Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select the
accept button.
The system returns to the Batch Data Report form with the selected drawing
displayed in the Drawing Number Low field.
d. Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.
4. Model Revised Date toggle field
Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose Model
Revised date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in t
he list of
lines to extract.
5. Select one of three print options.
Print/Delete Print/Save Save
If the Print/Delete or Print/Save option is selected, the system displays a scro
ll field
that lists available printing queues.
Select a print queue. If there is no queue connected to the client workstation,
the
system defaults to the Save option.
The system initiates report generation.
Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6. Interpreti
ng the HITS Report
The HITS report is a diagnostic tool generated by the Intergraph interface to IS
OGEN. You
can use this report to analyze the data collected from the 3-D piping model when
a problem
extracting an isometric occurs. This report can help you determine whether or no
t the
problem exists in your model, in the ISOGEN interface or in ISOGEN itself.
The HITS report filename is formed from the output isometric design filename. Is
ometric
design filename is concatenated with the file extension .h. For example, if the
isometric
design filename is OWS1101.ISO then the HITS report filename will be OWS1101.h.
The
report is created in the default directory at the time the iso is created.
One of the options in the ISOGEN interface defaults file allows you to generate
a HITS
report only and not an intermediate data file (IDF). You may not always want to
generate
an IDF with a HITS report. The run time to generate both an IDF and a HITS repor
t is
significantly longer than the run time to generate a HITS report only.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.1 Example H
ITS Report
The following section discusses an example of a HITS report. The HITS report is
composed
of 5 basic sections. Refer to the following figure for an illustration of each o
f the five sections.
The example HITS report in this section was generated using the following line.
Sheet One of Two
Sheet Two of Two
Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53
Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43
Model Files: skiso3
skiso1
38eqp01
40eqp01
Raw design file data
Name
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
COMP
Occ cp # X Y
16 0 1369.58
16 1 1369.58
16 2 1369.58
14 0 1363.08
14 1 1363.08
14 2 1363.08
14 3 1362.40
27 0 1362.35
27 1 1362.40
29 0 1369.58
29 1 1370.05
29 2 1369.11
29 3 1369.58
32 0 1373.58
32 1 1373.58
32 2 1372.83
33 0 1373.58
33 1 1372.83
33 2 1373.58
Z Node
421.10
420.95
421.24
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
422.45
423.20
422.45
429.80
429.80
429.05
Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 1
13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 2
13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 3
15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 4
14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 5
15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 6
15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 7
15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 8
15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 9
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 10
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 11
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 12
17.99 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 13
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 14
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 15
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 16
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 17
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 18
18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 19
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 20

COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 21
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 22
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 23
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 24
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 25
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 26
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 27
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 28
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 29
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 30
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 31
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 32
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 33
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 34
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 35
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 36
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 37
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 38
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 10 39
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 40
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 41
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 42
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 43
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 44
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 45
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 46
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 47
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 48
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 49
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 50
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 51
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 52
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 53
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 54
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 55
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 56
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 57
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 58
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 59
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 60
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 61
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 62
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 63
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 64
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 65
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 66
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 67
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 68
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 69
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 70
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 71
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 72
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 73
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 74
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 75
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 76
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 77
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 78
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 79

SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 80
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 81
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 82
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 83
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 84
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 85
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 86
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 87
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 88
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 89
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 90
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 91
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 92
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 93
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 94
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 95
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 96
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 97
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 98
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 99
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 100
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 101
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 102
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 103
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 104
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 105
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 106
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 107
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 108
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 109
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 110
Design file data sorted by coordinate
Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 -2 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 1
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 2
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 3
NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 0 22 0 0 0 3 4
NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 22 0 0 0 3 5
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 6
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 7
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 8
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 12 0 3 0 0 0 4 9
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 10
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 11
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 12
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 13
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 14
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 15
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 16
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 17
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 18
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 19
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 20
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 21
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 5 22
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 23
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 12 0 3 0 0 0 5 24
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 25

COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 26
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 27
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 28
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 29
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 30
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 31
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 32
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 33
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 34
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 35
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 36
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 37
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 38
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 39
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 40
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 41
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 42
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 43
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 44
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 45
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 46
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 47
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 48
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 49
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 50
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 51
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 52
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 53
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 54
NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 22 0 0 0 15 55
NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 0 22 0 0 0 15 56
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 57
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 58
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 -2 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 59
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 60
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 61
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 62
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 63
NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 0 22 0 0 0 9 64
NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 22 0 0 0 9 65
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 66
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 67
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 68
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 9 0 3 0 0 0 10 69
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 70
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 71
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 72
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 73
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 74
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 75
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 76
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 77
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 78
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 79
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 80
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 81
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 11 82
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 83
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 0 3 0 0 0 11 84

SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 -3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 85
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 86
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 87
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 88
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 89
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 90
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 91
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 92
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 93
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 94
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 95
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 96
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 97
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 98
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 99
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 100
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 101
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 102
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 103
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 104
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 105
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 106
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 107
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 108
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 109
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 110
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 111
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 112
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 113
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 114
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 115
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 116
Tracing data
Action
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
6 Push
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
6 Push
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
5 Next
6 Push
5 Next
5 Next
Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design

3 2 NOZ 39 112 1 1 1
16 1 COMP 39 2 1 1 2
16 2 COMP 21 3 1 1 3
17 2 COMP 21 39 1 1 4
17 3 COMP 25 40 1 ++++ 0 0
17 1 COMP 26 38 1 1 5
22 1 COMP 26 71 1 1 6
22 2 COMP 28 72 1 1 7
23 2 COMP 28 75 1 1 8
23 1 COMP 29 74 1 1 9
24 1 COMP 29 77 1 1 10
24 3 COMP 19 79 1 ++++ 0 0
24 2 COMP 30 78 1 1 11
25 1 COMP 30 91 1 1 12
25 2 COMP 31 92 1 1 13
305 1 COMP 31 94 1 1 14
305 2 COMP 32 95 1 1 15
103 1 PIPE 32 96 1 1 16
103 2 PIPE 33 97 1 1 17
29 3 COMP 33 13 1 1 18
29 2 COMP 20 12 1 ++++ 0 0
29 1 COMP 34 11 1 2 1
5 1 PIPE 34 26 1 2 2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
5
5
5
7
5
Next 5 2 PIPE 35 27 1 2 3
Next 32 2 COMP 35 16 1 2 4
Next 32 1 COMP 37 15 1 2 5
Next 6 1 PIPE 37 28 1 2 6
Next 6 2 PIPE 38 29 1 2 7
Next 33 2 COMP 38 19 1 2 8
Next 33 1 COMP 36 18 1 2 9
Next 7 1 PIPE 36 30 1 2 10
Next 7 2 PIPE 18 31 1 2 11
Next 34 2 COMP 18 22 1 2 12
Next 34 1 COMP 16 21 1 2 13
Next 35 2 COMP 16 25 1 2 14
Next 35 1 COMP 17 24 1 2 15
Next 26 2 COMP 17 69 1 2 16
Next 26 1 COMP 41 68 1 2 17
Next 7 2 NOZ 41 116 1 2 18
Next 7 1 NOZ -1 115 1 2 19
Pull 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 - 2 0
Next 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 2 -1
Next 3 1 PIPE 20 35 1 2 -2
Next 3 2 PIPE 15 36 1 2 -3
Next 30 2 COMP 15 34 1 2 -4
Next 30 1 COMP 14 33 1 2 -5
Next 4 1 PIPE 14 50 1 2 -6
Next 4 2 PIPE 13 51 1 2 -7
Next 31 2 COMP 13 49 1 2 -8
Next 31 1 COMP 12 48 1 2 -9
Next 15 2 COMP 12 46 1 2 -10
Next 15 1 COMP 11 45 1 2 -11
- 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Next 14 2 COMP 11 6 1 2 -12
Push 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 ++++ 0 0
Next 14 1 COMP 10 5 1 2 -13
Next 13 1 COMP 10 86 1 2 -14
Next 13 2 COMP 9 87 1 2 -15
Next 12 2 COMP 9 84 1 2 -16
Next 12 1 COMP 7 83 1 2 -17
Next 7 1 COMP 7 53 1 2 -18
Push 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 ++++ 0 0
Next 7 2 COMP 2 54 1 2 -19
Next 6 2 COMP 2 43 1 2 -20
Next 6 1 COMP 40 42 1 2 -21
Next 1 2 NOZ 40 114 1 2 -22
Next 1 1 NOZ -1 113 1 2 -23
Pull 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 - 0 0
Next 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 3 1
Next 8 1 COMP 6 57 1 3 2
Next 8 2 COMP 5 58 1 3 3
Next 9 1 COMP 5 60 1 3 4
Next 9 2 COMP 4 61 1 3 5
Next 10 1 COMP 4 63 1 3 6
Next 10 2 COMP 3 64 1 3 7
Next 11 1 COMP 3 66 1 3 8
Next 11 0 COMP -2 65 1 3 9
Pull 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 - 0 0
Next 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 4 1
Next 27 1 COMP 1 9 1 4 2
Next 27 0 COMP -2 8 1 4 3
Pull 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 - 0 0
Next 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 5 1
5 Next 28 1 COMP 19 110 1 5 2

5 Next 28 0 COMP -2 109 1 5 3
7 Pull 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 - 0 0
5 Next 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 6 1
5 Next 18 1 COMP 25 99 1 6 2
5 Next 18 2 COMP 24 100 1 6 3
5 Next 19 1 COMP 24 102 1 6 4
5 Next 19 2 COMP 23 103 1 6 5
5 Next 20 1 COMP 23 105 1 6 6
5 Next 20 2 COMP 22 106 1 6 7
5 Next 21 1 COMP 22 108 1 6 8
5 Next 21 0 COMP -2 107 1 6 9
-1 39 21 26 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 37 38 36 18 16 17 41 20
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 2 40
6 5 4 3 1 19 25 24 23 22
0
# Sections: 1
Design file data sorted by topo
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 1
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 2
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 3
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 4
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 5
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 6
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 7
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 11 8
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 9
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 10
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 11
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 12
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 13
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 14
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 15
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 16
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 17
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 18
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 19
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 20
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 21
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 22
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 23
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 24
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 25
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 26
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 5 27
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 28
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 29
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 30
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 -3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 31
NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 1 22 1 0 0 9 32
NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 22 1 1 0 9 33
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 3 1 2 0 9 34
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 1 1 3 1 3 0 9 35
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 9 1 3 1 4 108 10 36
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 1 3 1 5 108 11 37
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 14 1 3 1 6 0 11 38
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 7 0 11 39

COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 8 0 11 40
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 1 3 1 9 0 11 41
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 1 3 1 10 105 11 42
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 1 3 1 11 105 14 43
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 1 3 1 12 0 14 44
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 1 3 1 13 0 14 45
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 1 3 1 14 0 14 46
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 1 3 1 15 0 14 47
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 1 5 1 16 0 14 48
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 1 5 1 17 0 14 49
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 1 3 1 18 -73 14 50
NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 1 22 2 -23 0 3 51
NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 22 2 -22 0 3 52
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 3 2 -21 0 3 53
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 11 1 3 2 -20 0 3 54
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 12 1 3 2 -19 93 4 55
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 12 1 3 2 -18 93 5 56
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 15 1 3 2 -17 0 5 57
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 1 3 2 -16 0 5 58
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 1 3 2 -15 0 5 59
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 1 3 2 -14 0 5 60
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 1 3 2 -13 102 5 61
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 1 3 2 -12 102 8 62
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 1 3 2 -11 0 8 63
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 1 3 2 -10 0 8 64
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 1 3 2 -9 0 8 65
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 1 3 2 -8 0 8 66
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 1 5 2 -7 0 8 67
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 1 5 2 -6 0 8 68
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 1 3 2 -5 0 8 69
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 1 3 2 -4 0 17 70
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 1 5 2 -3 0 17 71
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 1 5 2 -2 0 17 72
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 1 3 2 -1 50 17 73
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 1 3 2 1 50 16 74
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 1 5 2 2 0 16 75
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 1 5 2 3 0 16 76
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 1 3 2 4 0 16 77
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 1 3 2 5 0 16 78
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 1 5 2 6 0 16 79
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 1 5 2 7 0 16 80
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 1 3 2 8 0 16 81
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 1 3 2 9 0 16 82
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 1 5 2 10 0 16 83
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 1 5 2 11 0 16 84
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 1 3 2 12 0 16 85
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 1 3 2 13 0 16 86
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 1 3 2 14 0 16 87
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 1 3 2 15 0 16 88
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 1 3 2 16 0 15 89
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 3 2 17 0 15 90
NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 22 2 18 0 15 91
NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 1 22 2 19 0 15 92
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 1 3 3 1 -55 6 93
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 1 3 3 2 0 6 94
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 1 3 3 3 0 6 95
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 1 3 3 4 0 6 96
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 5 0 6 97
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 6 0 6 98

COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 1 3 3 7 0 6 99
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 1 3 3 8 0 6 100
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 13 1 3 3 9 0 6 101
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 1 3 4 1 -61 7 102
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 1 3 4 2 0 7 103
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 -2 3 1 3 4 3 0 7 104
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 1 3 5 1 -42 13 105
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 1 3 5 2 0 13 106
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 -2 3 1 3 5 3 0 13 107
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 1 3 6 1 -36 12 108
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 1 3 6 2 0 12 109
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 1 3 6 3 0 12 110
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 1 3 6 4 0 12 111
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 1 3 6 5 0 12 112
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 1 3 6 6 0 12 113
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 1 3 6 7 0 12 114
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 1 3 6 8 0 12 115
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 10 1 3 6 9 0 12 116
Design file data in IDF order
Name X Y Z X Y Z Occ in_cp Out_cp Leg Dn_occ Sg_occ
NOZ 33274000 10480294 501904 33274000 10480294 477520 7 1 2 in 26 15 Dash
BLSP 33274000 10480294 477393 33274000 10480294 475615 26 1 2 in 35 15
FWN 33274000 10480294 475615 33274000 10480294 468376 35 1 2 in 34 16
E90L 33274000 10480294 468376 33274000 10480294 450088 34 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33274000 10480294 450088 33292288 10480294 450088 34 0 2 ou 7 16
PIPE 33292288 10480294 450088 33475168 10480294 450088 7 2 1 in 33 16
E90L 33475168 10480294 450088 33493456 10480294 450088 33 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33493456 10480294 450088 33493456 10462006 450088 33 0 2 ou 6 16
PIPE 33493456 10462006 450088 33493456 10319258 450088 6 2 1 in 32 16
E90L 33493456 10319258 450088 33493456 10300970 450088 32 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33493456 10300970 450088 33475168 10300970 450088 32 0 2 ou 5 16
PIPE 33475168 10300970 450088 33407350 10300970 450088 5 2 1 in 29 16
T 33407350 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 450088 29 1 0 in 0 16
T 33395920 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 438658 29 0 3 b1 103 14
PIPE 33395920 10300970 438658 33395920 10300970 417449 103 2 1 in 305 14
FWN 33395920 10300970 417449 33395920 10300970 410210 305 2 1 in 25 14
GAT 33395920 10300970 410210 33395920 10300970 388620 25 2 1 in 24 14
STRT 33395920 10300970 388620 33395920 10300970 370078 24 2 0 in 0 14
STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33379283 10300970 370078 24 0 3 b1 28 13
FBLD 33379283 10300970 370078 33378140 10300970 370078 28 1 0 in 0 13 End
STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33395920 10300970 351536 24 0 1 ou 23 11
FWN 33395920 10300970 351536 33395920 10300970 344297 23 1 2 in 22 11
E90L 33395920 10300970 344297 33395920 10300970 326009 22 2 0 in 0 11
PSP2 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10300970 299847 4 1 2 in 0 11
E90L 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10282682 326009 22 0 1 ou 17 11
REDE 33395920 10282682 326009 33395920 10271506 328168 17 1 2 in 16 11
REDE 33395920 10277094 327089 33395920 10277094 321501 17 0 3 ta 18 12
NIP 33395920 10277094 321501 33395920 10277094 315405 18 1 2 in 19 12
GATR 33395920 10277094 315405 33395920 10277094 309817 19 1 2 in 20 12
NIP 33395920 10277094 309817 33395920 10277094 303721 20 1 2 in 21 12
CAPO 33395920 10277094 303721 33395920 10277094 303213 21 1 0 in 0 12 End
FWN 33395920 10271506 328168 33395920 10264521 328168 16 2 1 in 3 9
NOZ 33395920 10264394 328168 33395920 10258298 328168 3 2 1 in 0 9 End Dash
T 33395920 10300970 450088 33384490 10300970 450088 29 0 2 ou 3 17
PIPE 33384490 10300970 450088 33255712 10300970 450088 3 1 2 in 30 17
E90L 33255712 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 450088 30 2 0 in 0 17
E90L 33237424 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 431800 30 0 1 ou 4 8
PIPE 33237424 10300970 431800 33237424 10300970 417449 4 1 2 in 31 8

FWN 33237424 10300970 417449 33237424 10300970 410210 31 2 1 in 15 8
GAT 33237424 10300970 410210 33237424 10300970 388620 15 2 1 in 14 8
STRT 33237424 10300970 388620 33237424 10300970 370078 14 2 0 in 0 8
STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33220787 10300970 370078 14 0 3 b1 27 7
FBLD 33220787 10300970 370078 33219644 10300970 370078 27 1 0 in 0 7 End
STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33237424 10300970 351536 14 0 1 ou 13 5
FWN 33237424 10300970 351536 33237424 10300970 344297 13 1 2 in 12 5
E90L 33237424 10300970 344297 33237424 10300970 326009 12 2 0 in 0 5
PSP2 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10300970 299847 3 1 2 in 0 5
E90L 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10282682 326009 12 0 1 ou 7 5
REDE 33237424 10282682 326009 33237424 10271506 328168 7 1 2 in 6 5
REDE 33237424 10277094 327089 33237424 10277094 321501 7 0 3 ta 8 6
NIP 33237424 10277094 321501 33237424 10277094 315405 8 1 2 in 9 6
GATR 33237424 10277094 315405 33237424 10277094 309817 9 1 2 in 10 6
NIP 33237424 10277094 309817 33237424 10277094 303721 10 1 2 in 11 6
CAPO 33237424 10277094 303721 33237424 10277094 303213 11 1 0 in 0 6 End
FWN 33237424 10271506 328168 33237424 10264521 328168 6 2 1 in 1 3
NOZ 33237424 10264394 328168 33237424 10258298 328168 1 2 1 in 0 3 End Dash
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.2 Section 1
: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data
The first section of the HITS report consists of basic input data and raw design
data. The
basic input data consists of the date the report was executed, project name and
a list of model
names that were extracted.
Each column of the raw design file data is described below.
Name If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four charac
ters of
the component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be output.
occ The component database occurrence number (excluding the partition
number).
Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number greater than
30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached to a pipe.
The software breaks these pipes into multiple sections. The newly created
pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range to distinguish
them from the original pipe.
cp # The connect point number
x,y,z The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is not adjusted fo
r the
global origin
node A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A speci
al
node number, -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Two connect points that have
the same node number are connected to each other in the model.
direct A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those c
onnect
points that lie together on a straight line.
sect Section number [always 0]
flags A bit mask used internally by the software
topo Topos [always 0]
branch Branch flag [always 0]
sg_occ The segment occurrence number. All connect points belong to or are owned
by a segment in the piping model. This is the occurrence number of that
owner segment.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.3 Section 2
: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate

The second section of the HITS report consists of raw design file data for each
connect point
of the piping components that make up the network that is being extracted. The d
atabase
search criteria (as defined in the options file LINE_ID_DEFINITION) from section
1 is used
to find all of the appropriate segments. Once the segments are found, the softwa
re collects
all of the components that are attached to the segments. Section 2 is the result
of this
activity.
Section 2 contains several columns of data. Each column is described below:
Name If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four charac
ters of
the component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be output.
occ The database occurrence number of the component (excluding the partition
number). [Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number
greater than 30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached
to a pipe. The software "breaks" these pipes into multiple sections. The
newly created pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range
to distinguish them from the original pipe.]
cp # The connect point number.
x,y,z The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is unadjusted for
the
global origin.
node A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A speci
al
node number , -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Note that two connect points
that have the same node number are "connected" to each other in the model.
direct A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those c
onnect
points that lie together on a straight line.
sect Always 0 here. Section number is discussed later in this section.
flags A bit mask used internally by the software.
topo Always 0 here. Topo s are discussed later in this section.
branch- Always 0 here. The branch flag is discussed later in this section.
sg_occ- The segment occurrence number. All connect points "belong to" or "are
owned" by a segment in the piping model. sg_occ is the occurrence number of
that owner segment.
Section 2 is primarily used for examining the amount of data pulled in from the
models
through the database search criteria. Some of the data for a specific connect po
int is
sometimes useful particularly the occurrence number.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.4 Section 3
: Tracing Data
Section 3 of the report, Tracing Data is a record of the actions the software is
taking in
building the internal data structure of the piping network. This section is prim
arily useful to
Intergraph for investigating software problems.
The last statement in section 3 states how many disconnected sections of piping
exist in the
network identified in the database search criteria. If the number of sections is
greater than 1
then the line is not extracted and the intermediate data file is not generated.
ISOGEN does
not allow multiple, disconnected sections of piping to be extracted into a singl

e iso.
The following is a list of possible reasons why a network might be disconnected
and some
suggested solutions:
1. The database search criteria identified more than one pipeline and the pipeli
nes are not
connected together. The solution here is to change the search criteria so that o
nly the
piping that you really want to extract is pulled in.
2. The pipeline being extracted is incomplete and portions of it do not have com
ponents on
it. The solution is to place all of the components on the line.
3. Although the line is finished, there is a part of it that appears to be conne
cted, but is
not. For a line to be considered connected the connect points from two different
components must be within 20 uors of each other.
In this case you should examine section 2 of the HITS report to find a connect p
oint
whose node number is -1 (which indicates that it is a line endpoint) even though
you
know it should be connected to something. This is usually quite simple when the
line is
small. When you find the connect point, use the coordinate to view and repair th
e
disconnected graphics. When the line is complicated, you can use section 4 of th
e HITS
report (see the section Tracing Data) to make a sketch that identifies the disco
nnected
point.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.5 Section 4
: Design File Data Sorted by Topo
Section 4 of the HITS report is probably the most important one. This section is
really a
print out of the internal data structure that represents the piping network. This
data is
organized on the basis of topos.
A topo is a construction used to group the data representing the pipeline topolo
gy. By
definition a topo is a string of piping that starts at a network endpoint or a b
ranch point and
ends at a network endpoint or another branch point. A pipeline network may consi
st of a
single topo or dozens of topos depending upon its configuration.
Figure 6-1. Example line consisting of one topo.
The line in Figure 6-1 consists of one topo because it does not contain any bran
ch points. The
beginning of the topo is a line endpoint as is the end of the topo.
Figure 6-2. Example line consisting of two topos
The line in Figure 6-2 contains two topos due to the branch component in it (the
tee). The
first topo consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 2 (the header of the
pipeline). The
second topo consists of the piping from the center of the tee to line endpoint 3
.
Figure 6-3. Example line consisting of three topos
The line in Figure 6-3 contains three topos because there are two branches in it
. The first
topo again consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 4. The second topo c
onsists of the
line from connect point 1 of weldolet 1 to endpoint 2. The third topo consists o
f the line from
connect point 1 of weldolet 2 to endpoint 3.
Figure 6-4. Topo s on a line that contains a loop
The line in Figure 6-4 consists of two topos. One topo is comprised of the line
header from
endpoint 1 to endpoint 2. The other topo starts at the center of one tee and goe
s to the center
of the other tee.
The data in section 4 of the HITS report is sorted primarily by topo number. At
the very
beginning there are several lines where the topo number is zero. These are compo
nent
origins which do not receive topo numbers or node numbers
they should be ignored
.
Subsequent to the lines where the topo number is zero are lines for the first, s
econd and
subsequent topos.
The secondary sort key for the data in section 4 of the report is node number. T
hus, within a
topo the data is sorted by node number. This results in connect points with the
same node
number being adjacent to each other in the report. The result is that section 4
of the HITS
report contains a trace of each topo of the line.
Example 1:
The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:
Name cp# node topo
E90L 1 -1 1
E90L 2 1 1
PIPE 1 1 1
PIPE 2 2 1
E90L 2 2 1
E90L 1 3 1
PIPE 2 3 1
PIPE 1 4 1
GATR 1 4 1
GATR 2 5 1
PIPE 1 5 1
PIPE 2 -1 1
This trace consists of a single topo. The first endpoint is connect point 1 of a
90 degree elbow.
Connect point 2 of the elbow is connected to connect point 1 of a pipe. Followin
g this logic,
the sequence of components starting from the top is: elbow -> pipe -> elbow -> p
ipe -> valve
-> pipe.
This same procedure may be followed to sketch out each network topo. Topo sketch
es are
useful if you are interested only in the sequence of components in a particular
region of the
line. If you are interested in the entire network, connect the topos together.
The topos are connected together by the branch column in section 4 of the report
. The
branch column is used together with the last column. The last column in section
4 is a report
line number. You can see by looking back at Figure 6-1 that the last column star
ts out at 1
and is incremented for each line in section 4. When the branch column contains a
nonzero
value then this indicates that the node is a branch point. The value of branch r
efers you to
the line number of the report where the connecting topo begins.
Example 2:
The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:
Name occ# cp# node topo branch
PIPE 10 1 -1 1 0 1
PIPE 10 2 1 1 5 2
PIPE 30001 1 1 1 5 3
PIPE 30001 2 2 1 0 4
WOL 15 1 1 2 -2 5
WOL 15 2 3 2 0 6
PIPE 35 1 3 2 0 7
PIPE 35 2 -1 2 0 8
The network is composed of two topos. Topo 1 is simply two pipes. Topo 2 consist
s of a
weldolet connected to a piece of pipe. Note that the occurrence number of the se
cond pipe in
topo 1 indicates the model contains a single pipe which the software split into
two at the olet.
Figure 6-5 shows the Network for Example 5.
Figure 6-5. Network for Example 2
The value for branch at node 1 is 5. Looking at line 5 in the report we see that
it is the first
line of topo 2. Thus topo 2 connects to topo 1 at node 1. This is confirmed by t
he fact that the
node numbers where topo 2 connects to topo 1 match. That is, the WOL cp1, PIPE (
occ 10)
cp2, and PIPE (occ 30001) cp1 are all node number 1.
The value of branch for cp1 of the WOL is -2. The negative sign indicates that t
his is a "back
pointer". The back pointer is exactly the same as any other branch value except
that it
(usually) points back to a previous topo rather than forward to a subsequent top
o. Note that
where two or more topos are connected together the branch numbers must agree. In
Example 5 they do. The back pointer on topo 2 points back to line 2 while the fo
rward
pointer on topo 1 points to line 5.
In Example 2, the branch flag pointed to the start point of the connecting topo.
It can also
happen that the branch flag points to the endpoint of the connecting topo. In th
is case you
traverse the topo in reverse order.
Example 3:
Name occ# cp# node topo branch
.
.
.
PIPE 10 1 20 3 0 20
PIPE 10 2 21 3 0 21
90E 35 2 21 3 0 22
90E 35 1 22 3 0 23
PIPE 46 1 22 3 0 24
PIPE 46 2 23 3 53 25

PIPE 30003 1 23 3 53 26
PIPE 30003 2 24 3 0 27
.
.
.
PLUG 76 2 -1 7 0 46
PLUG 76 1 10 7 0 47
BLV 82 1 10 7 0 48
BLV 82 2 11 7 0 49
NIPL 103 2 11 7 0 50
NIPL 103 1 12 7 0 51
SOL 110 2 12 7 0 52
SOL 110 1 23 7 -25 53
.
.
.
In Example 3, topo 3 consists of pipe, elbow, pipe, pipe. Topo 7 is a typical dr
ain assembly
plug, block valve, nipple, sockolet. Topo 7 connects to topo 3 at line 53 in the
report (the
value of branch on line 25 is 53 and the value of branch of line 53 is -25). In
this case, the
value of branch on topo 3 points to the bottom of topo 7 and the network structu
re is obtained
by moving up topo 3 rather than down (See Figure 6-6).
Example 4:
The following data is from section 4 of a HITS report:
Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch
90E 37 1 -1 1 0 1
90E 37 2 1 1 0 2
PIPE 101 1 1 1 0 3
PIPE 101 2 2 1 0 4
FLWN 22 2 2 1 0 5
FLWN 22 1 3 1 0 6
GAT 54 1 3 1 0 7
GAT 54 2 4 1 0 8
FLWN 11 1 4 1 0 9
FLWN 11 2 5 1 0 10
T 36 1 5 1 15 11
T 36 2 6 1 15 12
PIPE 11 1 6 1 0 13
PIPE 11 2 -1 1 0 14
T 36 3 7 2 -11 15
PIPE 12 1 7 2 0 16
PIPE 12 2 -1 2 0 17
In Example 4, the tee is slightly different from the olet type components. Branc
h flags are
set on both connect points 1 and 2 of the T and the node numbers do not match wh
ere topo 2
connects to topo 1. This is a consequence of the fact that node numbers are not
assigned to
component origins. See Figure 6-7 which shows the Network for Example 4.
Figure 6-7. Network for example 4
Example 5:
PIPE 23 1 -1 1 0 1
PIPE 23 2 1 1 0 2
REDE 24 1 1 1 7 3
REDE 24 2 2 1 11 4
PIPE 13 1 2 1 0 5
PIPE 13 2 -1 1 0 6
SOL 56 1 3 2 -3 7
SOL 56 2 4 2 0 8
PIPE 42 1 4 2 0 9
PIPE 42 2 -1 2 0 10
PIPE 26 1 5 3 -4 11
PIPE 26 2 -1 3 0 12
In Example 5, topo 1 consists of a pipe connected to an eccentric reducer which
in turn is
connected to another pipe. Notice, however, that the branch flag is set to two d
ifferent
numbers on the reducer. This indicates that the reducer is tapped twice. The bra
nch flag on
the first connect point points to the topo connected at the first tap while the
branch flag on
the second connect point points to the topo connected to the second tap. A tap i
s always a
branch starting point and thus is always the start point of a new topo. Refer to
Figure 6-8,
which shows the network for Example 5.
If you generate some HITS reports and practice sketching out the pipeline networ
ks, you will
become familiar with the report contents and better understand the concepts pres
ented in
the examples above.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.6 Section 5
: Design File Data in IDF Order
Section 5 of the HITS report contains a record of how the network is traversed a
s the
intermediate data file is being generated. The software examines the network of
piping and
chooses the best
(that is, the one least likely to result in problems from ISOGEN) topo to begin
the network
traversal on. ISOGEN prefers certain navigation sequences over others and the in
terface
software tries to choose the optimal sequence.
ISOGEN also requires that the traversal of the network be branch first order. Th
is means
that whenever a branch is encountered in the network, the traversal must head do
wn the
branch before continuing down the header.
To traverse the network in branch first order manner you start on the header top
o and travel
connect point by connect point until the value of branch is greater than 0 at so
me node.
When branch is positive then you jump down to the new topo and start traversing
it until
you come to another branch or to the end. If you encounter another branch then y
ou must
jump again to another topo. When the end of the topo is found then you return to
the topo
from which you jumped and continue tracing.
Example 6:
The following is an example of a network:
PIPE 10 1 -1 1 0 1
PIPE 10 2 1 1 0 2
T 11 1 1 1 7 3
T 11 2 2 1 7 4
PIPE 12 1 2 1 0 5
PIPE 12 2 -1 1 0 6
T 11 3 3 2 -3 7
PIPE 13 1 3 2 0 8
PIPE 13 2 -1 2 0 9
In Example 6, topo 1 consists of a header, two pipes, and the run of a tee. Topo
2 consists of
a branch, the branch leg of a tee and a branch pipe. Following the rules given a
bove for
traversal of the network would yield the following trace:
Name Occ cp in cp out Leg
PIPE 10 1 2 1
T 11 1 0 1
T 11 0 3 2
PIPE 13 1 2 1
T 11 0 2 4
PIPE 12 1 2 1
Step 1 travels from one end of the first pipe to the other. Following the first
pipe we travel
into the tee. Notice that although the origins do not have node numbers they app
ear in the
traversal whenever a change in direction occurs. This means that, for the tee, t
he traversal
occurs from connect point 1 to the origin in step 2. At this point the branch fl
ag is positive
and so a jump occurs to topo 2. On topo 2 we travel from the origin of the tee t
o connect point
3 (which is the branch connect point) in step 3. In step 4 we travel down a pipe
which is the
last component on the topo. We then jump back to topo 1 and in step 5 travel fro
m the tee
origin to connect point 2. Finally, in the last step we traverse the remaining p
ipe on topo 1.
Refer to Figure 6-9 for an illustration of this traversal.
The header topo number can be found by examining the first line in the traversal
. In this
occurrence 10. Looking at the network descr
case the first line consists of PIPE
iption,
observe that PIPE
occurrence 10 is on topo number 1. This makes topo 1 the heade
r topo.
Figure 6-9. Traversal in Example 6
In ISOGEN terminology one step in the above trace is termed a component leg. Str
aight
through components like pipe, flanges, and valves consist of one leg. Change of
direction
components like elbows, angle valves and so on consist of two legs. Branch compo
nents like
tee s, olets, 3-way and 4-way valves and crosses consist of three or four legs. In
Example 9,
the last leg of the tee is given a leg number of 4. By definition only 4-way com
ponents have a
leg 3 (which would correspond to the 2nd branch leg).
Branches off from components formed by taps are termed branch legs and are not g
iven a
number. Branch legs are treated as other branches are though. When a tapped comp
onent
is encountered in the network then all the tapped legs must be traced before con
tinuing down
the topo. Although olet type components have a different connect point skeleton
than tee s do
they are treated similarly in the network trace. This is highlighted in the next
example:
Example 7:
The following is a network:
90E 8 1 -1 1 0 1
90E 8 2 1 1 0 2
PIPE 10 1 1 1 0 3
PIPE 10 2 2 1 7 4
PIPE 30001 1 2 1 7 5
PIPE 30001 2 -1 1 0 6
WOL 6 1 1 2 -4 7
WOL 6 2 2 2 0 8
PIPE 9 2 2 2 0 9
PIPE 9 1 -1 2 0 10
The network trace for this network is:
Name Occ cp in cp out leg
90E 8 1 0 1
90E 8 0 2 2
PIPE 10 1 2 1
WOL 6 1 1 1
WOL 6 1 2 2
PIPE 9 2 1 1
WOL 6 1 1 4
In Example 7, the first leg of the olet goes from connect point 1 to connect poi
nt 1. It is
analogous to the step with the tee where traversal goes from connect point to th
e origin. In
this case the traversal does not go anywhere and therefore is called a zero leng
th leg. The
second leg traverses from cp1 to cp2 analogous to the previous example s traversal
from
the tee origin to cp3. After the branch topo has been traversed we return to the
olet for leg 4
which again goes from cp1 to cp1 another zero length leg. This step is analogous
to going
from the origin to cp3 in the previous example.
Notice also the traversal through the elbow. Since the elbow causes a change of
direction, it
is traversed in two legs: 1) from cp1 to the origin and 2) from the origin to cp
2.
Sometimes the traversal of the network requires traveling into the branch leg of
a branch
component. When this happens the leg numbers are assigned somewhat differently o
n the
branch component.
Example 8:
The following is a partial network:
.
.
.
PIPE 10 1 20 4 0 46
PIPE 10 2 21 4 0 47
T 15 3 21 4 -61 48
.
.
.
PIPE 12 1 -1 7 0 59
PIPE 12 2 52 7 0 60
T 15 1 52 7 48 61
T 15 2 53 7 48 62
PIPE 17 2 53 7 0 63
PIPE 17 1 -1 7 0 64
In Example 8, a lower numbered topo (topo 4) contains a back pointer to a higher
numbered
topo (topo 7). Whenever this happens, the traversal will enter branch.
The trace for this part of the network would be:
Name Occ cp in cp out leg
PIPE 10 1 2 1
T 15 3 0 1
T 15 0 1 2
PIPE 12 2 1 1
T 15 0 2 4
PIPE 17 2 1 1
In this example, the branch leg of the tee is leg 1 since it is traversed first.
Legs 2 and 4 are
assigned arbitrarily in this situation and so tracing may go either way (ISOGEN
has no
preference). Refer to Figure 6-10 which shows this network traversal.
Figure 6-10. Network traversal in example 8
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 6.7 Using the
HITS Report to Solve Problems
When you have difficulty extracting a line, the first thing you should do in ana
lyzing the
problem is to sketch out the network. Often this is enough to identify the probl
em. If the
that is, the topos are not cor
structure in section 4 of the report is incorrect
rectly defined
and connected or the pointers appear incorrect then ISOGEN s input will be wrong a
nd
the drawing will definitely be incorrect.
When the data structure represented in section 4 of the report is incorrect then
you can
conclude that either the interface has a bug or there is a problem in the model.
Typical
model problems include such things as disconnected sections and overlapping comp
onents or
pipes.
When the modeler has inadvertently placed two pipes on top of each other you wil
l get an
error message at the top of the HITS report stating this. The message will also
report a node
number where the problem was detected. By getting the coordinate of the node you
can
pinpoint where in the model the problem occurs. This can also occur where the co
nnect
points of components overlap each other and are not properly connected.
Notice that one of the columns in section 4 of the report is called section. In
a correct
network all of the topos should have a value of 1 in this column. When the netwo
rk is
composed of multiple disconnected sections, however, some topos will contain a v
alue other
than 1. In this case the network for each section should be sketched out. It sho
uld be
apparent after doing this where the different sections should have been connecte
d in the
model and, therefore, where the trouble spot is.
Another problem that might occur is that components that should all be colinear
are not.
This is detected by examining the direction list number. If the direction list c
hanges for
example from one pipe to another then a problem exists in the model and the line
can not be
extracted properly.
Mismatches between the design file and database can also cause iso extraction fa
ilures but
these types of problems should be trapped and reported adequately in other areas
of the
software. You should not need to rely on the HITS report to find these kinds of
problems.
When the data structure in section 4 of the report is correct then the traversal
in section 5
should be examined. Even if the network is correct, some other bug can cause the
network
traversal to fail. Again, if the traversal is incorrect then ISOGEN will definit
ely fail. When
both the network and the traversal are correct, there is most likely a problem w
ith ISOGEN.
When ISOGEN is at fault, then one of the following scenarios is true:
1. The drawing appears correct for the most part but some aspect of it is incorr
ect.
When this happens there is usually some option or combination of options that ha
ve
been enabled that resulted in the problem. The best way to find the cause of the
problem is to start with a basic drawing generation setup that contains few "spe
cial"
options. Then add a few options at a time until the problem is reproduced. Final
ly,
through a process of elimination identify the option that is causing the problem
. All
failures of this type should be reported to Intergraph.
a total failure. When this happen
2. The drawing or one sheet of it is scrambled
s it is
usually the case that disabling options will not result in the drawing working
t
hough
sometimes it does. The best thing to do when this happens is to try and reextrac
t a
smaller portion of the line if possible. The failure should also be reported to
Intergraph.
When any sheet of an ISOGEN drawing fails, ALL sheets from the same
pipeline may contain errors and are suspect.
The Options File 7 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7. The Option
s File
The options file consists of a set of options and tables that drive the interfac
e to ISOGEN.
You can modify the options file to customize the drawings that are produced by I
SOGEN.
See the appendices for an example of an options file.
Information contained in the remainder of this manual assumes that you have know
ledge of
the following:
The PDS database structure
PDS Reference Database
The Label Description Library Utility
The Standard Note Library
Material Description Libraries
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.1 File Stru
cture
The options file is composed of two sets of options and several tables. Each opt
ion block and
table is preceded in the options file by a keyword that identifies it. The keywo
rd must begin
in column 1 and should NOT be surrounded by single quotes. The keywords and data
that
follow them can appear in any order in the options file.
You can put comments to the right of any table entry but not to the right of a k
eyword. You
can also have comments preceding any keyword or following the last entry in a ta
ble.
Comments either preceding a keyword or following the last table entry must have
an
exclamation point (!) in column 1 to identify it as a comment.
Keywords are always followed by a number - starting in any column - that identif
ies the
number of table entries. It is valid for the number to be zero, indicating that
there are no
table entries. If the number that precedes a table does not match the number of
entries in
the table, a warning message is generated at the time the table is read in.
Entries in tables consist of a row of numbers and sometimes character strings th
at are
separated by commas ( , ). Character strings that are part of a table entry MUST
be
surrounded by single quotes (
).
A typical table in the options file might appear as:
TABLE_KEYWORD
nrows
n1, n2, c1 , n3, ...
.
.
.
m1, m2, cm , m3, ...
Where:
TABLE_KEYWORD is the table key word discussed above.
nrows is the number of table entries.
n1, n2, ... are numbers in the first table entry.
c1 is a character string in the first entry.
m1, m2, ... are numbers in the last table entry.
cm is a character string in the last entry.
The options file keywords consist of the following:
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK
FILES
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
WELD_PREFIX
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY
PIPELINE_HEADER
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
TYPE_1_LABELS
TYPE_2_LABELS
TYPE_3_LABELS
START_POINT_NOTES
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS
NOZZLE_NOTE
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
MOVABLE_TEXT
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS
When an option in an option block is set to 1, it is enabled.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.2 ISOGEN_OP
TIONS_BLOCK
The ISOGEN options block is a group of options that are input directly to ISOGEN
. These
options do not effect the ISOGEN interface but, control the different characteri
stics of
drawing output. However, some options selected in the ISOGEN options block might
require
that entries be defined in certain of the options file tables in order to work p
roperly.
The ISOGEN options block consists of 140 numbers arranged in 10 rows of 14. Each
number
is referred to as a "word" in the options block. Row 1 contains words 1 through
14, row 2
contains 15 through 28 and so on. The positioning of a number within a word is i
mportant.
Thus, in editing the options block be sure to keep the units digit of the entry
in the same
column.
The following options should not be changed from their default settings. These o
ptions are
not used in the Intergraph environment.
_W__o_rd__s _F__u_n_c_t_io_n_
1 Plot length control
7 Drawing control
31 Iso output file
32 Plotter scale factor
33 Pipe detailed
43-51 Wastage factors
55-57 Diagnostic printing
58 Clear screen
131 Test parameter
Be careful when changing words 34 (picture scale) and 38 (split control).
Values other than the default sometimes result in drawing failure.
Be careful modifying words 115 (angular tolerance) and 116 (linear
tolerance). Large values of these options can cause sloped lines to be
shown incorrectly.
The Drawing control option (word 7) must be left at 0. ISOGEN will
sometimes fail if forced to put more information on a sheet than it
determines it can fit. You can minimize the number of sheets produced by
increasing the sheet size.
Option 8 (dimension line distance) does not work when it is set to give a
dimension standout greater than 25 mm.
In general, ISOGEN is more successful with a large sheet size than a
small one.
You can create virtually any size sheet - including one with a user-defined
title block by using the drawing margin options (words 10-13) and the
drawing size options (words 14-16). User-defined graphics in reference
files must be positioned in drawing margins or in a reserved strip along
the bottom of the drawing (option 35) in order for stacking of multisheet
drawings to work properly.
ISOGEN drawing layout
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.3 INTERGRAP
H_OPTIONS_BLOCK
The Intergraph options block is a group of options, numbered in the same way as
the
ISOGEN options (Appendix B), that directly control the actions of the ISOGEN int
erface.
The specific meaning of each option is outlined below:
_W_o_r_d_ _V__a_lu__e _M__e_a_n__in_g_
1 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN MTO neutral file.
1 Produce the ISOGEN mto neutral file. (isoname.bom)
2 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO
3 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN printed parts list.
1 Produce the ISOGEN printed parts list. (isoname.prt)
4 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number
file. This setting will not split the MTO neutral file.
1 Produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number file,
isoname.sed. If the MTO map file includes component
occurrence numbers and record types, this setting splits the
MTO neutral file by sheet. Neutral files created by the split
are named: isoname(sheet#).b(extnum).
5 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report.
1 Produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report. (isoname.cut)
When any of options 1-5 are set 0 (not generating a file), the files are in fact
still
created. However, the command procedures which run ISOGEN delete these
files after the drawing is generated.
6 0 Disable the "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line
endpoints where no connecting component is found.
1 Enable "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line end
points where no connecting component is found. (Does not
apply to plugs, caps, and blind flanges.) This option can be
used to highlight the fact that no connecting component was

found at a line endpoint. When no connecting component is
found then implied materials cannot be generated at that
endpoint. This option can make checking of the drawings
easier.
7 0 Do not adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange.
1 Adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange. In the
piping model, component connect points are placed midway
through the gasket at flanged connections. When this option
is disabled, dimensioning on the iso also goes to the center of
the gasket. When the option is enabled, dimensioning is to
the face-of-flange.
8 Position A Bolt Length
This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (such
as A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read from
right to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if this option is set
to 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 represents
switch position B. When setting an option with multiple
switches, leading zeros may be omitted, but trailing zeros
must be included.
0 Output bolt lengths in inches in the BOM printed on the
iso.
1 Output bolt lengths in millimeters in the BOM printed on
the iso.
Position B Bolt Diameter
0 or blank Output bolt diameter in the default units (as defined in
ISOGEN option switch 41 and Intergraph option 43) in
the BOM printed on the iso. When using this setting,
AText -359 must be left blank.
1 Output bolt diameter in inches in the BOM printed on
the iso. This setting overrides the setting defined with
ISOGEN switch 41 (position A). When using this setting,
AText -359 should be set to NPD and ISOGEN switch 65
(position B) must be set to 1.
2 Output bolt diameter in millimeters in the BOM printed
on the iso. This setting overrides the setting defined
with ISOGEN switch 41 (position A). When using this
setting, AText -359 should be set to NPD and ISOGEN
switch 65 (position B) must be set to 2.
9 val Tolerance for considering valve operators and eccentric
reducers to be skewed. Val is the maximum direction cosine
times 1000. The default value is 10 (or .01).
10 0 The commodity code description includes consideration of
component schedule. Therefore, do not append the component
schedule to the material description
1 Commodity code description does not include consideration of
schedule. Therefore, the component schedule is appended to
the material description.
Option 10 is not needed if label description library numbers,
which output schedules, are embedded ([ ]) within material
descriptions found in the Material Description Library.
During extraction, the labels are expanded in the material
description.
For more information on the Label Description Library and
the Material Description Library, refer to the Reference Data
Manager document.
The material description for an elbow appears as follows in
the material description library where label 403 is defined to
Output Component Schedule:

"WELD ELL BE [403] CS ASTM A234-WPB"
At extraction time, the label description library number
[403] is expanded so that the description placed in the
drawing is:
"WELD ELL BE STD WT CS ASTM A234-WPB"
These embedded attributes can also be included in the
material descriptions for implied items like bolts and
gaskets.
11 val Piping component connection tolerance in uor s. The default
value is 20 uor s. If the space between connect points is
greater than the value defined by this option, the
pipes/components are not considered connected.
12 val Number of characters after which a line feed should be
inserted in instrument tag numbers for display in an
instrument bubble. (See also ISOGEN option number 123.)
The following example assumes that the instrument tag
number is INST-001.
1 When set to 1, a line feed is inserted after the first character.
10 Replace an embedded dash within the tag number with a
linefeed.
13 0 Display all valve operators on the isometric regardless of
whether or not they are displayed in the piping model.
1 Do not display valve operators on the isometric that are
turned off within the model.
NOTE:
This option can also be used in conjunction with Intergraph
options 59 and 48 that deal with valve operator display and
orientation notes.
14 0 Generate implied materials. These include bolts, gaskets and
field welds.
1 Do not generate implied materials.
This option allows you to do testing without incurring the
overhead of generating implied materials. Execution of the
ISOGEN interface takes a significantly longer time when
bolts and gaskets must be generated.
15 0 Spool Numbering On (Uses consecutive numbering)
1 Spool Numbering Off
10 Spool Numbering On (This option uses consecutive numbering
with the exception that spool numbering is set back to 1 for
each new sheet.)
16 0 Generate the HITS report and the intermediate data file.
1 Generate only the HITS report.
When generating only a HITS report an iso cannot be
generated since no input to ISOGEN is produced.
2 Generate only the intermediate data file for batch extraction.
(DO NOT generate the HITS file)
Setting two should only be used with batch extraction. If
DEBUG is ON for batch extraction, position A is reset to 0.
The HITS file is automatically generated when using
interactive extraction.
17 0 Continue trying to extract the line if a component is
encountered that is not in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
1 Stop extraction if a component is encountered that is not in
the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
18 0 Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate
system.
1 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system.

3 Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate
system using large coordinates.
4 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system using
large coordinates.
Option 3 or 4 should be used if any coordinate can be outside
the range plus or minus 13.3 miles in an English project or
plus or minus 21.4 kilometers in a metric project.
NOTE:
Coordinate System data is stored in the type 63 data of the
piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software reads
the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For Batch
Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data from the first
piping model in the area specified in each record of the batch
input file.
19 1 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO 1.
20 0 Do not generate an Intergraph mto neutral file.
1 Generate an Intergraph mto neutral file. The naming
convention: isoname+sheet number.b# (where # is the
extraction number) is used when an Intergraph mto neutral
file is generated. MTO neutral file generation is discussed in
detail in the section The MTO Neutral File Record Map.
NOTE:
Intergraph option 4 must be set to 1 in order to generate an
mto neutral file.
21 0 Do not generate welds in the mto neutral file.
1 Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed
on the mto do not appear on the corresponding isometric
sheet.
2 Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed
on the mto appear on the corresponding isometric sheet. As a
result, using this option setting slightly increases run time
and generates a larger intermediate data file.
22 0 Extract by substring of the line name attribute.
1 Extract by equality of the line ID attributes.
The meaning of this option is discussed at length in the
section Interactive Isometric Generation.
NOTE:
Option 22 must be set to 1 when running batch isometric
extractions
23 0 Use the system-defined nozzle connection note.
The system-defined nozzle connection note is formatted as
follows:
NOZ: xxx - where xxx is the nozzle tag
ITEM: xxx - where xxx is the equipment tag
For flanged and female ends: size - rating - facing
For male ends: size - facing - SCH
1 Use the NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file to form the
nozzle connection note.
24 0 Generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.
1 Do not generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.
25 0 Show bare branch weld as a length of pipe - with coordinate
label pointing to CP2 of branch weld.
1 Show bare branch weld as a dot - with coordinate label
pointing to CP1 of branch weld.
26 Position A Inspection Number

must be included.
Inspection Numbers
0 Do not extract inspection numbers.
1 Extract inspection numbers. Do not display blank
inspection number.
2 Extract inspection numbers. Display blank inspection
numbers as defined by INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATION
16 (default as ****).
Position B Inspection Number Enclosure Type
0 bubble (default)
1 rectangle
2 rectangle with arrowed ends
3 rectangle with rounded ends
4 triangle
5 diamond
27 0 Generate component tags as -37 records in the intermediate
data file.
1 Generate component tags as -22 records in the intermediate
data file. This option must be set to 1 in order to generate
instrument bubbles properly on both in-line and off-line
instruments.
28 0 Do not replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol (IDPL or
IDFL) with the instrument balloon.
1 Replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol with an
instrument balloon.
Regardless of which setting is used, the instrument tag
number is displayed inside of a circle.
29 0 Do not make off-line instruments no-mto.
1 Make all off-line instruments no-mto.
Offline instruments are defined as any instrument mapped to
the ISOGEN symbol IDPL or IDFL.
30 0 Do not show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.
1 Show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.
A reinforcing pad can only be shown in the ISOGEN BOM
when the PDS branch component in the model is mapped to
the ISOGEN component named TERF. The component in the
model should have the commodity code and material
description for the reinforcing pad.
31 0 Do not access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbol names
and valve operator names to ISOGEN symbols.
1 Access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbols and valve
operators to ISOGEN symbols.
This option is provided because there are two ways to map a
PDS symbol and valve operator to an ISOGEN symbol. One
way is through the VALOPR table described in the section
The Valve/Operator Table. The other way is through the
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map discussed in the section The
PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map. When this option is set to 1,
the ISOGEN symbol name obtained from the symbol map is
replaced by an entry in the VALOPR table if it exists.
32 0 Do not generate implied materials from the reference
database using table 212.

1 Generate implied materials from the reference database using
table 212.
This option must be enabled (set to 1) in order to generate
implied materials in the mto neutral file and/or to generate a
note on the drawing for the implied materials. Also, see
Intergraph option 45.
NOTE:
The generation of implied items from the Implied Material
Data Table is triggered by special definitions you make in the
reference database. Refer to the Reference Data Manager
document for details.
Refer to the Material Take-Off Options material in the Project
Administrator s Reference Guide for more information.
Material Takeoff Options that could effect the implied
material output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data of
the piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software
reads the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For
Batch Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data from
the first piping model in the area specified in each record of
the batch input file.
33 0 Do not generate chain wheel operators, extension stems or
floor stands.
1 Generate chain wheel operators, extension stems and floor
stands. Output information is based on the setting of INGR
Word 45.
This option must be set in order to generate chain wheel
operators, extension stems and floor stands in the mtoneutral
file or to generate a note on the drawing.
The generation of chain-wheel operators, extension stems and
floor stands is triggered by definitions you make in the model
for specific valves. Refer to the Piping Design Graphics
Reference Guide for details on making these definitions. For
these items the material description library is accessed by
adding the operator number to the following strings:
I__t_e_m_ _P_r_e_f_ix_ _E__x_a_m__p_l_e
Chain Operators CHAIN_ CHAIN_1001
Extension Stems XSTEM_ XSTEM_2001
Floor Stands FSTAND_ FSTAND_3001
34 0 Do not generate the title block data files.
1 Generate the title block data files.
The title block data files are used by the batch extraction
software to fill out drawing title blocks. If this option is
enabled you must also specify a title block tables File under
the FILES section of the options file (refer to The Files Table,
page 7 - 42 for more information).
35 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ONE.
36 0 Do not remove unexpanded attribute specifications from
material descriptions.
1 Remove unexpanded material descriptions from material
descriptions.
This option allows you to remove any embedded attribute
specifications (labels) that are not expanded when the
material description is generated. Thus, if a material
description contains labels that refer to unrelated tables, the
unused label can be removed from the description. However,
labels that cannot be expanded because of error will also be
removed - leaving the description incomplete although it may
appear complete on the drawing.

37 0 Disable use of the alternate index into the material
description libraries.
1 Enable use of the alternate index into the material
description libraries.
This option allows you to access the material description
libraries by using an attribute other than commodity code or
specialty tag number. Library access is first attempted using
the commodity code or tag number. If no material description
is found, the attribute defined in the
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table (discussed in the
section ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX) is used to
retrieve a description from the appropriate library.
This option also allows you to establish a generic description
for instruments, specialties and pipe supports. This can be
used as an alternative to creating a material description
library entry for each item.
38 val Format of date strings output in the title block text files. Set
val as follows:
0 - DD-MMM-YYYY 4 - MMM DD, YYYY
1 - DD-MMM-YY 5 - DD MMM YYYY
2 - MM/DD/YY 6 - MM/DD
3 - DD/MM/YY 7 - DD/MM
39 0 Disable flow arrows on pipe.
1 Enable flow arrows on pipe.
40 0 Assign pipe flow arrows during traversal.
1 Assign pipe flow arrows by segment.
When assigned during traversal, the first pipe receives a flow
arrow. Arrows are then generated on the first pipes
downstream of branch components. When assigned by
segment, the first pipe encountered on each segment receives
a flow arrow.
41 0 Disable multi-endprep components.
1 Enable multi-endprep components.
This option controls the display of end-prep graphics on
components that have more than one end-prep such as the
flanged and welded valve shown above.
42 0 Disable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.
1 Enable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.
This option allows you to show tag numbers on the isometric
for commodity items (that is, items other than specialty items,
instruments and pipe supports).
43 0 Output all bores in inches on the isometric.
1 Reserved for future use
2 Output all bores in millimeters on the isometric.
NOTE:
The settings for Intergraph option 43 should correspond with
the settings for ISOGEN Option 41, Position A (Dimensional
Units).
44 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO.
45 val These options determine how implied materials from the
reference database (212) (other than bolts and gaskets) are
handled.
0 Do not generate either a note in the drawing (based upon the
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table) or an entry in the ISOGEN
bill of material.
1 Generate an entry in the bill of material, but not a note in the

drawing.
2 Generate a note in the drawing based upon the
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table, but not an entry in the bill
of material. (This option does not apply to implied items from
the spec.)
3 Generate a note in the drawing and an entry in the bill of
material. (This option will not result in a note for implied
items from the spec.)
NOTE:
Material Takeoff Options that could effect the implied
material output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data of
the piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software
reads the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For
Batch Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data from
the first piping model in the area specified in each record of
the batch input file.
46 0 Do not label the drawing with segment node numbers.
1 Label the drawing with segment node numbers for those
segments where data originated from the P&ID.
47 0 Do not generate weight information in the BOM on the face of
the iso.
1 Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of the
iso using Imperial Units (raw weight).
2 Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of the
iso using Metric Units (raw weight).
NOTE:
Raw weight implies that the insulation of the component is
not included.
Intergraph option 47 should be used in conjunction with
ISOGEN option switch 41.
48 0 Disable secondary orientation notes for valve operators.
1 Enable secondary orientation notes. See also the section
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE.
50 0 Disable induction bend groups.
1 Enable induction bend groups.
NOTE:
For Intergraph option 50 to function properly, pipes and pipe
bends must be grouped so that they are included in an
induction bend group with the Data/Revise/Component Group
command from within PD_DESIGN.
51 val Nozzle connection tolerance scaling factor. The default nozzle
connection tolerance is 4 mm. The default will be scaled
according to the val entered divided by 100. Thus, to double
the tolerance set val to 200.
52 0 Do not append the number of nuts per bolt to the material
description of bolts.
1 Append the number of nuts per bolt to the material
description of bolts.
NOTE:
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ATEXT number 3 allows
for a comment to be appended to the numeric value. For
example, nuts per bolt.
54 0 Use the pipe support tag number as the index into the
specialty material description library for pipe supports.

1 Use the pipe support commodity code, which must be upper
cased, as the index into the specialty material description
library for pipe supports.
55 0 Do not alter extraction criteria case
1 Convert extraction criteria to Lower-case.
2 Use upper-case extraction criteria.
This option performs pipeline extractions where attribute
data has been stored in a lower-case format in the database.
All text generated in the resulting isometric drawings will
still be upper-case. Note that when extracting by line ID, and
code listed attributes are involved, that the code list set must
be stored in lower-case.
56 0 Form the commodity code for chain operators using the
operator type attribute.
1 Form the commodity code for chain operators using the chain
operator number.
57 0 Do not generate labels consisting of segment node numbers.
1 Generate labels consisting of segment node numbers to assist
flow sheet checking. However, if the node number is blank,
labels will not be generated.
2 Always generate labels consisting of segment node numbers
even when the node number is blank. An * is displayed if the
node number is blank.
58 0 Append the bolt length to the material description for bolts.
1 Do not append the bolt length to the material description for
bolts.
59 0 Display valve operator when it is not in a primary direction.
1 Do not display valve operator when it is not in a primary
direction.
NOTE:
This option is used in conjunction with ATEXT -213, spindle
direction.
60 0 Search continuation areas defined in the Add Iso Area or
Revise Iso Area forms for continuation items only. The
database partitions of the models contained in the primary
area (the area listed in the batch input file) are the only
models scanned for the pipeline to be extracted as defined by
the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file. The
remaining models that are attached as references are scanned
for continuation items, both pipeline and equipment nozzles.
If the same pipeline, as defined by the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues into another area, a
continuation note is displayed on the iso that points to the
same line name as the iso being extracted.
1 Search continuation areas for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs and
continuation items. Any items that match the line ID will be
included in the output isometric. All of the models from all of
the pipeline continuation areas defined in the Revise Iso
Area form is scanned for the line to extract. Also, all of the
reference models are scanned for continuation items (both
pipeline and equipment nozzles). If the same pipeline, as
defined by the LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues into
another area, and the area is listed in the Revise Iso Area
form, the pipeline is included in the extraction.
NOTE:
When set to 1, option 60 increases iso extraction time. It is

recommended that option 60 be set to 0 unless the line to be
extracted extends across multiple areas.
2 Search all areas of the project for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs
and continuation items ignoring the continuation settings in
the Revise Iso Area form. ISOGEN searches every piping
model in the project for the pipeline to be extracted and also
searches every equipment model for nozzle continuation
items.
NOTE:
Because there is no direct control over the number of models
scanned by the software, setting 2 will take longer to process
that setting 0 or 1.
61 0 Generic item names such as COMP, INST, and SUPP will be
generated in the HITS file until the last section "Design file
data in IDF order" is printed. This section will print four
characters of the actual item name from the database.
PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 1
PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 2
COMP 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 3
COMP 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 4
COMP 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 5
PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 -1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 1
PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 2
COMP 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 27 3
COMP 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 -1 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 4
COMP 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.00 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 5
Tracing data
Action Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design
5 Next 30 2 PIPE 1 2 1 1 1
5 Next 51 1 COMP 1 4 1 1 2
5 Next 51 2 COMP -1 5 1 1 3
-1 1 0
# Sections = 1
COMP 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.00 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 1
PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 -1 1 1 5 1 0 0 27 2
PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 1 5 1 1 0 27 3
COMP 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 1 3 1 2 0 27 4
COMP 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 -1 2 1 3 1 3 0 27 5
PIPE 333756 -694944 243840 382524 -694944 243840 30 1 2 in 51 27
E90L 382524 -694944 243840 400812 -694944 243840 51 1 0 in 0 27
E90L 400812 -694944 243840 400812 -713232 243840 51 0 2 ou 0 27 End
61 1 Item names from the database will be generated for all
sections of the HITS file. Setting this option to a 1 will
increase extraction time by approximately 25%. Intergraph
recommends this option be used for debug purposes only.

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 1
PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 2
E90L 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 3
E90L 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.00 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 4
E90L 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 5
PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 -1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 1
PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 2
E90L 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 27 3
E90L 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 -1 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 4
E90L 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.00 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 5
Tracing data
5 Next 30 2 PIPE 1 2 1 1 1
5 Next 51 1 E90L 1 4 1 1 2
5 Next 51 2 E90L -1 5 1 1 3
-1 1 0
# Sections = 1
E90L 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.00 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 1
PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 -1 1 1 5 1 0 0 27 2
PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 1 5 1 1 0 27 3
E90L 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.00 1 1 1 3 1 2 0 27 4
E90L 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 -1 2 1 3 1 3 0 27 5
PIPE 333756 -694944 243840 382524 -694944 243840 30 1 2 in 51 27
E90L 382524 -694944 243840 400812 -694944 243840 51 1 0 in 0 27
E90L 400812 -694944 243840 400812 -713232 243840 51 0 2 ou 0 27 End
62 Position A Weld Number Display
must be included.
0 Do not display PDS generated weld numbers.
1 Display PDS generated weld numbers on Iso drawings.
Position B Weld Number Display on the BOM
0 Do not write weld numbers on isometric drawings.
Instead, display the welds in the bill of material (BOM).
1 Display weld numbers on isometric drawings and in the
bill of material (BOM).
Position C Weld Display at Sheet Breaks
0 Place the weld at the line name break on the sheet
containing the component that has the higher east, north
and elevation coordinate.
1 Place the weld at the line name break on both sheets.
The weld is displayed as non-dashed on both isometrics

and appears in the BOM and MTO for both lines.
NOTE:
Intergraph option 62, position C, must be set to 1 for
ISOGEN option 22 (Field Fit Length) to work properly.
ISOGEN option 53, Weld Numbers, must be turned on in
order to display the generated weld numbers on
isometric.
By default, this option generates a normal un-boxed
arrowed message. If an enclosure is chosen using
ISOGEN option 75,switch position A, only options 1, 2
and 5 should be used.
Information on the Drawing and/or the parts list will be
as follows:
COMMODITY CODE (-20 record): SHOP or FIELD or
OFFSHORE
DESCRIPTION (-21 record): Weld Type, Material A,
Material B
For example:
Part Weld NPD CMDTY
_N__o_. _D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_ (_I_N__) _C_o_d__e _Q__T_Y_
9 SHOP WELD, 5 IN OD, B166-600
(N06600) HOT FIN
4 SHOP 2
10 SHOP WELD, B166-600 (B0660)
HOT FIN, 5 IN OD
4 SHOP 2
63 0 Do not calculate the isometric center of gravity and the total
isometric weight.
1 Calculate the isometric center of gravity and total isometric
weight.
NOTE:
A center of gravity weight library must be defined in the
ninth entry under the FILES section of the Options file for
option 63 to function properly. Refer to The Files Table, page
7 - 42 for more information.
64 0 Uses the standard MTO-Neutral file length of 256 bytes.
1 Uses the expanded MTO-Neutral file length of 1024 bytes.
65 0 Dimensions on supports are determined by the ISOGEN
option switches 8, 9 and 40 and the
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS section of the Intergraph
options file.
1 Disable dimensioning for all supports.
66 0 Do not use the detail sketch facility.
1 Use the detail sketch facility.
When option 66 is set to 1, the section
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY must exist in the options file.
The syntax of this section is similar to the TYPE_2_LABEL
section. A note, referring you to the appropriate sketch, will
be automatically generated and placed on the iso.
NOTE:
ISOGEN switch 71 must be set to 8000 for option 66 to
function properly.
67 0 Do Not generate shop welds.
1 Generate shop welds.
2 Generate shop welds, but do not generate shop welds at pipetopipe connections.
68 0 Extract drawing even if original start point cannot be used.
1 Stop extraction for a drawing if the original start point cannot
be used.
NOTE:
This option is used in conjunction with ISOGEN s
repeatability function.
69 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.
1 Produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.
70 0 Generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in the
intermediate data file (IDF) file as defined in PD_Design.
1 Do not generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in
the intermediate data file (IDF).
71 Structural
Column
Reference
This option allows you to place reference dimensions
from a structural column or grid line to one item on the
isometric.
WARNING:
Before using option 71 you must have an up-to-date
FrameWorks Reference Definition File that provides the
location of all structural components and grid lines in the
project. See Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension
File, page 5 - 86.
This option references structural elements according to
their active cardinal point at the time of placement. It is
highly recommended that structural columns be placed
by CP5 (center-center) if it is anticipated that the Iso
Structural Reference feature will be used. See Generate
FrameWorks Reference Dimension File, page 5 - 86.
NOTE:
Since a single reference file is used for the entire project,
no structural models can be excluded from being
referenced. Hence, there is no selectivity as to what
structural column or grid line will be referenced on the
iso. The referenced structural element will always be the
one nearest to the start of the pipeline being extracted.
If a FAIL message appears on the isometric drawing and
the .err file is reporting a (35:2012) DATA FAULT,
DOUBLEBACK PIPE error, refer to ISOGEN message
file errors section of this document for information on the
nature of this error.
must be included.
Position A Reference Dimension Control
0 Do not place reference dimensions.
1 Place structural reference dimension at the first
component encountered from the start point.
2 Place structural reference dimension at the start point of
the pipeline.
Position B Reference Location
0 Reference to the closest column.
1 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines
ignoring elevation changes.
2 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines

and display elevation changes.
Position C Skew Box Display
0 References with skewed movements will not be displayed
with a skewed box.
1 References with skewed movements will be displayed
with a skewed box.
Position D Enclosure Type
0 No enclosure for the reference.
1 Use a rectangle for an enclosure.
2 Use an arrow-ended rectangle for an enclosure.
3 Use a round-ended rectangle for an enclosure.
Position E Line Style
0 Use the default line type. (short dash line)
1 Use style 1 line type (long dash/short dash line)
2 Use style 2 line type (dash/dot-dot line)
3 Use style 3 line type (dotted line)
4 Use style 4 line type (dash/dot-dot line)
72 Breaks on
Flanged
Pipe
This option controls whether flanged pipe will report as
one peice or will break at pipe supports or olet branches.
0 Break flanged pipe into pieces when there is a pipe
support or olet branch along the pipe.
1 Report flanged pipe as one piece even when there is a
pipe support or olet branch along the pipe.
NOTE:
If this option is set to 1 and there are olet branches on
the flanged pipe, the weldolets (WOL) are mapped to
ISOGEN symbol key WTBW and represented with
coupling record 126 in the Intermediate Data file (.idf
file).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.4 The Files
Table
The Files table contains the names of several external files which are used by t
he ISOGEN
interface. The entries in this table are order dependent and must be in the orde
r shown
below.
All files may be defined as: network address: /directory path/file
name.
For example: pdscert: /usr/isofiles/symbol.map
1. The PDS to ISOGEN symbol map
This table maps PDS component names to ISOGEN symbol names. The format and
contents of the table are discussed in more detail in the section PDS-to-ISOGEN
Symbol Map.
This library is required and must be specified.
2. The ISOGEN user-defined symbol library
This is a library of ISOGEN symbols that has either been translated from the VAX
(see
the README file for translation information) or has been added to those delivere
d with
the ISOGEN product.
This library is optional and need not be specified.
3. The label description library
This is a library of user-defined labels which are based on database attributes.
Creation of library entries is discussed in the PDS Reference Data Manager docum
ent.
This file specification is redundant in that a label description library is alre
ady
referenced by piping model files. However, if you specify it here, you can have
a
separate library that is used specifically for iso extraction and for no other p
urpose.
If this entry is left blank then the library referenced by the piping model file
is used
instead.
4. The valve / valve operator symbol map (VALOPR table)
This file contains a table that can be used to map a PDS valve and valve operato
r
combination to a different symbol than that mapped by valve alone. This table is
discussed in the section The Valve/Operator Table.
In order to use this file, Intergraph options block option 31 must be set to
1.
This is an optional file name.
5. The mto neutral file map
This file contains the tables which govern the format of the Intergraph mto neut
ral file.
Refer to The MTO Neutral File Record Map, page 12 - 1 for more information.
In order to use this table, Intergraph options block option 20 must be set
to 1.
6. Reserved
7. The Title Block Tables File
This is an optional file containing tables that govern the generation of text th
at is to be
inserted into a drawing title block by the batch extraction software.
When you specify this table, you must also enable option 34 in the
Intergraph options block.
8. The Notes Table
This file is optional and contains data that can be mapped to the title block by
the batch
extraction software. The table is accessed through the Title Block Tables File.
The
Notes Table allows you to map data to the title block which is not stored in the
database.
9. Center of Gravity Weight Library
This is an optional library that generates center of gravity calculations for IS
OGEN.
For more information on center of gravity calculations, see Center of Gravity
Calculation, page 19 - 2 .
In order to use this library, Intergraph options block option 63 must be set
to 1.
10. Detail Sketch Facility Cell Library
This is a cell library which contains the cells specified in the
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY section of the options file.
11. Drawing Definition File
This file allows you to customize line weight, size and output level of the data
on the
isometric drawing.
12. Welds Definition / Format File
This file specifies the format of the weld box that will be appear on the isomet
ric
drawing. It is also used to define the weld report.
13. Material List Definition File
This file allows you to define the format of a STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Take
Off.
14. Basic Bending Parameters File
This file can be used as a basic set of input to a bending machine. The 14th ent
ry in the
FILES section of the options file will contain the name of this file. If the fir
st character
of the entry is *, the generated file will be isoname.bnd; where isoname is the
name
used in creating the isometric design file name.
If this entry contains a node, directory and filename, the bending information i
s
appended to that filename for each extracted line.
If this entry is left blank, a bending parameters file will not be generated.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.5 USER_DEFI
NED_WELDS
This table allows you to to assign a weld symbol to a particular weld type.
ISOGEN, versions 5.0 or later, allow you to create a user-defined weld symbol
by using the symbol definition software. Once created, the new weld symbol
graphics should be proportionate to other user-defined symbols.
The newly created symbol should be mapped to a specific weld type in the
USER_DEFINED_WELDS section of the options file. Note that the weld
symbol is not mapped in the isomap.tbl file.
By using the following table format, you can define which SKEY is used with each
weld type.
For example, if a weld type codelist number is defined to use the SKEY FFWT, ISO
GEN
generates the appropriate text and adds extra material as defined in the ISOGEN
section of
the options file.
The format of a table entry is:
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ...,VALn, WELDTYPE, SYM
Where:
VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow (maximum of
20 values per line.
VAL1-VALn are the weld type attribute values that will be mapped to the symbol
defined (SYM).
WELDTYPE is a number 1-3 where:
1: SHOP
2: FIELD
3: OFFSHORE
SYM is the ISOGEN weld symbol name.
If the table is not defined or a weld type code list value is not included in th
e
table, the following action is taken:
For more information, see Weld Types and Mapping, page 16 - 3 .
codelist value (from codelist 1100, Weld Type)
1 = No weld
11-20 = WW (shop weld)
else = WF (field fit weld)
Example 1: Generating a user-defined weld from codelist values Show the required
entries to generate the following welds:
a site weld symbol when codelist value 22 is used. This is a field weld, but doe
s not
require extra material to be added.
an offshore field fit weld symbol for code list values 30-33 inclusive.
a mitre offshore weld symbol for codelist value 40.
The format of the table entry is:

USER_DEFINED_WELDS
3
1, 22, 2, WS
4, 30, 31, 32, 33, 3, WOF
1, 40, 3, WM
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.6 WELD_PREF
IX
This table is used to add a prefix to an isometric weld number that is contained
within an
enclosure. The WELD_PREFIX table also allows the prefix to be positioned on the
drawing
frame as a form of general note about weld identification. The weld prefix may a
lso be
included as part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report.
WELD_PREFIX
1
#, TEXT
Where:
# is a number 0 through 3 where:
0 - is a general weld prefix to apply to all weld types
1 - is a shop weld prefix to apply only to fabrication welds
2 - is a site/field weld prefix to apply only to erection welds
3 - offshore weld prefix to apply only to offshore welds
TEXT is the actual prefix to be used
If all four prefixes are defined, the general weld prefix (setting 0) will be
ignored.
Example 1: Defining a Weld Prefix Determine the table entry that would have all
offshore welds have the prefix OFFSHORE- on the iso drawing.
The table entry would be:
WELD_PREFIX
1
3, OFFSHORE7 - 48 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.7 DETAIL_SK
ETCH_FACILITY
This table is used to generate a detailed sketch or information note for specifi
c item. Any
component meeting the specified value defined in this table generates a defined
detail sketch
or note. The defined value must exactly match the attribute or label.
You can generate general or specific notes for components and spools. The genera
l
information note places a note on each isometric sheet of the pipeline. The spec
ific
information note only places a note on the specific isometric sheet that contain
s the item
generating the note.
You can define up to 300 Detail Sketch Facility table entries.
TABLE, COL, LABEL, COL VAL , DET NAME
Where:
TABLE,
COL
is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be checked
and compared with COL VAL .
LABEL is the label description library number that defines the format of the
note that will be checked and compared with COL VAL . When using
LABEL, TABLE must be set and COL must be 0.
COL VAL is the value that when equal to TABLE,COL or TABLE,LABEL will
trigger the detail to be placed on the isometric.
DET
NAME
is the name of the detail cell from the cell library (defined by the
tenth entry under the files section of the options file) to place on the
isometric.
Information Note Entries
Two types of information notes are available:
General Notes are indictaed by a _N at the end of the cell.
Specific Notes are indictaed by a _S at the end of the cell.
All cell names that end with _N or _S are treated as Information Notes and place
d
accordingly. ATEXT numbers -541 and -542 also effect these criteria.
-541 _N is used as the delimiter/identifier in the general note name.
-542 _S is used at the delimiter/identifier in the specific note name.
Example 1: Example of the DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY Table
5 !5 entries to follow
34, 0, 900, 6Q1C01 GAT , det_4 !label 900: piping_comp_no, commodity_name
34, 3, 0, 6Q3C74 , det_1 !commodity_name, character(6)
34, 20, 0, 90.0000 , det_2 !bend_angle, double
34, 0, 924, H , HOLD_N !Comp HOLD status note
12, 12, 0, SYS1 , I5_S !Specific Note Package #
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.8 PIPELINE_
HEADER
The pipeline header table is used to generate records in the intermediate data f
ile that cause
attribute change graphics to be generated in the isometric drawing. Attribute ch
ange
graphics can be used at changes in piping materials class, insulation type, and
so on, along a
pipeline. This table allows you to control the database attributes that are used
to generate
attribute breaks on the drawing.
Example attribute change graphics
This table is also used to generate a note when some database attribute of a com
ponent
overrides that of the pipeline. For example, a new pipeline might contain an exi
sting valve.
This table can be used to generate a note on the drawing that points to the valv
e and
identifies it as existing.
The format of a row (or a single entry) in this table is:
RECNO, ST, SC, SN, DFLT, PREFIX, CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN
Where:
RECNO is the ISOGEN record number used for an attribute whose value can
change along the length of a pipeline. Record numbers from the
following table must be used for this item:
Table 7 - 1. ISOGEN record numbers for pipeline attributes
ISOGEN ATEXT
_R_e_c__N_o_ _A_t_t_r_ib__u_t_e _N__o__
-6 Line name -288
-7 Spool number prefix n/a

-11 Piping materials class (spec) -289
-14 Date Record -250
-15 Insulation type -290
-16 Heat tracing type -291
-17 Paint code -292
-41 User-defined 1 -293
An entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table with an ISOGEN record
number of -7 is used to define a spool number prefix. If defined, the
prefix is used by ISOGEN to form spool number labels in the
drawing.
When defining spool number prefixes, use a single ? symbol to
generate spool numbers only. Use two ? symbols for the spool number
prefix to generate spool numbers and sheet numbers.
As shown in the previous figure, the actual attribute values at an
attribute change are preceded by some clarifying text. That text is
"MATL," which identifies that the attributes shown are piping
materials classes. For information on modifying this text, refer to
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS, page 7 - 56 .
The Atext numbers you will need in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
table to change the clarifying text are shown above in Table 7-1. In
the case of the user-defined attribute changes the default Atexts are
blank. In order to generate attribute change graphics in the drawing
you MUST define nonblank Atexts that correspond to the ISOGEN
record numbers you use. For example, if you want to use ISOGEN
record number -41 for a user-defined attribute change then you must
define ATEXT number -293 with a nonblank value if you want to see
the attribute change on the drawing.
The Atext numbers shown in Table 7-1 modify only the clarifying text
shown with the attributes in the drawing. They do not modify the
title block entries for these attributes. Different Atext numbers are
used to modify this text. Refer to Appendix B for details.
ST, SC is a table, column specification for the segment attribute whose value
might change along the pipeline. This attribute specification can be
any segment level attribute in the material database. The segment
level table is table 12. The specification for piping materials class, for
example, would be table 12, column 12.
SN is an optional label description library number that you can use to
specify the segment attribute(s) that might change. By using the
label description library number rather than than ST, SC (above) you
can define composite attributes that are combinations of 2 or more
database attributes.
The label description library holds a definition of each label
description library number. The number and its description in the
label library can be used to form a text string (a label) that is formed
from database columns. You define which columns are used in the
label as well as the label format when making a definition in the label
library.
Iso extraction treats a string based on a label library number as a
pseudo attribute. A pseudo attribute can be used to generate
attribute breaks just the same as regular database attribute can.
DFLT is an optional string used to define a default value for an attribute or
label. When the attribute defined by ST,SC or SN is undefined
(blank) then DFLT will be used. This shows attribute breaks for
attributes that you normally do not want to provide values for. If you
do not provide a value for this field the string "UNDEFINED" is used
for undefined attributes.
PREFIX is an optional prefix used in forming a note from a database attribute
when a component attribute overrides a segment attribute. The
override note is formed by appending the database attribute to the
prefix defined here. The note formed in this manner points to the
appropriate component in the drawing.
When the ISOGEN record number for the spool prefix is -7, PREFIX
is used as a separator between the spool prefix and the spool number.
CT, CC is the table, column specification for the component level attribute
that can override the pipeline level attribute defined by ST, SC.
These items are optional. Some pipeline level attributes cannot be
overridden at the component level (pipeline name and piping
materials class are examples). When there is no override attribute
these items should be set to 0.
Attribute specifications for CT, CC apply to the component table (34)
in the design database.
CN is the component level counterpart to SN. If the label generated by
CN differs from that generated by SN then an override note will be
generated. In order to avoid generating override notes on every
component you must either define CN in exactly the same way as SN
except for the table and attribute numbers or not use the component
override feature.
PT, PC is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies
to pipe rather than components. Attribute specifications can only
refer to table 50 in the design database.
PN is the same as CN except that it applies to pipe.
IT, IC is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies
to instruments rather than components. Attribute specifications are
from the instrument table (67).
IN is the same as CN except that it applies to instruments.
Example 1: Breaking Supply Responsibility Along a Pipeline
Since there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for supply responsibility, you
must use
one of the user-defined records. Record -41 is used in this example. Referring t
o the database
table format, the following database attributes apply:
Segment 12, 39
Component - does not apply Pipe - does not apply Instrument - does not apply The table entry would appear as follows:
-41, 12, 39, 0,
, SUPPLIED BY , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Example 2: Changing Construction Responsibility Along a Pipeline
As in the previous example, there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for cons
truction
responsibility. So, you must use one of the user-defined record numbers. Record
-42 is used
in this example.
The applicable database attributes are:
Segment 12, 38
Component - does not apply Pipe - does not apply Instrument 67, 29
The appropriate table entry would be:
-42, 12, 38, 0, , CONSTR BY , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 29, 0
Example 3: Breaking Composite Attributes by Combining Insulation Purpose and
Thickness
For this example, we can use ISOGEN record number -15. Since the change that wil
l be
shown is made up of multiple attribute changes, we must use the label descriptio
n library to
form a pseudo attribute. Using the label library utility we have defined the fol
lowing library
numbers:
956 - segment insulation purpose and thickness 957 - instrument insulation
purpose and thickness
The table entry for this case would be:
-15, 0, 0, 956,
,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 957
The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table MUST be for line name
(using the -6 record). Otherwise, the ISOGEN interface will stop with an
error.
The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box
in the lower right hand corner of the drawing. You can use either the line
name attribute (table 12, attribute 2) or the line ID (specified by using
table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer to
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, page 7 - 59 for information on how a line ID
differs from a line name.
The table entries should be in order of increasing absolute value of
ISOGEN record number.
Attribute changes in the drawing can be inhibited by either removing the
entry for the attribute from this table or by setting the Atext for the
clarifying text to blank in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table.
When attributes are specified, the label library number should be 0.
When the label library number is specified then the attribute
specifications should be 0.
The line ID (COL = -2) can be used for the spool prefix.
ISOGEN word 39 must be set to 0 in order to display spool number labels
formed using the spool prefix.
If ST is less than 0, the attribute is checked for component overrides but
no segment level breaks will be shown in the drawing. When ST is made
negative, set RECNO to an undefined record number (such as -99).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.9 ATEXT_SPE
CIFICATIONS
This table is used to modify the values of text strings that ISOGEN puts on draw
ings. A
table entry can also "turn off" a text string so that it does not appear. The fo
rmat of a table
entry is:
ATEXT number, new text
Where:
ATEXT number is one of the ATEXT numbers defined in Appendix B of the
ISOGEN Facilities Guide (which is Appendix B of this
document).
new text is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number. The
new text will be used instead of the text defined in Appendix
B of the facilities guide.
A particular text string can be turned off by setting its Atext value to blank.
Example 1: Modifying Text
Modify the clarifying text that precedes a piping materials class that is genera
ted at a spec
change by changing "SPEC" to "MATL".
-289, MATL
Example 2: Modifying Text for an Eccentric Reducer
Turn on the "FLAT SIDE DOWN" message that points to eccentric reducers (this mes
sage is
off by default). Refer to Appendix B for further explanation.
-243, FLAT SIDE DOWN
The table entries must be in order of increasing absolute value of Atext
number. That is, -206 should precede -207 and so on. If one specification
is out of order then all of the following entries will be ignored.
In order to turn off all ISOGEN generated title block data the following
Atext specifications can be used:
-250,
-253,
-270,
-271,
-272,
-317,
-318,
-400,
-401,
-402,
-403,
-404,
-405,
-406,
-407,
-410,
-411,
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.10 INGR_ATE
XT_SPECIFICATIONS
This table is used to modify the values of text strings that PD_ISO puts on draw
ings. The
format of a table entry is:
ATEXT number, old text , new text
Where: ATEXT number is 1-15
1: NOT FOUND
2: BOLT LENGTH
old text is the text string to be substituted.
new text is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number.
The old text value is used if the new text value is left blank or if the
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS records are omitted from the Options file.
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS include:
1, NOT FOUND ,
!Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -209
2, BOLT LENGTH ,
!Used based on Intergraph option 58
3, NUTS PER
BOLT ,
4, CHAIN_ ,
!Used based on Intergraph option 33,56
5, FSTAND_ ,
6, XSTEM_ ,
7, HOR ,
!Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
8, VOR ,
!Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
9, DEG ,
!Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
10, E ,
!Used with skewed operator orientation notes
11, N ,
12, U ,
13, W ,
14, S ,
15, D ,
16, ****
!Default text used for unassigned inspection
numbers
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.11 LINE_ID_
DEFINITION
This table is used to define the format of the line ID. The line ID is a composi
te attribute
that should be formed from a subset of those attributes which are used to form t
he line name
attribute. The line ID is intended to be a simpler way of referring to a pipelin
e.
ST, SC, SUFFX
Where:
ST, SC is the table, column specification for one of the attributes making up th
e
line ID. Any attribute from the segment level (table 12) can be used.
SUFFX is an optional, single character, suffix used to terminate the attribute in
the line ID. A null entry (two successive single quotes) is valid.
The line ID itself is formed by linking all the attributes together with their s
uffixes if
defined. The result is the line ID label.
In order to use the Display Iso feature from an interactive piping session, this
table and column must be set to 12, 3
Example 1: Defining a Line ID
Define a line ID composed of fluid code, sequence number and unit code. The colu
mn
numbers involved are:
Fluid code 12, 9
Sequence no 12, 10
Unit no 12, 4
The table is defined as:
12, 9, 12, 10,
12, 4,
Using the previous line ID, what is the line ID for a line named 16IN-P12002-1C0
03?
Assuming that a single digit unit number follows sequence number in this line nu
mber, the
line ID would be P-12002.
The suffix character defined in the table is used only in generating the text
string for display purposes. When inputting line names for extraction every
attribute forming the line ID MUST be separated by dashes. For instance, to
input the line ID in Example 8 you must key in P-1200-2.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.12 TYPE_1_L
ABELS
This table is used to generate notes on drawings that point to specific componen
ts. This
table causes a note to be generated when some database attribute which you defin
e in the
table has a value. When the attribute is undefined (that is, does NOT have a val
ue) then no
note is generated.
When a line is extracted, each component is processed one at a time. This table
allows you
to generate a note, based on the value of a component s attribute, at the time it
is being
processed.
You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 1 Labels.
COMP TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
COMP TYPE is the component type to which the note should apply. Allowable
values for component type are:
1 - Commodity item
2 - Specialty item
3 - Pipe
4 - Instrument
5 - Pipe support
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification for the attribute that should be
checked. If this attribute is defined, the note will be generated.
An attribute is considered undefined based on its data type as
follows:
Integer - set to 0
Real - equal to -32768
ASCII - blank or null
Coded - 0 or 1
Any attribute that is not undefined is defined and will cause a note
to be generated.
You can also specify that a Real attribute be considered undefined
if it contains the value 0.0. To do this, make the value of TABLE
negative in the table (such as use -34 instead of 34 to designate
table 34).
LDL NO is the label description library label number that defines the
format of the note that is to appear on the drawing. You must
define this note in the label description library as defined in the
PDS Reference Data Manager document. If the label references
attributes from the database, the attributes must be from the
table defined by TABLE or its associated table.
ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that trigger
the different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not
required, use 0 as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characters
on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 4 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters on
a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
a single line.
Example 1: Defining Type 1 Labels
Define a table entry that would generate a note (without an enclosure) when the
REMARKS
field attribute for the component is defined. Using the label library utility, w
e have defined
label 910 as shown below:
The attribute referred to is table 34, column 46. The table entry would be:
1, 34, 46, 910

Where:
910 is the label number which defines the exact format of the note to be generat
ed. The note
would point to the item (or items) in the drawing that corresponds to the compon
ent(s) in the
model whose remarks attribute has been defined.
The database table defined by TABLE must correspond to the component type
identified by COMP TYP. Thus, the following restrictions exist:
_C_O__M__P_T__Y_P_ _A__ll_o_w_a_b__le__v_a_l_u_e_s_o_f_T__A_B__L_E_
1 12, 34
2 12, 34
3 12, 50
4 12, 67
5 12, 80
When LDL NO is set to 0 in the table, no note is generated.
The note that is defined by LDL NO need not use the attribute that is defined
in the table as TABLE, COL. TABLE, COL is only the trigger in the note
generation process.
A dollar sign ("$") embedded in a label is treated as a line feed by ISOGEN.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.13 TYPE_2_L
ABELS
This table is used to generate notes that point to specific components. Use this
table to
generate a note whenever a specific attribute (user-defined in the table) is def
ined with a
specific value (also defined by you in the table).
Notice the difference between this table and the TYPE_1_LABELS table. Note that
generation from the TYPE_1_LABELS table is triggered by an attribute having ANY
value.
This table is more selective in that you specify the value of the attribute that
is to trigger
note generation.
You can define up to 99 table entry lines for Type 2 Labels.
TABLE, COL, COL VAL , LENGTH, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be
checked and compared with COL VAL .
COL VAL is the value of TABLE, COL that will trigger note generation. If
COL VAL is the same as the value of TABLE, COL then a note
will be generated that points to the item.
LENGTH is an optional specification of the number of characters from the
database attribute that should be compared with COL VAL . If
set to 0, all characters of the attribute will be compared with COL
VAL .
LDL NO is the label description library number that defines the format of
the note that will be generated when the attribute identified by
TABLE, COL has the value COL VAL or the first 1 through
LENGTH characters of the attribute are the same as COL VAL .
If the label references attributes from the database, the attributes
must be from the table defined by TABLE or its associated table.
ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that trigger
the different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not
required, use 0 as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 4 Enclosure
a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
a single line.
Define a table entry that would generate a note (with a type 3 enclosure) that p
oints to all
blind flanges.
One way to accomplish this would be to check the value of the PDS commodity_name
attribute for the string "6Q2C08", the PDS commodity name for a Blind Flange. Th
e
appropriate attribute is table 34, column 3. The table entry would be:
3, 3, 6Q2C08 , 0, 911, 3
Where 911 is the label description library label number which defines the format
of the note.
Label 911 is defined as follows:
Refer to notes 2, 3, 4, and 5 under the description of the TYPE_1_LABELS
table. These notes also apply to the TYPE_2_LABELS table.
To test on code list number values rather than code list text, set LENGTH to 0
and set COLVAL to the code list number. For example, to generate a note when
the fabrication category 50(table), 14(col) is 25 use: 50, 14, 25 , 0, 986.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.14 TYPE_3_L
ABELS
This table is used to generate a note when the value of a code-listed attribute
matches one of
the values specified in the table entry. This table is similar to TYPE_2_LABELS
except that,
rather than being triggered by a single value, a note can be triggered by one of
several
values.
You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 3 labels.
The format of a table entry is as follows:
TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, NVALS, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALN, ENC TYPE
(optional)
Where:
TYPE is the component type that the note should apply to. Use the
following values for TYPE:
1- Commodity item
2- Specialty item
3- Pipe
4- Instrument
5- Pipe Support
TABLE,COL defines the attribute that triggers note generation.
TABLE must correspond to TYPE as follows:
_T_Y__P_E_ _A__L_L_O__W__A_B__L_E__T__A_B_L__E_S_
1 12, 34
2 12, 34
3 12, 50
4 12, 67
5 12, 80
LDL NO Defines the format of the note to be generated if triggered. If the
label references attributes from the database, the attributes must
be from the table defined by TABLE or its associated table. If
LDL NO is set to 0, the value of TABLE,COL is generated as the
note.
NVALS Defines the number of code list numbers in the list to follow.
VAL1...VALN Code list numbers that should trigger note generation.
Show the table entry needed to generate a note when the component fabrication ca
tegory is
set to code list values 5, 7, or 17.
1, 34, 10, 994, 3, 5, 7, 17
Where:
Label 994 would define the format of the note that would be generated.
When LDL NO is set to 0 so that the code listed text is generated as the
drawing note, the short form of the code list text (that to the left of the "="
in
the code list source) can be generated by making COL negative. Therefore, in
the previous example, the following would be used to generate the short form of
the code list text as the note.
1, 34, -10, 0, 3, 5, 7, 17
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.15 START_PO
INT_NOTES
This table is used to generate notes at the beginning of a pipeline. The format
of a table
entry is as follows:
TYPE, TABLE, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
TYPE Currently, TYPE must be set to 0.
TABLE TABLE defines the tables that will be referenced by LDL
NO as follows:
_T_A_B__L_E_ _V__a_l_id__t_a_b_l_e_s_i_n_l_a_b_e_l__L_D_L__N__O_
12 SEGMENTS
34 COMPONENTS
50 PIPE
67 INSTRUMENT
LDL NO Label library number which defines the format of a note
to be generated on the first component of the pipeline.
ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records
that trigger the different enclosures shown below. If an
enclosure is not required, use 0 as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 4 Enclosure
a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
a single line.
Example 1: Defining Start Point Notes
Define a table entry that would generate the line name attribute at the start of
a pipeline.
0, 12, 900, 0
Where:
Label 900 returns the line name (T12C2) followed by a dash and the text, "Starts
Here".
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.16 END_POIN
T_COMPONENT_LABELS
This table is used to define the format of notes that are generated at line endp
oints when the
line endpoint connects on to another pipeline. The note defined by this table is
NOT
generated at line endpoints that are not connected to other pipelines. The note
itself is
formed from the attributes of the connecting component.
Each entry in the table is used to form one line of the note. Multiline notes ar
e shown as a
block of text on the drawing. The format of a table entry is:
PREFIX , CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN
The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box in
the lower right
hand corner of the drawing. You can use either the line name attribute (table 12
, column 2)
or the line ID (specified by using table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer to
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, page 7 - 59 for information on how a line ID differs from a
line
name.
Where:
PREFIX is a short prefix for the attribute that will be displayed at the line
endpoint.
CT, CC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be
displayed when the connecting component is a commodity item or
a specialty item.
CN is a label description library number that defines the format of the
note line when the connecting component is a commodity item or a
specialty item.
When CN is used then CT should be set to a value that defines the
tables referred to in the note description, held in the label library.
That is, if the note definition uses table 12 then CT should be set
to 12. If the note definition uses table 34, then CT should be set to
34.
In generating a line in the line endpoint note either column CT,
CC is appended to PREFIX or the line is generated using the label
description library note identified by CN. When CT, CC is defined
then CN should be 0. When CN is not 0 then CC should be set to
zero.
PT, PC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be
displayed when the connecting item is a pipe. These entries are
analogous to CT, CC for components.
PN is the label description library number that defines the format of
the note line when the connecting component is a pipe. PN is
analogous to CN for components. When using PN you must set PT
to a value that reflects the tables used in the note definition. For
example, if the note uses table 12 then PT must be set to 12. If it
uses table 50 then PT must be set to 50.
IT, IC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be
displayed when the connecting item is an instrument. These
entries are analogous to CT, CC for components.
IN is the label description library number that defines the format of
the note line when the connecting component is an instrument. IN
is analogous to CN for components.
When using IN you must set IT to a value that reflects the table
used in the note definition. For example, if the note uses table 12
then IE must be set to 12. If it uses table 67 then IE must be set
to 67.
Example 1: Defining Continuation Notes Define the table entries that would gener
ate a
continuation note that consists of one line for the connected line s line name.
For the note, the applicable database attribute is table 12, column 2. The table
entry would
be:
LINE: , 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0
Example 2: Defining Continuation Notes Redo example 1 using label description li
brary
numbers rather than column numbers.
The table entry for the line name would be:
, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951
The label description library number option is useful when you want to display
more than one attribute on a single line in the note.
CT, PT, and IE are restricted as follows:
CT- 12 or 34
PT- 12 or 50
IT- 12 or 67
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.17 NOZZLE_N
OTE
This table is very similar to the END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS table except that i
t is
used to form a note when the line endpoint is connected to an equipment nozzle.
The
primary difference is that with the NOZZLE_NOTE table some lines in the connecti
on note
can be generated based on the generic termination type of the nozzle.
GEN TYP, TABLE, LDL NO
Where:
GEN TYP is a number that indicates those generic termination types for
which this note line should be generated. The allowable values of
GEN TYP are:
-1- to indicate that the note line should be generated for ALL
generic termination types.
1- to indicate that the note line should only be generated when the
generic termination type of the nozzle is FLANGED.
generic termination type of the nozzle is FEMALE.
generic termination type of the nozzle is MALE.
TABLE is the database table from which attributes are taken in defining
the label description library entry that is identified by LDL NO. If
the attributes defined in the note are from the equipment table
then TABLE should be 21. If the attributes used in defining the
note are from the nozzle table then TABLE should be 22.
LDL NO is the label description library number that defines the format of
the note.
Example 1: Defining a Nozzle Connection Note
Define a table that generates a nozzle connection consisting of the following li
nes:
Line 1 Equipment item name
Line 2 Nozzle tag number
Line 3 A line that depends on end prep as follows:
A) Flanged - size-rating-facing
B) Socket weld - size-rating-facing
C) Welded - size-schedule-end prep
The appropriate database attributes are:
Equipment name - table 21, column 2
Nozzle tag - table 22, column 2
size - table 22, column 4
rating - table 22, column 5
end prep - table 22, column 6
schedule - table 22, column 17
The table would be:
-1, 21, 952
-1, 22, 953
1, 22, 954
2, 22, 954
3, 22, 950
A note formed by this table for a flanged nozzle might be:
ITEM: 2103-C
NOZ: N11
6"-CL150-RFFE
If TABLE < 0 (such as -21 or -22) then the line will be appended to the previous
line in the table without a linefeed. This allows you to combine attributes from
tables 21 and 22 onto a single line in the note block.
The Intergraph Options_Block word 23 controls whether the software uses the
ISOGEN default nozzle note or the note defined by this keyword.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.18 SECONDAR
Y_ORIENTATION_NOTE
This table is used to define valve operators that require a secondary orientatio
n in order to
install them. For each operator it also defines the prefix for the secondary ori
entation label.
A table entry is as follows:
OPER_NAME , NOTE_PRFX
Where:
OPTR_NAME is the symbol name of the valve operator which requires a second
orientation.
NOTE_PRFX is the prefix that should be used for second orientation.
Example 1: Defining Secondary Orientation Notes
Define the table entry that would result in a secondary orientation note for the
valve
operator OP_9.
OP_9 , ORIENT WRENCH
The above table entry creates the following note in a drawing:
The Intergraph Options_Block word 48 controls whether the software uses the
ISOGEN default secondary orientation note or the note defined by this
keyword.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.19 DOTTED_S
YMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES
This table is used to allow the values of certain database attributes to determi
ne whether or
not the piping in the isometric should be shown in dotted symbology or not. By u
sing this
table you can, for example, make all "existing" piping show up in the iso in dot
ted symbology
rather than with solid lines.
Only code-listed attributes can be used to determine whether or not a section of
piping or a
component is to be dotted. Code-listed attributes are displayed as text strings
when the
Piping Review Attributes command is used. Attributes are displayed as having an
integer
data type in the database table format.
The format of an entry in this table is:
ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
ST, SC defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value might
cause the piping to be dotted.
CT, CC defines a component level column (from table 34) whose value
might cause a commodity item or specialty item to be dotted.
PT, PC defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause a
piece of pipe to be dotted.
IT, IC defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value might
cause an instrument to be dotted.
VTF is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.
VAL1-VALn are the values of the code-listed column which will force the
symbology to be dotted.
Example 1: Defining Dotted Symbology
Determine the table entry that will result in dotted symbology on the isometric
when the
construction status is "existing".
The relevant database attributes are:
segment: table 12, column 20
component: table 34, column 32
pipe: table 50, column 27
instrument: table 67, column 29
Looking at the code-list number 130 (the construction status code-list) we can f
ind that the
code-list number for "existing" is 3.
Thus, the table entry would be:
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3
Whenever the value of the segment level attribute matches one of those in the
list VAL1 through VALn, all of the components attached to the segment will be
drawn with dotted symbology in the isometric. When the value of a component
level attribute (defined by CT,CC, PT,PC, or IT,IC) matches a value in the list,
only that item will be drawn with dotted symbology.
Example 2: Defining Dotted Symbology
Determine the table entry that will result in the dotted symbology on the isomet
ric when the
construction status is EXISTING, REVAMPED, RELOCATED, TEMPORARY, DISMANTLE
or FUTURE.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.20 NOMTO_CO
DE_LIST_VALUES
This table is very much the same as the DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST table except
that it is used to imply a status of no-mto based on the value of a code-listed
attribute. When
a component has a status of no-mto then it does not appear in the ISOGEN bill-of
-material.
This table can be used in addition to the no-mto attribute that explicitly defin
es a component
to be no-mto.
Again, only code-listed attributes can be used in this table. Refer to
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES, page 7 - 75 for information on identifying
a code-listed column.
ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
ST, SC defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value might
cause the piping to be no-mto.
CT, CC defines a component level column (from table 34) whose value
might cause a commodity item or specialty item to be no-mto.
PT, PC defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause a
piece of pipe to be no-mto.
IT, IC defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value might
cause an instrument to be no-mto.
VTF is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.
VAL1-VALn are the values of the code-listed column which will imply that the
item to be no-mto.
Example 1: Defining Components as No MTO
Determine the table entry that would result in all components with the construct
ion status of
existing to be no-mto. This example is very similar to the example covered in th
e section
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES and requires an identical table entry:
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.21 SHOP_FAB
CAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections for
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES,
the item defaults to field.
This table is used to identify those values of the fabrication category attribut
e that are to be
interpreted as meaning shop. This is necessary because ISOGEN only allows the tw
o options
of either shop or field and does not distinguish (as PDS does) between supplier
and fabricator
of a component.
"SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" or
"OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" the item will default to field.
ISOGEN lists shop materials separately from field materials. In erection-only is
ometrics
ISOGEN does not list shop materials. Also, some end-prep graphics are changed to
distinguish between connections made in the shop and those made in the field. Fi
eld
connections are implied when the fabrication category changes from shop to field
or viceversa.
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow.
VAL1-VALn are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be
interpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.
Example 1: Segregating Fabrication Categories
Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories Contracto
r supplied,
shop fabricated (codelist value 5) and Shop supplied, shop fabricated (codelist
value 15) being
interpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.
1
2 5, 15
If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of codeliste
d
values per row exceeds 25.
Example 2:
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.22 OFFSHORE
_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES,
the item defaults to field.
The OFFSHORE section is optional and is not required in the options file.
Also, refer to Offshore Material Category, page 8 - 9 and Offshore Fabrication C
ategory,
page 16 - 4 for related material.
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow.
VAL1-Valn are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be
interpreted as meaning offshore by ISOGEN.
Example 1: Segregating fabrication categories
Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories contracto
r supplied,
offshore fabricated (code list value 39) and shop supplied, offshore fabricated
(code list value
49) being interpreted as offshore by ISOGEN.
The table entry is:
1
2, 39, 49
If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of codeliste
d
values per row exceeds 25.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.23 MOVABLE_
TEXT
This table allows you to relocate or turn off certain text strings and the north
arrow
generated by ISOGEN. If an item is not turned off, it can either be moved to its
proper
position in the drawing title block or moved into a drawing margin so this it is
not a part of
the plotted drawing.
The maximum number of movable text entries is twenty five.
This table is also used to set-up/ define a table or matrix of spool numbers tha
t you locate in
your drawing.
RECNO, X, Y, TXTHGT, XOFF, YOFF, DIR
Where:
RECNO is the record number of the item to be moved or turned off. When
setting up a spool number table you set RECNO to -7. Other valid
entries include any of the header record numbers defined for the
PIPELINE_HEADER table (refer to PIPELINE_HEADER, page 7
- 50 ) or one of the following:
_R_e_c_n__o I__t_e_m_
-25 System ID for multi-line isometrics
-700 drawing north arrow
-701 (reserved)
-702 sheet number on a drawing
-703 number of sheets on a drawing
X is the x offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of the
sheet.
Y is the y offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of the
sheet. Use x and y equal to 0 to turn off a text string.
TXTHGT is the text height of the string being moved in 1/100 s mm (that is,
text in mm X 100). 0 is the default setting as defined in the
ISOGEN option switches.
XOFF is the horizontal distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers
in a spool number table. XOFF also defines the direction of travel
for locating the next table entry in the row. If XOFF is negative
the next table entry is to the left, otherwise it is to the right.
Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.
YOFF is the vertical distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers in
a spool number table. YOFF also defines the direction of travel for
locating the next table entry in the column. If YOFF is negative
then the next entry is located below the current one, otherwise it is
located above it. Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.
DIR is a compound number that defines the size and filling order of a
spool number table as follows:
ROWS defines the maximum number of rows in the spool number
table. COLS defines the maximum number of columns in the
table. TABLE DIRECTION defines the order in which the table is
filled with values. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to 0 then rows of
the table are filled in succession. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to
1 then columns are filled in succession.
This parameter should be set to 0 if RECNO is not -7.
Example 1: Defining Movable Text
Define table entries that would turn off the system ID for multi-pipeline isomet
rics and any
title block text generated by -41 through -45 records in the PIPELINE_HEADER tab
le.
The following table would accomplish this:
-41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-42, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-43, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-44, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-45, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Example 2: Defining Movable Text
The following spool table would result from the values XOFF=-700, YOFF=800, and
DIR=1003004 (such as Table entry -7, 100, 100, 0, -700, 800, 1003004).
Certain ISOGEN text strings like the line name (-6 record) cannot be
turned off. Do not set X and Y to 0. You can move these items outside the
plotted area of the drawing to eliminate them.
Text is justified by the lower, left corner of the string.

If the number of spools on an iso sheet exceeds the number of table entries
defined for a spool number table then the table is filled and an error
message is written to the error file.
To position the default spool numbers (that is, where the spool number is
surrounded by square brackets) in a spool number table you should not
have a -7 entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table. If you want to position
only the number (without the square brackets) then insert an entry into
the PIPELINE_HEADER table for the -7 record but set ST, SC, and SN to
0. Also set PREFIX to a blank. If you have defined a spool prefix in the
PIPELINE_HEADER table then the entire spool number, including the
prefix, will be positioned in the table.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.24 NEW_SYMB
OL_KEYS
Certain ISOGEN interface logic depends on the ISOGEN symbol name. When ISOGEN
symbols are redefined and renamed, this logic can not be properly executed. This
table
allows you to tell the interface software which user-defined symbol your new sym
bol is based
upon so that the special logic can be properly executed.
SYMBOL KEY , OLD SYMBOL KEY
Where:
SYMBOL KEY is the name of your new ISOGEN symbol.
OLD SYMBOL KEY is the name of the ISOGEN symbol upon which your symbol is
based.
Example 1: >Defining ISOGEN Symbol Keys
Define a table entry which indicates that the symbol RVXX has been redefined and
named
RRVV:
RRVV , RVXX
An entry in this table is only required when the old symbol key (or the symbol
upon which your symbol is based) is one of the following:
CVXX, SVXX, MVXX, HVXX, XVXX, RVXX, IIXX, OPXX, PRXX, DRXX, CTXX
or any symbol which you redefine and intend to map to a multi-endprep
component in the model.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.25 GENITM_N
OTE_FORMAT
This table is used to format notes for items that imply materials through the Im
plied
Material Data Table and for valves with chain wheel operators, extension stems o
r floor
stands.
This table is enabled by Intergraph option 45.
The table can contain up to four entries that are used to format notes.
The first entry is for valves with chain wheel operators.
The second entry is for valves with floor stands.
The third entry is for valves with extension stems.
The fourth entry is for the note pointing to a component that generates implied
items
through the specification database. One note is formatted for each item implied
through the specification database.
A table entry is a text string as follows:
Label Definition
Where:
The label definition is formed from text together with embedded specifications f
or attributes
pertaining to the implied item. An embedded specification is formed by a number
within
square brackets (such as [n]). Valid numbers that can be used together with thei
r meanings
are:
[1] The item code or commodity code of the implied item.
[2] The quantity of implied material.
[3] The material description of the implied material.
[4] The chain operator number, for chain wheel operators.
Example 1: Defining General Item Notes
Show a note format that would display item code and quantity for an implied item
:
INCL. [2] - [1]
When an implied item is generated through the reference database, the following
example
note might be generated in the drawing:
INCL. 1 - WBAAACFHNB
Example 2: Defining General Item Notes
Show an example note format for a chain wheel operator.
INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. [1]$WITH [2] CHAIN
The note generated on the iso might be:
INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. CHAIN_3001
WITH 21 -0" CHAIN
The note formats should be defined with upper case characters.
A dollar sign ($) embedded within the note will act as a line feed.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.26 ALTERNAT
E_DESCRIPTION_INDEX
This table is used to define which database attributes should be used as a secon
dary or
alternate index into the material description libraries.
Intergraph option 37 controls the use of this table.
TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO
Where:
TYPE is a number that indicates the component type that is to have an
alternate index into a material description library. Valid values
for type are:
1 - Commodity item
2 - Specialty item
3 - Pipe
4 - Instrument
5 - Pipe support
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that is to serve
as
the alternate index into a material description library. TABLE
must correspond to TYPE as follows:
_T_Y__P_E_ _A__L_L_O__W__A_B__L_E__V_A__L_U__E_S__O__F__T_A_B__L_E_
1 34
2 34
3 50
4 67
5 80
LDL NO is a label description library number that defines a composite
attribute that should be used in place of TABLE, COL for the
alternate index.
Example 1: Defining Secondary or Alternate Indices for the Material Description
Library
Show the table entry that defines the secondary index for a pipe support to be t
he fixed
string "PSUPPORT".
5, 80, 0, 972
Where:
Label 972 returns the string "PSUPPORT". It does not reference any attributes in
the
database record for the support.
The attribute used as the primary index into the material description
libraries is shown for each type below:
Primary Index
_T_Y__P_E_ (_T__A_B__L_E_,__C_O__L_)
1 34, 8
2 34, 2
3 50, 12
4 67, 2
5 80, 4
It is not possible to define a secondary index for implied materials (bolts
and gaskets), for generated items (like the stub end for a lap joint flange)
from the spec or for generated items from the Implied Material Data
Table.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.27 USER_DEF
INED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM
This table is used with the user-defined material take off feature. For more inf
ormation,
refer to User-Defined BOM / Material Control File, page 8 - 1 .
Fields defined in this table will write information to the -80:-89 records for b
olts and gaskets.
The implied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated (e.g. flange pressure).
from the spec entry for the implied item (e.g for the commodity code).
from data calculated when the item is generated (e.g. bolt length).
TYPE, CT, CC, CLBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM,
COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
TYPE defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to apply
to.
_T_Y__P_E_ _T_A_B__L_E__E__N_T__R_Y__A__P_P_L__IE__S__T_O_
1 Gaskets Only
2 Bolts only
3 Welds only
4 All of the above items
Where:
CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
that is to be mapped when the generating component is a
COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0, 12
and 34.
CLBL is the label description library number that defines the note format
that will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.
PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
that is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE.
Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
which will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
that is to be mapped when the generating component is an
INSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
ST, SC defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when the
attribute is taken from the reference database entry for the implied
item. Valid values for ST are 0 and 202.
CPF is a connect point flag. When CPF is set to 1, it indicates that the
attribute should be retrieved from the generating item s connect
point (that is, the connect point from the item generating the implied
material).
NOTE:
When this flag is set, CT, PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC, and
IC should be set to a value selected from the Connect Point Attribute
index in the USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM section.
ITEM When this value is nonzero it indicates that either the attribute to be
mapped is data that was generated along with the implied item, or
the attribute to be obtained from the spec. Values for item are
dependent on the implied item type as shown below.
Item _I_t_e_m_ _D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_
_T_y_p_e_
ALL -1 Use ST, SC to obtain the attribute from the
reference database.
BOLT 1 Number of bolts
2 Bolt Length in Project Units
English for English Project
Metric for Metric or Mixed Project
3 Bolt diameter in Project Units
4 Number of nuts
5 Bolt diameter - English Units
6 Bolt length in English Units
GASKET 0
WELD 1 Weld ID number
2 Weld Type
3 Material A
4 Material B
COLUMN is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING
DEFINITION (MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.
FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit conversion of code-listed attributes to
their ASCII string equivalents.
When information is generated for an item, the item type is determined and one
of the previously listed table, column pairs is selected. The selected table,
column pair is then used to retrieve an attribute from the database.
All pairs need not be defined. If a component data table entry should apply to
only one type of item, set the table, column pairs for other types to zero.
If the label number is defined as anything other than 0, that value will be used
in place of the table, column value or the value from connect point attributes.
Example 1:
1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, -80, 0
This table entry maps the gasket size to the -80 record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, -81, 0
This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for the bolt to
the -81
record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, -82, 0
This table entry maps the bolt length to the -82 record.
4, 34, 0, 996, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, -83, 0
This table entry will generate a note to the -83 record when the current item is
a bolt or
gasket and the generating component is a COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Label 996
defines the format of the note that would be generated and in this case the labe
l will output
the generating component fabrication category as the note.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.28 USER_DEF
INED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM
Fields defined in this table write information to the -80 - -89 records for item
s generated
through the reference database (Table 212 Implied Items) and for chain wheel ope
rators.
The generated items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated.
from the reference database entry for the implied item (that is, for the commodi
ty code).
CT,CC, CLBL, ET,EC, ELBL, PT,PC, PLBL, IT,IC, ILBL, ST,SC, SLBL, CPI,
ITEM, COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
COMPONENT. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
CLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
ET, EC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
ELBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
INSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ST, SC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
that is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE
SUPPORT. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
SLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
CPI is a connect point identifier that is used to access connect point
attributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than by
attribute number. When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT and ST
should be set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to a value
selected from the Connect Point Attributes index.
_C_P__I _D__e_fi_n_i_t_io_n_
1 retrieve a green connect point property
2 retrieve a red connect point property
_A__T_T_ _C__o_n_n_e_c_t_P__o_in__t_A_t_t_r_ib__u_t_e_s
1 nominal piping diameter
2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
4 schedule/thickness
5 pressure rating
6 stress analysis node number
7 face to center distance
8 bolt type override
9 gasket separation
10 stress intensification
11 head loss factor
12 signal line type (instruments only) where *C
represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC
ITEM When the value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be mapped
is data from the reference database. The value for CC, EC, PC, IC and
SC should be set according to the table shown below when ITEM is
set to 1.
_A_T__T_R_ _D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_
1 Generated item commodity code
2 Generated item quantity
COLUMN is a number -80 - -89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING
FLAG is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversion
of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. When
FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.
Example 1:
34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 80, 4, 0, 0, 0, -80, 0
This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied mater
ial to
the -80 record.
0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -81, 0
This entry maps the generated item quantity to the -81 record. In the case of a
chain wheel
operator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.29 USER_DEF
INED_COMPONENT_BOM
Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrume
nt and pipe
support records.
CT, CC, CLBL, ET, EC, ELBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, SLBL,
CPI, COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a component. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
CLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
ET, EC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
ELBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
PT, PC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
IT, IC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ST, SC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
SLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
CPI is a connect point identifier. It is used to access connect point
attribute number. When CPI is set (nonzero) then CT, ET, PT, IT and
ST should be set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one
of the values shown in the following index.
_C_P__I _D__e_fi_n_i_t_io_n_
_A__T_T_ _C__o_n_n_e_c_t_P__o_in__t_A_t_t_r_ib__u_t_e_s
2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
4 schedule/thickness
5 pressure rating
7 face to center distance
8 bolt type override
9 gasket separation
10 stress intensification
11 head loss factor
12 signal line type (instruments only) where *C
represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC
COLUMN is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING
FLAG is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversion
of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. When
FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.
Example 1:
34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 84, 4, 0, 0, -80, 0
This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types to the -80
record.
34, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -81, 0
This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONE
NT
and PIPE to the -81 record. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITE
MS,
INSTRUMENTS or PIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -82, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) t
o the -82
record. Since PIPE SUPPORTS do not have connect point properties, no number is s
pecified
for them in the table entry.
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, -83, 0
This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) to
the -83
record.
0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -84, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) to the -84 record.
12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -85, 0
This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment to the 85 record for
all items except PIPE SUPPORTS.
12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -86, 1
This table entry maps the paint code CODE_LIST VALUE from the segment to the -86
record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itsel
f because FLAG
is set to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.
34, 0, 994, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -87, 0
This table entry will generate a note to the -87 record when the current item is
a component.
Label 994 defines the format of the note that would be generated, and in this ca
se the label
will output the component fabrication category as the note.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 7.30 NON_DIME
NSIONED_SUPPORTS
This feature allows you to select all pipe supports and hangers without dimensio
ning that
are displayed on an isometric.
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS
1
3, PS1, PS2, PSP1
Where:
1 is the number of lines to follow
3 is the number of values to follow
PS1, PS2,
PSP1
are the pipe support model codes that will be displayed, but not
dimensioned.
For more information on other ISOGEN dimensioning features, refer to
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output, page 17 - 1 .
User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8. User-Defin
ed BOM / Material Control File
The ISOGEN package allows you to define (within certain limits) the layout and c
ontent of
the ISOGEN generated Material List and related Material Control File. By making
modifications to the Material List Definition (MLD) file and options file you ca
n:
Revise the Material List Style.
The current basic style with new optional column for weight - Style 1.
Placing user-defined data in a column-type layout - Style 2. This style is defin
ed
and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. MTO list header
information is included in the material list definition file (MLD).
Placing data in a column-type format (no headings) on a user-defined drawing she

et
- Style 3. This style will be defined and controlled by the new Material List
Definition (MLD) file. The MTO list header information is displayed in the iso
border file.
Create a user-defined Material Control File.
This file is defined and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) fi
le. The
MLD file is the 13th entry in the FILES section of the ISOGEN options file.
Create a new Offshore Material category.
Define optional material accumulation parameters.
Select part number ID box format on the plotted isometric
Define the Optional output of the Length format of pipes, miscellaneous componen
ts
and pipe length.
Define a full range of Bolt Units (size X length).
Revise the format of the cut list.
Define welds to be included on the material list.
Re-position the tile block.
Reserve an area for a user-specified title block.
When using the new user defined formats, it is recommended that several trial
runs are done. This way, you can verify that the layout is practical and that th
e
requested data is both valid and available, before committing to project use.
Validity checks will be performed on the contents of the MLD file and warning
messages output when necessary. Typical checks validate all major headings
and all data identifiers. A check is also done to confirm that all mandatory dat
a
is included in the file.
User-defined MTO - Related Information
The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may
be
manipulated when creating a user-defined BOM or Material Control file.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)
ISOGEN Options: 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 65, 73, 74
Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)
Intergraph Option: 8, 10, 14, 22, 29, 30, 33, 36, 37, 45, 47, 50, 52, 54, 56, 62
Related Options File Material (Section 7)
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM
Also: The thirteenth entry in the FILES Section of the options file: MLD file (S
ee Chapter 8)
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)
-322, -323, -339, -356 - -363, -365, -367, -368 - -378, -415 - -419, -421 - -423
, -455
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.1 Types of
Material List
Three types of material lists are available Style 1, Style 2 and Style 3. ISOGEN
option
switch 23 controls which Style material list is used. The MLD file contains the
definition of
the content and format of Style 2 and Style 3 Material Lists.
Style 1 - Standard Material List
To produce a material list identical to those produced prior to the 5.0 ISOGEN s
oftware
release, turn off the intermediate sub-headings (PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES, etc).
This can
be done by setting the appropriate Atexts to BLANK. This will continue to provid
e the
capability of producing a continuous-type material list.
A 4.3 version of the ISOGEN options file can be used without any modifications
to produce an iso with the 5.0 software that looks as it did when it was produce
d
with the 4.3 software.
Style 2 - User-defined Variation of the Standard Material List
Style 3 - User-defined Text and User-positioned Text
Only text is output. No headings are output. Style 3 works well for boxed or col
umn type
bills of material.
The Cut List and Center Line Summary facilities are not available for Style 3.
Basic Contents of a Style 1 Material List
Standard form Material List (as currently output and using all current sort crit
eria)
New column for component weight (optional)
New section for Offshore materials
Revised Cut List (optional)
New form of the Bolt size x length output
An option for repositioning the title block when Material List on the right is u
sed.
Basic Contents of a Style 2 Material List
User variation of the Style 1 material list
User-definable column headings/data content for horizontal layout (done in the M
LD
file)
Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 8
9 record
identifiers in the MLD file.)
Similar vertical layout to Style 1. (uses the same sort criteria)
All options listed for Style 1
Facility for User to change sort group of components. (For example, move Blank F
lange
from Valve/In-Line Item group to Flange group)
Basic Contents for a Style 3 Material List
Fully user-defined drawing backing sheet (All column, boxes, headings, etc pre-d
efined
in the seed isometric or border file)
Three major categories of Materials to be identifiable (For example, FABRICATION
,
ERECTION, OFFSHORE)
No intermediate Material Type headings to be output
User-definable data content and data output positions for all material list info
rmation
in the MLD file
Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 8
9 record
identifiers in the MLD file
Material Listing UP/DOWN facility For example:
listing TOP to BOTTOM
listing BOTTOM to TOP
listing Fab Materials DOWN/ Erec Materials UP
listing Erec Materials DOWN/ Fab Materials UP
If the Offshore category is used, you are restricted to using a continuous
list (Top to Bottom/Bottom to Top) and should use the column for category
identification (For example, FAB, EREC, OFF ).
Automatic ISO overflow facility (used if there are too many parts for the given
backing
sheet)
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.1.1 Operati
ng Requirements
The following requirements must be met to successfully use the user-defined BOM
/ Material
Control File functionality.
Material List Definition (MLD) File
This will be a required entry when using the user-defined bill of material (Styl
e 2 or
Style 3). The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13
th entry)
defining the location and name of the user-defined MLD file.
Bill of Material Columns.
You must define data to be output on the MTO for each component type in the MLD
file. This done by using new or existing data identifiers. Existing BOM identifi
ers are
Commodity Code (-20 record) or Commodity Description (-21 record). New BOM
identifiers consist of user-defined identifiers:
-80 - -89 record types
PT-NO, QTY, N.S., WEIGHT, CATEGORY, GROUP
The user-defined identifiers can contain anything from the database for a specif
ic
component.
Three sections (see below) of the Intergraph options file define reported inform
ation and the
identifier that is associated with that information (-80 - -89 record types) per
item type.
The -20 and -21 record types can not be redefined. You will not be required to
output either of these record types on the user-defined BOM, but the .idf file
will always contain these two records.
Type -80 identifiers, if any, will always follow the -21 record type in the .idf
file.
User-defined information can be formatted by manipulating the following three se
ctions in
the options file.
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM - used with components, engineered items, pipe,
instruments and supports.
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM - used with bolts, gaskets and welds.
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM - used with cap screws and chain wheel
operators.
To generate an entry in the bill of material for generated items, Intergraph
option 45 must be set to 1 or 3.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.2 Material
List Definition (MLD) File
The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry)
defining the
location and name of the user-defined MLD file. The new entry in the FILES secti
on will be
verified, mounted and included as a -122 record type in the .idf file. This entr
y is required
when using the user-defined bill of material.
The MLD file allows you to define (with certain limits) the style and content of
the following:
The Heading content and layout of a PRINTED Style 1 (Weight Heading only) or Sty
le
2 Material List.
The column headings, data content definitions and positional coordinates of the
main
body of a plotted and/or printed Style 2 Material List.
The main body of a Style 1 (current style) plotted or printed material list
can not be changed.
For a Style 2 type Material List the BASIC FORMAT is the same as the
current style. The number, position, and content of the various vertical
data columns is the part of the list that is user definable.
The data content and positional coordinates for all items on a plotted Style 3 M
aterial
List.
When using a Style 3 Material List, the option of obtaining a printed list is
not available.
The layout/data content of a user-specified Material Control File.
Because of the current methods used within the ISOGEN program, the
quantities included in the Material Control File must be identical to the
quantities generated for the Material List. This is because the same
accumulation rules are used for both.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.3 User-Defi
ned Material Control File (.bom file)
When Intergraph option 1 is set to 1, the MLD file allows you to define the layo
ut and
content of the printed Material Control File (M/C File). The Material Control Fi
le is intended
to be used as a vehicle for data transfer between Systems .
There will be several differences in layout when compared with the file
generated for a Printed Material List (.prt file).
Basic Requirements for a Material Control File
Allow any width (Not limited to 132 characters).
Allow any length of file.
No Paging functionality is required.
Include any Title Headings/Column Headings (if user-defined) once at the start o
f the
file.
Output of lengths in any quantity (QTY) column should be in the format set in IS
OGEN
option switch 24.
Bolts to be included in the file should follow the same rules as the bolts used
for the
associated material list.
Size and length units are set by ISOGEN option switch 65. Use ATEXT
-359 to reformat the size and length information.
The ISOGEN software allows you to identify all UNITS used within the M/C file th
rough the
use of Unit Identification entries. There is no limit on the number of Unit Iden
tification
entries and the format is user-definable. Unit ID entries must be included in th
e MLD file
and immediately follow the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. Any unit id entries
will
be the first items output in the M/C file.
Unit identification entries will not impact the ISOGEN system. Their only
purpose is to identify the UNITS used for size and lengths in the M/C interface
file.
Some typical unit ID entries:
UNITS-BORE data
UNITS-LENGTH data
UNITS-BOLT-DIA data
UNITS-BOLT-LENGTH data
Where: data identifies the units used in the M/C file.
A user-defined Material Control file will be triggered by the identifier MATERIA
LCONTROLFILE which is located in the MLD file. The definition of the required file
(layout/content) will follow the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. The file can
be
generated either with or without Titles and/or Column Headings.
The definition of Title Headings, Column Headings and Data Items will use the sa
me basic
rules as a Style 2 printed material list. The key identifiers to be used are:
PRINTED-M/C-TITLES
PRINTED-M/C-COLUMN-HEADINGS
PRINTED-M/C-DATA-ITEMS
In the case of Data Items, the -39 IDF RECORD IDENTIFIER can be included in the
Material Control file, but not on the Material List. This can only be used when
using the
Material List Non-Accumulation facility (ISOGEN option 74).
Available Data Items for the Material Control File
_U_n_i_q_u_e__N__a_m_e_ I_D__F__R_e_c_o_r_d__N_u__m_b__e_r
PIPELINE-REFERENCE -6
DRG PIPING-SPEC -11
PT-NO QTY N.S. ITEM-CODE -20
DESCRIPTION -21
WEIGHT CATEGORY (uses ATEXT -376 - 378)
GROUP uses ATEXT -307, -308, -309, -311 - -315,
-339, -375
-80 - -89 (user-defined attributes)
UNIQUECOMPONENTIDENTIFIER
-39 Segment and Component Occurrence
Numbers
If Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.
UNIQUE NAMES with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF
RECORD NUMBER column. When this occurs, you must use UNIQUE NAME.
IDF Record Numbers with no UNIQUE NAME are shown with a - in the Unique Name
column. When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.4 Offshore
Material Category
Any item designated as Offshore will be treated as an ERECTION type item in the
drawing,
but will be listed on the Material List under a new main heading as defined by A
TEXT -371.
All materials sorted are within the new heading category.
The M/C file will contain a 3 in word 6 of existing component records when the
item is designated as Offshore.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.5 Transferr
ing Components Between Sort Groups
The MLD file has a TRANSFER feature that will allow you to move components from
one
sort group to another.
The identifier TRANSFER must be followed by any relevant information that would
identify
the component to be transferred and the new group under which it will be listed.
Component
identification will be done by record ID numbers. Refer to the Record Identifica
tion Numbers
listed in Appendix B of this document (35 =Elbow, 100 = pipe).
Available sort Group identifiers include:
PIPE pipe
VALV valves + inline items
FITT fittings
INST instruments
FLAN flanges
SUPP supports
GASK gaskets
MISC miscellaneous components
BOLT bolts
WELD welds
If you plan to list any of the above Group Identifiers on a Style 2 or Style 3
Material List, ATEXTs -307, -308, -309, -311, -312, -313, -314, -315, -339, and
-375 must be set in the options file.
A typical entry in the MLD file might be:
TRANSFER
107 FLAN
Where:
107 is the record ID for BLANK FLANGES and FLAN is the
NEW sort group under which Blank Flanges should be listed.
Any number of blank characters between record ID and
Group identifiers are allowed.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.6 Generatin
g an Optional Format for Length Output
By default, length output on the Material List for PIPE, MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENT
S
and CL LENGTH is set to the nearest 1/10 M or 1/10 FT and is formatted:
Metric 10.4 M
English 10.4
ISOGEN option 24 allows for an alternative format to output either in millimeter
s or feet
and inches.
Metric 1040 mm (rounded to the nearest mm)
English 10 -5" (rounded up to the nearest inch)
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.7 Bolt Unit
s (size x length)
Option switch 65, Bolting Length in the M/C file, allows you to define bolt leng
th/bolt
diameters. Any value set in the last position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is outp
ut in the
second digit (tens position) of word 2 in the 60 type record in the M/C file.
Any value set in the second position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in the
third digit
(hundreds position) of word 2 of the 60 type record in the M/C file. Bolt diamet
ers (in word 2)
and bolt lengths (in word 7) of 500 (bolt) records in the M/C file will be gener
ated in the units
appropriate to the various ISOGEN switch settings.
The Material List also allows an alternative output format for bolts. The altern
ative output
will be used whenever ATEXT -359 is set to any value other than blank.
The suggested setting is diameter x length.
ISOGEN will always output in a bolt-diameter-by-bolt-length order. Bolt Units wi
ll be
placed just below the new heading using a program generated text string. The tex
t string is
created by using a combination of ATEXTs -330 and -331.
Typical Bolt Unit Output:
_B_O__L_T_S_
DIA x LENGTH (ATEXT -359)
Bolt (INS x INS) (Generated)
Descr. 3/4 x 2.1/2
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.8 Generatin
g a Revised Format of the Cut List
Modifications made to the current cut list format
ATEXT -322 (Cut) is ignored.
ATEXT -323 (Length) is moved up to the top line of the headings.
Set ATEXT -361 so that the default text, Ft-Ins, will be positioned below LENGTH
when imperial units are being used.
Place ATEXT -331(mm) below LENGTH when mixed or metric units are being used.
Set zero inches to output as 2 0" and not 2 .
The revised layout still has two cut pieces on each line.
Typical layout:
PIECE LENGTH N.S. REMARKS PIECE LENGTH N.S. REMARKS
NO. (FT-INS) (INS) NO. (FT-INS) (INS)
New cut list format
The new cut list format has a revised layout with only one cut piece per line. T
o request the
new cut list format, use ISOGEN option 2.
Typical new layout:
PIECE LENGTH N.S. END END ITEM
NO. (FT-INS) (INS) ONE TWO CODE
OR
PIECE LENGTH N.S. END END ITEM
NO. (FT-INS) (INS) ONE TWO CODE
Gaps between new heading elements are handled by the ISOGEN software based on ei
ther
the actual Atext heading or the length of the information items that are printed
under each
heading. This will be either the standard Atext or any user-modified Atext.
When using the new cut list format, you must verify that the total width of the
cut list is less
than the width of the requested material list. This will prevent the cut list fr
om overflowing
onto the drawing section of the isometric.
Use ATEXTs -362, -363, -364, -365 when using the new cut list format.
If PART NO. is required on the cut list instead of ITEM CODE, ATEXT -364
should be blank and ATEXT -365 set to PART$NO.
The Cut List Remarks Column
Current Atexts for cut list REMARKS (-326, -327, -328) are still used. If any of
these Atexts
are changed, sufficient space should be left between column headings to accommod
ate data.
In the new cut list format layout, multiple remarks are allowed. Each remark is
located on a
separate line. For example:
REMARK
LOOSE FLG
FF WELD
Multiple occurrences of the same remark will be output in the form PLD BEND
(2) where the last 2 characters are automatically generated.
End One and End Two Columns
Entries in these columns describe the operations performed in order to prepare t
he ends for
fabrication. Five ATEXTs (-366 - -370) are available to identify the five basic
operations
that can be recognized by the ISOGEN system.
For the new cut list format, certain items must be treated as BWs (Butt Welds),
but do not have the BW end condition as part of the SKEY. These items
include:
Flanges (105/106)
FLWN - Flange Weld Neck
FOWN - Flange Orifice Weld Neck
FLSE - LJSE Butt Weld Type
All other 105 s and 106 s to use Square Cut
The type of end preparation on pipe is determined by the SKEY of the fitting or
by the weld type. For weld types: SKEYS WW, WS, WF, assume BW end
preparation.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.9 Welds in
the Material List
When using INTERGRAPH option 62 and ISOGEN option 64, welds can be added to the
Material List. Welds can be displayed in any of the Fabrication/Erection/Offshor
e sections of
the Material List. To list welds in the last position of each section of the Mat
erial List, use
the heading defined by ATEXT -375. Welds added to the Material List will not be
included
in the standard M/C interface file. It is a user option in any user-defined M/C
file.
Accumulation of welds is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 74.
Weld part numbers are not normally indicated on the plotted iso section of the
isometric. If needed, ISOGEN option 73 with a Style 3 for weld part numbers
can be used to place weld part numbers.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.10 Style fo
r Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output
By using ISOGEN option 23 (position B), the outputs Bend Angle and Bend Radius c
an be
displayed for pulled bends. The following is a typical revised output using the
Style 1 and
Style 2 Material Lists.
_D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_ _N_S_ _Q__T_Y_
U03 Fabricated (Pulled) Bend 3.0D Bend Radius
Angle 85.0
1 1
Part numbers less than 10 have a zero included (For example, U03 and not U3).
Bend radius messages will use ATEXT -337 for bends expressed in number of
diameters. (For example, 3.0D Bend Radius).
A bend radius expressed in mm or Ft/Ins uses ATEXT -338 with the actual radius
listed. (For example, 450 mm Bend Radius or 1 -6" Bend Radius).
ATEXT -374 is used to generate the ANGLE text element in a format such as 85.0 (
for
an 85 degree angle).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.11 Style fo
r Material List Output

When using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 10 or 11:
The current form of output is sorted into the categories, Fab/Erec/Offshore, wit
h sub-groups
of Pipe, Flanges, Fittings, etc. within each category. Except for the addition o
f the new Weld
sub-group, there is no change to the Material List that is currently generated.
When Using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 20 or 21:
An alternative form of output that has no separate Fab/Erec categories and no su
b groups is
generated. This creates a continuous Material List with component and welds list
ed in the
order they were found in the intermediate data file (.idf file). This does not a
pply to Gaskets
and Bolts that are accumulated; they are printed in the weld list as the first o
ccurrence of
each type.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.12 Position
ing the Title Block
ISOGEN option 25 allows you to either turn off or reposition the Title Block to
the bottom of
the Material List.
ISOGEN calculates the height of the Title Block and draws a horizontal line betw
een the two
vertical lines that form the Material List boundaries. Checks are then made on A
TEXTs
-317 and -318. If they are not set to blanks and have not been positioned, the C
L summary is
positioned above the Title Block.
ISOGEN option switch 35 reserves an area at the bottom of the Material List.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.13 MLD File
Content
Heading Definitions for a Style 2 printed material list (ISOGEN MTO neutral file
) in the
MLD file contain three types of information items:
A Heading Title element
An associated data item to be listed with the Title element
A basic activity identifier.
All data items may be identified by either NAME or their .idf file record ID Numbe
r.
A typical MLD file layout for a Style 2 Printed Material List heading would be:
PRINTED-MATERIAL-LIST TITLES
PAGE
Blank
Blank
PIPELINE REF :- -6 PROJECT NO. :- -9
Blank
AREA REF :- -10 REVISION NO. :- -8
Blank
PIPING SPEC :- -11 DATE OF RUN :- -14
Blank
Blank
The normal Material List would then be printed. This would be either the normal
Style 1 list
or any Style 2 list that you have defined.
In the previous example:
is used with the page attribute and indicates a

program generated page number.
Blank indicates a blank line.
Titles will be output at the top of each new page.
Number of lines per page will be taken from the existing option switch 63.
Items Available for Output as Part of a Printed Material List Heading
_U_n_i_q_u_e__N__a_m_e_ I_D__F__R_e_c_o_r_d__N_u__m_b__e_r
Pipeline-Reference Drawing -6
Piping-Spec -11
Nominal-Class -12
Nominal-Rating -12
Date-DMY -14
Pipeline-Temp -19
System-Reference Page -25
Column Headings and Data Content Guidelines for Style 2 Material List
Maximum heading width should not exceed 130 characters.
There should always be the same number of data items as column headings unless
space is left for future data additions.
Column headings in the MLD file, must use the exact format of the required listi
ng
followed by the relevant data items to be printed.
Each name (identifier) must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.14 MLD File
Format Guidelines
As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the ML
D file exactly
as it is to be positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than uniq
ue identifiers,
can be used with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single qu
otation
marks.
Unique identifiers are used to determine what is defined and must match exactly.
These identifiers include:
STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS
STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS
The format must be headings followed by data items.
Blank characters can be used as required.
Blank columns are allowed.
Use a | character to indicate vertical column positions.
Column headings can be any ASCII string.
Data items must carry the following:
A data item identifier
A start position along the horizontal line
A justification marker.
Data Item Identifiers can be defined by using a Unique Name or, where applicable
, the
IDF Record Number (For example, Item-Code -30 L or -20 30 L).
If a separation line is required on the generated Material List to separate the
PART
NO. column from the rest of the List, a | character should be inserted in the re
quired
position on the last line of the column headings. If an indicator is not found,
the
Material List will be generated without a separation line.
If the PT-NO (part number identifier) column is located at the extreme left or r
ight side
of the Material List, ISOGEN will generate the vertical dividing line to separat
e the
part numbers from the remaining items.

A | character should be inserted end the end of the last line of the column head
ings to
indicate where the right border line of the Material List is required (For examp
le, two
spaces beyond the maximum width of the last data item).
Justification Markers
R Right Justified
L Left Justified
N A true number field. If N is used as a decimal number (Real)
the decimal point will be positioned in the selected column. If
N is not used as a decimal number (Integer), the units digit is
positioned in the selected column.
Style 2 and Style 3 Data Item Identifiers
The following values are available for use as Data Identifiers in the MLD file f
or Style 2 and
Style 3 MTO s. The allowable justification for each record is also listed.
Unique IDF Allowable
_N__a_m_e_ _R_e_c_o_r_d__N_u__m_b__e_r _J_u_s_t_i_fi_c_a_t_io_n_
PT-NO - L or R
QTY - N (fixed)
N.S. - L (fixed)
ITEM-CODE -20 L or R
DESCRIPTION -21 L (fixed)
WEIGHT - N (fixed)
CATEGORY uses ATEXT -376 - 378 L or R
GROUP uses ATEXT -307 - -309, -311
- -315, -339, -375
L or R
- -80 - -89 (user-defined
attributes)
L (fixed)
- -39 Only used on Material
Control listings, Segment and
Component Occurrence
Numbers
L or R
When Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used
.
Unique Names with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF Record
Number column (PT-NO, QTY,N.S., WEIGHT). When this occurs, use the Unique
Name.
IDF Record Numbers with no Unique Name are shown with a - in the Unique Name
column. When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.14.1 Style
3 Material List
A Style 3 Material List requires a backing sheet (drawing frame) that contains a
reserved
area for Material List information. The precise format is user-definable, but no
column
headings are defined in the MLD file. All column headings must already exist in
the seed or
border design files.
Set the margins so that drawing graphics do not overlap the style 3 MTO. For
style 3 MTO isometrics, margins (set by ISOGEN options 10, 11, 12 and 13)
control the drawing graphics boundaries.
This style of output requires two types of information.
STYLE3-CONTROLS
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
Basic Control Information for a Style 3 Material List
Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in rea
l
mm s with only one decimal place allowed.
Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.
Define the type of list that will be generated (sectionalized, continuous, etc.)
. Valid
types include:
Continuous-Down
Continuous-Up
Fabrication-Down
Fabrication-Up
Erection-Down
Erection-Up
Offshore-Down
Offshore-Up
Erection/Offshore-Down
Erection/Offshore-Up
These will be used as either single entries or multiple entries depending
on the form of list required.
Identify start positions for information using the format:
Start-Position XPOS YPOS
Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file
Define vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text using the format:
VERTICAL-SPACING value
Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflow
onto another sheet occurs. This number can be defined for the complete list or o
n a
section-by-section basis if the section function is being used. Use the format:
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value
Where: value is an integer
Define the character height to be used for material list information using the f
ormat:
TEXT-HEIGHT value
Define the level where material list information should be placed (optional). Us
ing the
format:
DRAWING-LAYER value
Where: value is a level 1 - 63
Define character weight (optional). Using the format:
TEXT-THICKNESS value
Where: value is a weight 0 - 10
Style 3 Data Item Information
Data items must specify a data item identifier and start position information.
Identifiers -80 - -89 must carry the maximum number of characters allowed on eac
h
print line.
Start position is the x position in mm s that identifies the bottom left hand poin
t of the
text string to be plotted. All text will be LEFT justified.
Example Input:
Data Item Identifier Xpos Max char
ITEM-CODE 225.0
-80 280 47
See the previous table under the heading Style 2 and Style 3 Data
Identifiers for a list of Style 3 Data Identifiers.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.15 Example

User-defined Material List - Style 2
STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS
PART SIZE ITEM COMPONENT QTY BLT BOLT NUTS/ MODEL SCH/ END MATL GEOM
NO. (INS) CODE DESC. DIA LNGTH BLT CODE RAT PREP GRADE STD
blank
STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS
PT-NO 2 R
N.S. 6 L
ITEM-CODE 13 L 11
DESCRIPTION 26 L 28
QTY 58 N
-80 79 L 5 !Model Code
-81 85 L 5 !GCP Sch/Rat
-82 92 L 5 !End Prep
-83 97 L 10 !Matl Grade
-84 107 L 15 !Geo Std
-85 68 L 10 !Bolt Length
-86 73 L !Nuts/Bolt
-87 62 L !Bolt Diameter
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 8.16 Example
User-defined Material List - Style 3
Continuous Down Type :
STYLE3-CONTROLS
START-POSITION 225.0 190.5
VERTICAL-SPACING 4.5
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
DRAWING-LAYER 15
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 55
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
|
Typical Data
Fabrication-Down, Erection-Up Type:
STYLE3-CONTROLS
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
TEXT-THICKNESS 3
DRAWING-LAYER 15
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 37
FABRICATION-DOWN
ERECTION_UP
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
|
Typical Data
Split Type:
STYLE3-CONTROLS
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
DRAWING-LAYER 15
FABRICATION-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 14
ERECTION_DOWN
START-POSITION 225.0 130

MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 14
Offshore_DOWN
START-POSITION 225.0 70
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 7
STYLE 3-DATA-ITEMS
Typical Data
Creating Seed Files for Extraction 9 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 9. Creating S
eed Files for Extraction
To extract and plot isometrics, create a seed design file and a seed plot reques
t file. The seed
file names are keyed in at the Interactive Isometric Extraction form and the Def
ine Default
Set form (see
Interactive Isometric Extraction, page 3 - 1 and Define Default Sets, page 5 - 1
3 for more
information).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 9.1 Creating
an Isometric Seed File
The isometric seed file is an empty MicroStation design file that the system cop
ies before
creating a new isometric. The seed file usually contains a single reference file
consisting of
the drawing border and title block.
To create an isometric seed file:
1. Copy one of the product option files (defaults.dat, mxdefaults.dat, etc.) and
set ISOGEN
options block word 14 for one of the standard drawing sheet sizes, or words 15 a
nd 16
for a nonstandard sheet size. Setting these option block words defines a box wit
hin
which your drawing border, title block and the ISOGEN drawing will reside.
2. Set ISOGEN option 3 to 1 so that you can see the corners of the drawing borde
r box
when an isometric is created. Also, set the ISOGEN options block word 35 to defi
ne the
reserved area for the title block.
3. Set ISOGEN options 10 - 13 to create margins from the edge of the box created
in Step
1. All of your user-defined border and title block graphics must be drawn within
these
margins; one or more of them will probably be quite large. You cannot reserve
irregularly shaped areas within the drawing box for your border and title block.
You
must fit them into the rectangular margin areas.
4. Generate an isometric using the interactive software (see Interactive Isometr
ic
Extraction, page 3 - 1 section Interactive Isometric Generation). The iso should
be small
enough so that only one sheet is generated.
5. Call up the iso in graphics and plot it with the appropriate drawing size. Pl
ot the area
that will contain both your user-defined graphics and the ISOGEN drawing. Do not
plot a small strip along the bottom of the drawing (appx. 1/8") since you will p
robably
want to move into that area some ISOGEN-generated text strings that cannot be
turned off.
You do not have to plot an ISOGEN D size drawing with D size
dimensions. You can use ISOGEN switches to make any size drawing you
wish. You can then scale the drawing to have any plotted size you like.
For this reason, experimentation is usually needed to arrive at a suitable
combination of ISOGEN and plotting parameters.
6. Examine the plot. There must be sufficient space for your user-defined border
and title
block graphics. Also, the drawing graphics and text size must be suitable for th
e plot
size. Adjust ISOGEN option 14 or options 15 and 16 to adjust the scale of the dr
awing.
Adjust options 4 and 27 to change the text size.
7. Cycle through Steps 2 through 5 until you are satisfied with the resulting pl
ot.
In general, ISOGEN seems to perform better with a larger drawing area
than a smaller one (the drawing area is increased with option 14 or
options 15 and 16).
Try to find a median between providing ISOGEN a large drawing area
and scaling down the drawing for plotting purposes. At some point,
scaling down a large drawing results in text that is too small. If the text
size cannot be increased, then you will either have to plot with a bigger
scale (resulting in a larger drawing) or reduce the ISOGEN drawing area
(to reduce the amount of scaling needed at plot time).
8. After completing Steps 1 through 6, create a drawing border in a separate des
ign file.
Create a 2D design file for your border and attach the drawing file created abov
e as a
reference file. Use the drawing to locate your border and title block.
9. Use the reference file attachment from the border file and attach the new bor
der to the
new seed.
10. Place the required text nodes in the new seed file for use with the Title Bl
ock Tables
file.
11. Turn off the ISOGEN border with ISOGEN word 18.
Creating Seed Files for Extraction 9 - 3
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 9.2 Creating
a Plot Request File
The plot request file is a special file used by the plotting software when proce
ssing a plot job.
It contains values for plotting options and, sometimes, a definition of the plot
itself. The
format of the plot request is standard IPLOT format.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 9.2.1 IPLOT P
lot Request Files
An IPLOT plot request file is necessary if you want to plot isometrics using the
IPLOT
software.
Use the following steps to create an IPLOT plot request file:
1. Copy your isometric seed file and get into the copy in graphics. Set up view
1 to have
all of the parameters that you wish to be active for the plotted drawings (that
is, turn
off text node display, turn on/off levels to be plotted, etc.). Save this set-up
with FILE
DESIGN. Determine the coordinates, in working units, of the area to be plotted.
These
should be the lower left and upper right corners of the fence that would have be
en used
for plotting.
Write the coordinates down.
2. From the command line prompt, key in the following command to create the IPLO
T plot
request file:
$iplot create "plot parameter filename" -design=design name -queue=queue name
-region=[x1, y1, x2, y2] -scale=design units:plotter units -view=#
where:
plot
parameter
filename
plot parameter filename to be generated
design name is the name of the design file created by copying the seed file in s
tep 1
above.
queue identifies the plot queue on the plot node.
region identifies the area to plot. Use the coordinates determined from step 1.
design units:
plotter units
is an option scaling ratio for the plotted area. If you prefer, you may
use -XSIZE=x size or -YSIZE=y size instead of the -SCALE= parameter
to define the scaling. You may also leave this parameter off if no
scaling is needed.
#- view number
Example 1:
iplot create test.i -design=test.dgn -queue=muxque -region=[0,0,17:0,11:8] -view
=1
The system creates the file test.i.
Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 10. Mapping A
ttributes to the Title Block
The Title Block Tables Files are used to associate database attribute data and o
ther data
with text nodes in an isometric design file. You make this association between a
ttribute data
and design file text nodes so the batch iso extraction software can automaticall
y fill out the
drawing title block.
Intergraph option 34 must be set to 1 before the software will generate the titl
e
block data files.
You can obtain title block information from several sources using the Title Bloc
k Tables File.
These sources include database attributes from the line being extracted (for exa
mple, piping
materials class), data stored within the project control database information (f
or example,
revision block data), from the Notes Table and internally generated information
(for example,
sheet number).
The format of the tables and the table entries in the Title Block Table Files ar
e identical to
that of tables and table entries in the iso extraction Defaults file. The format
is as follows:
The body of the table is preceded by a keyword.
Each keyword is followed by a number that defines the number of table entries.
The elements of each table entry are separated by commas.

The following three tables are used to map attributes to the drawing title block
:
The text node number can not be greater than 999. Also, the number of text nodes
in
a seed file can not exceed 250.
1. Notes Table (Table keyword is SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE)
You can use this table to identify the attributes that should be summarized in t
abular
form on each sheet of a multisheet isometric. Usually, data summarized in this f
orm
will be from piping segments, but it may also originate from the Notes Table. Wh
en the
title block for a particular sheet is filled in, only data from segments extract
ed to that
sheet is placed in the title block.
2. Drawing Data Table (Table keyword DRAWING_DATA_TABLE)
You can use this table to identify attributes from the first piping segment, the
largest
piping segment, from the Notes Table or from the project control database. Attri
butes
mapped through this table will appear on every sheet of a multisheet isometric.
3. Sheet Data Table (Table keyword SHEET_DATA_TABLE)
You use this table to place the sheet number and number of sheets in each drawin
g.
You can also use this table to append the sheet number onto the drawing number f
or
each sheet, making the drawing number unique for each sheet.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 10.1 SEGMENT_
DATA_TABLE
Each sheet of a multisheet iso consists of the piping from one or more segments
in the piping
model. You can use the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE to define a summary block of segment
information in a drawing title block.
The ISOGEN interface uses this table to create an output file containing data fo
r all of the
segments that make up the pipeline. Next, ISOGEN creates an output file that ide
ntifies
which segments appear on each sheet of a multisheet iso. These two files are the
n used to
determine the information that must be summarized on each individual sheet.
Example 1:
Suppose that for each sheet of an isometric, you want to summarize, in a table,
data from all
of the piping segments that appear. Here is an example table for a specific shee
t:
Piping Spec 1C0031 1C0031 1C0080
Design Pressure 150 150 150
Design Temperature 300 300 600
Insulation Type C D C
Insulation Thickness 6" 8" 6"
In this example, there are three segments where the data being summarized is dif
ferent.
This does not mean that the sheet contains only three segments, but that there a
re only
three different segments (where the difference is defined only by the attributes
in the table).
The segment attributes shown in the table above are:

Piping Spec Table 12, Column 12
Design Pressure Table 12, Column 28
Design Temperature Table 12, Column 29
Insulation Type Table 12, Column 14
Insulation Thickness Table 12, Column 15
The purpose of the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE is to allow you to define all of the attri
butes
that make up a single column in the title block summary table. Once you have def
ined these
attributes, the batch extraction software determines how many columns of actual
data are
needed based upon the specific segments that appear on each sheet.
You must have one table entry in the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE for each attribute you w
ant
to summarize in the Segment Summary Table. An entry in the table has the followi
ng form:
TBLNO, ST, SC, SN, OFF, LEN, FLAG, NODE, INC
where:
TBLNO is a table number that ranges from 1 to 9. You can define up to 9 differen
t
tables in your title block. For each different table number you should define
the attributes and other information that comprise the table definition.
For each table number defined, one output file record is generated for each
segment in the pipeline. Therefore, if you use two table numbers and a
pipeline contains 10 segments, 20 records are generated in the output file.
To eliminate trailing zeros from isometric attributes, create an isometric label
for the appropriate attributes (temperature, pressure, etc.) then call the
isometric label (instead of the table/column) from the title block mapping file.
ST, SC defines a segment column that will appear in the table. Valid values for
ST
are 12 and 1.
SN is a label description library number used to define an attribute or a
composite attribute that should appear in the title block table. When SN is
specified (as non-zero), ST and SC should be set to 1.
If SN is a negative value, the Notes Table is accessed. Text is then extracted
from the Notes Table based on the value defined by the absolute value of SN.
OFF is a byte offset (relative to 0) to the start of the field in the output fil
e record.
Set OFF as follows:
The minimum offset must be 11. The first 11 bytes of each output record are
reserved for the table number and segment occurrence number.
Fields from different table numbers must not overlap. For example, data in
table number 1 might be mapped to fields 12 through 100, while data in table
number 2 might be mapped to fields 101 through 200. If you do overlap fields,
the data might not be sorted properly in the title block.
Do not map any field to an offset greater than 255.
LEN is the length of the field in the output record. The offset plus length of a
ny
field must not exceed 255.
FLAG is a special sort flag that indicates that the field is to be considered a
sort
field for purposes of sorting the data prior to placing it in the title block. S
et
FLAG to:
1 to specify that the field should be sorted in descending order.
-1 to specify that the field should be sorted in ascending order.
When multiple fields are used for sorting the data, the most important sort
field should appear in the notes table prior to the least important.

NODE is the initial text node number in the summary table for the attribute. The
summary information is mapped to a matrix of text nodes in the seed
isometric design file. The size of the matrix needed is not known until after
the isometric is extracted. Specify here the lowest text node number for an
attribute in the table.
INC is the increment for the text node number. Text node numbers for each item
in the attribute summary are determined by taking the base node number
and adding a multiple of the increment whenever a new column (or row) of
data is added.
Example 2:
Define the notes table for the data summarized in Example 11.1.
Assume that the seed isometric design file has been created with the following s
et up:
Piping Spec +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80
Design Pressure +11 +21 +31 +41 +51 +61 +71 +81
Design
Temperature
+12 +22 +32 +42 +52 +62 +72 +82
Insulation Type +13 +23 +33 +43 +53 +63 +73 +83
Insulation
Thickness
+14 +24 +34 +44 +54 +64 +74 +84
The numbers represent the text nodes that have been placed in the seed design fi
le. Since
there are only eight columns of node numbers, at most only eight segments can be
summarized in the title block. If there are more than eight different segments o
n a sheet,
some are ignored and not summarized in the title block.
The table needed to summarize this information would be:
1, 12, 12, 0, 11, 6, 1, 10, 10 !piping spec
1, 12, 28, 0, 17, 4, 0, 11, 10 !design pressure
1, 12, 29, 0, 21, 4, 0, 12, 10 !design temperature
1, 12, 14, 0, 25, 2, 0, 13, 10 !insulation type
1, 12, 15, 0, 27, 4, 0, 14, 10 !insulation thickness
The first entry in the table maps the piping spec to column 12 for a length of 6
bytes. The
piping spec field is a sort key that alphabetizes the columns of data in the tab
le so that they
appear in alphabetical order by spec name. The beginning node number for spec is
10 and
each new column of data has an increment of 10. In this example, the first spec
is placed at
node 10, the second at 20, the third at 30 and so on.
If you put an attribute like segment npd in a table such as the one in Example
2, a typical line could generate a large number of columns or rows in the
summary table. A better solution might be to use a different TBLNO for this
type of attribute and summarize in a separate table on the drawing.
Example 3:
Summarize the data shown in Example 2 in one table. Summarize all of the npd s and
line
names shown on a sheet in separate tables.
The following notes table would accomplish this:
1, 12, 12, 0, 11, 6, 1, 10, 10 !piping spec
1, 12, 28, 0, 17, 4, 0, 11, 10 !design pressure
1, 12, 29, 0, 21, 4, 0, 12, 10 !design temperature
1, 12, 14, 0, 25, 2, 0, 13, 10 !insulation type
1, 12, 15, 0, 27, 4, 0, 14, 10 !insulation thickness
2, 12, 11, 0, 31, 6, 1, 100, 1 !npd
3, 12, -2, 0, 37, 8, -1, 150, 1 !line id

In this example, the fields defined in tables 2 and 3 do not overlap the fields
defined in table
1.
If the seed isometric design file contains only text nodes 100, 101, and 102 for
npd s, only the
three largest sizes on the sheet are displayed. This happens because FLAG is set
to 1
indicating that the npd field is a sort field.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 10.2 DRAWING_
DATA_TABLE
You can use the Drawing Data Table to define attributes that should be placed in
every
drawing sheet title block. Data that you can place in every title block can orig
inate from the
first segment of the pipeline processed by the ISOGEN interface, from the larges
t npd
segment of the pipeline, from the Notes Table, from the project control database
, or it can be
an internally generated attribute.
An entry in the drawing data table consists of the following:
SOURCE, TBL, COL, NUM, FLAG, NODE
where:
SOURCE is the source of the attribute that is to be mapped to the title block.
Set the value of SOURCE to one of the following:
1 if the attribute is from the first segment of the pipeline.
2 if the attribute is from the largest npd segment of the pipeline.
3 if the attribute is from the Project Database.
4 if the attribute is one of the special items as defined in the description of
TBL, COL that follows.
5 if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from the
first piping segment.
6 if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from the
largest piping segment.
TBL, COL defines the specific attribute that you want to map to the title block.
The
exact interpretation of TBL, COL depends upon SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE is 1 or 2
TBL, COL is the database table, column pair of the attribute to map.
SOURCE is 3
TBL, COL identifies the attribute to retrieve from the Project Control
Database. The following index must be used for TBL, COL.
Set TBL to 1 for data from the area level of the file (that is, any data which
appears in the Revise Iso Area form while in the batch iso environment).
Set the value of COL as follows:
COL Data Item for TBL = 1
1 Piping area
2-21 Model design files
22 Options file
23 Seed isometric file
24 Plot request form
25 Output file directory
26 Iso design file name option
27 Drawing number option
90-99 User data 1 through 10
Set TBL to 2 for data from the drawing level of the file (that is, any data
from the Revise Drawing form while in the batch iso environment). Set the
value of COL as follows:

1 Piping area
2 Primary line id
3 Secondary line id 1
4 Secondary line id 2
5 Drawing number
6 Batch reference
7 Iso file name
8 Model status code
9 Model revised date
10 Current extraction date
11 Current extraction number
12 Number of sheets from previous extraction
13 Date MTO neutral file was generated
14 Date MTO was sent for Material Control
15 Current revision number
16 Revision block Revision number
17 Revision block By initials
18 Revision block Chk initials
19 Revision block appv initials
20 Revision block issue date
21 Revision block extraction number
22 Revision block number of sheets
23 Revision block Description
65 Number of Sections
90-99 User data item 1 through 10
Set TBL to 101 for project description data (as in the project.ddl file). Set
the value of COL as follows:
2 project number
3 project name
4 job number
5 company name
6 plant name
SOURCE is 4
Set the value of COL as follows for special items:
COL Data item for SOURCE=4
1 Project Database name
2 Mto neutral file name
3 Options file name
SOURCE is 5 or 6
TBL should be 1. COL defines which value to return from an entry in the
Notes Table. For more information, refer to Creating a Notes Table, page
11 - 1 .
NUM NUM functions differently depending upon SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE is 1 or 2
NUM is a label library number used to define composite database attributes
as an alternative to TBL, COL. When NUM is defined COL should be 0.
TBL should be set to 1. The label must refer only to segment table 12.
SOURCE is 3
NUM defines which revision level to return data from.
NUM Revision level for TBL=2, COL=16-23
0 Current revision
1 Revision prior to the current revision
2 Revision prior to that for NUM = 1

If the value of NUM is such that the revision that it identifies is less than 0,
no output is generated.
When the batch run option INCREMENT REVISION NUMBER is in effect, the
current revision number is one plus the latest revision number stored in the
project database Table 185 Column 17. If the option is not in effect, the curren
t
revision number is the latest revision number stored in the project database
Table 185 Column 17.
SOURCE is 4
NUM must be 0
SOURCE is 5 or 6
NUM is a label library label that, when expanded, becomes the input into
the Notes Table. TBL must be 1. Refer to Creating a Notes Table, page 11
- 1 for more information.
FLAG When SOURCE is 1 or 2, you should set FLAG to 1 if you want to inhibit
the conversion of code-listed attributes to their text-string equivalents. For
other values of SOURCE, FLAG should be set to 0.
NODE is the text node number to which the attribute should be mapped.
Example 1:
1, 12, 0, 951, 0, 5
Maps the string defined by label number 951 to text node number 5. Label 951 is
expanded
using attributes from the first piping segment of the pipeline.
3, 2, 91, 0, 0, 97
Maps the first user data field for a drawing to text node 97.
3, 1, 22, 0, 0, 96
Maps the defaults file stored at the area level in the Batch Data File to text n
ode number 96.
4, 0, 3, 0, 0, 95
Maps the options file used for the current extraction to text node number 95.
6, 1, 3, 979, 0, 11
Maps the 3rd output field from a Notes Table record to text node number 11. The
Notes
Table record key is defined by label library label number 979, which is expanded
using
attributes from the largest piping segment in the pipeline.
Example 2: Mapping Values to Title Blocks
It is possible to map a value that is not stored in the database to the title bl
ock of an iso
using the Title Block Table, isoc.blk, in conjunction with the Notes Table, isoc
.note.
When entries contain a source of 5 or 6 in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the
Title
Block Table, isoc.blk, as shown below, the system references the Notes Table, is
oc.note, for
the data to use on the text node of the iso title block.
Examples of a Title Block Table isoc.blk and the Notes Table, isoc.note, are sho
wn below.
Title Block Table entry: isoc.blk
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
2
5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12
5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15
Notes Table entries: isoc.note
1C0031 >150# CS
2C0032 >300# CS
SS >Stainless Steel
CS >Carbon Steel
In the example above, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992. La
bel 992 is
defined as Table 12, Column 12 (piping_materials_class). The system reads Table
12,
Column 12 and extracts the data.
For instance, the extracted data might be piping_materials_class 1C0031. The sys
tem then
compares 1C0031 with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value of 150#
CS on
text node 12. If the piping materials class value is 2C0032, 300# CS is placed o
n text node
12. Likewise, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15 uses label 982.
Label 982 is the attribute value defined for the Materials of Construction Class
. The system
reads the attribute value and extracts it. For instance, the extracted data migh
t be CS. The
system then compares CS with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value,
Carbon
Steel, on text node 15. If the extracted data is SS, Stainless Steel is placed o
n text node 15.
When there is no match in the Notes Table for a specific piping materials class
entry, the
error message Notes table look-up failed is displayed in the .err file.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 10.3 SHEET_DA
TA_TABLE
You can use the Sheet Data Table to map the sheet number and number of sheets in
to the
drawing title block and to append the sheet number to the drawing number prior t
o its
placement in the title block.
A table entry is defined as follows:
SOURCE, TBL, COL, FLAG, NODE
where:
SOURCE is the data item source. Set the value of SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE Attribute source
0 Internally generated attribute
3 Attribute from the Project Database
TBL, COL identifies a data item only when SOURCE is set to 3. (Use TBL=2, COL=5
to specify the drawing number.) For each sheet in the isometric, the sheet
number is appended to the data item before it is placed in the title block.
If SOURCE is set to 0, TBL and COL must also be set to 0.
FLAG identifies internally generated attributes. FLAG is also used to append the
sheet number to the attribute defined by TBL, COL. Set the value of FLAG
as follows:
FLAG Data item
1 Sheet number when SOURCE = 0
2 Number of sheets when SOURCE = 0
-1 Append sheet num to attribute defined by TBL, COL
-2 Append sheet num prefixed by a "-"
Sheet number and number of sheets can also be located in a title block using
the MOVABLE_TEXT table in the options file. However, that method will not
result in correct sheet numbers when a multi-section isometric is extracted.
NODE is the text node number to which the attribute should be attached.
Example 1:
Develop the table to map sheet number and number of sheets to the title block. S
how the
entry needed to append the sheet number to the drawing number for each sheet.

The table needed to accomplish this would be:
0, 0, 0, 1, 160 !sheet number
0, 0, 0, 2, 161 !number of sheets
3, 2, 5, -1, 200 !drawing number
Creating a Notes Table 11 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 11. Creating
a Notes Table
This section describes how to create a Notes Table. A Notes Table is a user-defi
ned table
that you can use to map nondatabase attributes into an iso drawing border during
batch iso
extraction. The table consists of one input together with a variable number of o
utputs. The
input to the table is either a fixed string, such as "PROJECT DATA", or is deriv
ed from
segment level database attributes.
During a batch run, a table input is determined by expanding a label library num
ber that
you define in the Title Block Map (refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page 10 - 7 and
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE, page 10 - 3 for more information). The label is used as the
key
or index into the notes table. The table is searched until a match is found with
the key.
When a match is found, one of the table outputs is mapped to a text node. You de
fine which
output is mapped to which text node in the Title Block Map.
Table Format
The Notes Table is an ascii data file you create with the text editor. In the fi
le one record or
line is an entry. The number of table entries is unlimited. A single entry is li
mited, however,
to 256 bytes or characters. The key and table outputs are separated from each ot
her with the
greater than (>) character. For more information, refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, p
age
10 - 7 . The format of a table entry is:
TBL INPUT > OUTPUT1> OUTPUT2> ... >OUTPUTn
Example 1:
PROJECT DATA > PROJECT ABC> ANYWHERE, USA> REFINERY EXPANSION>
6368-20
The key for this table entry is the fixed string "PROJECT DATA". The outputs are
the
strings "PROJECT ABC", "ANYWHERE, USA", "REFINERY EXPANSION", and "6368-10".
U50-A10> RED
The input for this table entry is U50-A10 (unit 50 - area 10). The only output i
s the string
"RED".
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 11.1 Using th
e isoc.note File
The notes file, isoc.note, in conjunction with the title block tables file, isoc
.blk allows you to
map a value, not stored in the database, to the title block.
The files isoc.note and isoc.blk are delivered examples of a Notes file and a Ti
tle
Block Tables file.
Example Title Block Table entry:

Example DRAWING_DATA_TABLE entry:
2
5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12
5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15
Example Notes Table entry:
1C0031 >150# CS
2C0032 >300# CS
SS >Stainless Steel
CS >Carbon Steel
Entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the Title Block Tables file that ha
ve a
source of 5 or 6 cause the software to search the Notes Table for information to
output onto a
text node in the iso title block. For more information, see DRAWING_DATA_TABLE,
page
10 - 7 .
In the previous example, line 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992 (table 12, colu
mn 12; piping
material class) to define search/access criteria that will be used to search lin
e segments in
the piping model. The output of the piping model segment search is used as input
to the
Notes Table (see previous example). If the value returned from the search was pi
ping
material class 1C0031, it would be used as input into the Notes Table. The resul
ting output
of piping material class 1C0031 would be 150# CS. The software would then place
the output
value, 150# CS, on text node 12.
If the piping material class had been 2C0032, the resulting text on text node 12
would be
300# CS. Any other piping material class found as a result of the search would o
utput an
error Notes table look-up failed. This is because the input value is not in the
Notes Table.
The second line in the Title Block Table entry (5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15) will write
a note to text
node 15 on the iso if the Materials of Construction Class attribute value stored
with the line
segment is SS or CS. If SS is returned from the search of the previously mention
ed Title
Block Table Entry, "Stainless Steel" would be placed on text node 15. If CS was
returned,
"Carbon Steel" would be placed on text node 15.
The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 12. The MTO N
eutral File Record Map
The MTO neutral file record map consists of a set of tables that is used to form
at records in
the MTO neutral file. A record is generated in the MTO neutral file for each com
ponent that
is MTO-able in the extracted pipeline. The neutral file record length can be eit
her the
standard 255 byte or the expanded 1024 byte depending on the setting of Intergra
ph option
64.
The format of a record in the neutral file varies depending on the type of compo
nent that
generates the record. The following record types may exist in a neutral file:
Commodity item record
Pipe record
Engineered item record
Instrument item record
Pipe support record
Implied bolts record
Implied gasket record
Implied weld record
Generated item record
While each of these record types can have several fields that contain the same d
ata, each can
also contain additional data that is unique to its type (for example, number of
bolts in the
bolt record).
The neutral file map tables tell the iso extraction software which design databa
se attributes
to place in each record and where to place them. The map is composed of four tab
les:
1. Common data table (Table keyword is COMMON_RECORD_DATA)
The common data table defines attributes that are to be placed into each record
regardless of the type of the record.
2. Component data table (Keyword is COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES)
The component data table defines the attributes that are to be placed into commo
dity
item, pipe, specialty item, instrument and support record types.
3. Implied item table (Keyword is IMPLIED_ITEMS)
The implied item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into bolt, g
asket and
weld type records.
4. Generated item table (keyword is GENERATED_ITEMS)
The generated item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into the r
ecords of
items that generated through the reference database.
The tables themselves are similar to options file tables in that the body of a t
able is preceded
by a keyword that identifies the table. The keyword is followed by a number that
indicates
the number of table entries. One row or line constitutes a table entry. One tabl
e entry
defines a neutral file record field. Each table is discussed in detail in this s
ection.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 12.1 COMMON_R
ECORD_DATA
Fields defined in this table appear in every neutral file record. An entry in th
is table has the
following form:
TABLE, COL, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification for a segment level attribute that
is to be mapped into the record or is set as shown in the index
below for a special data item.
_T_A_B__L_E_ _C__O_L_ _S__p_e_c_ia_l_d__a_t_a_i_t_e_m__m__a_p_p_e_d__t_o_t_h_e__
r_e_co_r_d_
-1 1 component occurrence number
-1 2 segment occurrence number
-1 3 commodity code
-1 4 commodity item material description
-1 5 record type (required)- see note below

-1 6 RESERVED FOR LATER USE
-1 7 file units - see note below
-1 8 specialty item material description
-1 9 instrument item material description
-1 10 pipe support item material description
-1 11 generated item material description
-1 12 dry component center of gravity X coordinate reported in sub-units
-1 13 dry component center of gravity Y coordinate reported in sub-units
-1 14 dry component center of gravity Z coordinate reported in sub-units
-1 15 wet component center of gravity X coordinate reported in sub-units
-1 16 wet component center of gravity Y coordinate reported in sub-units
-1 17 wet component center of gravity Z coordinate reported in sub-units
-1 18 model name
-1 19 area name
-1 20 partition number
The commodity code can be mapped through this table or through
the component level tables. It should be mapped here when
commodity codes are size dependent.
The record type is a simple character string as follows:
COMP - for commodity items
PIPE - for pipe
ENGR - for specialty items
INST - for instruments
SUPP - for pipe supports
GASK - for gaskets
BOLT - for bolts
WELD - for welds
GENR - for generated items
File units is a simple character string as follows:
ENGL - for English units
MIX - for mixed units
METR - for all Metric units
can also use COL=-2 to obtain the line ID rather than the line name.
Generated items consist of chain wheel operators and items implied
through the reference database.
OFFSET Is the offset (relative to 0) in the record for the start of the field.
LENGTH Is the length of the data item s field. The sum of offset + length
must not exceed the length of the output record (255 characters).
FLAG Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit
conversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string
equivalents. When FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be
placed in the record.
Example:
12, 12, 14, 6, 0 maps the piping materials class into EVERY MTO neutral file
record starting at output field 15 (offset 14) for 6 bytes.
12, -2, 4, 10, 0 maps the line id (defined in the defaults file) into EVERY MTO
record starting at output field 5 for 10 bytes.
-1, 1, 20, 8, 0 maps the component database occurrence number into EVERY
record starting at output field 21 for 8 bytes. Note that for
implied materials this is the occurrence number of the
GENERATING component.
-1, 5, 0, 4, 0 maps the record type of each record into output field 1 for 4
bytes.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 12.2 COMPONEN
T_ATTRIBUTES
Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrume
nt and pipe
support records. An entry in the table has the following form:
CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item that is generating a neutral file record is a component. Valid
values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
ET, EC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
PT, PC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12, and 50.
IT, IC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12, 67.
ST, SC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12, and 80.
When the MTO neutral file record is being generated for an item
then its type is determined and one of the entity, attribute pairs
above is chosen for purposes of fetching an attribute from the
database.
Not all pairs in the above set need to be defined. If a component
data table entry should apply only to one type of item, set the
entity, attribute pairs for other types to zeroes.
attribute number for the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table.
CPI is also used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table when set to 1 to
indicate that the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point
of the item generating the implied material.
When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table to
When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set to
zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the values
shown in the following index.
_C_P__I _M__e_a_n__s
I__n_d_e_x_ _C__o_n_n_e_c_t_P__o_in__t_A_t_t_r_ib__u_t_e_s
2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
4 schedule thickness
5 pressure rating
7 face-to-center distance/pipe length
8 weld number
9 weld type
10 gasket gap
11 stress intensification factor
12 head loss factor
13 inspection number
OFFSET is the offset into the neutral file record to the start of the field.
LENGTH is the length, in bytes, of the field.
FLAG Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit

conversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string
equivalents. When FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be
placed in the record.
If lap joint flanges are mapped to ISOGEN record number 106 to generate both
the stub and flange in the ISOGEN material list, a separate record generated is
in the MTO neutral file for the stub as well (refer to the section The PDS-toISOGEN Symbol Map, page 13 - 1 .) The MTO record for the stub is generated
by overlaying attributes from the reference database entry for the stub onto the
database record for the flange and then applying the
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table to this temporary occurrence.
Example 1:
34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 53, 6, 0
This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types into the n
eutral file
record starting at column 53 for 6 bytes.
34, 4, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 60, 6, 0
This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONE
NT
and PIPE. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS, INSTRUMENTS or
PIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.
0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 66, 8, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) i
nto the
neutral file record. Since pipe supports do not have connect point properties, n
o number is
specified for them in the entry.
0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 74, 8, 0
This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) int
o the neutral
file record.
0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 0, 1, 94, 6, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) into the neutral file reco
rd.
12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 118, 2, 0
This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment into the
neutral file
record for all items except pipe supports.
12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 0, 0, 0, 126, 2, 1
This entry maps the paint code CODE-LIST VALUE from the segment into the MTO neu
tral
file record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute
itself because
FLAG is set to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.
Example 2:
The following is an example of how to set the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES to extract it
em
inspection number and inspection numbers for item connect point one.
34, 121, 34, 121, 50, 59, 67, 128, 80, 38, 0, 96, 4, 0 !item insp key
34, 122, 34, 122, 50, 60, 67, 129, 0, 0, 0, 100, 4, 0 !cp1 insp key
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 12.3 IMPLIED_
ITEMS
Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for bolts, gaskets a
nd welds. The
implied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated (for example: flange pre
ssure
rating)
from the spec entry for the implied item (for example: for the commodity code)
from data calculated when the item is generated (for example: bolt length)
An entry in this table has the following form:
TYPE, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
TYPE defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to
apply to.
_T_Y__P_E_ _T_A_B__L_E__E__N_T__R_Y__A__P_P_L__IE__S__T_O_
1 Gaskets only
2 Bolts only
3 Welds only
4 All of the above items
COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0,
12 and 34.
instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ST, SC defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when the
attribute is taken from the reference database entry for the
implied item. The only valid values for ST are 202 and 0.
CPF is a connect point flag. When this item is set to 1 it indicates that
the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point of the item
generating the implied material. When set other than zero, CT,
PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC and IC should be set to one
of the values shown in the following Connect Point Attributes
index.
2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
5 pressure rating
8 weld number
9 weld type
10 gasket gap
12 head loss factor
ITEM When this value is other than zero, it indicates that either the
attribute to be mapped is data that was generated along with the
implied item, or the attribute is to be obtained from the spec.
Values for item are dependent on the implied item type as shown
below.
I_t_e_m___ty_p__e I__T_E__M_ _D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_
ALL -1 Use ST,SC to obtain the attribute from
the spec database
BOLT 1 Number of bolts
2 Bolt length in Project Units
3 Bolt diameter

4 Number of nuts
5 Bolt diameter in English Units
6 Bolt length in English Units
7 Bolt weight in English Units (pounds)
8 Bolt weight in English Units
(kilograms)
GASKET 0
WELD 1 Weld ID number
2 Weld Type
3 Material A
4 Material B
FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listed
attributes to the ASCII string equivalents.
You cannot map attributes for a weld from the reference database into the
neutral file record. However, you can use a component TYPE of 4 (for ALL
implied items) when mapping attributes from the spec for bolts and
gaskets. In the case of a weld the field will be left blank.
Two welds may be generated on olet-like components. The first weld,
which corresponds to the weld that attaches the olet to the header, is
given the size from the header pipe as a safe estimate of the weld size.
The second weld, which corresponds to the point where the branch pipe
attaches to the olet, is given the branch pipe size.
No welds are generated at branch welds. Branch welds are defined as
those components that are mapped to the ISOGEN symbol TESO. The
reason for this is that the component itself represents a weld and it is
generated in the neutral file.
One weld is generated at a reinforcing pad. The weld represents the
attachment of the pad to the header pipe. The reinforcing pad component
represents the attachment of the branch pipe to the header.
Example:
This table entry maps the gasket size into the neutral file record starting at o
utput field 67
for 8 bytes.
1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 66, 8, 0
This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for a bolt into
the neutral
file record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, 53, 6, 0
This table entry maps the bolt length into the neutral file record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 127, 8, 0
This table entry maps the inspection number for welds, bolts and gaskets into th
e MTO
neutral file record.
4, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 0, 1, 0, 51, 4, 0
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 12.4 GENERATE
D_ITEMS
Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for items generated
through the
reference database and for chain wheel operators. The generated items table prov
ides a
means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated
from the reference database entry for the implied item (for example: for the com
modity
code)
An entry in this table has the following form:
CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
COMPONENT. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
ET, EC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ST, SC defines a table, column specification from a generating component
that is to be mapped when the generating component is a pipe
support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
attribute number for the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table.
When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table to
When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set to
zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the values
shown in the following index.
_C_P__I _M__e_a_n__s
2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
5 pressure rating
8 weld number
9 weld type
10 gasket gap
12 head loss factor
ITEM When this value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be
mapped is data from the reference database. The value for CC,
EC, PC, IC, and SC should be set according to the table shown
below when ITEM is set to 1.
_A__tt_r_. _D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_
1 Generated item commodity code
2 Generated item quantity
FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listed
attributes to the ASCII string equivalents.
Example:
34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 0, 53, 6, 0
This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied mater
ial into
the MTO neutral file record at offset 53 for 6 bytes.
0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 75, 8, 0
This entry maps the generated item quantity into the MTO neutral file record at
offset 75 for
8 bytes. In the case of a chain wheel operator, this entry corresponds to the le
ngth of chain.
The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map 13 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13. The PDS-t
o-ISOGEN Symbol Map
You can use the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map table to tell the ISOGEN interface soft
ware
which ISOGEN graphics symbol to use for a specific PDS component when it generat
es the
Isometric drawing. The table is composed of 9 columns of data that are positiondependent
(that is, the data must appear in specific columns in the table). You can add co
mments to the
table by placing an an exclamation point (!) in column 1. A table entry consists
of one row of
data.
The format for a table entry is as follows:
PDS Item name: Columns 2-7, left justified
ISOGEN symbol name: Columns 9-12, left justified
ISOGEN record number: Columns 14-16, right justified
Number of connect points: Columns 18-19, right justified
Tap name: Columns 21-24, left justified
Tap record number: Columns 26-28, right justified
PDS operator name: Columns 30-35, left justified
end prep low: Columns 37-40, right justified
end prep high: Columns 42-45, right justified
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.1 The PDS
Item Name
The PDS item name is the primary index into the table. Each PDS item that exists
in a
pipeline must have an entry for it in this table. As each component is processed
, the table is
searched for a corresponding table entry or entries.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.2 The ISOG
EN Symbol Name
The ISOGEN symbol name is the primary output from the symbol map table. All of t
he
ISOGEN symbols available with ISOGEN are shown in Appendix B. Look especially at
the
notes at the end of the appendix. The symbol names are generally four characters
in length.
The first two characters identify the type of symbol and the last two identify t
he end
preparation. For many symbols, the end prep characters are double asterisks (**)
. The **
indicate that the symbol may end in one of the following sets of characters:
BW - indicating buttweld ends
FL - indicating flanged ends
SC - indicating threaded ends
SW - indicating socket weld ends

CP - indicating compression ends
PL - indicating plain ends
You can carry the variable end prep notation into the symbol map by substituting
the
characters XX for the characters **. For example, the ISOGEN symbol name for a b
all valve
is BV** and the table entry would be BVXX. When a line is extracted, the XX is c
onverted to
one of the end prep codes shown above based on the end prep of the component in
the model.
When you map a PDS component to an ISOGEN component, you must be sure that the
connect point skeletons (that is, configuration or geometrical arrangement of th
e connect
points) are the same. You cannot, for example, map a gate valve (whose connect p
oints lie on
a straight line) to an elbow (whose connect points define a 90-degree change-ofdirection).
The basic connect point skeletons handled by ISOGEN are:
end point component (plug, blind flange)
straight-through component (gate valve, flange)
offset component (eccentric reducer)
return component (u bend)
change-of-direction component (elbow, angle valve)
single branch component (tee, olet, 3-way valve)
double branch component (cross, 4-way valve)
The change-of-direction components for elbows are not restricted to 90-degree
changes of direction. Other change-of-direction components, such as 2-way
valves, are restricted.
The tee components TESO and TEXX can have variable angle changes of
direction. Other branch components, such as 3-way valves, must have 90degree changes in direction.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.3 The ISOG
EN Record Number
Another primary output from the symbol map table is the ISOGEN record number. It
is
critical that the ISOGEN record match the component type identified by the symbo
l name.
ISOGEN record numbers are defined in Appendix B.
The symbols in Appendix B are grouped by component type. The component type is
identified at the top of the first page of each group of symbols. For example, a
CV** is an
instrument while a VG** is a valve. Appendix B, Record Identification Numbers, s
hows that
the record number for an instrument In Leg is 90. The record number for a valve
is 130.
The PDS symbol for a lap joint flange represents two components: the flange
ring and the stub. You can generate either one or two components in the
isometric when you extract the line. If the ISOGEN record number for the lap
joint is set to 105, only one component (one entry in the BOM) is generated. If
the ISOGEN record number is set to 106, the ISOGEN interface automatically
generates a component representing the stub. In this case, you must have an
entry in the reference database for the stub. The spec access data for the stub
is identical to that for the flange except that the option code is that of the f
lange
plus 5000.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.4 Number o
f Connect Points
Another table output is the number of connect points for the component. This num
ber does
not include taps that the symbol may have. It is used both for identifying closu
re
components (plugs, caps, blinds) and for processing tapped components. It is mos
t important
that this number be correct for components that may be tapped.
The number of connect points is also used to distinguish tee type components (wh
ich have
three connect points) from branch weld type components (which have two connect p
oints).
The number of connect points must be correct for these types of components. Inco
rrect
values will cause incorrect entries in the bill-of-material and/or cut pipe repo
rt.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.5 Tapped C
omponent Name
The tapped component name is used in special situations. When it is used, the IS
OGEN
symbol key is taken from this field, rather than the ISOGEN symbol key field.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.5.1 Tapped
elbows
An elbow is one of the components that ISOGEN considers special. Because it is s
pecial, you
may not redefine it to add tap points as you can with most other symbols. This r
esults in the
need for special handling of tapped elbows.
Symbol keys exist for elbows that have a single tap (see Appendix B). For an elb
ow that is
tapped in the model, the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken from the t
apped
component name field of the table. Since there are no symbol keys for elbows wit
h more than
one tap, you will not be able to extract a doubly tapped elbow.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.5.2 Olets
attached to fittings
Normally, olet type components are used as branch or tee-type components. Howeve
r,
sometimes an olet is attached to a fitting such as a reducer. ISOGEN does not al
low the
normal olet type fittings to be used in this case and so you must match an olet
attached to a
component to a different symbol (you must use one of the coupling components).
In this situation, connect point 1 of the olet will be attached to a tap. Whenev
er an olet is
found to be connected to a tap, then the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is
taken from
the tapped component name field (rather than the ISOGEN symbol name field).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.6 Tapped c
omponent record number
The tapped component record number corresponds to the tapped component name just
as the
ISOGEN record number corresponds to the ISOGEN symbol name. For a tapped elbow,
the
record number changes from 35 to 70. For the olet attached to a component, the r
ecord
number changes from 40 to 126.
Example 1:
Show the required ISOGEN table entries needed to map socket weld GAT valves to t
he
ISOGEN symbol VTSW, flanged GAT valves with the operator OP_100 to the symbol VT
FL
and all other GAT valves to the symbol VV**.
PDS ISG ISG NO TAP TAP PDS END END
_N__A_M__E_ _N__A_M__E_ _R__E_C_ _C_P_ _N__A_M__E_ _R__E_C_ _O_P__E_R_ _L_O__W_
_H_I_G__H_
GAT VTFL 130 2 OP_100 1 199
GAT VTSW 130 2 400 429
GAT VVXX 130 2
The table entries must be defined in the same order as shown above.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.7 PDS Valv
e Operator Name
The PDS valve operator name is an optional table input. This input is used when
it is
defined in the model and when it is defined in this table. When a component has
a valve
operator, the valve operator name from the model is compared to the valve operat
or name in
the table (if it is defined). If they are the same, the table entry is checked f
urther. If they
are not the same, the table entry is rejected. If the valve operator is not defi
ned in the table,
then it is not considered in the table lookup.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.8 End Prep
Low and End Prep High
The end prep low and end prep high table entries define an end prep range, a ran
ge of end
preparation values, which makes component end prep an optional table input. If t
he end
prep range is defined, the component s end prep is checked to see whether or not i
t falls
within the range defined by end prep low and high. If it does fall within the ra
nge, a match
has occurred and the table entry is accepted. If it does not, the table entry is
rejected. If no
range is defined, the components end prep is not considered in the table lookup.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 13.9 Order of
Table Entries
Due to the manner in which the table lookup is performed, it is necessary to put
the most
restrictive table entries prior to the least restrictive. Entries should be in t
he following order
in the table:
1. Entries with PDS name, operator name and end prep range.
2. Entries with PDS name and either valve operator name or end prep range.
3. Entries with only PDS name and neither valve operator or end prep range.
When table entries are placed in the above order, the software can choose the pr
oper table
entry, for each case.
The Valve / Operator Table 14 - 1

________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 14. The Valve
/ Operator Table
The valve / operator table is used to map a PDS valve and valve operator to an I
SOGEN
symbol different from the one mapped by the valve item name alone. This enables
you to
take better advantage of the variety of valve symbols that are defined within IS
OGEN. It
also gives you more flexibility in how you map PDS symbols to user-defined ISOGE
N
symbols. A valve / operator table is an ASCII file created with the editor. The
format of the
table is as follows:
m,n
VALV1 , VALV2 , ... VALVn ,
OPER1 , SYM11 , SYM12 , ... SYM1n ,
OPER2 , SYM12 , SYM22 , ... SYM2n ,
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
OPERm , SYMm1 , SYMm2 , SYMmn
Where:
m- is the number of rows in the table or the number of operators.
n- is the number of columns in the table or the number of valves.
VALVp - is the pth column heading in the table where p is less than or equal to n.
OPERq - is the qth row heading in the table where q is less than or equal to m.
SYMpq - is the table entry corresponding to VALVp and OPERq.
Example 1:
Develop an example valve / operator table.
4, 2
GATR , GAT ,
OP_3 , VTXX , VVXX ,
OP_5 , VKXX , VDXX ,
OP_9 , VSXX , VNXX ,
OP_11 , VGXX , VPXX
You do not need to define every table entry with a value for SYMpq.
If VALVp and OPERq should not map to a new symbol, make the table
entry a blank ( ).
Every entry in the table, except for m and n, must be surrounded by
single quotes and separated by commas. Otherwise, an error will occur
when the table is read in.
Each valve defined in the VALOPR table must still be defined in the PDS
to ISOGEN symbol map. When a valve and operator map to a new symbol
in the VALOPR table, the new symbol must have the same ISOGEN
record number as the one defined for the valve in the PDS-to-ISOGEN
symbol map.
For example, you can map a PDS symbol named GLOR to an ISOGEN
symbol named VVXX with an ISOGEN record number of 130. However,
you can not map the GLOR with an operator symbol of OP_3 to the
ISOGEN symbol CVXX, because CVXX is an instrument with an ISOGEN
record number of 90.
Intergraph option 31 must be enabled in order for the VALOPR table to be
accessed.
The capability provided by this table is similar to that provided through
the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. If you are mapping valves and valve
operators to ISOGEN symbols, then using the VALOPR table is much
more efficient than having multiple records in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol
map.
If, however, you are utilizing the end prep range in the symbol map, you
should also use the PDS operator name which is input in the symbol map
to map valves and valve operators. The reason for this is that references
to the VALOPR table overlay references to the PDS to ISOGEN symbol
map. That is, VALOPR table access occurs subsequent to the lookup in
the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Repeatability 15 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 15. Repeatabi
lity
ISOGEN s Repeatability facility allows isometric drawings to be re-extracted. When
a
drawing is re-extracted, its repeating data is recalled for purposes of extracti
ng the isometric
after modifications have been made in the piping model. Repeating data includes:
The Iso s Traversal Start point - (saved to the project database)
The Extracted Item s Iso Sheet Number - (saved to the design database)
The extracted Item s Piecemark Number
Repeatability can be enabled and disabled via the Schedule Batch Job
form.
Repeatability - Related Information
be
manipulated when using the repeatability feature.
38, 108, 109
4, 68
NONE
NONE
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 15.1 Repeatab
ility Restrictions and Limitations
The following is a list of restrictions, limitations and rules that must be foll
owed to ensure
success when using the repeatability facility.
Since there is only one place in the piping design file for sheet and spool numb
ers,
repeatability will only be supported for one type of isometric.
Split points placed in piping will be ignored during re-extraction.
Implied items are not saved in the database and have no record kept that identif
ies the
sheet to which they apply. Therefore, implied items will always be re-extracted
on the
same sheet as the item which implied them.
The ISOGEN software will decide if a sheet will break at a flange. All
bolts and gaskets for the flange will be on the same sheet as the flange.
The repeatability facility should not be used if the design is not stable or if
extensive
changes are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a line
and
repeatability is used, the result may be a sheet that contains too much informat
ion to
decipher.
If this situation occurs, it may be necessary to disable repeatability and extra
ct the
drawing normally so that it can be repaginated.

Commands that maintain the old database record are preferred during piping desig
n
after the option to use repeating isometrics has been used. Delete Component del
etes
the database record, and there is no way of knowing the sheet to which it belong
s. This
is especially true if the item prior to it is on sheet 1, and the item after it
is on sheet 2.
If you plan on re-extracting an isometric drawing, it must first be extracted wi
th
ISOGEN option 108 set to 1 or 2. Once set, this option will not allow pipe split
s.
When a line is re-extracted, items with a sheet number of 0 will be placed on th
e same
sheet as the item just prior to it.
When a line is re-extracted, items that were added before the previous traversal
start
point will be placed on sheet one.
It will not be possible for a multi-sheet iso to contain only disconnected
pipelines. For example, if sheet 1 has two notes CONT ON DRG 2,
drawing 2 will connect these ends.
If an entire sheet is deleted, the sheet numbering will be incorrect when re-ext
racting a
drawing. For example, the initial extraction generates three sheets. A redesign
is done
and the second sheet is deleted. When this line is re-extracted, it will produce
two
sheets since blank sheets can not be output.
New spool numbers will not be generated when additional piping is added to the
drawing. Since new spool numbers are not identified by ISOGEN, the spool number
in
the design database will not be updated when extracting with existing sheets.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 15.2 Extracti
on Information in the Database
Extraction information, depending on its classification, is written to either th
e project or
design database.
Extraction Information in the Project Database
Re-extraction information saved to the project database includes the original st
art traversal
point, section number, entity, component occurrence and segment occurrence numbe
rs. The
project database table pdtable_189 contains re-extraction information.
The following is the format for the table, pdtable_189.
# Isometric Drawing Re-Extraction Data
table number = 189 , number of columns = 8
1 , drawing_indx_no , integer
2 , section_no , short
3 , start_traversal_X , integer
4 , start_traversal_Y , integer
5 , start_traversal_Z , integer
6 , start_entity , short
7 , start_comp_occ, integer
8 , start_seg_occ , integer
Extraction Information in the Design Database
When the repeatability is used and the option Save Sheet Extraction Data has bee
n set,
existing columns in the design database will be updated in tables 34, 50, 67, an
d 80. These
columns include:
iso_dwg_index_no , integer
isometric_sheet_no , character(2)
piece_mark_no , character(10)
Where:
iso_drawing_index_no will be the number in table 185 column 1 of
the project database.
isometric_sheet_number will be the number of the sheet on which the
item appears.
piece_mark_no will be the number of the spool on which the
item appears.
When a component belongs to a spool that starts on a different sheet, the
piece_mark_no value is reported as a three digit number in the format: xyy.
Where x is the iso sheet number on which the spool starts and yy is the
component s spool number (on the x sheet).
Only shop items can receive piece mark numbers. All field items are assigned a
piece_mark_no of 0.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 15.3 Determin
ing the Traversal Start Point
When using the repeatability function, the ISOGEN software will determine the tr
aversal
start point for the extraction. In order of highest priority, the following is a
list of rules for
determining a traversal point.
1. Compare the start_entity and start_comp_occ with each item that has been dete
rmined
to be an end point. If a match occurs, use this as the start point.
End point marked as -1, or -2 for a cap, is a valid start point.
End points marked as -3 for pipe support are not considered as a valid start poi
nt.
Refer to Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo, page 6 - 15 for more
information.
2. The original start component is not an endpoint. Compare the start_seg_occ wi
th each
item that has been determined to be an end point.
If one end matches, use this end point as start point.
If two ends match, pick the end that is the closest to the last traversal start
point.
3. The original start component and segment occurrence are not considered endpoi
nts.
The last start point component exists, but it is no longer an end point. Choose
the end
point that is closest to the original start component.
Intergraph option switch 68 can be used to stop the extraction process if
the original start item can not be used.
The ISOGEN software will generate informational-type messages that
show the decision process that lead to selecting a traversal start point.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 15.4 Determin
ing Sheet Split Points
A sheet split location is determined by comparing the current isometric_sheet_no
(sheet
number) with the previous item sheet number (excluding sheet 0). Split point loc
ation is
saved and output after the .idf file has completed and all split locations have
been
determined.
Sheet split locations will be determined using the following rules:
Sheet numbers that are 0 will not be considered for sheet split records. Unless
otherwise stated, they will not be considered as a sheet change.
When a component is processed and that component has a sheet number different fr
om
previously processed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sh
eet
number is read, all processed components will be output to that sheet.
An informational-type message will be output if the previous item s sheet
number was set to 0 and the current sheet number is a new sheet. This
reminds you to verify that all items were put on the correct sheet. The message
will include the occurrence number of the item with sheet set to 0. A message
to be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.
Error and Warning messages concerning sheet splits are output to the end of idf
generation.
Correcting Incorrect Splits
If an item has a 0 in the isometric_sheet_no column of the database, it is treat
ed as either an
additional item or the previous item was deleted and replaced with a new item. I
n this
situation, a general rule has been established:
Items whose sheet number is set to 0 will be output on the previous item s sheet.
Such that,
when a starting item has its sheet number set to zero, the item would appear on
sheet
number 1.
If necessary, this situation can be corrected by setting the isometric_sheet_no
of the
appropriate item to the correct sheet number in the design database. If more tha
n one item
in a series of items have sheet numbers set to 0, find the item that should star
t the new sheet
and change the isometric_sheet_no to the correct number.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 15.5 Determin
ing Spool Split Points
Like sheet split points, a spool split location is identified by comparing curre
nt
piece_mark_no (spool number) with previous item s spool number (excluding spool nu
mber 0).
Location of the split between spools will be saved and output after the .idf fil
e has been
generated and all split locations have been determined.
Items with spool number 0 will be placed on the current spool being processed. T
he spool
split locations are determined using the following rules:
Sheet numbers that are 0 are not considered for sheet split records. Unless othe
rwise
stated, they are not considered as a sheet change.
When a component is processed and has a sheet number different from previously
processed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheet number
is
read, all components processed will be output to that sheet.
An informational-type message will be output if the previous item s spool
number was set to Blank and the current spool number is a new spool. This
reminds you to verify that all items were put on the correct spool. The message
will include the occurrence number of the item with spool set to 0. A message to
be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.

Welds 16 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16. Welds
The following is a list of weld features available in the ISOGEN software:
Delivered weld symbols
Dotted weld symbols
User-defined weld symbols
Codelist values for standard notes 180 and 1100
Weld type and mapping
Offshore fabrication category
Unique weld numbering
User-defined weld prefix
User-defined weld summary report
Welds listed in the bill of materials
A weld type defined as codelist value 2 will be interpreted as a no weld
connection. This can be used when a weld is not wanted on match lines or pipe
and pipe bends. All PDS applications recognize codelist value of 2 (from codelis
t
1100: weld type) as a no weld connection.
For pipe bends, change skey PB to PBBW designates to the ISOGEN software
that the connection is a butt weld. ISOGEN will automatically place a shop
weld symbol at the connection and include the correct data in the cut list. The
delivered map file will not change (set to PB by default).
Weld Enhancements - Related Information
be
manipulated when creating a Weld Enhancement.
22, 53, 54, 74, 75
62, 69
Also: The twelfth entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Weld Definitio
n Report
Format File (WDF) (See Chapter 8)
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
WELD_PREFIX
-414, -415, -416, -417, -418, -419, -421, -422, -423, -457
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Delivered wel
d symbols
SKEYs for Existing Weld Types
_D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_ _S_K__E_Y_
Field Fit WF (Can add extra length to pipe)
Weld Mitre WM
Weld Mitre field fit WMF
Offshore Weld WO
Offshore Weld Field Fit WOF
Workshop WW
Site WS
Erection Weld Connection XX (Where XX would be for fittings
with SW, SC, CP)
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.1 Dotted W
eld Symbols
Dotted weld symbols can not be redefined, and are intended for internal program
use
only. They are automatically selected when the need for a dotted weld is detecte
d by the
ISOGEN software. Dotted welds should be used when:
a dotted pipeline continuation situations occurs
dealing with a pipeline that has a special status of dotted
open ends of a pipeline terminate with a welded end
Welds 16 - 3
New Dotted SKEYs for Weld Symbols
_D_e_s_c_r_i_p_t_io_n_ _S_K__E_Y_
Workshop WWD
Site WSD
Field Fit WFD
Weld Mitre WMD
Weld Mitre WMFD
Offshore Weld WOD
Offshore Weld Field Fit WOFD
Erection Weld Connection on fittings
with SW, SC, CP
XXD
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.2 User-def
ined Weld Symbols
The following is a list of guidelines that must be followed when creating a new
weld symbol.
Mitre welds can not be redefined. All other weld symbols can be user-created.
New weld symbols can be generated just as any other user-defined symbol with the
Isometric Symbol Editor, located under the Utilities option. Refer to Entering t
he
Iso Symbol Editor Environment, page 5 - 72 for more information.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.3 Codelist
Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100
When the ISOGEN software is used to segregate offshore welds and identify mitre
welds,
standard note tables 180 and 1100 should be revised to accommodate this function
ality.
Changes to these tables will allow you to define which items will be in the offs
hore category
of the bill of materials. Making revisions to standard notes 180 and 1100 will a
lso allow
different graphics symbologies of weld connections (offshore, mitre.). For more
information,
see Weld Types and Mapping, page 16 - 3 .
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.4 Weld Typ
es and Mapping
To define a weld type (shop, field, offshore) and weld symbology, revise the opt
ions file table
USER_DEFINED_WELDS. This allows you to create a weld symbol and identify those
weld-type codelist numbers (CL 1000) that will have a different weld symbol on t
he isometric
drawing. It is also possible to map the weld symbol (existing or user-defined) t
o the
appropriate weld-type codelist number by revising the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section
.
For more information, see
USER_DEFINED_WELDS, page 7 - 45 .
When the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section is not added to the options file:
Shop welds (WW SKEY) and field fit welds (WF SKEY) are the only available
types of welds.
Shop welds are given fabrication codelist value numbers 11 through 20
inclusive.
No Weld is given fabrication codelist value 1.
Field fit welds are given all other fabrication codelist value numbers with the
exception of 1, and 11 through 20.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.5 Offshore
Fabrication Category
The ISOGEN software offers and optional feature for segregating offshore fabrica
tion
category in the bill of materials. The OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES section
in the options file is used in the same way as the Shop FABCAT section. For more
information, see OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES, page 7 - 80 .
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES the item will default to field.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.6 Unique W
eld Numbering
The ISOGEN software has the ability to display unique weld numbers from the pipi
ng
database and display them on the isometric drawing. Since a PDS-generated weld n
umber is
eight characters long, the weld number is an arrowed message. If an enclosure is
chosen for
weld numbering (see ISOGEN option 75), it must be one of the following:
diamond ended box
round ended box
rectangular box
If an enclosure is not chosen, the default will generate a normal arrowed messag
e with no
box that points to the weld.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.7 User-def
ined Weld Prefix
The ISOGEN software allows the addition of weld prefix when using weld numbering
. A
weld prefix may be used:
As a prefix to the actual weld number on the isometric in a box. The box shape t
o be set
in Isogen option 75.
As a form of general note about weld identification when positioned on the drawi
ng
frame.
Welds 16 - 5
As part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report to identify each w
eld.
For more information, see WELD_PREFIX, page 7 - 47.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.8 The Weld
Summary Report
A printed weld summary report is generated by setting Intergraph option 69. A ne
w file
name in the FILES Table (refer to The Files Table, page 7 - 42 ) of the options
file is
required if a user-defined format of the weld summary report is to be used. The
designated
file can be used for both the weld summary on the isometric drawing and the prin
ted weld
summary file.
This optional file is referred to as the Weld Definition File (WDF) and is the t
welfth entry in
the FILES Table of the options file. The WDF file allows you to specify, within
certain limits,
the style and content of:
The headings and data content of an alternative weld box to the normal weld box
that
is generated using ISOGEN option switch 53.
Any alternative box s output on the isometric in the same position as the
normal weld box will be located in the bottom right corner of the isometric
drawing area.
The headings and data content of the weld summary report.
If the Intergraph option to generate a weld summary report is set to 1 and the
WDF file name is undefined, a Warning Error will be issued and the weld
summary report will not be created. The report file name will be isoname.wXX
where XX is the revision number.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.8.1 Weld D
efinition File Format
The Weld Definition File (WDF) allows the user to:
Define the format of an alternative weld box displayed on the isometric drawing
Define a backing sheet on the drawing frame
Define the format of the Weld Summary Report
As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the fi
le exactly as it
is positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifie
rs, can be
used with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotation
marks.
Unique identifiers will be used to determine what is defined and must match exac
tly. These
identifiers include:
WELD-BOX-HEADINGS
WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-INFO-CONTROLS
WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES
WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS
WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS
Weld Boxes - Alternative Style
Available formats for Weld boxes include headings, box data items, controls and
information
data items.
There is no imposed limit on the width of the user-defined weld box. Although, k
eep in
mind that the weld box takes up space in the isometric drawing area. Therefore,
the
width should be kept to an absolute minimum.
Blank characters can be used as required.
Blank columns are allowed.
Use the | character to indicate vertical column positions.
Weld box headings can be any ascii string.
Weld box data items must carry:
a data item identifier
a start position along the horizontal line
a justification marker
Weld Box Data Item Identifiers:
I__d_e_n_t_if_i_e_r _A__T_E__X_T__U_s_e_d_
WELD-NO -414, -415, -416
WELD-CAT -414, -415, -416
N.S.
WELD-TYPE -417, -418, -419,-421, -422, -423
Weld Box Justification Markers
R Right Justified
L Left Justified
C Center Justified
Weld Boxes - Using a Backing Sheet
When this form of weld information output is used, a design file (drawing frame)
must be
provided. The design file must contain an area that can receive weld information
. The
format is user definable, but no column headings are defined. All column heading
s must
already exist in the design file.
Welds 16 - 7
This style of output requires two types of information:
Basic Weld Control Information
Weld Data Item Information
Basic Weld Control Information
Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in rea
l
mm s with only one decimal place allowed.
Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.
Define the form of list to be output by entering one of the following.
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
CONTINUOUS-UP
Define start positions for information using the format:
START-POSITION XPOS YPOS
Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file.
Define the vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text on the welding
list using
the format:
VERTICAL-SPACING value
Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflow
onto another sheet occurs using the format:
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value
Where: value is an integer
Define the character height used for weld information using the format:
TEXT-HEIGHT value
Define the level where weld information should be placed. (Optional) Use the for
mat:
DRAWING-LAYER value
Where: value is a level 1 - 63
Define the weight of characters output. (Optional)
TEXT-THICKNESS
Where: value is a weight 0 - 10
Weld Data Item Information
Data items must carry a data item identifier and start position information ( Th
e x position
in mm s locates the bottom left hand point of the text string to be plotted. All t
ext will be
LEFT justified).
Weld Box Data Item Identifiers
I__d_e_n_t_if_i_e_r _A__T_E__X_T__U_s_e_d_
WELD-NO -414, -415, -416
WELD-CAT -414, -415, -416
N.S.
WELD-TYPE -417, -418, -419,-421, -422, -423
Weld Summary Report
The weld summary report page length is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 63.
When generating this report three sections of data are required in the WDF file.
These
include:
The printed weld summary title definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES) This section
can contain two types of information
Heading titles
Data items to be listed with the title
Unique identifiers available for title information:
PIPELINE-REFERENCE
PIPING-SPEC
DATE-DMY
PAGE
The column heading definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS)
This section can be any ascii string.
The data definitions to be listed in each column (WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS)
Refer to the previous definition of Weld Box Data Item for the format of this se
ction.
used with PAGE attribute indicates program generated page number.
Blank indicates a blank line.
The overall width of the weld summary report should not exceed 130 characters.
Welds 16 - 9
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.8.2 Exampl
e WDF File
An example for an alternative weld list in the WDF file:
WELD-BOX-HEADINGS
| Weld | Weld | N.S. | Weld | Welder |
| No | Cat | mm | Type | ID |
WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-NO 4 R
WELD-CAT 10 L
N.S. 17 L
WELD-TYPE 25 L
An example for user defined backing weld list in the WDF file:
WELD-INFO-CONTROLS
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 20
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
DRAWING-LAYER 16
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-NO 225.0
WELD-CAT 235.0
N.S. 245.0
WELD-TYPE 260.0
An example for a user defined weld summary report in the WDF file:
WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES
WELD SUMMARY PAGE
Blank
PIPELINE REF: PIPELINE_REFERENCE
Blank
PIPING SPEC : PIPING-SPEC
WELD-SUMMARY-HEADINGS
Weld Weld N.S. Weld Welder

No Cat mm Type ID
____ ____ ____ ____ ______
WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-NO 8 R
WELD-CAT 17 L
N.S. 26 L
WELD-TYPE 37 L
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 16.9 Welds Li
sted in the Bill of Materials
For welds listed in the BOM:
Intergraph option 62 controls material pointers for welds.
The commodity code will be SHOP, FIELD or OFFSHORE.
The description will be weld type, material grade A and material grade B.
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output 17 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 17. Dimension
ing and Coordinate Output
Coordinate and Dimensioning Features - Related Information
be
manipulated to change dimensioning/coordinate output.
9, 41, 66, 80, 81, 119
NONE
NONE
-455
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 17.1 Dimensio
ning Features
ISOGEN s dimensioning features allows you to:
Dimension Valve Centerlines
Suppress Branch Dimensioning
String Dimensioning
Gaskets Included In Flanged Component Dimensions
USA Style Dimensioning
Non-Dimensioned Supports
ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Appendix B,
Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.
Dimensioning Valve Centerlines
This feature dimensions valves with certain bores and/or end conditions dimensio
ned to their
centerline only, using string or composite dimension types. This is controlled b
y ISOGEN
option 80 and 81.
Centerline dimensioning on valves will only work with valves that have a
spindle point define. Refer to Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment,
page 5 - 72 for information on defining a spindle point.
ISOGEN option 80 defines the end type that will be dimensioned to the item s cente
rline.
ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of valves that will be dimensio
ned to their
centerline. All diameters that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimen
sioned
normally.
ISOGEN options 80 and 81 provide the complete definition of valves which will be
dimensioned to their centerline. Units of input for the size limit are defined w
ith ISOGEN
41.
See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.
Suppressing Branch Dimensioning
This feature suppresses branches and tee bends/elbows with certain bores and/or
number of
components. Units of input for the size limit are defined by ISOGEN option 41.
ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of branches whose dimensioning
will be
suppressed. All branch sizes that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are di
mensioned
normally.
ISOGEN option 81 also determines the upper limit of components in a branch run t
hat will
have dimensioning suppressed. A branch run that exceeds the number of defined
components is dimensioned normally.
String Dimensioning
This feature allows pipeline components to be dimensioned individually.
ISOGEN option 9 flags individual dimensions to be output for every component in
the
pipeline.
Gaskets Included in Flanged Component Dimensions
This feature allows dimensioned flanged components to include gaskets (if presen
t) in the
dimension. Leader lines from adjoining flanges are displayed, while dimension le
ader lines
from valve ends are not displayed.
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output 17 - 3
ISOGEN option 9 flags dimensioning to include gasket thickness.
USA Style Dimensioning
This feature displays the dimension on top of the dimension line.
ISOGEN option 9, causes dimensions to be displayed on top of the witness line (U
SA style).
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 17.2 Coordina
te Features
ISOGEN s coordinate features allow you to:
Extend Witness Lines
Display Elevations at Bend/Elbow Intersections
Display Elevations at Branch Intersections
Display Split Point Coordinates
ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Appendix B,
Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.
Extend Witness Line
This feature allows elevations/coordinates to be output along an extended witnes
s line at
bends/elbows.
ISOGEN option 66, displays elevations/coordinates along extended witness lines.
Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersections
This feature allows you to:
Suppress Elevations at bend/elbow intersections
Partial set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections
Only the coordinates that have changed
A full set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections.
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersect

ions
feature.
Display Elevations at Branch Intersections
This feature allows you to:
Suppress elevations at branch intersections
Display a partial set of coordinates at a branch intersection
Display only the coordinates that have changed
Display a full set of coordinates at branch intersections
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections
feature.
Split Point Coordinate Display
This feature allows a full set of coordinates at iso split points to be grouped
with a
continuation note.
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections
feature.
Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility 18 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 18. Detail Sk
etch and Information Note Facility
The Detail Sketch Facility allows pre-defined detail sketches (MicroStation cell
s) to be
automatically selected and positioned on the isometric drawing. In addition, a c
ross
reference is added to the referenced item on the plotted pipeline.
The Information Note Facility automatically selects general or specific notes (M
icroStation
cells) and positions them on the isometric drawing in the same manner as detail
sketches.
The initial information note is placed in the lower left corner of the drawing w
ith additional
notes being placed to the right along the bottom of the drawing.
Information notes and detail sketch cells can be placed on the same drawing.
Detail Sketch/Information Note Facility - Related Information
be
manipulated when using the Detail Sketch Facility.
71, 92
66
Also: The tenth entry in the FILES section of the options file: cell library. Th
is entry
defines the microstation cell library that contains the detail/note cells.
The eleventh entry in the FILES section of the options file: DDF file. This entr
y in the
options file defines the DDF (Data Definition File) that will be used to determi
ne graphic
parameters for the detail sketch/note.
-456, -541, -542
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 18.1 Detail S

ketch Entries in the DDF
This is an example of the portion of the Data Definition File (DDF) that pertain
s to the
Detail Sketch facility.
DETAIL-SKETCH
FILE-FORMAT DXF
SKETCH-SIZE 50 50
CROSS-REFERENCE 35 5 ALPHA
TEXT-HEIGHT 3
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
DRAWING-LAYER 1
Where:
DETAIL-SKETCH is the section header in the DDF.
FILE_FORMAT DXF determines the format of the detail. This line is
ignored by PD_ISO.
Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility 18 - 3
SKETCH-SIZE 50 50 determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso.
The value is in either millimeters or inches
(determined by ISOGEN switch 92).
CROSS-REFERENCE 35 5
ALPHA
determines the X-Y cross reference position on
the detail in either millimeters or inches
(determined by ISOGEN switch 92), and the
character type of the cross reference text.
TEXT-HEIGHT 3 determines the text height for the cross reference
identifier.
TEXT-THICKNESS 2 determines the weight of the text for the cross
reference identifier.
DRAWING-LAYER 1 determines the level for the cross reference
identifier text.
For more information about the DDF, refer to Isometric Presentation, page 20 1 .
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 18.2 Informat
ion Note Entries in the DDF
This is an example of the portion of the DDF that pertains to the Information-No
te facility.
INFORMATION-NOTE
FILE-FORMAT DXF
NOTE-SIZE 50 20
Where:
INFORMATION-NOTE is the section header in the DDF.
FILE-FORMAT DXF determines the format of the note cell. This line
is ignored by PD_ISO.
NOTE-SIZE 50 20 determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso.
The value is in either millimeters or inches
(determined by ISOGEN switch 92).
Weight Display 19 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 19. Weight Di
splay
The Weight Display Facility allows the weight stored in the Design database for
each
component to be extracted from the 3D model and listed on the isometric material
list. Total
weight can be generated for the pipeline, for the Fabrication (Shop) components,
for the
Erection (Field) components, and for Offshore components. Spool weight can be ge
nerated
for Spool isometrics.
Weight Display - Related Information
be
manipulated when using the Weight Display Facility.
41
47, 63
NONE
-352, -353, -354, -355, -379, -380, -381
Weight will be interpreted as:
Unit weight of a component
Weight per length of a pipe/tube
Where: length is a foot in Imperial Units, and a Meter in Metric units
A Warning Message will be output to the error file when weight has not been
recorded in the design database for a pipe/component:
(35:1111) Warning - Component(s) with no Weight found
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 19.1 Center o
f Gravity Calculation
Before Calculating the Iso Center of Gravity
1. Generate an ISAM center of gravity weight library.
From Windows File Manager or the DOS prompt, run the \pdiso\bin\bldwtlib.exe
executable to generate or update an ISAM weight library.
Once initialized, bldwtlib prompts you to input an ASCII weight library neutral
file.
The default, weight_lib.neu, is located in the \pdiso\examples directory and cont
ains
entry definitions and example data that can be referenced to make a custom weigh
t
library neutral file.
After a weight library neutral file is defined, you are prompted to enter a name
or use
the default name, cog_weight.l, for the resulting ISAM weight library. By defaul
t, the
file is written to the examples directory.
2. Set Intergraph option 63 to 1.
3. Edit the ISOGEN options file.
Define the name of the ISAM center of gravity library under the ninth entry of t
he
FILES category. This is the library that will be used to make center of gravity
calculations.
For example,
\pdiso\examples\cog_weight.l !COG WEIGHT LIBRARY
Define the center of gravity entry in the MTO record map, which is the fifth ent
ry of
the FILES category.
For example,
\pdiso\examples\cogmto.tbl !MTO RECORD MAP
If the Debug switch on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, a center of
gravity report file, <isoname><sheet#>.cog, is written to the output directory.
If the Verify on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, additional
Intergraph information about each component is added to the center of gravity
report file.
In the STIB data file (used to place drawing title block text), center of gravit
y x,
y and z coordinates are assigned as node numbers 908, 909 and 910
respectively.
Isometric Presentation 20 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20. Isometric
Presentation
ISOGEN s Presentations feature allows you to customize the presentation of a gener
ated
isometric drawing. ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION is the identifier used when defining
information for Isometric Presentations.
When using the user-defined formats, it is your responsibility to ensure (by doi
ng
trial runs) that the specified options are practical and produce the required
isometric presentation before committing to project use.
The drawing definition file (DDF) contains user-defined requirements that determ
ine the
final plotted isometric presentation. The DDF file is the eleventh entry in the
FILES section
of the options file.
In addition to containing isometric presentation information, the DDF also conta
ins Detail
Sketch definition data (DETAIL-SKETCH).
Subsection identifiers for user-defined presentation features include:
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION
FITTINGS-GENERAL
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES
MISC-ITEMS
LAYER-NAMES
An example data definition file is located at the end of this section.
The DDF uses the following conventions:
Must be an ascii character file.
All identifiers (Main and Sub-section) plus all data attributes must start in po
sition one
on a new line.
No spaces are allowed in any identifier or attribute name.
Use of any of the subsection identifiers is optional. Program defaults will be u
sed as
required.
Isometric Presentation - Related Information
be
manipulated when defining a isometric presentation.
NONE
NONE
NONE
The eleventh entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Data Definition Fil
e (DDF) (See
Chapter 8)
NONE
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.1 PIPELINE

-ATTRIBUTES
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES section of the DDF allows you to define the following
characteristics for a plotted pipeline (Pipe, Elbows, Bends, Tees, Crosses, etc.
):
N.S. (Bore Units)
N.S. Range
Plotted Pipe Thickness
Layer (Level) number
Attribute/Data Identifiers
Bore Units N.S. Data Data = inches or mm
N.S. Range N.S.RANGE min
and max bore
min/max bores may be stated in either
Integer or Real (such as, 1 1.0 1.5 10
10.0)
Thickness THICKNESS data
1 data 2
data 1 = Integer number representing
required thickness.
data 2 = Actual Thickness (width) of
plotted line in mm (Real Number).
Layer LAYER data data is an Integer identifying the
required Layer (Level) to which the
Pipeline is to be assigned.
Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 1.0 LAYER 10
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 4 2.0 LAYER 10
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 6 2.5 LAYER 10
Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:
Any number of Spaces are allowed between the attribute identifier and data items
.
All lines must start in position one.
Allow space for a maximum of five N.S. RANGE records.
Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER set will
be
used.
An * is allowed in last maximum bore position to signal that there is no maximum
bore
limit.
THICKNESS data 1 attribute is used to define required line weight in plotfile ou
tput.
THICKNESS data 2 is used by the ISOPLOT module of ISOGEN when positioning
Messages along the pipeline.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.2 PIPELINE
-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section of the DDF is used in the same way as th
e
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES feature except that the attributes set only apply to pipelin
e
sections designated Special Status.
Special Status is recognized when attribute status is set to DOTTED or NOMTO.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.3 PIPELINE
-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED section of the DDF allows you to define thickness
and layer attributes for the following three categories of dotted representation
.
Dotted Special Status (SPECIAL-STATUS; such as Dotted, NO-MTO Items)
Dotted Pipeline Continuations (PIPELINE-CONTINUATION)
Dotted items at isometric Split Points (DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS)
Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:
SPECIAL-STATUS THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 15
PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 16
DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 17
Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:
The SPECIAL-STATUS, PIPELINE-CONTINUATION or DRAWING-SPLIT-POINT
identifiers may be included in any order following the main section identifier.
Use the THICKNESS and LAYER data as described for PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES.
N.S.RANGE or Bore Units are not allowed in this section. Dotted representation i
s the
same for all bores.
If a PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section is included in the file, any setting fo
r
SPECIAL-STATUS found in this section will be ignored.
Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER setting
will be used.
Care should be taken when specifying the THICKNESS data for any of these Dotted
categories. All three categories can involve the plotting of Dotted Fittings tha
t may
look unacceptable if thickness for Dotted representation is too thick.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.4 BEND/ELB
OW-REPRESENTATION
The BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION section of the DDF allows you to define Elbows
and Bends to be either Round or Square when displayed on the isometric drawing.
Example BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION Input:
BEND data
ELBOW data
Where:
data can be set to either SQUARE or ROUND
If no setting is defined, ROUND is used as the default.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.5 FITTINGS
-GENERAL
The FITTINGS-GENERAL section of the DDF allows you to define attributes for all
Fittings.
These attributes include:
N.S. (Bore Units)
N.S. Range
Plotted Fitting (Component) Thickness
Layer (Level) number
Fitting Scale (Plotted size of fittings) (to be applied to standard ISOGEN symbo
ls)
Attribute/Data Identifiers Include:
Bore Units N.S. data
N.S. Range N.S. RANGE min bore max bore
Thickness THICKNESS data 1 data 2
Layer LAYER data
Scale SCALE data
Where:
data is a two- or three-digit Integer that represents an
increase or decrease to the basic 100% standard

symbol size for all types of fittings.
Example FITTINGS-GENERAL Input:
FITTINGS-GENERAL
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5 LAYER 20 SCALE 100
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 20 SCALE 150
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 2.0 LAYER 20 SCALE 200
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.6 FITTINGS
-SPECIAL
This FITTINGS-SPECIAL section of the DDF allows you to define Thickness, Layer o
r Scale
attributes for specific types of components.
The settings presented in this section will override the Fittings-General settin
gs for the
selected types of components.
Definable Attributes Include:
THICKNESS
LAYER
SCALE
Data requirements for the previous attributes are the same as the data
requirements for FITTINGS-GENERAL.
Any of the previous attributes can be set for a specific type of component. But,
if FITTINGSSPECIAL
attributes are not defined, ISOGEN defaults to the FITTINGS-GENERAL.
For example:
If LAYER 40 was the only special attribute set for INSTRUMENTS, it would be used
for all
INSTRUMENTS (all bores), but any Thickness and / or Scale attributes would be us
ed from
the FITTINGS-GENERAL section.
Whenever a Scale attribute is set in this section, the Scale factor will not be
used as a direct
scale to the standard symbol. It will instead be used as a Multiplier to any Sca
le set in the
FITTINGS-GENERAL section.
For example:
Scale 150 set in Fittings-General
Scale 75 set in Fittings-Special
Scale to be used on nominal Fitting type is 150 x 0.75 = 113 (to nearest whole n
umber).
Example FITTINGS-SPECIAL Input:
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTS LAYER 30 (Put all Instruments on Layer 30)
OLETS SCALE 75 (Olets to be scaled down)
SUPPORTS THICKNESS 4 2.0 (All Supports to be plotted)
Fitting type identifiers
OLETS
INSTRUMENTS
SUPPORTS
WELDS
COUPLINGS
CAPS
UNIONS
FLANGES
FILTERS
PIPE-BLOCKS
SAFETY-DISC
TRAPS
REDUCERS
VALVES
VALVES-ANGLE
VALVES-3WAY
VALVES-4WAY
NOZZLE
END-CONNECTORS
HYGENIC-CONNECTORS
MISC-COMPONENTS
MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG
MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING
MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.7 FITTINGS
-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES
The FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES of the DDF section allows you to vary the
Thickness, Layer and Scale of any component that is included in any Undimensione
d Branch.
Attributes/Data identifiers are the same as the attributes/data identifiers for
FITTINGSGENERAL.
Example FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES Input:
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 1.5 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5 LAYER 10 SCALE 75
These parameters should only be used when the Branch Dimension Suppression
facility is being used (ISOGEN option switch 81). It will be up to you to verify
that
any N.S.RANGE set in the FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES section
matches the Bore range set in Option Switch 81.
All Pipe fittings (Elbows, Tees, etc.) are plotted the same thickness as a tube.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.8 MISC-ITE
MS
The MISC-ITEMS section in the DDF allows you to set the Thickness and Layer data
for the
following types of miscellaneous items that appear on an isometric drawing:
DIMENSION-TEXT
DIMENSION-LINES
ISO-TEXT
FRAME-TEXT
SKEWS
HATCHING
LAGGING
TRACING
FRAME
WELD-BOX
SPEC-BREAKS
MATERIAL-LIST (Styles 1 nd 2 only)
Example MISC-ITEMS Input:
MISC-ITEMS
DIMENSION-TEXT THICKNESS 2 0.8 LAYER 22
DIMENSION-LINES THICKNESS 1 0.6 LAYER 23
SKEWS THICKNESS 2 0.8 LAYER 25
HATCHING THICKNESS 1 0.6 LAYER 25
Any undefined attribute uses the ISOGEN defaults.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.9 LAYER-NA
MES
The LAYER-NAMES section in the DDF allows you to issue standard Names to any lay
er
number used in any of the other sections.
Example LAYER NAMES Input:
LAYER-NAMES
10 10
12 12 Where 10 is the Layer Number and the text
22 22 within the
is the Layer Name.
10 is the layer number
10 is the layer name.
Because Microstation LAYERS are numbers, NAMES must be the same as the
LAYER. Up to 50 names can be defined.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.10 Program
Defaults
The table below shows the program default settings for THICKNESS and LAYER for t
he
various elements that are used in the generation of a plotted isometric drawing.
_E_l_e_m__e_n_t Default Default
_T__h_ic_k_n__e_s_s _L_a__y_e_r
Pipeline 3 (0.6 mm) 1
(including Elbows, Tees, etc.)
All Fittings 2 (0.25 mm) 2
All drawing Text and other
miscellaneous items
1 (0.1 mm) 3
Drawing Frame, 1 (0.1 mm) 4
Frame text,
Weld Box, etc.
Dotted items 1 (0.1 mm) 5
Material List 1 (0.1 mm) 6
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 20.11 Example
Drawing Definition File
ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 7
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 2 0.95 LAYER 29
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 1.25 LAYER 30
DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 19
SPECIAL-STATUS THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 8
PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 9
FITTINGS-GENERAL
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 2.5 * THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 7 SCALE 110
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 10 SCALE 115
NOZZLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 11
CAPS THICKNESS 3 0.85 LAYER 38
COUPLINGS THICKNESS 3 0.65 LAYER 37
VALVES THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 12 SCALE 180
FLANGES THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 31 SCALE 120
UNIONS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 35 SCALE 110

OLETS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 34 SCALE 110
WELDS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 32 SCALE 130
REDUCERS THICKNESS 3 0.60 LAYER 33 SCALE 120
VALVES-ANGLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 13 SCALE 180
VALVES-3WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 14 SCALE 150
VALVES-4WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 15 SCALE 150
SUPPORTS THICKNESS 4 0.90 LAYER 36 SCALE 130
PIPE-BLOCKS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 39
SAFETY-DISC THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 40
FILTERS THICKNESS 2 0.60 LAYER 41 SCALE 280
TRAPS THICKNESS 2 0.60 LAYER 42 SCALE 180
END-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 50 SCALE 120
HYGENIC-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 50 SCALE 300
MISC-COMPONENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 49 SCALE 180
MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 44
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 45
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 46 SCALE 250
MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 47
MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 48
N.S. INCH
BEND ROUND
ELBOW ROUND
MISC-ITEMS
DIMENSION-TEXT LAYER 16
DIMENSION-LINES LAYER 17
ISO-TEXT LAYER 20
FRAME-TEXT LAYER 21
SKEWS LAYER 22
HATCHING LAYER 23
LAGGING LAYER 24
TRACING LAYER 25
FRAME LAYER 26
WELD-BOX LAYER 27
SPEC-BREAKS LAYER 28
MATERIAL-LIST LAYER 18
LAYER-NAMES
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
43 43
44 44
45 45
46 46
47 47
48 48
49 49
50 50
Isometric Types 21 - 1
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ 21. Isometric
Types
Isometric Type definitions allow more flexibility with the line name definition.
By using
Types feature, you can track drawing records more accurately and efficiently.
Isometric Types also allow you to store the same line name multiple times in the
database,
each time as a different Type. For example, line ABC can be stored twice, once a
s
Fabrication Type and once as Spool Type. The Type attribute creates a unique dat
abase
entry.
Isometric Types and Code List 1900
Isometric Types are supported by Code List 1900. Code List 1900, as delivered, c
ontains 3
types. These types include:
Fabrication
Spool
Stress
The following is an example of Code List 1900.
C1900
; 1900, Iso Type
; NOTE: In editing this codelist set, do not change the meaning
; of existing codelist values. Some data displays require that only
; values to the left of the "=" sign be shown; other reports require
; that only values to the right of the "=" sign be displayed.
1 = Fabrication (Default Setting)

2 = Spool
3 = Stress
You can add more options, if needed, to Code List 1900. For an example of settin
g isometric
types, refer to Bulk Load Lines, page 5 - 57 .
The Isometric Type is a new column in pdtable_185 of the Project Database. All
records MUST have an Isometric Type, or they will not extract.
Batch Input files contain Type information when they are created on ISOGEN
software version 5.0 or later. Batch Input files created prior to 5.0 will extra
ct,
but a error message will be output that states that the batch input file is out
of
date, and needs to be replaced.
Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 1
Appendix A _____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Warning and Error Messages
A - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Appendix A
Warning and Error Messages
This section lists the warning and error messages that are issued by the various
components
of the iso extraction software and suggested corrective action when that is poss
ible. Please
refer to the section entitled Software Organization for a discussion of the each
of the
components and how they are related.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.1 Intergrap
h Interface to ISOGEN
The messages that are issued by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN are, for the
most part,
recorded in an error message file that is created along with the intermediate da
ta file (the
input file to ISOGEN) when errors occur. If no errors occur, then an error file
is not created.
Some messages generated in the file are not written to the screen as they only c
ontain
additional data on a reported error.
There are three categories of messages issued by the software:
Information - An error occurred that can result in other errors later on.
Warning - An error occurred that can result in a problem on the drawing. The dra
wing
should be checked.
Error - An error occurred that is serious enough to cause extraction to abort. T
he
drawing is not produced.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.1.1 Informa
tion Messages
I1 - The Graphic Commodity Library does not exist or an error occurred when it
was opened.
This message indicates a problem with the graphic commodity library. Make sure
that it is properly attached to the primary (the first) model design file. If th
ere is
doubt then you should enter the file in graphics and try to place any component.
Iso
extraction requires read access to the file.
I3 - Error opening Material Descriptions Library.
This message indicates a problem with the material description library. The prop
er
file should be attached to the primary (first) model file via the RDB software.
Iso
extraction requires read access to the file.
I4 - Error opening Specialty Material Descriptions Library.
This message is the same as I3 except that it pertains to the piping specialty a
nd
instrument material descriptions library. Note that if this library is not succe
ssfully
opened then specialty items will NOT receive material descriptions in the iso bi
ll-ofmaterial.
If the file exists and is properly attached make sure that your process has
read access to it.
I5 - Error accessing the Label Descriptions Library.
The label description library should be properly attached to the primary (first)
model
file via the RDB software. If this has been done, then a quick test using the dr
awing
annotation commands might uncover the problem. Make sure that your process has
read access to the file.
I6 -Note file not defined
I8 - Unrecognized key read from MTO Neutral File record map.
This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in the
neutral file map. Usually, this indicated that the number of table entries to fo
llow
(the number following each keyword) is incorrect.
I9 - Unrecognized key read from options file.
This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in the
options file. All keywords are followed by a number that indicates the number of
records to follow until the next keyword. If this number is incorrect then this
message will result.
I10 - An error occurred while reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Some difficulty occurred while the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map file was being read
in. Check the symbol map file that is defined in the options file for mistakes.
I11 - Error reading in complete PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
The internal buffer used for holding the PDS to ISOGEN map has been filled by
entries from the map file and some have thus been ignored. Contact Intergraph wi
th
this problem.
I13 - Physical data library not read.
This message indicates that the physical data library for the current component
could
not be read by the mto software for generating bolts and gaskets. If bolt/gasket
generation has failed on the current component then this message indicates that
the
most likely reason is that an error occurred while trying to read the physical d
ata
library. If no bolts/ gasket generation failure occurred then the message might
be
ignored.
I14 - Unrecognized key read from title block tables file
This message indicates that an unexpected record was encountered in the title bl
ock
tables file. It will usually indicate that the number of entries to follow value
(on a
record following a keyword) is incorrect.
I16 - Intergraph option 34 reset to zero
Intergraph option 34 applies only to batch extraction. When interactive extracti
on is
run, this option is ignored.
I17 - Intergraph option 16 reset to 0
I18 - Check number of lines entry in the options file.
I19 - Error accessing specialty material descriptions library
I20 - Error accessing the specified material description library
I21 - Error accessing the specified label description library
I22 - Error opening the label description library
I23 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point
Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661
I24 - Alternate index is used to read material description library.
The material description is not found with the default primary key, item code. T
he
alternate index, defined in the ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table in the
option file, is used to find the material description.
I25 - No existing sheet and no last start point for section 1
Iso extraction will continue as the first time
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.1.2 Warning
Messages
W1 - Error computing valve oper or reducer orientation.
An error occurred in the calculations to orient a valve operator or an eccentric
reducer. In both cases the connect point orientations should be checked in graph
ics
to confirm that they are correct.
W2 - Segment column is undefined.
In checking for an attribute change at a segment endpoint the attribute being
checked has gone from being defined with a value to being undefined (blank). The
attributes defined in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file should be
checked and defined with a value as needed.
W3 - Error forming label from label library.
An error has occurred in creating a note or label using the label description li
brary.
The label (whose label number is also printed in the message) should be checked
using the label description library software.
W4 - Invalid LINE ID format - LINE ID ignored.
A line ID that is either incorrect in format or contains invalid data has been i
nput.
Check the format of the line ID against the definition in the options file. Reme
mber
that each attribute that is part of the line ID must be separated from the other
s by a
dash ( - ). An example of invalid data in the line ID might be a fluid code that
does
not exist in the fluid code codelist.
W5 - Error reading in extraction criteria.
An error has occurred reading in the line identification inputs from the input f
ile.
This might indicate a problem in the software that creates the input file.
W6 - Model design file not found.
This message indicates that the model design file read in from the input file ei
ther
does not exist or that your process does not have read access to it.
W7 - Error reading the Label Description Library.

This message probably indicates that the label definition for a specific label d
oes not
exist in the label description library opened by the software. Make sure that th
e
primary (first) model design file has the proper library attached or that the pr
oper
library is defined in the options file.
W8 - ISOGEN key is undefined in PDS - ISOGEN map.
This message indicates that an entry in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map exists for
the PDS component but that the ISOGEN symbol name in the table does not. Make
sure that the table contains the ISOGEN symbol name for the component in
question.
W9 - Could not locate item in PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
This message indicates that the PDS symbol in question could not be located in t
he
PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
W10 - No-mto attribute has illegal value.
The no-mto attribute on a component, pipe, or instrument has a value other than
0 or
1. Set the attribute to a legal value.
W11 - Error forming nozzle note.
An error has occurred forming the nozzle connection note generated at equipment
nozzles. Check the label description library labels in the library if you are us
ing the
NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file. Also review the nozzle entity to make sur
e
that everything looks fine. If the failure occurs with the default nozzle note t
hen
report the problem to Intergraph.
W12 - The coordinate system option is invalid. Coordinate system is set to PLANT
.
The coordinate system defined in the options file is incorrect so it was set to
a default
value. Check the option specified in the options file.
W13 - Material description has been truncated.
The material description generated from the material description library and the
label description library has exceeded the maximum size allowed for in the softw
are
and was truncated. Contact Intergraph.
W14 - Error reading Specialty Material Description Library.
An error occurred retrieving the material description for a piping specialty,
instrument or support from the specialty description library. An error message i
s
generated in the iso bill-of-material.
W15 - Error reading the Material Description Library.
An error occurred retrieving the material description for a commodity item. An e
rror
message is generated in the iso bill-ofmaterial.
W16 - Error attaching the design file .
W17 - Error accessing A/N Commodity Library.
An error has occurred searching the alphanumeric commodity library either for an
implied material item or for a size dependent commodity code. Check the library
to
see whether or not the item that is being searched on exists.
W20 - Header record attribute is undefined.
Each entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file defines a "Header
record" for ISOGEN. These header records simply define the initial value for cer
tain
attributes at the start of the line (that is, spec name, insulation type, and so
on).
This message is warning you that for some header record defined in the
PIPELINE_HEADER table the value for it from the database is undefined.
You must either define the attribute in the database or remove the header record
entry from the table.
W23 - An error occurred while generating implied materials. Bolts, a gasket, or
a
weld will NOT be generated in the drawing and/or the mto neutral file.
Some error resulted in no implied materials. Check the error message file for de
tails
of the problem.
W25 - Error loading spec attributes for implied component.
An error has occurred while attempting to overlay attributes from the spec for a
stub
onto the database record for a lap-joint flange. This overlaying must be perform
ed
just prior to generation of the material description so that attributes embedded
in the
material description for the stub can be generated properly. Make sure that the
spec
contains a valid entry for the stub. The spec search is performed by using the s
ame
data as for the lap joint flange except that the option code is set to the flang
e option
code plus 5000.
W26 - Maximum number of implied items exceeded.
A component generates too many implied items from the Material Description
Library and an internal buffer has overflowed. Contact Intergraph to have the bu
ffer
size increased.
W27 - The Material Description Library is required in order to generate implied
materials. Some materials might be missing from the MTO neutral file.
A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the Materia
l
Description Library but the library is either not attached to the model or the l
ibrary
that is attached does not exist.
W28 - Error accessing the Material Description Library for implied materials.
A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the Materia
l
Description Library but none was found. Check to make sure that the library
contents are correct.
W29 - Title block tables file not found.
The title block tables file identified in the FILES section of the options file
does not
exist. This file identifies those attributes that are to be placed in the drawin
g title
block. When this file does not exist no text can be placed in the title block.
W30 - Error opening title block tables file.
This message indicates that the title block tables file exists, but that for som
e reason
it could not be opened. Check that your process has proper VMS access to the fil
e.
W31 - Error opening segment data file. File will not be created.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
(in the title block tables file) could not be opened. No title block data will b
e
generated.
W32 - Error opening STIB input file. File will not be created.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
(in the title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by
this
table will appear in the title block.
W33 - Error opening sheet specific title block data file.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the SHEET_DATA_TABLE (in
the title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by thi
s table
will appear in the title block.
W34 - Error opening MTO Neutral File - file will not be created.
A UNIX error occurred when creating a new mto neutral file. Make sure that your
process has write access to the default directory.
W35 - MTO record map not found.
The mto record map, specified in the options file, cannot be located. Check the
file
spec in the options file and make sure that your process has read access to the
file.
W36 - Valve/Operator file does not exist.
A valve/ operator table has been specified in the options file, but it could not
be found
while attempting to open it.
W37 - Notes File not found.
A Notes File has been specified in the options file, but it could not be located
when an
attempting to open it.
W38 - Error opening the Notes Table.
An error occurred while attempting to open the Notes Table. Make sure that your
process has read access to the file.
W39 - Notes Table lookup failed.
A Notes Table record whose input matches the current one could not be located. T
he
current key is printed out. Check the Notes Table to ensure that the input has a
corresponding record.
W40 - The number of components exceeds the limit of the maximum allowed
number of components in a multiple bolt-through.
W41 - Error retriving component from linkage. Cannot determine second
orientation for operator.
An error has occurred while scanning the design file for a valve operator that
requires a second orientation. This is probably an Intergraph software problem.
W42 - User Symbol Library not found.
The user symbol library, specified in the options file, cannot be found or the c
urrent
extraction process does not have privilege to access it.
W43 - Bolt-thru component encountered at a loop closure
W44 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point
The segment occurrence is different with that of the last start point
Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661
New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194662
W45 - Error locating segment for logical pipe support
W46 - Error computing pipe support orientation.
An error occurred in the calculation to pipe support. The connect point orientat
ions
should be checked in graphics to confirm that they are correct.
W47 - Detail sketch directory not found
W48 - Detail Drawing definition file not found
W49 - Weld Definition Format file not found
W50 - Error retrieving weld numbers

W51 - Very short pipe encountered
W52 - Enclosure type is invalid
W53 - Label: $1 in triangle box exceeds maximum length of two
W54 - Label: $1 in diamond box exceeds maximum length of three
W55 - Overlapping components were detected. Refer to the HITS report for
details.
W56 - Two end points match the last start point segment occurrence
The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point
W57 - Only one end point matches the last start point segment occurrence
This end point is chosen to be the traversal start point
W58 - No end point matches the last start point segment occurrence
The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point
W59 - Components from spool 1 on sheet 2 were deleted
Refer to sheet 4 for the updated spool 3
W60 - Cannot access material listing definition file
W61 - Intergraph option 15 is 0
Spool number generation will be based on ISOGEN switch 39
W62 - The last component on sheet 1 was added prior to this extraction
Partition: 8 Table: 3 Occ: 32 120
W63 - Cannot access Bending Parameters file <file name>
W64 - Error in rotation matrix for pipe support. Pipe support <Occurance
Number> in Model attachment number <Model number>.
W65 - Error opening PDME neutral file. File will not be created. <File name>.
W66 - No component was encountered. The start point will be referenced for
Structural Dimension.
W67 - FrameWork Ascii file not found in the project directory. <File name>
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.1.3 Error M
essages
E2 - Error reading type 63 element from design file.
The primary model file (the first model file input) does not contain the proper
type 63
elements. Check the file with EDG and/or attempt to work in it in graphics.
E3 - Error opening input data file - pdsidf.dat.
An error occurred when attempting to open the input file to the ISOGEN interface
.
Check to make sure that file pdsidf.dat exists in the default VMS directory.
E4 - Error retrieving project information
E5 -Invalid primary model file - file does not exist
E6 - No valid model design file specified.
Of the list of design files input to the ISOGEN interface none were considered v
alid.
Refer to error messages generated previous to this one for more detail.
E7 - Invalid extraction criteria is defined in Intergraph options block word 22.
Valid values are 0 or 1. The extraction criteria defined in the options file
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK is invalid. Correct the options file.
E8 - No extraction criteria defined.
No extraction criteria specified in the input file to the ISOGEN interface was f
ound to
be valid. Correct the inputs for identification of the lines to extract.
E9 - First header record must be a line name id (-6) record. Modify the
PIPELINE_HEADER table in the extraction options file.

The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file must always be
a
-6 record for the line name or line id. Correct the table in the options file.
E10 - Error opening intermediate data file.
An error has occurred in creating an output file in the default directory. Make
sure
you have write access to it.
E11 - Broken pipes exceed the maximum allowed 100 occurrences.
There are more than 100 pipes broken with the branch weld or pipe support for th
e
extracted pipeline. Reduce the number of pipes broken and contact Intergraph to
get
the maximum allowed broken pipes increased.
E12 - Error retrieving type 63 elements.
An error has occurred in retrieving the primary (first) model file type 63 eleme
nts.
Check the file with EDG and make sure that you can work in the file in graphics.
E13 - Error opening Standard Notes Library.
An error has occurred in opening the standard notes library that is specified in
the
primary model file type 63 data. Check that the library is properly attached wit
h the
RDB software.
E14 - Error opening spec database.
An error has occurred initializing the spec database. Make sure that it is prope
rly
attached to the primary (first) model file using the RDB software.
E15 - Number of connect points exceeded internal limit of 2000 connect points.
The maximum number of connect points per extraction is 2000. Break the line into
two separate line names and re-extract the line as two separate isometrics.
E17 - Attempted to pop nonexistent tap stack entry.
This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported to
Intergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines that
contain tapped components.
E18 - Internal stack limit exceeded.
This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported to
Intergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines that
contain tapped components.
E19 - Error opening mto tables file.
An error has occurred while trying to open the mto neutral file map that is spec
ified
in the options file. Check the file specification in the options file and make s
ure you
have read access to the file.
E20 - Error reading mto tables file.
An error has occurred while trying to read an entry in the mto neutral file map.
Check that the table entries have the correct format.
E21 - Error reading database occurrence.
An error has occurred in trying to read a record from the database base on a des
ign
file linkage. This error indicates potentially serious problems in the model. It
is
strongly recommended that the model be analyzed to determine the extent of the
problem and to correct the situation.
E22 - Internal table lookup error for IDF record numbers.
The record number taken from the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map for a component
does not exist in an internal table. Check the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map to make
sure that it contains only those record numbers allowed by ISOGEN.

E23 - Environment variable ISOOPTION not defined or file does not exist
E24 - Error opening ISOGEN options file.
The options file exists but it could not be opened. Make sure that proper access
to the
file exists.
E25 - Error reading iso extraction options file.
An error has occurred while reading an entry in the options file. Make sure that
options file entries have the proper format. If the return code is -998 then thi
s error
indicates that a options file table has exceeded the maximum allowable size. In
this
case you should reduce the number of table entries and contact Intergraph to get
the
table size increased.
E26 - Error opening PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
An error has occurred while opening the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. Check the
options file entry to make sure that the file is properly specified.
E27 - Error reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map - No valid entries defined in
the table.
The PDS to ISOGEN symbol was successfully read but no valid entries were found i
n
the table.
E28 - Error opening valve/operator file.
An error has occurred while opening the valve / valve operator symbol map. Check
the options file to make sure that the file is properly specified.
E29 - Error reading size of valve/operator table.
The first entry in the valve / valve operator table is a record that contains th
e
number of rows and columns in the table. An error has occurred while attempting
to
read these values. Check that the format of the table is correct.
E30 - Valve/operator table is too large.
The valve / valve operator table is larger than the maximum currently allowed by
the
software. Reduce the table size and contact Intergraph to get the maximum size
increased.
E31 - Error reading valve/operator table values.
An error has occurred while reading the body of the valve / valve operator table
. This
usually indicates that the table sizes defined in the first record of the file a
re
incorrect.
E32 - Error initializing the piping design database
E33 - No components were found that match the database search criteria.
Either the line name substrings or line ID s that were specified in the input do n
ot
identify any lines that exist in the input model files. Check the inputs to make
sure
that they are correct and agree with the line name or attributes that make up th
e
line id.
E34 - Invalid node or path for iso design file
E35 - Internal error generating material pointer.
An internal software error has occurred in generating a material pointer for an
olet
type component. If the software were allowed to continue the bill-of-material wo
uld
be generated incorrectly. Contact Intergraph if you receive this error.
E36 - Internal error generating material pointer for downstream component.

This error is the same as error number E35.
E37 - Transformed coordinate exceeds the maximum.
This error is caused from a coordinate that is too large to pass to ISOGEN. All
coordinates are transformed to the output coordinate system (as controlled by th
e
Intergraph options block) and then converted to 1/100 s of millimeters for ISOGEN.
This value must fit within a 4 byte integer. This limitation results in a maximu
m
coordinate value of 21,474 meters, or 70,450 feet or approximately 13.3 miles.
E38 - Internal error generating component item code.
An error occurred while generating the item code for a stub (from a lap joint fl
ange).
Contact Intergraph if you get this error message.
E39 - Error accessing spec for implied item.
An occurred while attempting to read the spec database entry for a stub. Check t
hat
the entry exists in the database. The stub spec entry should have the same looku
p
parameters as the flange except that the option code should be the flange option
code
plus 5000.
E41 - Error title block tables file
E42 - Error opening project database
E43 - Error reading database record
E44 - Error reading database record
E45 - Line is composed of multiple disconnected sections.
This error results from trying to extract a pipeline that is either incomplete o
r
incorrect and exists in the model in multiple unconnected pieces. It is not enou
gh for
all the segments to be connected. There must be components on top of the segment
s
that are connected.
E46 - Line does not contain a valid traversal start-point.
This error occurs when the ISOGEN interface finds it impossible to obey ISOGEN
rules for traversal of the pipeline network. The only work-around is to split th
e
pipeline into two smaller sections and then extract the sections individually.
E47 - Number of sections does not match specified value.
For pipelines that are intentionally disconnected (for example, the line leaves
the
piping area, goes into the rack and then re-enters the area somewhere else) then
you
must specify the number of disconnected sections for the line in the Batch Data
File.
When the number of sections you specify does not match the number encountered in
the model, this error occurs. Check the model to determine whether the Batch Dat
a
File or the model is incorrect.
E48 - Invalid section number.
Invalid inputs have been passed to the ISOGEN interface for multi-section pipeli
nes
in pdsidf.dat. Report this error to Intergraph.
E49 - Component does not have an entry in the PDS to iso symbol map.
(This error does not apply to ISOGEN.)
E51 - Induction bend stack limit exceeded.
An internal data structure overflowed while processing a line containing inducti
on
bends. Report this error to Intergraph.
E52 - Error initializing DFPI Model number: $1
E53 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot determine cog for mto
neutral file
E54 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometry
component
E55 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometry
component
E56 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process 180 degree turn
E57 - Total number of segments exceeds the maximum number of segments
E58 - Check the number of table entries specified against the actual number of
table entries. Also, check the format of each table entry
E59 - Error retrieving the graphic commodity library name
E60 - Error initializing the piping project database
E61 - Error accessing the standard note library name
E62 - Error accessing the piping specification database name
E63 - An internal table size limit has been exceeded
E64 - No model was found with the specified discipline
E65 - No components were found that match the database search criteria
E66 - Unable to locate component s user data
E67 - Error initializing the project database
E68 - Error reading model $1 from the database
E69 - Error mounting design file $1$2
E70 - Error reading the last traversal start point
Section Number: 1 Drawing Index Number: 150
E71 - Line extends over the maximum limit of 256 design file.
E72 - The chosen starting point is not the last traversal start point
Stop extraction because Intergraph option 68 is set to 1
E73 - Error opening piping job specification table library <Library name>.
E75 - Error updating symbol library.
E76 - Error stroking elements to ascii file.
E77 - Error locating drawing file.
E78 - Error locating index file.
E79 - Error locating library path.
E80 - Error - $1 not found.
E81 - Error - Drawing and Index file must be specified.
E82 - Error - Drawing, Index and Library files must be specified.
E83 - Extraction Failed: Possibly caused by Olet owned by branch.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.2 ISOGEN
The error messages issued by ISOGEN (through IZOD2) are directed to two places.
Errors
issued by ISOGEN proper are directed to the ISOGEN message file. This file is ei
ther named
in the options file or has the same name as the output iso file name with an ext
ension of
.msg. Errors generated by the Intergraph design file interface are directed to a
file named
IZOD2.ERR. When IZOD2 is run through the delivered command procedures then
IZOD2.ERR is appended to any error message file created by the ISOGEN interface
- pdsidf.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.2.1 ISOGEN
message file errors
(35:2003) - WELD NUMBERS HAVE CAUSED DATA OVERFLOW
An internal buffer for weld data has overflowed. Try a manual split of the pipel
ine
into more sections.
(35:2004) - INPUT DATA OVERFLOW
The pipeline is too big. It must be extracted in smaller sections.
(35:2005) - TEE OFF TEE GREATER THAN 20 DEEP
This message indicates that the piping network being extracted contains branches
which are too deeply nested for ISOGEN to handle. A branch off from the pipeline
header is level 1. A branch off from the level 1 branch is level 2. A branch off
from a
level 2 branch is a level 3 branch. The maximum level branch that ISOGEN can
handle is a level 20 branch.
(35:2007) - TEE IN SKEW
ISOGEN has detected an internal inconsistency. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2008) - DATA FAULT SKEW
Same as 35:2007
(35:2009) - SKEW WITH NO CONTENTS
Same as 35:2007
(35:2010) - FITTING WITH OFFSET NOT IN LINE WITH PIPE
The offset of a fitting is not in line with an adjacent item. This is possibly a
program
or input data error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2011) - ANGLE FAIL
Unacceptable pipeline direction detected. This is possibly a program or input da
ta
error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2012) - DATA FAULT
ISOGEN detected a problem in some internal data. This is possibly a program or
input data error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2012) - DATA FAULT, DOUBLEBACK PIPE
Occasionally, doubleback pipe errors can be erroneously generated. This occurs w
hen
the extracted pipeline and the grid line or structural column are located in the
same
place. In this case, there will be one dimension to the structural element and t
he
FAIL message will appear on the face of the iso. This can occur regardless if th
e
isometric extracts with no other errors.
In the following graphic, pipeline and Grid Line 3 are coincident with one anoth
er.
This is interpreted by the ISOGEN software as a pipeline that doubles back on it
self
which results in the FAIL message on the isometric drawing.
If the reference point on the pipe resides in the same plane as the structural
component or grid line, a FAIL message will appear on the isometric and the .err
file
will report a doubleback pipe error. This error is a result of the manner in whi
ch the
ISOGEN software interprets the .idf file and should be ignored.
(35:2013) - DATA FAULT UP DOWN
Same as 35:2012
(35:2014) - DATA FAULT EAST WEST
Same as 35:2012
(35:2015) - DATA FAULT NORTH SOUTH
Same as 35:2012
(35:2016) - DATA OVERFLOW, DRAWING REJECTED, TOO MUCH DATA, TRY
SMALLER SPLIT
Too much data is being put onto too small a sheet. Either insert some manual
pipeline splits or use a larger paper size.
(35:2017) - MESSAGE FAIL
An error has occurred positioning messages on the drawing. This is caused by too
many messages. Manually splitting the drawing might get around the problem.
(35:2018) - SHAPE FAIL
Drawing generation has failed. It might succeed if viewed from another direction
.
(35:2019) - DRAWING HEIGHT EXCEEDS ALLOWED 999 MM
The maximum drawing height is 999 mm.
(35:2020) - TOO MANY COORDINATES IN FITTINGS
Too many user-defined fittings have caused an internal array to overflow. Reduce
the size of the user symbol library.
(35:2021) - TOO MANY FITTINGS
Same as 35:2020.
(35:2023) - WARNING, PAPER SIZE > A1 OR AD - THIS MAY PRODUCE
UNACCEPTABLE RESULTS.
Too large a paper size might result in unacceptable drawings.
(35:2025) - CHECK
ISOGEN considers that the drawing layout requires checking to make sure that it
is
satisfactory.
(35:2026) - FAIL
ISOGEN considers that the drawing has failed in one of the stages of setting it
up for
plotting.
(35:1001) - OVER 200 ALTERNATIVE TEXT RECS. FOLLOWING DATA IGNORED.
MORE THAN 200 TEXT RECORDS - DEFAULT TABLE USED.
ISOGEN allows a maximum of 200 ATEXT s. Anything more will be ignored.
(35:1002)
Same as 35:1001.
(35:1003)
Same as 35:1001.
(35:1004) - FITTING NOT FOUND - DEFAULT SHAPE USED
A fitting shape key cannot be located. The non-category component is place of th
e
one specified.
(35:1009) - OVERFLOW IN DATA - PIPELINE REJECTED
The pipeline is too big, causing an internal buffer to overflow. Manual splittin
g of the
drawing or a larger sheet size might solve the problem.
(35:1015) - INVALID ITEM/ DESCRIPTION POINTER
An mto pointer in the intermediate data file points to an item that doesn t exist.
This
is an Intergraph interface error.
(35:1016) - ITEM CODE WIDTH ERROR - APPENDED TEXT LOST
An item code is larger the value specified in the ISOGEN options block.
(35:1018) - NO FITTING DETAILS EXIST FOR FITTING CODE
An internal table lookup failed. This is an ISOGEN bug.
(35:1019) - FITTINGS OVERLAP WHICH CANNOT BE CUT BACK
Coordinates of adjacent components overlap and the fittings can be trimmed (that
is,
a flanged valve).
(35:1020) - INSUFFICIENT LENGTH ON OVERLAPPING FITTINGS TO ALLOW
CUTBACK
Adjacent fittings which can be trimmed overlap, but not enough for the required
cutback.
(35:1021) - RUN ABORTED. THE WIDTH OR HEIGHT (EXCLUDING BORDERS,
MATERIAL LIST, ETC) IS LESS THAN 50 MM. THIS IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM FOR
THE ISOMETRIC.
The drawing size is too small or the margins are too large.
(35:1022) - THE MATERIAL CODE IS TOO WIDE AND HAS BEEN CHANGED FROM
TO
The material code has been trimmed to the maximum allowable length.
(35:1026) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN INTERMEDIATE DATA FILE
Usually this indicates that you have forgotten to execute the ASCII to binary
conversion program. The ASCII output generated by the ISOGEN interface must be
converted to binary (using DATCON.COM) before executing IZOD2.
(35:1027) - WARNING - ILLEGAL SCALE FACTOR FOUND FOR LINE FLOW
ARROW - DEFAULT SCALE 8 USED
The scale factor used for the pipeline flow arrow was set to an invalid value.
(35:1029) - WARNING - NO POSITION GIVEN FOR RECORD ID. This message indicates an error in the ISOGEN interface.
(35:1030) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN TEXT POSITIONING ARRAY
The maximum number of text positioning records has been exceeded in the
intermediate data file. Reduce the number of drawing annotations.
(35:1031) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER ARRAY
The maximum number of pipeline header attributes has been exceeded. Reduce the
numbers of entries in the options file PIPELINE_HEADER_TABLE.
(35:1032) - WARNING - ONLY NEW FORMAT SPEC BREAK ALLOWED ON SYSTEM
ISOMETRICS. SET SPEC BREAK SWITCH TO NEW FORMAT.
The ISOGEN option controlling the spec break format must be set to 1.
(35:1033) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA (PIPELINE
REJECTED)
An internal array holding pipeline header data has overflowed.
(35:1034) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME ARRAY
Too many spools have been defined in the isometric.
(35:1035) - WARNING - USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 ONLY FIRST 30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.
A user defined spool name is too large.
(35:1036) - WARNING - USER PREFIXED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 ONLY FIRST 30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.
A user prefixed spool name is too large.
(35:1037) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA ON SYSTEM ISO
A system isometric is composed of too many pipelines.
(35:1038) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING NEW KEY ALREADY EXISTS OLD SHAPE USED.
The new shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol already exists within ISOGEN.
Another symbol name must be chosen.
(35:1039) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT FOUND
The old shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol does not exist. An existing s
ymbol
key must be used for the old skey.
(35:1040) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT SET
A user defined symbol does not have an old shape key (skey) defined for it. User
defined symbols must have an old or existing shape key as part of the definition
of
the new symbol.
(35:1041) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING SPINDLE KEY NOT FOUND
The spindle key specified for a user defined ISOGEN fitting cannot be found.
(35:1042) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED FITTING ARRAY
An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined components.
(35:1043) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN FITTING SHAPE ARRAY
An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined symbols.
(35:1044) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER POSITIONED TABLE FOR RECORD
ID
An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user positioned title block re
cords.
(35:1045) - ERROR - USER TEXT POSITIONED OUTSIDE DRAWING FOR RECORD
ID - TEXT OUTPUT AT DRAWING ORIGIN.
Bad user defined text coordinates have been specified.
(35:1048) - WARNING - ONLY 30 CHARACTERS ALLOWED IN PIPELINE NAME ON
CUT PIPE SUMMARY.
The pipeline name in the cut pipe summary report can not exceed 30 characters.
(35:1052) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN CUT PIPE REPORT ARRAY, ONLY 2000
ENTRIES ALLOWED.
The maximum cut pipe report size has been exceeded.
(35:1053) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED OFFSET FITTINGS, ONLY
100 ENTRIES ALLOWED.
The maximum of 100 user defined offset fittings has been exceeded.
(35:1054) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME RESTRICTED TO TWO LINES.
Instrument tag numbers are restricted to two lines.
(35:1055) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME EXCEEDS BALLOON SIZE.
An instrument tag number is larger than the balloon size specified in the ISOGEN
options block.
(35:1056) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN USER FITTING FILE
ISOGEN is unable to open the user defined symbol library. Check that the file ex
ists
and that ISOGEN has read access to it.
(35:1057) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION SUPPORT/COMMENTS FROM COORDINATES
GIVEN - ATTA HAS NOT BEEN DIMENSIONED, CHECK POSITION
ON DRAWING.
ISOGEN was unable to position a pipe support and its comment.
(35:1058) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT POSITIONED AT LINE/BRANCH END SPLIT POINT IGNORED.
A user defined split point was placed at an endpoint of the pipeline.
(35:1059) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN POSITIONED INCORRECTLY SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN REPOSITIONED.
ISOGEN has rejected a user defined split point and repositioned it.
(35:1060) - WARNING - TAP OFF POINT CONNECTED TO STANDARD FITTING TAP OFF SHOWN FROM FITTING CENTER.
A tap is called for on a fitting that is not user defined. The tap point is take
n to be
the center of the fitting.
(35:1061) - WARNING - NO DIRECTION GIVEN FOR UNDEVELOPED FITTING
TAP - DIRECTION ASSUMED FROM FITTING COORDINATES.
ISOGEN cannot determine a direction of a fitting tap. A default direction is
assumed. Cut lengths have been suppressed for pipe not in the material list, che
ck
isometric drawing.
(35:1062) - WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST) - CHECK
CUT LIST.
ISOGEN is unable to position comments using the given coordinates.
() (NEW) - WARNING - BATCH INPUT FILE CREATED WITH EARLIER VERSION
OF PD_ISO BATCH INPUT FILE VERSION: BATCH DATA VER 4.0
Iso types are not represented in a batch input file created prior to PD_ISO vers
ion
5.00.00.05. You should recreate all batch input files using a PD_ISO version gre
ater
than 5.00.00.05.
(35:1099) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION COMMENT USING COORDINATES
GIVEN COMMENT RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK
LOCATION OF COMMENT ON DRAWING
ISOGEN is unable to position skey using the given coordinates.
(35:1101) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION skey USING CO-ORDINATES

GIVEN skey RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK POSITION ON
DRAWING
ISOGEN has received an unacceptable position for skey symbol.
(35:1104) (New) - ERROR - UNACCEPTABLE POSITION FOR skey SYMBOL skey
RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** SYMBOL NOT ON DRAWING
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.2.2 Design
File Interface Error Messages
E1 - Error opening IZOD2 error file
For some reason the error file created by the design file interface could not be
opened.
Check to make sure that you have write access to the current default directory.
E2 - Logical name ISOSEED is not defined or the iso seed file does not exist
This error message can only be generated when a wildcard character is used in th
e
output design file name. When this is the case then IZOD2 copies the seed file i
tself
for each sheet that is generated. If the logical name is not defined or the file
does not
exist then the file cannot be copied.
E3 - Iso design file not found
This error message is issued when the output design file cannot be found. It can
only
be issued when the output design file name does not contain a wildcard character
. In
this case the output file must be created prior to executing IZOD2.
E5 - Error opening the isometric design file
An error has occurred in opening the output iso design file for block i/o. Verif
y that
the file is not already open, that you have write access to the file and that th
e file is a
design file.
E6 - Error creating new iso design file
An error has occurred in copying the seed iso file to a new iso design file. Thi
s error
can only be issued when the output iso file name contains a wild card character.
E8 - Error opening the isometric design file
This message is the same as E5, except that it is only issued when the iso desig
n file
name contains a wild card character.
E9 - Error writing graphics to design file
This message indicates that a write operation to the design file could not be
completed successfully.
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ A.3 Batch Ext
raction Software Error Messages
The following error codes may be reported in the batch extraction log file:
1 - Cannot Mount Batch Input File
When this error is encountered, verify the following:
1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.
2. Find out if the remote node is up.
3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contains the path to be
mounted.
2 - Error Initializing Project DBS
Verify that you have access the Database Server.
3 - Error Initializing Piping DBS
4 - Error Initializing Job Spec DBS

5 - Error Reading Project Options (Default Set)
System was trying to read the Project Options from the database server.
6 - Error Mounting Working Directory
Probable Reason:
3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be moun
ted.
7 - Error Changing To Working Directory
Check Your directory privileges.
8 - Error Creating Temp Sub-Directory in
Check Your directory privileges.
9 - Error Opening Batch Input file
An error occurred when the batch command procedure attempted to open the batch
job input file. Make sure that the file protections on the file are such that th
e
command procedure can open the file.
10 - Record Too Long In Batch Input File
See the log files for the specific record (line) is causing the problem.
11 - Batch Input File Version Invalid:
The batch input file was created with a previous software version and the format
is
no longer valid.
12 - Error Reading Batch Input File
An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. Look in th
e
batch log file to determine the cause of the problem.
13 - Error Writing To Batch Input File
The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory th
at
was specified by the selected default set. The process under which batch iso s are
executing must have write access to the output file directory.
The line may have been successfully processed. See the log files to verify succe
ssful
processing.
14 - Invalid Default Set Line In Batch Input file
Refer to the logs file to determine cause of this problem.
15 - Error Changing To Master Work Directory
Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.
16 - Work Directory:<directory name>
17 - Error Changing To Working Sub-directory
18 - Cannot Mount Output Iso Directory (ISOPATH)
Most common reasons for this error:
ted.
Also,for interactive extraction, verify that the Environment variable ISOPATH, i
n
control.sh is set to a valid directory.
19 - Error Moving To Output ISO Directory
Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the output path specified by th
e
selected default set.
20 - Error Changing To Directory

21 - Error Deleting Temp Sub-Directory
22 - Error Renaming pdsidf.dat Or pdsidf.err
One or both of these files could not be renamed to isoname.dat or isoname.err.
23 - Error Starting Iso Interface Process
When this error is encountered, check the following:
1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded by keying in dates PD_ISO
at the UNIX prompt.
2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.
3. Verify that the system has enough memory.
24 - Error Returned From batch.sh
See the log files for more information.
25 - Error Copying/Adding To pdsidf.dat
The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory
specified in the selected default set. The process under which batch iso s is exec
uting
must have write access to the output file directory.
26 - Error Opening/Reading/Closing sheets.tmp
e
27 - Invalid Options String
Check the default set through Revise Default Set . There might have been an error
setting up the Default Set when it was first defined.
28 - Error Writing To Batch Log
uting
29 - Error Opening/Closing Batch Log
e
30 - MTO File Name > 14 characters
Filename in Unix are limited to 14 characters
31 - Fatal Error In batch.sh
1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.
32 - Unable To Obtain Local Node Name
Check to see if the workstation s node name has been correctly set up. Consult you
r
system administrator.
33 - Error Creating Directory In <directory name>
34 - Unable To Save Previous Files In <directory name>
35 - Unable To Create Error Directory
36 - Unable To Save In Error Directory
37 - Serious Interface Error
Refer to the log files to determine the cause of the problem. The Problem Line s
hould
be run with Debug & Verify turned on. Contact Intergraph system support and send
them all of the generated files.

38 - Error Returning From Iso Interface
39 - Iso Interface - Abnormal Exit (Unix Error): Due To Signal
This is a UNIX internal error. Check the Unix Signal returned error code to
determine the problem.
40 - Batch.sh - Abnormal Exit (Unix Error): Due To Signal
This is a UNIX internal error. Check the Unix Signal returned error code to
determine the problem.
41 - Batch.sh - returned invalid error code
The ksh has detected a possible UNIX error.
42 - Error Starting batch.sh
This error is usually caused by either a memory or input/output problem.
43 - Error in starting (exec call) batch.sh
The batch.sh cannot be found. Verify that the PD_ISO environment variable in the
control.sh has beed defined properly. This file should be located in
/usr#/ip32/pdiso/bin.
45 - Project Name Format Invalid In Batch Input file
Check if the Project Name in Batch Input File is present or a valid one.
46 - Error In Executing Ksh Command
An error occurred when starting another process.
48 - Run Aborted - Job Log May Have More Info
49 - Problem Line Not Processed After Restart of Iso Interface
There was a problem with a line. The Iso Interface was re-executed to avoid a cr
ash,
the problem line was not processed after restarting the Iso Interface
50 - Error in calling system
An error occurred when starting another process.
51 - Could Not Open pdsidf.dat
An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, ver
ify
that the file exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determin
e the cause
of the problem.
52 - Could Not Open seed.dat
An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, ver
ify
that the file exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determin
e the cause
of the problem.
53 - Area Not Found In Project
When this error is encountered, verify that:
1. the database server is running.
2. the area name has been altered in the batch input file.
3. the project area was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
54 - Area/Line Not Found In ISO Database

2. the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the line was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
55 - No Model Found for Area
2. the model name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the model was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
56 - Project Defaults Not Set
2. the default set name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the default set was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
57 - Error Reading Project Option File Names
58 - Cannot Close File
An error, possibly a UNIX error, was encountered in closing a file.
59 - Unable To Process Area/Line
Refer to the log files for more detailed information.
60 - Error Reading Drawing Revision Records
2. the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the line ID name was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
61 - Error Updating Drawing Record
Verify that the database server is running.
62 - Defaults Set Not Found
64 - Error Updating Drawing Revision Record
Verify that the database server is running.
65 - Error Writing to file
uting
66 - Error Mounting Iso Seed Design File (ISOSEED)
ted.
68 - Error Initializing Microstation message
The First Design File in the Current Area being processed could not be initializ
ed by
Microstation.
69 - Error Mounting Iso Plot File (ISOPLOT)
ted.
70 - Error Exporting Environment Variable
Unix Error: check the amount of available workstation memory.
71 - Error Mounting Output Directory
ted.
72 - Error Mounting Border File (ISOBORDER)
ted.
73 - Unexpected Error From JOBCTL
An error has occurred in creating input for the ISOGEN interface using data from
the
batch job input file. This error should only occur if the batch job input file i
s out of
sync with the Batch Data File. The two files can get out of sync if lines are de
leted
after they have been added to a batch job input file.
75 - Abnormal Database Error (See System Log)
See the Log files for more information.
99 - Fatal Error while running the Batch Job: batch.sh
See the Log files for more information.
101 - Intermediate File Does Not Exist
A fatal error has occurred in the generating the intermediate file from the ISOG
EN
interface. Look in the error log produced by the interface to determine the caus
e of
the problem.
102 - Error Generating Binary IDF File
An error has occurred in converting the intermediate data file produced by the
ISOGEN interface to binary. This usually indicates an earlier problem in the
ISOGEN interface. Look at the error log produced by the interface to determine t
he
cause of the problem.
103 - Isometric Seed File Does Not Exist
The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either
create
the seed file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.
104 - Error Running ISOGEN Interface (ISOGEN)
A fatal error running ISOGEN has occurred. Look at the error log produced by the
ISOGEN interface and also at the ISOGEN message file. Error messages generated
by the Intergraph design file interface will be written to the error log. Error
messages generated by ISOGEN will be written to the message file.
110 - Error Splitting The MTO Neutral File
When the ISOGEN interface produces an mto neutral file, the batch software
automatically splits it into several files, each containing the mto data for a s
ingle
sheet. This error is generated when splitting up the neutral file fails. Make su
re
that your MTO record map maps component occurrence numbers into the neutral
file.
115 - Error Generating Title Block Text
An error has occurred while attempting to determine which segment attributes
should be placed in the title block of each isometric sheet. Make sure that you
have
properly set your Title Block Table File. Contact Intergraph for help if you can
not
solve the problem.
120 - Iso Sheets File Not Found or Unreadable
An error occurred when the batch command procedure tried to open the file that
contains the number of isometric sheets generated by ISOGEN. This error indicate
s
an Intergraph software problem.
121 - Error Reading Iso Sheets File
An error occurred while trying to read the number of iso sheets from a file prod
uced
by ISOGEN. This error indicates an Intergraph software problem.
122 - Error Updating Number Of Sheets
Error updating number of sheets An error occurred while updating the number of
drawing sheets for a multi-section pipeline. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file t
o
determine the cause of the problem.
123 - Error Opening STIB Input File
An error occurred while trying to create an input file for STIB. This error prob
ably
indicates an Intergraph software error.
124 - Error Filling Out Title Block By STIB
An error has occurred while STIB was attempting to fill out the drawing title bl
ock.
Make sure that your seed iso design file has plenty of space for both the drawin
g
graphics and the text that is inserted by STIB. Also make sure that the disk hol
ding
the batch run directory has plenty of contiguous space. STIB creates a 500 block
temporary work file that must be contiguous.
125 - Error Getting Previous Manual Details
An error occurred while attempting to move manual details from a previous versio
n
of a drawing to the latest. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to determine the c
ause of
the problem.
130 - Plot Software Does Not Exist
Could not find the Plot Software (IP_IPLOT). If the plotting software is not loa
ded,
set the plot option to No and rerun the iso.
If attempting to perform a batch process, this error could also indicate that yo
u do
not have access to the requested queue. Verify that the requested queue name is
available to the processing node s batch login.
131 - Plot Seed File Does Not Exist
The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either
create
the seed file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.
132 - Error Opening Or Writing Plot Job File
An error has occurred creating a command procedure to launch an IPLOT plot job.
This error is probably due to an Intergraph software problem. Refer to the batch
(DCL) log file to determine the cause.
Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File: Check if there is enough memor
y
space.
133 - Error Generating Plot Meta File
Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File. Verify that the system has eno
ugh
memory.
134 - Error Submitting A Job To ISO_PLOT
An error occurred submitting a job to launch an IPLOT plot. Make sure that the p
lot
queue ISO_PLOT is properly set up.
135 - Batch Submitting Error Code: 0x10000XXX
An error has occurred in submitting a batch job where XXX is an error return cod
e
listed in the 0batch0batchapi0batchapi.h file. For example, the return code
0x10000025 is defined as BATCH_ERROR_NO_ACCOUNT_MAPPING (025) IN
THE ntbatchapi.h file. In this case, you would verify that your account is mappe
d
correctly in the Intergraph Batch Manager.
If the account password has been changed and the password in Account Mapping has
not been updated since the account was mapped to the valid user, the batch job w
ill
still be reported as, Batch Job Submitted Successfully. The invalid password is
not be
detected by NTBATCH until the batch job is started.
Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-1
Appendix B
Alias ISOGEN Tables
B-2 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide March 2000
Tables of Intermediate File Records
Record ID. No. Purpose Remarks
-1 Overflow text record
(Used with all types of text records)
-3 Text for Isometric Title Block
-4 Special key input
(That is, in-line items given a -4 key is treated in the special
way that Alias instruments are.)
-5 Spare
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
Pipeline Reference
Spare
Revision Identifier
Project Identification (Code Number)
Batch Reference (Zone Name)
Piping Specification Name
Nominal Pressure Rating (Class)
Line Type Identifier
Date of Data Transfer
Insulation Specification
Tracing Specification
Painting Specification
Pipeline
Header
Information
-18
-19
Spare
Spare
-20
-21
-22
-23
Item Code
Item Description
Tag Number and Hanger Name
Hanger Tail Reference (ATTA CREF)
-24 Spare
-25
-26
New Pipeline Reference
(Used to indicate start of new pipeline on multi-pipeline
plot.)
Specification Change Identifier
B-4 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide
March 2000
-27
-28
-29
Spare
Spare
Spare
-30
-31
-32
-33
-34
-35
-36
-37
-38
-39
-40
Connection Comment - Continued ON
Connection Comment - Connected TO
HCON/TCON = OPEN (Not used by PDS)
HCON/TCON = CLOS
End Connection Type (such as a cap, blind plug, etc.)
HCON = VENT (Not used by PDS)
HCON = DRAN (Not used by PDS)
Unset HREF or IREF Indicator
(But only when HCON or TCON is not set to OPEN, CLOS,
VENT, DRAN or SCRD)
-36 is used to disable No Connection ... notes from being
displayed. (See also Intergraph Option 6)
Comment on spool, fitting, or hanger
Drawing Split Point Indicator ( + + + + )
Spare
Skewed spindle directions or skewed ecc reducer flat
directions
-51
-52
-53
-54
-55
-56
-57
-58
-59
-60
This block (-51 to -60)
is reserved for internal
Isodat processing.
-67
-80 to -90
-100
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105
-106
-107
-108
Intergraph Weld Number Record Key
User-defined Bill of Material Records
Intermediate data transfer file name
Schema plot file name (For drug frame)
Isometric plot file prefix
New/alternative symbol file names
Material Control file name
Message file name
(Error and plot confirmation messages)
PDMS error system file name
(This is not user-definable)
PDMS > ISOGEN
(This is not user-definable)
Printed Parts List file name
-109
to
-200
Spare
-201
-500
Reserved for ATEX - foreign language or other alternative
text on isometric
(Title Information, End Conditions, etc.)
(Full details are available on a separate list)
-501
-502
Reserved for new or alternative to fitting shape definitions.
(Full details to be provided later.)
March 2000
Record Identification Numbers
Spool and In-Line Fitting Records
Please refer to Appendix E, ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions, for further details.
Spool / Fitting Type Record ID Numbers Remarks
In
Leg
First
Branch
Leg
Second
Branch
Leg
Out
Leg
Bend 30 - - 31
Elbow 35 - - 36
O let 40 41 - 42 Plus a 0 record
Tee 45 46 - 47 Plus a 0 record
Cross 50 51 52 53 Plus a 0 record
Reducer (Con/Ecc) 55 - - - Plus a 0 record
Tee Reducer (Con/Ecc) 60 61 - 62 Plus a 0 record
Reducing Flange 65 - - - Plus a 0 record
Tee Bend/Elbow 70 71 - 72 Plus a 0 record
Angle Valve 75 - - 76
3 Way Valve 80 81 - 82 Plus a 0 record
4 Way Valve 85 86 87 88 Plus a 0 record
Instrument 90 91 92 93 A straight through type
instrument only has 90 &
93 record ID Numbers.
Instrument Dials only have
a 90 record.
Pcom (Misc. Pipe
Component)
95 - - 96
Pipe (Tube) 100 - - Fixed Length Pipe 101 - - Pipe Block
(Fixed Length)
102 - - Pipe Block
(Variable Length)
103 - - Flange 105 - - Lap Joint Stub End 106 - - Blank Flange (Blind) 107 - - Gasket 110 - - Bolt 115 - - Weld 120 - - Cap 125 - - Coupling 126 - - Union 127 - - Valve 130 - - Trap 132 - - Vent 134 - - Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-7
Spool and In-Line Fitting Records (continued)
Spool / Fitting Type Record ID Numbers Remarks
In
Leg
First
Branch
Leg
Second
Branch
Leg
Out
Leg
Filter 136 - - User Positioned
Comment
149 - - - Used to define position
Pipe Hanger/Support 150 - - 180 to 199
inc.
- - - Reserved for internal
ISODAT processing
Bore Record 0 - - End of File Marker 999 - - B-8 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide
March 2000
Option Switches
This is a brief summary of the option switches operated by the 140-word options
block. Recommended default values for each
option are shown, together with either a list of alternatives or an indication o
f appropriate data values. Full details (where
appropriate) can be found in Chapters 3 or 4.
Any standard settings (Std. is =) indicated on the following pages are default s
ettings from Alias; these settings are required to
produce a STANDARD isometric drawing. You can make various alternative settings to
meet specific project requirements.
For any switch with multiple switch settings-such as A, B, C, D, E-the switches
read from right to left, as shown below.
Leading 0s (zeros) can be omitted, but trailing 0s must be included.
The following ISOGEN options must not be changed from their delivered settings.
ISOGEN Option Number Function
1 Plot length control
7 Drawing control
31 Iso output file
32 Plotter scale factor
33 Pipe detailed
43-51 Wastage factors
55-57 Diagnostic printing
58 Clear screen
131 Test parameter
Option Switches
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Parameter Value Options
Cutting List 2 A
B
C
D
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
Suppress cut pipe list and cut pipe numbers.
(default)
Generate cut piece numbers and a cut pipe list.
Cut piece numbers start at 1 on each sheet.
Use old style (limited information) cut piece
list. (default)
Use new style (full information) cut piece list.
Generate numeric cut piece identifiers. (default)
Generate alphabetic cut piece identifiers.
Generate standard cut lengths only. (default)
Generate supplementary output of cut lengths in
decimal inches format in the REMARKS
column of the new style cut piece list. This
setting only applies when using Imperial Units.
Cut Marks 3 0
1
Std. is = 0 for no cut marks.
or set:
For plotted cut marks. (Position relative to
drawing frame to be based upon margin
dimension.)
Character Size
(Only controls
text on
isometric
drawing)
4 0
1
2
3
4
5
For characters 2.5 mm high (default setting).
For characters 2.1 mm high.
March 2000
Option Switches (continued)
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Suppress
Output Of End
Coordinates
5 0
data
Std. = 0 for normal end coordinates to be output
for -30 to -36 type records.
Optionally set each of the 7 digits in the word to
1 or 0 for selective output or suppression of the
end coordinates.
1101101 = suppress all end coordinates except

for the -31 and 34 types records.
Date in Title
Block
6 A
B
C
0
1
2
3
0
1
0
1
Std. is = 0 for date plotted in the form 14 APR
88.
EUR for date plotted in the format: 14/04/88
USA for date plotted in the format: 04/14/88
For no plotted date.
Use the date from the IDF file record (-14).
Use the computer system date (taken at run time).
Output 2-digit year.
Output 4-digit year.
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Dimension
Line Standout
Distance
8 Data < 11
Data 11
Default to use Standard Dimension Line
Standouts (see below). Only used if options 40
and 118 are not set
Where a value is set to the required basic
standout distance in whole mm s.
Standard Dimension Line Standouts:
For SMALL drawing text, set ISOGEN Word 4
to 1.
A) String/Composite Dimension Standout =
12mm.
B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimension
Standout = 6mm
C) Overall Dimension Standout = 18mm
For MEDIUM text, set Word 4 to 0.
A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 14mm.
Standout = 7mm
For LARGE text, set ISOGEN Word 4 to 2.

Standout = 8mm
For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 3.
Standout = 9mm
B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimen.
Standout = 10mm
C) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm
Standout = 11mm
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Dimension
Line Standout
Distance
(continued)
Standout = 9mm
B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimen.
Standout = 10mm
C) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm
Standout = 11mm
Dimensions
On Drawing
9 A
B
C
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
0
1
Std. is = 0 for isometric with dimensions.
For isometric without any dimensions.
For Support dimensions only.
For COMPOSITE dimensions.
FULL STRING dimensioning, ALL
components dimensioned
Do not include gasket thickness in flanged
component dimension
Include gasket thickness in
flanged component
dimension.
Dimension displayed in a
broken dimension line.
USA-style dimensioning,
dimension displayed above
dimension line.
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Drawing
Margin
10
11
12
13
5
data
5
data
5
data
5
data
Std. is = 5 mm for left hand margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for left margin.
Std. is = 5 mm for right hand margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for right margin.
Std. is = 5 mm for top margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for top margin.
Std. is = 5 mm for bottom margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for bottom margin.
Drawing Size 14
15
16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
data
data
Std. is = A2 paper size (420 x 594 mm)
Or set:
For A1 paper size (594 x 841 mm)
Or set:
For AD paper size (22 x 34 )
For AC paper size (17 x 22 )
For AB paper size (11 x17 )
For AA paper size (8.5 x 11 )
For AE size drawings (33 x 44 )
For AO size drawings (841 mm x 1189 mm)
Or set:
New value for drawing height in mms
New value for drawing width in mms
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Flow Arrows 17 0
1
Std. is = 0 for fluid flow arrows on selected in-line
components.
or set:
To suppress fluid flow arrows.
Frame Control 18 0
1
Std. is = 0 for standard Isoplot drawing frame.
or set:
To suppress standard Isoplot drawing frame.
Falling Lines
(Slope)
19
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Used to control how falling sections of pipeline are
actually to be defined on the iso.
Std. is = 0 to define falling sections of pipeline in
terms of an angle (i.e., FALL 1.5.

or set:
To define falling sections in terms of a falls ration
(i.e., FALL 1:60).
To define falling sections in terms of a falls
percentage (i.e., FALL 1.7%).
To define falling sections in terms of grads
(i.e., FALL 1 GRAD).
To define falling sections in terms of an incline (i.e.,
FALL 3/16 PER FT).
To define falling sections in
terms of an incline (i.e., FALL 16 MM PER M).
To suppress falling line indication.
Sloping
Pipeline
Indication
Limit
20 5
data
Used to define the falls definition cut off point
(i.e., to control what degree of steepness should
be treated as a fall and what should not). In this
case, the section concerned is surrounded by the
normal box enclosure.
Std. is = 5 degrees or ratio of 1:11 or 9 percent
or 5 gradients or 1" per ft (Imperial) or 88 mm
per meter depending upon which key word is set
as the first parameter. (All these are approx. =
to 5 degrees.)
or set:
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Sloping
Pipeline
Indication
Limit
(continued)
20 data To the required value for the desired cut-off
value of the previous switch (19). If the correct
parameter for Switch 19 is set then:For 9 degree. cut-off, enter 9.
For 1:6 cut-off, enter 6.
For 16% cut-off, enter 16.
For 10 grad. cut-off, enter 10.
For 2" per foot cut-off, enter 2.
For 166 mm per cut-off, enter 166.
NOTE:
The default cut-off value is 5 degree or its
equivalent as indicated above.
Isometric
Type
21 0
1
2
6
7
Std. is = 0 for combined isometrics (Fab and
Erec information.).
or set:
For Erection isometrics only.
For Fabrication isometrics only.
For individual Spool isometrics.
For no isometrics from an ISOGEN run.
Loose Flange
And Field Fit
Weld
Allowance
22
A/B/C
D/E.F
data
data
Used to control the amount of extra pipe that is
added to both the Cut Length dimensions and
the Material List at Loose Flange and Field Fit
Weld (FFW) positions.
NOTE:
Intergraph Option Switch 62 (Weld Number
Display), position C, must be set to 1 for
ISOGEN 22 to work properly.
Value used for field welds
Standard is 150 mm.
Values are in mm.
Value used for offshore welds
Standard is 0 mm.
Values are in mm.
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Plotted
Material List
Control
23
A
B
C
D
E
0
1
Blank or 0
1
2
Blank or 1
2
3
Blank or 0
1
Blank or 0
1
This option allows control of the material list on
the iso and the style of the material control file.
(Material control file generation controlled by
Intergraph Option 1.)
Material list plotted
Material list not plotted
No action
This is a sorted STYLE 1 list.
Individual part numbers and Pulled Bends are
given a U number . (See ATEXT -356)
Gaskets and Bolts are accumulated. Welds are
given W or B numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & 358)
This is a sorted STYLE 2 list . Individual part
numbers and Pulled Bends are given a U
number. (See ATEXT -356) Gaskets and Bolts
are accumulated. Welds are given W or B
numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & -358)
STYLE 1 Material list
(default)
Old Style of Material Control File (default)
New Style of Material
Control File.
Sectionalized form of Material List with title for
each group of components (default).
Continuous form of Material List. No headings
other than those set in the Material Definition
file by the user.
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Plotted
Material List
Control
(continued)
E 1 (No separate FAB / EREC sections. No
component subgroup headings.)
Components are continued to be sorted into
Groups. Horizontal list is drawn across the
Material List after each group of components.
Category identifiers (ATEXT -376, -377, -378)
and Group identifiers (ATEXT -307, -308, 309, -311 through -315) are both available for
use in any user-specified column position.

Material List
Type/Length
Units
24
A
B
0
1
0
1
2
Metric or Imperial Units used with this option
are goverened by ISOGEN option 41,
Dimensional Units.
Produce a material list on a per drawing basis
with length units to the nearest 1/10 meter or
1/10 foot (default).
Produce a material list on a per pipeline basis
with length units to the nearest 1/10 meter or
1/10 foot
Output pipe length in a x.xM or x.x format. (for
example, 10.4M or 10.4 ) (default)
Output pipe length in a x MM or x x" format.
(for example, 1040 MM or 10 5")
Output pipe length in a x.xxx M or x.xxx format.
(for example, 1.040 M or 10.510 )
Material List
Position &
Title Block
Position
25 A
B
0
1
0
1
Material List on left side of isometric drawing.
The title block is located in the bottom right
corner of the drawing area.
Material List on right side of isometric drawing.
The title block is located in the bottom right
corner of the drawing area.
Place title block in the bottom right corner of
the drawing area. (default)
Place Title block at the bottom of the material
list.
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Material List
Position &
Title Block
Position
(continued)
25 2 Do not place a title block.
Note:
Check ATEXTs -317 and -318. If they are not
blank and have not been positioned by the user, the
Cut List SUMMARY is positioned above the title
block.
Material List
Descriptions
26 0
1
Std. is = 0 to have item descriptions listed
or set:
To suppress item descriptions.
Material List
Text Size
27 0
1
2
3
4
5
For characters 2.5 mm high (default setting).
For characters 2.8 mm high. (Only controls text
on isometric picture.)
NOTE:
Setting 5 is not recommended.
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Material List
Item Code
Length
28
data
Controls number of characters in item code.
The minimum item code length is 1 character.
Material List
Line Spacing
29
100
data
Controls line spacing on material list.
Std. is = 100.
or set:
Alternative value to increase/decrease in the
ratio data/100/ (i.e., 105 to obtain 105/100

increase).
Material List
Output
30
0
1
2
10
11
12
Controls how overflow material list are split.
For automatic overflow onto a second material
list width plotted alongside the normal one.
(default)
Creates an isometric that contains only the
material list extension.
Creates an overflow iso for the material list.
The second iso is given the same number as the
first sheet, but appends a suffix (A, B, C, etc.).
Same as 0 except that DRG 1 of 1 is added to
single sheet isometrics.
Picture Scale 34
100
data
Used to enlarge or diminish the isometric
picture image size while keeping the frame size
constant. Size alters in proportion to the
number entered and 100.
Std. is = 100.
or set:
Alternative value to increase/ decrease picture
scale in the ratio to data/100.
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Drawing and
Material List
Reserved Area
35
A/B/C
D/E/F
Data
Data
Used to define a section along the bottom of the
isometric sheet that is to be reserved for user
use in both the Drawing Area and Material List
Area.
Enter a value in mms equal to the depth of

reserved area that is required along the bottom
of the iso above the lower frame line in the
drawing area. When specified, this area always
is left blank.
Enter a value in mms equal to the depth of
reserved area that is required along the bottom
of the iso above the lower frame line in the
Material List area.
When specified, this area is always left blank.
(Measured from the same place as Drawing
Reserve Area)
Checks to make on ATEXT -317 and -318. If
they are not blank and have not been positioned
by the user, the CL SUMMARY is positioned
above the Material List Reserve Area.
Drawing
Stacking
Arrangement
36
37
1
data
0
1
Std. is = 1 for 1 frame high stacking.
Alternative value for variations on this (i.e., 2
for 2 frame high stacking, or 3 for 3 frame high
stacking , etc.).
Std. is = 0 for plotting along the paper.
For plotting across the paper.
Drawing Split
Control
38
100
data
Controls drawing. splitting (i.e., the average
amount of information to be shown on one
drawing).
Std. is = 100 for 100%.
A number >100 to increase content or <100 to
decrease.
NOTE:
ISOGEN option 7 must be set to 0 for this
option to function properly.
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Spool
Numbers
39 A
B
C
0
1
2
0
1
0 or blank
1
2
3
4
5
Spool numbering On.
(use consecutive numbering - 1, 2, 3...)
Spool numbering Off.
Spool numbering On,
(use consecutive lettering - A, B, C...)
Spool numbering is consecutive and does not
reset to 1 for new sheets.
Spool numbering is consecutive, but resets to 1
for new sheets.
Spool numbers are enclosed in a double box.
(default)
Spool numbers are enclosed in a diamond-ended
box.
Spool numbers are enclosed in a round-ended
box.
Spool numbers are enclosed in a triangle.
Spool numbers are enclosed
in a diamond.
Spool numbers are enclosed in a square.
Pipe Supports 40
A 0
1
2
3
Controls pipe support dispaly and dimensioning.
STRING type support dimensioning. (default)
OVERALL type support dimensioning
Support pipe supports on the isometric and on
the material list.
Use undimensioned pipe supports on the
isometric.
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Pipe Supports 40 B
C
C/D
E
0
1
0 or Blank
data
0 or Blank
1
2
3
4
Support dimensions are on the same side of the
pipeline as normal pipe dimensions.
Support dimensions are opposite of the pipeline
from normal pipeline dimensions. Standout
distance set in positions C/D of this switch are
ignored
No support dimension standout set. Program
default is used.
Support dimension standout in whole mm units.
Dimension all supports.
Dimension Fabrication-type supports only.
Dimension Erection-type supports only.
Dimension Offshore-type supports only.
Dimension Erection & Offshore-type supports
only.
Dimensional
Units
41
A
B
C
D
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
2
0
1
2
Controls the output units for bore dimensions,
coordinate, weight and what weight information is
output , if any, for an isometric.
Inch bores with metric (mm) linear dimensions.
Inch bores with imperial (ft/in) dimensions.
Metric (mm) bores with metric (mm) dimensions.
Metric co-ordinates are output as mm.
Metric co-ordinates are output as M.mm.
Standard output in feet and inches. (6 10.1/4 )
Same as value 0, but with an added dash. (6 10.1/4 )
Same as value 1, but a blank space replaces the
dot. (6 -10 1/4 )
Do not output weight info. to the isometric
(includes material lists, drawing frame, etc.).
(default)
Output weight in kilograms.
Output weight in pounds.
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Dimensional Units
(continued)
41 E
F/G
H
0
1
2
0 or blank
value
blank
1
Suppress weight output.
Individual component weights do not appear in
the materials list. Only weight sub-totals and
totals appear.
Component Weight is output as total component
weight. (quantity x unit weight).
Output component weight as individual weight of
each component type. (not multiplied by
quantity).
Change output format from inches to feet/inches
at 24.
A number (in whole inches) where the output
format changes from inches to feet/inches. The
minimum valid value is 12.
Output NPD at branches and reducers as normal.
Suppress NPD at branches and reducers.
View Point
Control
42 3
1
2
4
7
5
6
8
N arrow points top left. (default)
N arrow points bottom right.
N arrow points top right.
N arrow points bottom left.
N arrow points top left (boxed in).
N arrow points bottom right (boxed in).
N arrow points top right (boxed in).
N arrow points bottom left (boxed in).
March 2000
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Spare 52
Weld
Numbers
53 A
B
C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Blank or 0
1
Blank or 0
1
Weld Numbers OFF
Weld Numbers ON
(small characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(medium characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(large characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(small characters)
Only number fabrication welds
Weld Numbers ON
(medium characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(large characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(small characters)
Only number erection welds
Weld Numbers ON
(medium characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(large characters)
Values 1-9 number welds consecutively, starting
at 1, for the entire pipeline.
Do not generate a weld box.
Generate a weld box.
Welds numbers run consecutively, starting at 1,
for the entire pipeline.
Weld numbers start at 1 on each new sheet
generated for a pipeline.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Weld
Numbers
(continued)
D
E
0
1
0 or blank
1
Generate weld numbers for offshore welds
Generate weld numbers for offshore welds
ONLY
Single sequence for all welds.
Individual sequence for each weld type
Weld Control 54 0
1
2
3
4
Std. is = 0 to have all welds plotted.
or set:
To have all welds suppressed.
To have only Site welds plotted.
To have only Fabrication welds plotted.
To change Site welds to Fabrication welds.
This setting will not change User Inserted Site
Welds.
Spare 56-57
Instrument
Identification
59
0
1
Controls which 3D system parameter is used on
the isometric for the identification of
instruments.
Std. is = 0 for instrument NAME output.
or set:
To output the specification reference (Item
Code/Tag Number) .
Tag Numbers 60 0
1
Std. is = 0 for no tag numbers on in-line items.
or set:
To plot tag numbers
Insulation
Control
61 0
1
2
Std. is = 0 to have the insulation line plotted

alongside the pipe.
Or set:
To suppress insulation lines.
To have insulation on for tube and all insulated
components
B-26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Isometric Facility Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Tracing Control 62 0
1
2
Std. is = 0 to have the Tracing lines plotted
alongside the pipe, or set:
To suppress the Tracing lines.
To have Tracing on for tube and all traced
components.
Printed Material
List Length
Control
63 55
data
Std. is = 55 (for 55 lines per page), or set:
Alternative value (for example, 62)
Pipe Support
Information On
Isometric
Drawing
64 0
1
2
Std. is = 0 for no Support Names on drawing [Use
standard specification reference (Item Code) on
parts list.],or set:
Support Names are output on Iso and are used in the
parts list.
Boxed support Names are output on Iso and
specification references are used on the parts list.
Bolting Lengths
and Bolting
Diameters in the
Alias Material
Control File
Only
65
A
0
0
1
2
3
This option allows bolt diameters and bolt lengths to
be reported in different units in the printed material
control file. (See ATEXT -359, -330, and -331.)
Always output in Bolt Diameter X Bolt Length

order.
When set to 0, bolt diameters and lengths should be
treated as per the setting of option switch 41.
This position controls the bolt length indicator.
Imperial diameters -- Metric Lengths
Imperial diameters -- Imperial Lengths
Metric Diameters -- Metric Lengths
No bolts to be included in this file.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Bolting Lengths
and Bolting
Diameters in the
Alias Material
Control File
Only
(continued)
65 B
0 or Blank
1
2
This position controls the bolt diameter indicator.
Defaults units as set in option switch 41
Imperial bolt diameters
Metric bolt diameters
Coordinate
Output Control
66 A
B
C
0
1
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
Control of elevations/ coordinate output on extended
witness line at bend/elbow and branch intersection
positions.
Arrowed message type
New style of output using extended witness line.
Control of coordinate output at bend/elbow
positions.
Default setting. Only output elevations when
changed.
No elevations/coordinates output at any bend/elbow
positions
Only elevations/ coordinates that have changed to be
output at bend/elbow positions

Full set of coordinates to be output at any bend/
elbow positions.
Control of coordinate output at branch intersection
positions.
Default setting. Only output elevations when
changed.
No elevations/coordinates at all branch intersection
positions.
Only elevations/ coordinates that have changed to be
output at branch intersection positions.
Full set of coordinates to be output at all branch
intersection positions.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Coordinate
Output Control
(continued)
D
0
1
Control of output of coordinates at isometric split
point positions.
No coordinate output.
Full set of coordinates to be output at all isometric
split point positions.
3D Skews
Drawn As 2D
Skews With Fall
Indication
67 0
1
Std. is = 0 for boxes to be put on 3D Skewed falling
pipelines, or set:
For 3D Skews to be drawn as 2D Skews with fall
indication.
Zero Length
Bends
68
0
1
Where Zero Length bends are positioned between
vertical branches and connection points on Falling
pipelines.
Std. is = 0 for skewed branch connection
presentation on Falling pipelines, or set:
For vertical branch connection presentation on
Falling pipelines.
Spare 69
Suppress Skew
Boxes/Triangles
on Branch Legs
70
0
data
This switch is only available for use on straight
through Branches. Any change in direction along
the Branch automatically causes this option to
default to 0.
Default setting. All branches are drawn with normal
Skew Box/Triangle depiction.
Suppress Skew Box/Triangle depiction on Branch
Legs whose number of components is less than or
equal to the data value set. An orientation message
is output as a result.
Detail Sketch 71 8000 This option must be set to 8000 for the Detail
Sketch facility (Intergraph option 66) to operate.
Spare 72
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Control of Part
Number Box
Enclosure
73
A/B
C/D
E
F/G
0
data
0
data
0
1
2
blank
data
This option offers three styles of Part Number boxes.
Note:
When style 1 or 2 boxes are being used, ALL pipe
part numbers will be converted to arrowed-out
message style.
Note on Style 3:
The first box identifies the weld type (Site/Shop).
This is controlled from ATEXT
-357, -358. The second box is the generated part
number.
Use standard part number enclosure.
Use a Style 1 enclosure with X number of blank
characters.
Do not use a Style 2 enclosure.
characters.
Style 1 enclosure with square ends.
Style 1 enclosure with diamond ends.
Style 1 enclosure with round ends.
Do not use a Style 3 enclosure box.

characters.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Material List
Category
Accumulation
74
A
B
C
D
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
Allows limited control or variations of accumulation
of materials. This switch does NOT apply to a
STYLE 3 Material List. In all situations, PIPE
accumulates as it always has.
This switch does NOT apply when using option
switch 23 position B1 or B2.
Accumulation ON is the default setting.
Fabrication Materials:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF (excludes pipe)
Eliminate the Fabrication category from the Material
List.
Accumulation OFF (includes pipe)
Erection Materials:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
Do not list in the Material List. The category is
eliminated completely.
Offshore Materials:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
Gaskets:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Material List
Category
Accumulation
(continued)
E
F
0
1
2
0
1
2
Bolts:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
eliminated completely
Welds:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
Do not list in the Material
List. The category is
eliminated completely
Weld Number
Box Enclosure
75
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
This option gives control over the style of Box
enclosure for individual Weld Numbers.
For Shop Welds ONLY:
Determines the enclosure style for weld numbers.
All values, except for 0 weld numbers, are arrowed
messages.
Normal weld numbers in small circles local to the
weld.
Weld number in a diamond-ended box.
Weld number in a round-ended box.
Weld number in a triangle.
Weld number in a diamond.
Weld number in a square-ended box.
Dynamically-sized circle.
No weld number enclosure.

Isometric Facility No. of Words
and Record
Format
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Weld Number
Box Enclosure
(continued)
B
C
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
For Shop Welds ONLY:
Weld prefix NOT added to
the weld number.
Weld prefix added to the
weld number.
For Site/Field Welds
ONLY:
Determines the enclosure
style for weld numbers. All
values, except for 0 weld
numbers, are arrowed
messages.
Normal weld numbers in
small circles local to weld.
Weld number in a diamond
ended box.
Weld number in a roundended
box.
Weld number in a squareended
box.
No weld number enclosure.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Weld Number
Box Enclosure
(continued)
D
E
F
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
For Site/Field Welds ONLY:
Weld prefix NOT added to the weld number.
Weld prefix added to the weld number
For Offshore Welds ONLY:
Determines the enclosure style for weld numbers.
All values, except for 0 weld numbers, will be
arrowed messages.
Normal weld numbers in small circles local to the
weld.
Weld number in a diamond-ended box.
Weld number in a round-ended box.
Weld number in a square-ended box.
No weld number encosure.
For Offshore Welds ONLY:
Weld prefix NOT added to the weld number.
Weld prefix added to the weld number.
Material Part
Number
Enclosure Shape
76 Note:
ISOGEN option 73 controls the material part
number enclosure style.
Settings 1, 2, and 7 are also applied to style 2
material list part number enclosure as controlled by
ISOGEN option 73.
March 2000
B-34 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Material Part
Number
Enclosure Shape
(continued)
A 0
1
2
7
8
Rectangular-ended enclosure box shape (default)
Diamond-ended enclosure box shape
Round-ended enclosure box shape
Plot material part number only without an enclosure
box.
Do not plot a material part number or enclosure
box. This setting overrides ISOGEN option switch
73.
Weld Number
Allocation at
Slip-on Flanges &
Reinforcement
Pads
77 This option MUST Be Set 1 (Meaning One Weld
Number Only) For Intergraph.
Spare 78 to 79
Valve Centerline
Dimensioning
Control
80 A
B
C
D
E
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Dimensioning on valves with butt-welded ends.
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with compression ends.
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with screwed ends
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with socket-welded ends
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with flanged ends.
Off
On
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data

Valve Centerline
Dimensioning
Control
(continued)
E
F
G
0
1
0
1
0
1
Dimensioning on valves with flanged ends.
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with plain ends.
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with All Hygenic ends
Off
On
Dimensioning
Control
81
A/C
D/F
G/H
data
data
Note:
Branch dimensioning can not be suppressed on any
branch that contains pipe, fixed length pipe or a pipe
block
Defines upper size limit for centerline dimensioning
If option switch 41 set to 0 or 1, sets the upper
nominal size limit in 1/16
If option switch 41 is set to 2, sets the upper nominal
size limit in whole Mms.
Defines upper size limit for branch dimensioning
suppression.
If option switch 41 set to 0 or 1, sets the upper
nominal size limit in 1/16
If option switch 41 is set to 2, sets the upper nominal
size limit in whole mms.
Defines the upper limit for the number of
components that are required before a branch line is
dimensioned.
March 2000
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Center of
Gravity Weight
Output
82 A
B
C
D
E
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
None of the outputs controlled by this options
switch are required. (default)
All selected outputs are required per drawing or per
spool drawing.
All selected outputsare required per complete
pipeline.
Wet wieght is not required.
Wet weight is required.
Insulation weight not required.
Insuulation weight required.
Dry (empty) center of gravity position is not
required.
Dry (empty) center of gravity position is required.
Dry (empty) plus insulation center of gravity is
required.
Dry (empty) center of gravity and dry (empty) plus
insulation center of gravity are both required.
Wet (full) center of gravity position is not required.
Wet (full) center of gravity position is required.
Wet (full) plus insulation center of gravity is
required.
Wet (full) center of gravity and wet (full) plus
insulation center of gravity are both required.
Spare 83 to 91
Units for Detail
Sketches
92
0
1
Sets the type of units for detail sketches that have
been used.
Metric units
Imperial Units
Spare 93 & 94
Plotted Leg
Lengths for
Elbows and Tees
95 0
data
Default plotted leg length of 9 mm

User-specified plotted leg length in whole mm units
(12 = 12 mm leg lengths)
Do not set below 6 mm.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Spare 96
Skew
Box/Triangle
Type
97 0
1
Default for a Single Overall Box/Triangle enclosure
around the complete skew section.
For individual Box/Triangle skew enclosure to each
branch.
Spare 98
Skew Box Style
And
Dimensioning
99 0
1
2
3
Std. is = 0 for Skews enclosed in full boxes with
standard dimensioning.
When value is set to 0, hatching is not performed.
For Skew Triangles with standard dimensioning.
For Skew Triangles with standard dimensioning but
with standout distance as specified by Switch 100.
For Skew Triangles with non-standard dimensioning
(i.e., no leader or dimension lines). Standout
distance for positioning dimension characters as
specified by Switch 100.
Skewed Box
Dimension
Standout
(Triangles)
100 0
data
Std. is = 0 for normal standout of 4 or 11 mm
dependent on Switch 99.
or set:
For setting dimension standout (i.e., a setting of 120
= 12 mm or a setting of 55 = 5.5 mm). Option
Switch 100 is only obeyed if Switch 99 is set to 2 or
3.
Skew Triangle
Hatching
101 A
A/B
C
C/D
0
1
data
0 or Blank
data
Hatching Off
Hatching On (default; 1 mm)
NOTE:
If set to 1, ISOGEN option 99 must not be set to 0.
Reasonable value from 10 (1 mm) upwards.
NO cut-off value. Full hatching is performed.
Hatch line cut-off length. Set in WHOLE mm.
March 2000
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Gapping
Hatching
Patterns
102 A/B 0
data
Default gap of 25 (2.5 mm) local to skewed sections
of pipeline.
Gap value set in tenths of
mm (20 = 2 mm)
C/D
E/F
0
data
0
Default gap of 25 (2.5 mm) local to pipeline items in
skewed sections of pipeline
Gap value set in tenths of
mm (20 = 2 mm)
Default gap of 15 (1.5 mm) local to text elements
positioned within hatched triangles.
All default settings can be selected by setting switch
A to 0.
Spare 103 to 107
Automatic Split
Points in Pipe
108 0
1
2
No change to current operation (i.e., split points in
tube are acceptable). All isometrics are generated
normally. If requested, the split point information is
written to new Repeatability Data Return file.
If split points are detected, pipeline is rejected (i.e.,
split points in tube are not acceptable). No
isometrics are generated, and repeatability fails.
If split points are detected, continue to generate the
required number of isometrics. The message
UNACCEPTABLE SPLIT is output in the top left
corner of each affected drawing. Isometrics are
generated, and repeatability fails.

NOTE:
For Option 1 and 2, before re-running the process,
you must change the pipeline data to eliminate split
points. Two solutions are available:
Insert user-positioned split point(s) that avoids
splitting in tube.
Insert erection-type weld at a suitable position
that is local to the previously selected, reported
position. As a result, a position can be
dimensioned without generating a Carry Over
type of dimension.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Contents of Data
Return File
109 A/E Determines the data output to the return file. The
return file is used for repeatability.
Switches must be set to 111111.
Spare 110
Dotted Nozzles 111 0
1
Std. is = 0 to have Dotted Nozzles suppressed.
or set:
For all Nozzles to be shown Dotted.
Flow Arrow Size 112
0
1
data
This option is used with 149 record types whose
skey is set to FLOW.
Std. is = 0 set at default scale factor size of 8.
Supress pipeline flow arrows.
For scale factor size between 5 and 15.
Pipeline
Reference
Format In
Material Control
File
113 0
1
Std. is = 0 for standard Pipeline Reference to output
in the Material Control file.
or set:
Reformat Pipeline Reference for output in Material
Control file (change format such that 6-LNG6412A-CT15 becomes LNG6412A).
Specification
Breaks
114 0
1
Std. is = 0 for standard format Specification Break
identifiers.
or set:
For new format Specification Break identifiers.
Offset Angle
Tolerance
115 0
data
Std. is = 0 for no offset tolerance.
or set:
Any angle value expressed in 1/100ths of a degree.
Thus, any skew below the angle value input is
suppressed.
Offset
Dimension
Tolerance
116 0
data
Std. is = 0 for no offset tolerance.
or set:
Any value expressed in 1/100ths of a millimeter.
Thus, any skew below the given value is suppressed.
March 2000
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Dimension
Round Off Carry
Over
117 0
1
Std. is = 0 for the carry over of any remaining
dimension after rounding up or down to the nearest
whole unit (i.e., nearest 1 mm or 1/16 inch).
or set:
For no carry over after rounding up or down to the
nearest 1 mm or 1/16 inch.
Overall
Dimensions
118
A
B
B/C
0
1
2
3
4
0 or Blank
data
NOTE:
Overall Dimensions to valve centers are only
available to valves that have a spindle.
Overall dimensions OFF
Overall dimensions ON, going across all branches
Overall dimensions ON, stopping at all branches
Overall dimensions to center line of valves, going
across all Branches

Overall dimensions to center line of valves stopping
at all branches.
NO overall dimension standout set. Program default
will be used for all overall dimensions.
User-specified overall dimension standout in whole
mm units (9 for 9 mms)
Vertical
Dimensions/
Elevations
119 0
1
2
Std. is = 0 for normal dimensions.
or set:
Elevations only output on vertical pipes at points
where dimension lines would normally be.
Elevations and Dimensions output on vertical
pipelines.
Scale of Tapped
Branch
120 0
data
Std. is = 0 for 100% pipeline scale.
or set:
Value >100 to increase the branch scale.
Value <100 to decrease the branch scale.
Values of less than 50% are not recommended.
Tapped Branch
Dimensions
121 0
1
Std. is = 0 for dimensions on as set for the main
pipeline.
or set:
For dimensions off.
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Coordinates at
Tapping Points
122 0
1
Std. is = 0 for no coordinates output at user-defined
fitting tap points.
or set:
For coordinates output at developed fitting tap
points.
Instrument
Balloons
123
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
Std. is = 0 for no ballooning of instrument text.
or set:
A number equal to the number of characters allow
on each of the two available lines within an
instrument balloon; i.e.:
For 1 character on each line.
For 2 characters on each line.
This switch position is not used. Set this switch
position to 0 as a place holder when using switch
position C.
NOTE:
When using any of the enclosure options for switch
C, switch A must be set to 0.
NOTE:
Refer to Intergraph Option 12 if a two line message
is required or if the instrument ID is defined using a
$ character. Otherwise, a line feed will occur at the
$ character.
March 2000
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Instrument
Balloons
(continued)
123 C 0 or blank
1
2
3
4
5
No enclosure box around the instrument name
(default setting).
Diamond-ended box
Round-ended box
Diamond-ended box
(2 character maximum)
Diamond-shaped box
(3 character maximum)
Square-ended box
Spare 124 to 126
Test Parameter
Block
127 to 140 Used for Isodat/Isoplot development testing by Alias
ISOGEN Support Team.
Symbol Keys
General Information:
End Prep Connections:
The ** characters in the symbol key may be replaced with one of the following en
d prep types:
End Type
End Prep Codelist
Value Range End Prep Type (**)
Flanged 2 - 199 FL (Flanged)
Male 321 - 329 LC (Liner - clamped)
331 - 339 SC (Screwed)
341 - 349 LC (Liner - clamped)
351 - 359 LC (Liner - clamped)
361 - 369 CP (Compression)
Female 401 - 409 CP (Compression)
501 - 509 CP (Compression)
All Other Codelist Values BW (Butt Weld)
Number of Segments:
The @ character in the symbol key may be replaced with an integer value in the r
ange 1 to 9, inclusive, to denote the
number of segments. Currently, regardless of the value assigned to @, the symbol
is drawn per the Skey Plotted
Isometric Shape displayed in this section. However, in a future release of the s
oftware, the numeric value assigned to @
will be used in conjunction with a costing package so that the number of segment
s in the bend can be passed to the
costing system.
Bend Radius:
The + character in the symbol key may be replaced with an integer value in the r
ange 1 to 9, inclusive, to denote the
bend radius.
Skey Connect Points:
Please refer to Appendix E, ISOGEN Skey Dimensions, for the position of Skey con
nection points.
Symbol Keys for Flanges
Description Key Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Flange - Blind (Blank) FLBL Y
Flange - Flared/Loose
Backing
FLFL Y
Flange - Loose Backing FLLB Y
Flange - Reducing
Concentric
FLRC Y
Flange - Reducing
Eccentric
FLRE Y
Flange - Slip On FLSO Y
Flange - Slip On With J
Type Weld
FLSJ Y
Flange - Orifice Slip On FOSO Y
Flange - Socket Weld FLSW Y
Flange - Weld Neck FLWN Y
Flange - Orifice Weld

Neck
FOWN Y
Symbol Keys for LJSE Type Flanges
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Lap Joint Ring
(Loose Backing Flange)
FLRG Y
Lap Joint Stub End
(Loose Backing Flange)
FLSE Y
Symbol Keys for Miscellaneous Pipe Components
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Block - Angle BA** N
Expansion Bellows EX** Y
Flame Trap FT** Y
Flexible Hose FX** Y
Hose Coupling CH** Y
Non-Category Item NC** Y
Block Offset BO** N
Plug PL Y
Restrictor Plate RP Y
Block - Return BR** N
Sight Glass SG** Y
Slip Plate SP Y
Slip Ring SR Y
Symbol Keys for Miscellaneous Pipe Components (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Spectacle Blind SB Y
Tundish (Funnel) TU** Y
Symbol Keys for Miscellaneous Items
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Flow Indicator FLOW Y
Hanger/Support 01HG Y
Symbol Keys for Instruments
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Instrument II** Y
Instrument - Angle IA** N
Instrument - Offset IO** N
Instrument - Return IR** N
Instrument - Dial IDPL N
Symbol Keys for Instruments (continued)

Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Instrument - Dial
Flanged
IDFL N
Orifice Plate OP Y
Restrictor Plate PR Y
Symbol Keys for In-Line Filters
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Filter/Strainer Straight Through
FI** Y
Filter/Strainer Angle
FA** N
Filter/Strainer Offset
FO** N
Filter/Strainer Return
FR** N
Symbol Keys for Instruments
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Rupture Disk DR Y
Valve - Angle
Relief/Vent
RA** Y
Valve - Angle
Pressure Reducing
XA** Y
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Control CV** Y
Valve - Angle Control CA** Y
Valve - 3-Way Control C3** N
Valve - 4-Way Control C4** N
Valve - Control
Square Indicator
SV** Y
Valve - Angle Control
Square Indicator
SA** Y
Valve - 3-Way Control
Square Indicator
S3** N
Square Indicator
S4** N
Valve - Control
Motorized Indicator
MV** Y
Motorized Indicator
MA** Y
Motorized Indicator
M3** N
Motorized Indicator
M4** N
Valve - Control
Hand Indicator
HV** Y
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Hand Indicator
HA** Y
Hand Indicator
H3** N
Valve - 4-Way
Hand Indicator
H4** N
Valve - Pressure Reducing XV** Y
Valve - Relief/Vent RV** Y
Symbol Keys for Vent
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Rupture Disk RD Y
Symbol Keys for Traps
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Trap - In-Line
(Straight Through)
TI** Y
Trap - Angle TA** N
Trap - Offset TO** N
Trap - Return TR** N
B-50 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999
Symbol Keys for Welds
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Weld - Site WS Y
Weld - Field Fitted WF Y
Weld - Workshop WW Y
Weld Mitre (Shop) 14=1 WM N
Weld Mitre (Site) 14=2 WM N
Weld Mitre (Offshore)

14=3
WM N
Weld Mitre (Field Fit)
14=2
WMF N
Weld Mitre (Field Fit)
14=3
WMF N
Offshore Weld WO Y
Offshore Weld-Field Fit WOF Y
Symbol Keys for Other End Connections
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Erection Weld / Connection
on fittings with an SW end
SW Y
on fittings with an SC end
SC Y
on fittings with a CP end
CP Y
NOTE: For SW, SC, or CP type end connections, the plotted shape is filled in for
erection and left
open for fabrication type items. If the connecting pipe fabrication category is
erection, then
it will override whatever is defined in the fitting.
Symbol Keys for Elbows and Bends
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Elbow - Butt Weld
(90 and 45)
ELBW N
Elbow - Butt Weld
(90 and 45)
With A Connection
ETBW N
Elbow - Butt Weld
180 Return
(U Elbow)
EUBW N
Elbow - Compression
(90 and 45)
ELCP N
Elbow - Compression
(90 and 45)
With A Connection
ETCP N
Elbow - Screwed
(90 and 45)
With Male Ends
EBSC N
Elbow - Screwed
(90 and 45)
With Female Ends

ELSC N
Elbow - Screwed - Female
(90 and 45)
With A Connection
ETSC N
Elbow - Socket Weld ELSW N
Elbow - Socket Weld
With A Connection
ETSW N
Bend - Flanged
(All Angles)
BEFL N
Bend - Flanged
(All Angles)
With A Connection
BTFL N
Bend - Flanged
180 Return
(U Bend)
BUFL N
Bend - Miter
Flanged
MIFL N
Symbol Keys for Elbows and Bends (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Bend - Miter
Flanged
With A Connection
MTFL N
Bend - Miter
Butt Weld
MIBW N
Bend - Miter
Butt Weld
With A Connection
MTBW Y
Bend - Lobster Back
Flanged
L@FL N
Bend - Lobster Back
Flanged
With A Connection
T@FL N
Bend - Lobster Back
Butt Weld
L@BW N
Bend - Lobster Back
Butt Weld
With A Connection
T@BW N
Bend - Pulled
(All Angles)
PB+D N
Bend - Pulled
180 Return
(U Bend)
BU+D N
Bend - Pulled
(All Angles)
With A Connection
TB+D N
Symbol Keys for Couplings
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Nipple - Screwed
(Running)
NRSC Y
Nipple - Screwed
(Barrel)
NBSC Y
Coupling - Compression COCP Y
Coupling - Screwed COSC Y
Coupling - Socket Weld COSW Y
Elbolet Coupling
Butt Weld
CEBW Y
Elbolet Coupling
Screwed
CESC Y
Elbolet Coupling
Socket Weld
CESW Y
Symbol Keys for Caps
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Cap - Butt Weld KABW Y
Cap - Compression KACP Y
Cap - Screwed KASC Y
Cap - Socket Weld KASW Y
Symbol Keys for Crosses
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Cross - Butt Weld CRBW N
Cross - Compression CRCP N
Cross - Flanged CRFL N
Cross - Screwed CRSC N
Cross - Set On CRSO N
Cross - Set On
Reinforced
CRRF N
Cross - Socket Weld CRSW N
Symbol Keys for Fixed Length Pipes
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Fixed Length Pipe -
With Flanged Ends

FPFL N
Fixed Length Pipe Without Flanged Ends
FPPL Y
Symbol Keys for O lets
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
O let - Half Coupling
Screwed
HCSC Y
O let - Half Coupling
Socket Weld
HCSW Y
O let - Latrolet
Butt Weld
LABW Y
O let - Latrolet
Screwed
LASC Y
O let - Latrolet
Socket Weld
LASW Y
O let - Nipolet
Screwed
NISC Y
O let - Nipolet
Plain End
NIPL Y
O let - Sockolet SKSW Y
O let - Sweepolet SWBW Y
O let - Thredolet THSC Y
O let - Weldolet WTBW Y
Instrument Tee Flanged
ITFL N
Symbol Keys for Tees
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Tee - Butt Weld TEBW N
Tee - Compression TECP N
Tee - Flanged TEFL N
Tee - Screwed TEFL N
Tee - Set On TESO N
Tee - Set On
Reinforced
TERF N
Tee - Socket Weld TESW N
Tee - Swept Branch
Butt Weld
TSBW N
Tee - Swept Branch
Flanged
TSFL N
Tee - Swept Branch

Compression
TSCP N
Tee - Swept Branch
Socket Weld
TSSW N
Symbol Keys for Reducers
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Reducer - Concentric
Butt Weld
RCBW Y
Fabricated From Plate
CPBW Y
Swaged From Pipe
CSBW Y
Reducer - Concentric Butt
Weld
With A Connection
CTBW Y
With A Connection
CZBW Y
Swaged From Pipe
With A Connection
CXBW Y
Compression
RCCP Y
Flanged
RCFL Y
Reducer - concentric
Flanged
CPFL Y
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged
CSFL Y
Flanged w/ Connection
CZFL Y
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged w/ Connection
CXFL Y
Nipple
RNSC Y
Screwed
RCSC Y
Symbol Keys for Reducers (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Screwed w/ Connection
CTSC Y
Screwed Bush
RBSC Y
Socket Weld Bush
RBSW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Butt Weld
REBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
EPBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
ESBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Butt Weld
With A Connection
OTBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
With A Connection
EZBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
With A Connection
EXBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Screwed
RESC Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Screwed
With A Connection
OTSC Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Flanged
REFL Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Fabricated From Pipe
Flanged
EPFL Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged
ESFL Y
Symbol Keys for Reducers (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Reducer - Eccentric
Flanged
With A Connection
OTFL Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Flanged
With A Connection
EZFL Y
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged
With A Connection
EXFL Y
Reducing Block RFPL Y
Symbol Keys for Unions
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Union - Screwed UNSC Y
Union - Socket Weld UNSW Y
Symbol Keys for Valves
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Angle AV** Y
Valve - Angle
Pressure Reducing
AX** Y
Symbol Keys for Valves (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Angle
Relief/Vent
AR** Y
Valve - Ball VB** Y
Valve -Basic VV** Y
Valve - Butterfly VY** Y
Valve - Check VC** Y
Valve - Check CK** Y
Valve - Cock VK** Y
Valve - Diaphragm VD** Y
Valve - Gate VT** Y
Valve - Globe VG** Y
Valve - Needle VN** Y
Valve - Plug VP** Y
Valve Pressure Reducing
VX** Y
Symbol Keys for Valves (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Relief/Vent VR** Y
Valve - Slide VS** Y
Symbol Keys for Three-Way Valves
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - 3-Way V3** N
Symbol Keys for Four-Way Valves
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - 4-Way V4** N
March 2000
Symbol Keys for Operators
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Fitting used on valves with
AV, V3, V4, VD, VG, VV,
as first two characters of
the SKey
01SP Y
AR, RA, VR as 1st 2 chars
of the SKey
02SP Y
VB, VK, VY as first two
characters of the SKey
03SP Y
VT as first two characters
of the SKey
05SP Y
Fittings used on valves with
VT as first two characters
of the SKey
06SP Y
VP as first two characters
of the SKey
07SP Y
VS as first two characters
of the SKey
08SP Y
Fittings used on control
valves with AX, VX and
XA as first two characters
of the SKey
09SP Y
valves with SA, SV, S3 and
S4 as first two characters of
the SKey
10SP Y

valves with MA, MV, M3
and M4 as first two
11SP Y
Symbol Keys for Operators (continued)
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
valves with HA, HV, H3,
and H4 as first two
12SP Y
valves with CA, CV, C3
and C4 as first two
13SP Y
March 2000
Alternative Texts Available
(The AText Facility)
All text on the isometric drawing can be changed or removed. This Appendix lists
the default values of the text with their
reference numbers. These alternative texts have been broken down under the follo
wing headings:
Numerical Listing of Alternative Texts (AText)
The Isometric Drawing Area
The Title Block Area
The Plotted Material List
The Line Summary Area
The Printed Material List
The Weld Box Summary
If an AText Number is set to blank, both the default text and any associated att
ribute that has been extracted from the
database is suppressed on the drawing.
Appendix B: AText Facility - by Number B-65
Numerical Listing of Alternative Texts (AText)
-208 CONN. TO denotes CONNected TO where a pipe end is connected to a Nozzle.
-209 CONT. ON denotes CONTinued ON where a pipe end is continued on another Pipe
line or
the drawing when a pipeline is split onto two or more drawings (in
conjunction AText -255).
-201 E denotes East at coordinates.
-202 N denotes North at coordinates.
-203 W denotes West at coordinates.
-204 S denotes South at coordinates.
-205 EL + denotes a positive Elevation at coordinates.
-206 EL - denotes a negative Elevation at coordinates.
-207 NS denotes the pipe Nominal Size.
-210 F denotes Flange. The letter is used in the material list pointer for flang
es.
-211 G denotes Gaskets. The letter is used in the material list pointer for gask
ets.
-212 B denotes Bolts. The letter is used in the material list pointer for bolts
-213 SPINDLE is used to give a spindle direction of a valve when it is not in a
primary
direction.
-214 MM denotes Millimeters, used for arrowed dimensions on Angle and Multiway
Valves.
-215 REDUCING FLANGE Message is pointed at each Reducing Flange.
-216 OFFSET This message is used where an offset occurs. Examples of locations a
re
Eccentric Reducers, Offset Reducing Flanges, and Offset Blocks
-217 MITER This message is used where a Mitered Bend occurs.
-218 LOBSTER This message is used where a Lobster Back Bend occurs.
-219 REINFORCED Message is pointed at each reinforced Tee or Cross where the sym
bol key is
TERF or CREF.
-220 LEFT LOOSE Message is pointed at any Flange where LOOSE indicator is set.
-221 FFW Message is pointed at any Field Fit Weld (i.e., Welds with key WF).
-222 FALL denotes FALLing line.
-223 When left blank, this AText automatically produces the degree symbol for
falling lines specified with angle Fall indication.
March 2000
-224 This symbol is used for Falling lines specified with a ratio, such as 1:10.
-225 When left blank, this AText automatically produces the % symbol for Falling
lines specified with a percentage.
-226 GRAD is shown where a Falling line is specified in GRADS.
-227 PER M is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Metric uni
ts, (such as
Millimeters per Meter).
-228 PER FT is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Imperial
units, (such as,
Inches per Foot).
-229 SCREWED END Message is pointed at any pipe (tube) end that has been set to
screwed in the
intermediate file.
-241 (default blank) This AText is blank by default and can be used to produce a
message at any
open end item that is identified by a -32 record.
-242 (default blank) This AText is blank by default and can be used to produce a
message at any
open end item that is identified by a -36 record.
-243 (default blank) This AText is blank by default, but if set to any word, suc
h as FLAT, then
eccentric reducers in orthogonal piping have an indication of the orientation of
their flat side.
Note:
By setting the -243 AText, the Attests -244, -245, -246, -247, -248, and -249
are also used.
-244 UP used with AText -243.
-245 DOWN used with AText -243.
-246 NORTH used with AText -243.
-247 SOUTH used with AText -243.
-248 EAST used with AText -243.
-249 WEST used with AText -243.
-250 DATE This is used in the title block and the actual date is automatically a
ppended in
the required format (whether UK, EUR or USA). This AText also uses the
Attests 258, -259, -269, -261, -262, -263, -264, -265, -266, -267, -268, -269
if the date format is set to UK.
-251 PROJECT NO. This is used in the title block if the Project Number has been
set in a -9
record.
-252 BATCH REF This is used in the title block area if some form of reference ha
s been set in a 10 record.
-253 PIPING SPEC This is used in the title block area and the content of a -11 r
ecord is appended.
-254 ISS This is used in the title block area and the content of a -8 record is
appended.
-255 DRG This is only used when a pipeline is split to more than one sheet. Used
with
AText -256 to indicate DRG n OF n (for example, drawing 1 of 1). Also used
by AText -276.
-256 OF used with AText -255.
-257 SPL denotes a SPOOL drawing. A sequential number starting at one end of eac
h
pipe is automatically appended.
-258 JAN used with AText -250.
-259 FEB used with AText -250.
-260 MARCH used with AText -250.
-261 APR used with AText -250.
-262 MAY used with AText -250.
-263 JUN used with AText -250.
-264 JUL used with AText -250.
-265 AUG used with AText -250.
-266 SEP used with AText -250.
-267 OCT used with AText -250.
-268 NOV used with AText -250.
-269 DEC used with AText -250.
-270 THERMAL
INSULATION SPEC
is used in the title block and the content of a -15 record is automatically
appended.
-271 TRACING SPEC is used in the title block and the content of a -16 record is
automatically
appended.
-272 PAINTING SPEC is used in the title block and the content of a -17 record is
automatically
appended.
-275 SWEPT TEE Message is plotted and pointed to any tee whose symbol key starts
with TS.
-276 CONT. FROM denotes CONTinued FROM. This message is plotted wherever a pipel
ine is
split onto two or more drawings (for example, CONT. FROM DRG 1).
Note: The -276 AText also uses AText -255 for the DRG text.
-277 ORIFICE FLANGE Message is plotted and pointed to Orifice Flanges.
-278 DIAL FACE Message is plotted next to Instruments Dials (symbol keys IDPL an
d IDFL)
followed by relevant direction. See note below.
-280 TAPPING Message is plotted at Orifice Plates followed by relevant direction
.
March 2000
-281 TAIL Message is plotted at Spectacle Blinds and Slip Plates followed by rel
evant
direction.
-282 WINDOW Message is plotted at Site Glass followed by relevant direction.
Note: AText Numbers -278, -280, -281 and -282 are only output if a primary
direction is set in Word 14 of the component record. The appropriate
direction, as defined by ATexts -244 to -249, is appended to the specific
fitting text (such as DIAL FACE WEST).
-283 FLAT This AText is used to indicate the orientation of the flat side of an
eccentric
reducer, when the reducer is in a skew. The contents of this AText is output in
front of the contents of the -40 record containing the Flat direction.
Note: The following six ATexts are used to output directions (with other
ATexts) on items that carry a direction setting in Word 14 of the component
record in the intermediate file.
-284 TEE BEND used to denote a Tee Bend.
-285 RATING FLANGE Message is a facility to provide an extra message at a Flange
to show different
rating. This is done by giving the mating Gasket a symbol key of the required
rating, such as 300#. Only used for fixed-length piping.
-286 (default blank) This AText is blank by default, but, if set, outputs a mess
age on screwed
erection fittings.
-287 ORIENTATION
DIRECTION
Message on offset o lets, followed by the direction of the off-line leg.
-288 PIPE used on System Isometrics to denote position(s) of change in Pipeline
Reference.
-289 MATL used to indicate PIPING MATERIAL Spec. change. Content of -26 record
appended.
-290 INSUL used to indicate INSULATION Spec. change. Content of -15 record
appended.
-291 TRACE used to indicate TRACING Spec. change. Content of -16 record appended
.
-292 PAINT used to indicate PAINTING Spec. change. Content of -17 record appende
d.
-293 (default blank) To be user-defined. Contents of -41 record appended.
The contents of a MISC-SPEC1 type record in the Pipeline Input Data File is
appended to the AText to form a composite message.
-298 TEE ELBOW used to denote a Tee Elbow.
-300 FABRICATION
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SHOP fabrication are
listed. Word 14 of component record set to 1.
-301 PT is the part number pointer used with AText -302.
-302 NO used with AText -301.
-303 COMPONENT is the heading in the material listing under which components are
described
according to their catalogue component description.
-304 N.S. denotes Nominal Size
-305 ITEM CODE is the heading under which component identification codes are lis
ted.
-306 QTY denotes Quantity required.
-307 PIPE is the subheading under which Pipe is listed. This AText should be use
d
whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE
3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation -text that is use
d
in the designated column for each component listed.
-308 FITTINGS is the subheading under which Pipe Fittings, such as elbows, tees,
etc., are
listed. This AText should be used whenever the GROUP facility is used as a
data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to
set an abbreviation text that is used in the designated column for each
component listed.
-309 FLANGES is the subheading under which all Flanges are listed. This AText sh
ould be
used whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text that
is used in the designated column for each component listed.
-310 ERECTION of
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SITE erection are listed.
Word 14 component record set to 2.
-311 GASKETS is the subheading under which all Gaskets are listed. This AText sh
ould be
-312 BOLTS is the subheading under which all Bolts are listed. This AText should
be used
whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE
3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text that is used
in the designated column for each component listed.
March 2000
-313 VALVES / IN-LINE
ITEMS
is the subheading under which all Valves and In-line Items are listed. This
should be used whenever the GROUP facility is used as an data item on
STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation
text that is used in the designated column for each component listed.
-314 INSTRUMENTS is the subheading under which all Instruments are listed. This
AText should
be used whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
-315 SUPPORTS is the subheading under which all Supports are listed. This AText
should be
-316 PIPE SPOOLS is the subheading under which all Spool Numbers are listed.
-317 PIPE NS is used with AText -318 to which the total Center Line Length per b
ore is
automatically computed and listed.
-318 CL LENGTH is used with AText -317.
-319 CUT PIPE LENGTHS is the heading under which all the Cut Pipe Lengths are li
sted.
-320 PIECE is the subheading to AText -319 under which the Cut Pipe piece number
s are
listed. This AText is used with AText -321.
-322 CUT is the subheading to AText -319 under which the actual Cut Pipe Lengths
are lis
This AText is used with AText -323.
-323 LENGTH is the subheading to AText -319 under which the actual Cut Pipe piec
e numbers
are listed. AText -361 is positioned below LENGTH when Imperial Units are
used. AText-331 is positioned below LENGTH when Mixed or Metric Units
are used. To be moved up to the top line of the cut list heading.
-323 LENGTH used with AText -322.
-324 REMARKS is the subheading to AText -319 under which one of the ATexts -326,
-327, or
-32 if applicable, is listed.
-326 PLD BEND denotes Pulled BEND remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cu
t Pipe
Length contains a pulled bend.
-327 LOOSE FLG is a remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut Pipe Length
has a loose flang
attached.
-328 FF WELD denotes the Fitted Field Weld remark that is listed under AText -32
4 if a Cut
Pipe Length contains a Fitted Field Weld.
-329 M denotes lengths of Pipe are in METERS.
-330 INS denotes Nominal Sizes are in INCHES.
-331 MM denotes the Nominal Sizes are in MILLIMETERS.
-332 PAGE has a Page Number automatically appended.
-333 PIPELINE REF has the Pipeline Reference automatically appended.
-334 S is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of this AText (default
S) is
appended to the Item code when one end of the Fixed Length spool has a
special flange.
-335 WITH SPECIAL
RATING
is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of the AText are appended
to the FLANGE(S) (SEE ISO)description. Used with AText -334.
-336 SYSTEM REF is used as an alternative to AText -333 when producing Material
List for
System Isometric. Content of a -25 record is automatically appended.
-338 BEND RADIUS used to denote a bend radius for a pipe bend.
-339 MISCELLANEOUS
COMPONENTS
is the subheading under which miscellaneous components are listed. This
AText should be used whenever the CATEGORY facility is used as a data
item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Lists. This AText allows you to set
an abbreviation text that is used in the miscellaneous column for each
component listed.
-340 INDUCTION BEND ID used to identify pipe required in the fabrication of indu
ction bends. The
induction bend tag is appended to the AText to form a complete string.
-347 (default blank) This AText is available as an alternative to the AText used
when generating a
Material List over flow at the bottom of the master drawing Material List
(combination of ATexts -206 and -255). Any AText set by the user will have
a program generated cross reference drawing number appended to it.
when generating a
Material List over flow at the top of the overflow Material List drawings
-349 PP Is used to indicate Personal Protection type insulation on Insulation In
dication
symbols having the symbol key 'INPP .
-350 REDUCING ELBOW Is used to indicate a REDUCING ELBOW on fittings having the
symbol key
ER**.
-351 DRG$ generates DRG nl 1 of 2. This is done by replacing DRG$ with SHT$. Wit
h
this configuration, SHT (or sheet) nl 1 of 2 is available.

-352 WEIGHT column heading on Material List.
-353 KGS unit indication at all positions where weight is output (used with ISOG
EN
switch 41 position D).
-354 LBS unit indication at all positions where weight is output (used with ISOG
EN
-355 TOTAL weight subtotal identifiers. This AText must be set to BLANK if this
type of
output PIPELINE is not required.
March 2000
-356 U used to identify all Pulled Bends. Used on the ISO and the material list
as
U3 .
-357 B used to identify all ERECTION type Welds (on ISO and Material List) when
positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
-358 W used to identify all FABRICATION type Welds (on ISO and Material List)
when positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
-359 (default blank) Bolt size x Length headings. Used with option switch 65 (Ma
terial Control
File Only). A suggested setting is "DIA x LENGTH". If this AText is not
blank, ISOGEN outputs in Bolt Diameter x Bolt Length order. Bolt Units are
indicated immediately below this heading using a program-generated text
string using a combination of ATexts -330 (INS) and -331 (MM), depending
on the settings for option switch 65.
For example: DIA x LENGTH (INS x INS)
-360 FT used with the old style Material List in conjunction with AText -318 (Se
e
ISOGEN option 24).
-361 FT-INS used with the new style Material List in conjunction with AText -318
(See
ISOGEN option 24).
-362 END$ONE is the subheading to AText -319. Describes the operations necessary
to
prepare the end for fabrication. End connections are listed for pipe. (See
ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12.) (See AText -366 through -370.)
-363 END$TWO is the subheading to AText -319. Describes the operations necessary
to
prepare the end for fabrication. (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12.)
(See AText -366 through -370.)
-365 (default blank) is the alternative last column subheading to AText -319 und
er which cut pipe
item code are listed for pipe. When used for Part Number, a suggested setting
is:"PART$NO"(See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12). If Part No. is
required on the Cut List instead of ITEM CODE, then AText -364 should be
set to blank and AText -365 set to required heading (for example,
PART$NO.)
-366 SQ.CUT used for Square Cut in End Condition columns on the Cut Pipe List. (
See
ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12).
-367 BEVEL used for all Butt Welds (BW) Items that are treated as BW s, but do not
have
the BW end condition as part of their SKEY. (See ISOGEN option 2 setting
11 or 12)
Flanges:
All other flange type items use Square Cut (AText -366)
-368 SCREWED used for all Screwed Ends (SC). (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or
12.)
-369 SHAPED used for all Fabricated Branch connections. (See ISOGEN option 2 set
ting 11
or 12.)
-370 MITRED used for all mitred ends at mitre weld positions. (See ISOGEN option
2
setting 11 or 12.)
-371 OFFSHORE
MATERIALS
Material List main heading for offshore items. All materials sorted within
this new category as for other two categories (where appropriate).
-372 REMARKS heading for Remarks box.
-373 REM column heading for Remarks column on material list.
-374 ANGLE used with description of Pulled Bends in the material list. Bend angl
e is
output when using ISOGEN option 23 set to 20 or 21.
-375 WELDS is the subheading under which welds are listed. This AText should be
used
whenever the CATEGORY facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
STYLE 3 Material Lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the weld column for each component listed.
-376 FAB identification of FABRICATION material. To be used whenever the
CATEGORY facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3
Material Lists. This AText allows the user to set an abbreviation text that is
used in the fabrication column for each component listed.
-377 EREC identification of ERECTION material. To be used whenever the
used in the erection column for each component listed.
-378 OFF identification of OFFSHORE material. To be used whenever the
used in the offshore column for each component listed.
-379 TOTAL FABRICATION
WEIGHT
weight subtotal identifiers. This AText must be set to BLANK if this type of
output is not required.
-380 TOTAL ERECTION
WEIGHT
-381 TOTAL OFFSHORE
WEIGHT
-400 TRACED$PIPE
-401 LAGGED$PIPE
-402 PIPE$SUPPORT
-403 COMPN$JOINT
-404 SCREWED$JOINT
-405 SOCKET$WELD
-406 FIELD$WELD
-407 SHOP$WELD
March 2000
-410 [1] DENOTES PIPE
SPOOL NO$
-1 DENOTES PARTS
LIST NO
If only the bottom line is required, the records in the intermediate file should
be: -410 $ 1 DENOTES -1 PARTS LIST NO
-411 SITE$CONNECTION
-412 WELD|SHOP|WELD
|WELDER|VISUAL
|NOT|HARD|S.R|FAB.QA
weld header box details (line 1).
-413 NO |/FLD|PROC| ID
|ACCEPT| NO| NO |
|ACCEPT
continuation of weld box header details. (line 2)
-414 S Fabrication/Shop Weld. Used in the Weld Category identification on the Ol
d
Style Weld Box. When using all three weld types, AText -412 and -413
column 2 is probably changed to give a heading that covered all types.
For example:
WELD
CAT
-415 F Erection/Field/Site Weld. Used in the Weld Category identification on the
Old Style Weld Box.
-416 O Offshore Weld. Used in the Weld Category identification on the Old Style
Weld Box.
-417 - -423 used for Weld Type in the Weld Box and/or Weld Summary Report.
-417 BW for All Butt Welds. All fittings with BW end type in addition to:
FLWN and FOWN flanges
FLSE and LJSE type flanges.
-418 SW for all Socket Welds. All fittings with SW end types.
-419 MW for all Miter Welds (SKEY WM or WMF).
-421 SOF, FLRC, FLRE Slip on flange. All welds associated with flanges with SKEY
FLSO, FLSJ,
FOSO.
-422 SOB set-on (fabricated) branch. Set-on Tees. Set-on Cross. Teed Bends/ Elbo
ws
where Branch is made from pipe. Teed reducer where branch is made from
pipe.
-423 LET at all positions where "LET" type fittings are used to form a branch, a
nd half
coupling type fittings (o let, latrolet, elbolet, half couplings).
-451 TAPPING
CONNECTION
Output along with coordinate values at the tapping point on a user defined
fitting. Requires option switch 122 to be set to 1 for tapping coordinates
output on the isometric drawing.
-452 UNACCEPTABLE SPLIT Indicates that an unacceptable drawing split point has b
een found in the Tube.
When used, the message is output in the top left-hand corner of each affected
drawing.
-454 CONNECTION
ORIENTATION
Used at undeveloped Set-On Tees and Olets (which have no branch leg and
are indicated in dotted form on the pipeline) where the intended branch
connection is in a skewed direction. A program generated direction word will
be appended to this text to form a composite message.
-455 Blank associated with the elevations output at the face of flanges when ISO
GEN
option switch 119 is set to 1 or 2.
For example: ?$FLANGE FACE (where: ? = position for coordinate output
$ = line feed.
-456 SEE DETAIL ? Used to provide a cross-reference message for Detail Sketches.
This AText
appears on the drawing part of the isometric. The ? will be replaced by the
identifying number or letter.
-457 MITRE ? Used to identify Miter Welds. The ? is replaced by the MITRE angle.
-461 COLUMN$? Identifies vertical steel work element. (SKEY VST*)
-467 GRID LINE$? Identifies project gridline. (SKEY GRD*)
-468 ? Used for miscellaneous user defined elements (SKEY XXX*). The default ?
character causes any identification name associated with the miscellaneous
reference to be used when no other AText setting is made.
-498 (default blank) Used to point to a Site Weld. Setting a value for this ATex
t is optional.
-499 SHOP TEST WELD Points to either a site weld or a field fit weld that requir
es a shop test weld to
be performed at the same location. (That is, Welds with the key WSST or
WFST).
-501 (default blank) Used to point to an Offshore Weld. Setting a value for this
AText is optional.
-502 SUPPORT Used to indicate the orientation of a pipe support.
-541 _N Used as a delimeter/identifier in General Note names.
-542 _S Used as a delimeter/identifier in Specific Note names.
March 2000
Alternative Texts Listed by Category
The Isometric Drawing Area
-201 E denotes East at coordinates.
-202 N denotes North at coordinates.
-203 W denotes West at coordinates.
-204 S denotes South at coordinates.
-205 EL + denotes a positive Elevation at coordinates.
-206 EL - denotes a negative Elevation at coordinates.
-207 NS denotes the pipe Nominal Size
-208 CONN. TO denotes CONNected TO where a pipe end is connected to a Nozzle.
-209 CONT. ON denotes CONTinued ON where a pipe end is continued on another Pipe
line or
another drawing when a pipeline is split onto two or more drawings.
-210 F denotes Flange. The letter used in the material list pointer for flanges.
-211 G denotes Gaskets. The letter used in the material list pointer for gaskets
.
-212 B denotes Bolts. The letter used in the material list pointer for bolts.
-213 SPINDLE used to give a spindle direction of a valve when it is not in a pri
mary
direction.
-214 MM denotes Millimeters, used for arrowed dimensions on Angle and Multi-way
Valves.
-215 REDUCING FLANGE Message is pointed at each Reducing Flange.
-216 OFFSET This message is used where an offset occurs (i.e., at Eccentric Redu
cers,
Offset Reducing Flanges, Offset Blocks).
-217 MITER This message is used where a Mitered Bend occurs.
-218 LOBSTER This message is used where a Lobster Back Bend occurs.
-219 REINFORCED Message is pointed at each reinforced Tee or Cross where the sym
bol key is
TERF or CREF.
-220 LEFT LOOSE Message is pointed at any Flange where LOOSE indicator is set.
-221 FFW Message is pointed at any Field Fit Weld (i.e., Welds with key WF).
-222 FALL denotes FALLing line.
-223 (default blank) If left blank, this AText automatically produces the degree
symbol for falling
lines specified with angle Fall indication.
-224 (default blank) This symbol is used for Falling lines specified with a rati
o (i.e., 1:10).
Appendix B: AText Facility - by Category B-77

-225 (default blank) If left blank, this AText automatically produces the % symb
ol for Falling lines
specified with a percentage.
-226 GRAD is shown where a Falling line is specified in GRADS.
-227 PER M is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Metric uni
ts (i.e.,
Millimeters per Meter).
-228 PER FT is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Imperial
units (i.e.,
Inches per Foot).
-229 SCREWED Message is pointed at any pipe (tube) end that has been set to scre
wed in the
END intermediate file.
-232 SPEC Message is pointed at any place in the pipe where the Specification ch
anges.
The name of the new Specification is automatically included.
-236 S is used to denote that a Support exists as a component (i.e., S22 enclose
d in a
box).
-237 " is the Inch indicator.
-238
is the Feet indicator.
-241 (default blank) This AText is by default blank and can be used to produce a
message at any
open-ended pipe that is identified by a -33 record.
-242 (default blank) This AText is by default blank and can be used to produce a
message at any
open-ended pipe that is identified by a -36 record.
-243 (default blank) This AText is by default blank but is set to any word (i.e.
, FLAT). Then,
eccentric reducers in orthogonal piping have an indication of the orientation
of their flat side.
Note: By setting the -243 AText, the ATexts -244, -245, -246, -247, -248,
and -249 are also used.
-244 UP used with AText -243.
-245 DOWN used with AText -243.
-246 NORTH used with AText -243.
-247 SOUTH used with AText -243.
-248 EAST used with AText -243.
-249 WEST used with AText -243.
-275 SWEPT TEE Message is plotted and pointed to any tee whose symbol key starts
with TS.
-276 CONT. FROM denotes CONTinued FROM. This message is plotted wherever a pipel
ine is
splitonto two or more drawings (i.e., CONT. FROM DRG1).
Note: The -276 AText also uses AText -255 for the DRG text).
-277 ORIFICE FLANGE Message is plotted and pointed to Orifice Flanges.
-278 DIAL FACE Message is plotted next to Instruments Dials (symbol keys IDPL an
d IDFL)
March 2000
followed by relevant direction. See Note below.
-279 L denotes Lap joint stub end. The letter used in the material list pointer
for
LJSEs.
-280 TAPPING Message is plotted at Orifice Plates followed by relevant direction
. See Note
below.
-281 TAIL Message is plotted at Spectacle Blinds and Slip Plates followed by rel
evant
direction. See Note below.
-282 WINDOW Message is plotted at Site Glass followed by relevant direction. See
Note
below.
Note: AText Numbers -278, -280, -281 and -282 are only output if a primary
direction is set in Word 14 of the component record. The appropriate
direction (as defined by ATexts -244 to -249) is appended to the specific
fitting text (i.e., DIAL FACE WEST).
-283 FLAT This AText is used to indicate the orientation of the flat side of an
eccentric
reducer, when the reducer is in a skew. The contents of this AText is output
in front of the contents of the -40 record containing the Flat direction.
Note: The following six ATexts are used to output directions (in conjunction
with other ATexts) on items that carry a direction setting in Word 14 of the
component record in the intermediate file.
-284 TEE BEND used to denote a Tee Bend.
-285 RATING FLANGE Message is a facility to provide an extra message at a Flange
to show different
rating. This is done by giving the mating Gasket a symbol key of the required
rating (i.e., 300#). Only used for fixed-length piping.
-286 (default blank) This AText is set to blank by default; however, if set, out
puts message on
screwed erection fittings.
-287 ORIENTATION
DIRECTION
Message on offset o lets is followed by the direction of the off-line leg.
-288 PIPE used on System Isometrics to denote position(s) of change in Pipeline
Reference.
-298 TEE ELBOW used to denote a Tee Elbow.
-338 BEND RADIUS used to denote a bend radius for a pipe bend.
-349 PP Is used to indicate Personal Protection type insulation on Insulation In
dication
symbols having the symbol key 'INPP".
-350 REDUCING ELBOW Is used to indicate a REDUCING ELBOW on fittings having the
symbol key
ER**.
-450 B.O.P. If used with the correct record type (i.e., -27), this message, alon
g with B.O.P.
elevation from record -27, is printed on the isometric.
-451 TAPPING
CONNECTION
Output along with coordinate values at the tapping point on a user defined
fitting. Requires option switch 122 to be set to 1 for tapping coordinates
output on the isometric drawing.
-452 UNACCEPTABLE
SPLIT
Indicates that an unacceptable drawing split point has been found in the Tube.
When used, the message is output in the top left-hand corner of each affected
drawing.
-454 CONNECTION
ORIENTATION
Used at undeveloped Set-On Tees and Olets (which have no branch leg and
are indicated in dotted form on the pipeline) where the intended branch
connection is in a skewed direction. A program generated direction word will
be appended to this text to form a composite message.
-455 BLANK ISOGEN associated with the elevations output at the face of flanges w
hen ISOGEN
option switch 119 is set to 1 or 2.
For example: ?$FLANGE FACE (where ? = position for coordinate output $
= line feed)
-456 SEE DETAIL ? Used to provide a cross-reference message for Detail Sketches.
This AText
appears on the drawing part of the isometric. The ? will be replaced by the
identifying number or letter.
-457 MITRE ? Used to identify Mitre Welds. The ? is replaced by the mitre angle.
-461 COLUMN$? Identifies vertical steel work element. (SKEY VST*)
-467 GRID LINE$? Identifies project gridline. (SKEY GRD*)
-468 ? Used for miscellaneous user defined elements (SKEY XXX*). The default ?
character causes any identification name associated with the miscellaneous
reference to be used when no other AText setting is made.
-498 (default blank) Used to point to a Site Weld. Setting a value for this ATex
t is optional.
-499 SHOP TEST WELD Points to either a site weld or a field fit weld that requir
es a shop test weld to
be performed at the same location. (That is, Welds with the key WSST or
WFST.)
-501 (default blank) Used to point to an Offshore Weld. Setting a value for this
AText is optional.
-502 SUPPORT Used to indicate the orientation of a pipe support.
-541 _N Used as a delimeter/identifier in General Note names.
-542 _S Used as a delimeter/identifier in Specific Note names.
March 2000
Specification Change Indication
The following ATexts are used for indication of Specification Changes on the iso
metric drawing:
-290 INSUL used to indicate INSULATION Spec. change. Content of -15 record
appended.
-291 TRACE used to indicate TRACING Spec. change. Content of -16 record appended
.
-292 PAINT used to indicate PAINTING Spec. change. Content of -17 record appende
d.
-289 MATL used to indicate PIPING MATERIAL Spec. change. Content of -26 record
appended.
-293 (default blank) To be user-defined. Contents of -41 record appended. The co
ntents of a
MISC-SPEC1 type record in the Pipeline Input Data File is appended to the
AText to form a composite message.
ntents of a
ntents of a
ntents of a
ntents of a
The Title Block Area
-250 DATE This is used in the title block and the actual date is automatically a
ppended in
the required format (whether UK, EUR or USA). This AText also uses
ATexts -258, -259, -269, -261, -262, -263, -264, -265, -266, -267, -268, -269
if the date format is set to UK.
-251 PROJECT NO. This is used in the title block if the Project Number has been
set in a -9
record.
-252 BATCH REF This is used in the title block area if some form of reference ha
s been set in a
-10 record.
-253 PIPING SPEC This is used in the title block area and the content of a -11 r
ecord is appended
-254 ISS This is used in the title block area and the content of a -8 record is
appended.
-255 DRG This is only used when a pipe is split and this AText is used with ATex
t -256
to indicate DRG n OF n (for example, drawing 1 of 1). Also used by AText 276.
-256 OF used with AText -255.
-257 SPL denotes a SPOOL drawing. A sequential number starting at one end of eac
h
pipe is automatically appended.
-258 JAN used with AText -250.
-259 FEB used with AText -250.
-260 MARCH used with AText -250.
-261 APR used with AText -250.
-262 MAY used with AText -250.
-263 JUN used with AText -250.
-264 JUL used with AText -250.
-265 AUG used with AText -250.
-266 SEP used with AText -250.
-267 OCT used with AText -250.
-268 NOV used with AText -250.
-269 DEC used with AText -250.
-270 THERMAL
INSULATION SPEC
is used in the title block and the content of a -15 record is automatically
appended.
-271 TRACING SPEC is used in the title block and the content of a -16 record is
automatically
appended.
-272 PAINTING SPEC is used in the title block and the content of a -17 record is
automatically
appended.
-351 DRG$ generates DRG nl 1 of 2. This is done by replacing DRG$ with SHT$. Wit
h
this configuration, SHT (or sheet) nl 1 of 2 is available.
The Plotted Material and Pipe Cut Lists Heading Texts
-300 FABRICATION
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SHOP fabrication are
listed. Word 14 of component record set to 1.
-301 PT is the part number pointer used with AText -302.
-303 COMPONENT is the heading in the material listing under which components are
described
according to their catalogue component description.
-304 N.S. denotes Nominal Size.
-305 ITEM CODE is the heading under which component identification codes are lis
ted.
B-82 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide March 2000
-306 QTY denotes Quantity required.
-307 PIPE is the subheading under which Pipe is listed.
-308 FITTINGS is the subheading under which Pipe Fittings (i.e., elbows, tees, e
tc., are listed.

-309 FLANGES is the subheading under which all Flanges are listed.
-310 ERECTION
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SITE erection are listed.
Word 14 of component record set to 2.
-311 GASKETS is the subheading under which all Gaskets are listed
-312 BOLTS is the subheading under which all Bolts are listed
-313 VALVES / IN-LINE
ITEMS
is the subheading under which all Valves and In-line Items are listed.
-314 INSTRUMENTS is the subheading under which all Instruments are listed. This
AText should be
STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the designated column for each component listed
-315 SUPPORTS is the subheading under which all Supports are listed. This AText
should be
STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the designated column for each component listed.
-316 PIPE SPOOLS is the subheading under which all Spool Numbers are listed.
-319 CUT PIPE LENGTHS is the heading under which all the Cut Pipe Lengths are li
sted.
-320 PIECE is the subheading to AText -319 under which the Cut Pipe piece number
s are
-321 NO used with AText -320 to form a composite heading.
-322 CUT is the subheading to AText -319 under which the actual Cut Pipe Lengths
are
-323 LENGTH used with AText -322 to form a composite heading.
-324 REMAR KS is the subheading to AText -319 under which one of the ATexts -326
, -327, or
-32, if applicable, is listed.
-326 PLD BEND denotes Pulled BEND remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cu
t Pipe
Length contains a pulled bend.
-327 LOOSE FLG is a remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut Pipe Length
has a loose
flange attached.
-328 FF WELD denotes the Fitted Field Weld remark that is listed under AText -32
4 if a Cut
Pipe Length contains a Fitted Field Weld.
-329 M denotes lengths of Pipe are in METERS.
-330 INS denotes Nominal Sizes are in INCHES.
-331 MM denotes the Nominal Sizes are in MILLIMETERS.
-334 S is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of this AText (default
S) is
appended to the item code when one end of the Fixed Length spool has a
special flange.
-335 WITH SPECIAL
RATING FLANGE(S)
(SEE ISO)
is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of the AText are appended
to the description. Used with AText -334.
-339 MISCELLANEOUS
COMPONENTS
is the subheading under which miscellaneous components are listed. This
AText should be used whenever the CATEGORY facility is used

COMPONENTS as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Lists.
This AText also allows you to set an abbreviation text that is used in the
miscellaneous column for each component listed.
-340 INDUCTION BEND ID used to identify pipe required in the fabrication of indu
ction bends. The
induction bend tag is appended to the AText to form a complete string.
when generating a
Material List over flow at the bottom of the master drawing Material List
when generating a
Material List over flow at the top of the overflow Material List
drawings(combination of ATexts -276 and -255). Any AText set by the user
will have a program generated cross reference drawing number appended to it.
-352 WEIGHT column heading on Material List.
-353 KGS unit indication at all positions where weight is output. (used with ISO
GEN
-354 LBS unit indication at all positions where weight is output.(used with ISOG
EN
-355 TOTAL weight subtotal identifiers. This AText must be set to BLANK if this
type of
output PIPELINE is not required.
-356 U used to identify all Pulled Bends. Used on the ISO and the material list
as
U3 .
-357 B used to identify all ERECTION type Welds (on ISO and Material List) when
positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
March 2000
-358 W used to identify all FABRICATION type Welds (on ISO and Material List)
when positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
-359 Blank by Default Bolt size x Length headings. Used with option switch 65 (M
aterial Control
File Only). A suggested setting is "DIA x LENGTH". If this AText is not
blank, ISOGEN outputs in Bolt Diameter x Bolt Length order. Bolt Units are
indicated immediately below this heading using a program-generated text
string using a combination of ATexts -330 (INS) and -331 (MM) depending
on the settings for option switch 65.
For example: DIA x LENGTH (INS x INS).
-371 OFFSHORE
MATERIALS
Material List main heading for offshore items. All materials sorted this new
category as for other two categories (where appropriate).
-373 REM Remarks Column heading in Material List.
-374 ANGLE used with description of Pulled Bends in the material list. Bend angl
e is
output when using ISOGEN option 23 set to 20 or 21.
-375 WELDS is the subheading under which welds are listed. This AText should be
used
whenever the CATEGORY facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
STYLE 3 Material Lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the weld column for each component listed.
-376 FAB identification of FABRICATION material. To be used whenever the
used in the fabrication column for each component listed.
-377 EREC identification of ERECTION material. To be used whenever the

used in the erection column for each component listed.
-378 OFF identification of OFFSHORE material. To be used whenever the
used in the offshore column for each component listed.
-379 TOTAL FABRICATION
WEIGHT
-380 TOTAL ERECTION
WEIGHT
-381 TOTAL OFFSHORE
WEIGHT
The Line Summary Area
The ATexts in the line summary area along the bottom of the isometric drawing ca
n have their ATexts changed or made
blank. If changed, the appropriate symbol for the AText is drawn. If made blank,
the symbol is not drawn in the line
summary area.
-400 TRACED$PIPE
-401 LAGGED$PIPE
-402 PIPE$SUPPORT
-403 COMPN$JOINT
-404 SCREWED$JOINT
-405 SOCKET$WELD
-406 FIELD$WELD
-407 SHOP$WELD
The following ATexts appear in the line summary area along the bottom of both th
e plotted and printed Material Lists.
-317 PIPE NS is used with AText -318 to which the total Center Line Length per b
ore is
automatically computed and listed.
-318 CL LENGTH is used with AText -317.
-360 FT used with the old style Material List in conjunction with AText -318 (Se
e
ISOGEN option 24).
-361 FT-INS used with the new style Material List in conjunction with AText -318
(See
ISOGEN option 24).
-362 END$ONE is the subheading to AText -319. Describes the operations necessary
to
prepare the end for fabrication. End connections are listed for pipe (See
ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12, and see AText -366 through -370).
-363 END$TWO is the subheading to AText -319. Describes the operations necessary
to
prepare the end for fabrication (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12, and
see AText -366 through -370).
-365 Blank by Default is the alternative last column subheading to AText -319 un
der which cut pipe
item code is listed for pipe. When used for Part Number, a suggested setting
is:"PART$NO" (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12). If Part No. is
required on the Cut List instead of ITEM CODE, then AText -364 should be
set to blank and AText -365 set to required heading (i.e., PART$NO).
-366 SQ.CUT used when not one of the four other end types (see ISOGEN option 2 s
etting
11 or 12).
-367 BEVEL used for all Butt Welds (BW) Items that are treated as BWs, but do no
t have
the BW end condition as part of their SKEY (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11
or 12).
Flanges:
All other flange type items use Square Cut (AText -366)
-368 SCREWED used for all Screwed Ends (SC) (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 1
2).
-369 SHAPED used for all Fabricated Branch connections (see ISOGEN option 2 sett
ing 11
or 12).
March 2000
-370 MITRED used for all mitered ends at miter weld positions (see ISOGEN option
2
setting 11 or 12).
SPOOL NO$
-1 DENOTES PARTS
LIST NO
This is a general note that determines how Spool Numbers and Material List
Part Numbers are shown on the isometric.
For example: If only the bottom line is required the records in the
intermediate file should be: -410 $ 1 DE NOTES -1 PARTS LIST NO
The Printed Material List
The ATexts listed below are used in addition to all the ATexts listed for the Pl
otted Material and Pipe Cut Lists.
-332 PAGE has a Page Number automatically appended.
-333 PIPELINE REF has the Pipeline Reference automatically appended.
-336 SYSTEM REF is used as an alternative to AText -333 when producing Material
List for
System Isometric. Content of a -25 record is automatically appended.
The Weld Box Summary: Standard Weld Summary Box
-372 REMARKS Heading for "Remarks" box.
SPOOL NO$
-1 DENOTES PARTS
LIST NO
If only the bottom line is required, the records in the intermediate file should
be: -410 $ 1 DENOTES -1 PARTS LIST NO
-412 WELD|SHOP|WELD
|WELDER|VISUAL|NOT
|HARD|S.R|FAB.QA
weld header box details (line 1).
-413 NO |/FLD|PROC| ID
|ACCEPT| NO| NO |
|ACCEPT
continuation of weld box header details. (line 2)
-414 S Fabrication/Shop Weld used in the Weld Category identification on the Old
Style Weld Box. When using all three weld types AText -412 and -413,
column 2 probably is changed to give a heading that covered all types.
For example:
WELD
CAT
-415 F Erection/Field/Site Weld used in the Weld Category identification on the
Old
Style Weld Box.
-416 O Offshore Weld used in the Weld Category identification on the Old Style
Weld Box.
The Weld Box Summary: User-Defined Weld Summary Box
-417 BW for All Butt Welds. All fittings with BW end type in addition to:
LWN and FOWN flanges
LSE and LJSE type flanges.
-418 SW or all Socket Welds. All fittings with SW end types.
-419 MW or all Miter Welds (SKEY WM or WMF).
-421 SOF slip on flange. All welds associated with flanges with SKEY FLSO, FLSJ,
FOSO, FLRC, FLRE.
-422 SOB set-on (fabricated) branch. Set-on Tees. Set-on Cross. Teed Bends/Elbow
s
where Branch is made from pipe. Teed reducer where branch is made from
pipe.
-423 LET at all positions where "LET" type fittings are used to form a branch, a
nd half
coupling type fittings (o let, latrolet, elbolet, half couplings).
March 2000
Appendix C: Example Documents C - 1
Appendix C _____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Example Documents
C - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Appendix C
Example Documents
This section contains sample iso extraction documents including:
Options File (#/dat/isoc.def)
Label Library Label Definitions (as user-defined in the Options File)
HITS Report (.h file)
Intermediate Data File (.idf file)
Interface Error Log (.err file)
MTO Neutral File (.b# file)
ISOGEN Message File (.msg file)
ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file)
ISOGEN Component vs Sheet Number File (.sed file)
ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file)
Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files)
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.1 The Optio
ns File (#/dat/isoc.def)
! DEFINE ZX_ISOC.DEF
! Description= Definition of the ISOGEN defaults file for size C batch isos
! Rev= By= Ckd By= Date=22-May-1991
!
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK
10 !10 lines follow
3275 0 1 1 1000 3 0 10 0 28 10 15 15 6 ! 1-14
457 610 1 1 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 10 !15-28
105 0 0 100 0 100 46046 1 0 100 0 0 1 3 !29-42
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 !43-56
0 0 1 1 1 2 62 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 !57-70
8000 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !71-84
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !85-98
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0100000 0 1 0 !99-112
0 1 0 250 0 0 0 70 1 0 5 0 0 0 !113-126
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !127-140
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK
6 !6 lines follow
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 10 0 20 10 1 0 !1-14
0 2 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 !15-28
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 !29-42
0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !43-56
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !57-70
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 999 !71-84
FILES
14 !14 LINES TO FOLLOW
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isomap.tbl !PDS TO ISOGEN MAP
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\symbol.lib !USER DEFINED SYMBOL LIB
!LABEL DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
!VALVE / OPERATOR TABLE
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isomto.tbl !MTO RECORD MAP
!RESERVED
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isoc.blk !TITLE BLK TABLES FILE
!SEGMENT DATA TABLE
!RESERVED
!DETAIL SKETCH CELL LIBRARY
!DRAWING DEFINITION FILE (DDF)
!WELD DEFINITION FORMAT FILE (WDF)
!MATERIAL LIST DEFINITION FILE (MLD)
!BENDING PARAMETERS OUTPUT FILE
PIPELINE_HEADER
13 !13 lines follow
-6, 12, -2, 0,
,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Line ID label record/break
-7, 0, 0, 955, , - , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Piece mark prefix record
-11, 12, 12, 0, ,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Piping materials class record/break
-14, 0, 0, 0, ,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Date record
-15, 0, 0, 956, , INSUL , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 957 !Insulation record/break
-16, 0, 0, 958, , TRACE , 0, 0, 959, 0, 0, 984, 0, 0, 960 !Heat tracing reqmts record
/break
-17, 12, 40, 0, ,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Coating reqmts record/break
-41, 12, 7, 0,
, PKGNO , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 42, 0 !Packaged system no break
-42, 12, 23, 0, PER SPEC ,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Sch/thk override break
-43, 12, 41, 0, , CLEAN , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 39, 0 !Cleaning reqmts break
-44, 0, 0, 961, ,
, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Testing reqmts break
-45, 12, 21, 0, ,
, 34, 33, 0, 50, 28, 0, 67, 30, 0 !Hold status break
-99, -12, 20, 0,
,
, 34, 32, 0, 50, 27, 0, 67, 29, 0 !Construction status label
70 !70 lines follow
-207, NPD !Nominal pipe diameter callout
-208, CONN TO !Nozzle connection callout
-209, SEE ISO !Iso/Sheet continued on callout
-213, STEM !Spindle callout
-215,
!Remove reducing flange callout
-217,
!Remove miter callout
-218,
!Remove lobster callout
-219,
!Remove reinforcing pad callout
-220,
!Remove loose component callout
-221, FFW !Field Fit Weld callout
-222, SLOPE !Slope callout
-243, FLAT SIDE !Eccentric reducer flat side callout
-244, U !Up orientation callout

-245, D !Down orientation callout
-246, N !North orientation callout
-247, S !South orientation callout
-248, E !East orientation callout
-249, W !West orientation callout
-250,
!Remove date from ISOGEN title block
-253,
!Remove piping materials class from ISOGEN title block
-255, SHT !Iso continuation prefix
-270,
!Remove insulation from ISOGEN title block
-271,
!Remove heat tracing from ISOGEN title block
-272,
!Remove coating from ISOGEN title block
-276, SEE SHT !Sheet continued from callout
-277,
!Remove orifice flange callout
-278,
!Remove dial face orientation callout
-282,
!Remove sight glass window orientation callout
-284,
!Remove tee bend callout
-287, ORIENT !Skewed olet orientation callout
-288, LINE : !Line ID break (-6) callout
-289, CLASS: !PMC break (-11) callout
-290, INSUL: !Insulation reqmts break (-15) callout
-291, TRACE: !Heat tracing reqmts break (-16) callout
-292, COAT : !Coating reqmts break (-17) callout
-293, PKGNO: !Packaged system no break (-41) callout
-294, SCH : !Sch/thk override break (-42) callout
-295, CLEAN: !Cleaning reqmts break (-43) callout
-296, TEST : !Testing reqmts break (-44) callout
-297, STAT : !Hold status break (-45) callout
-298,
!Remove tee elbow callout
-300, SHOP MATERIALS !Shop materials callout in BOM
-303, DESCRIPTION !Description callout in BOM
-304, NPD !Nominal pipe diameter callout in BOM
-305, CMDTY CODE !Commodity code callout in BOM
-307,
!Remove pipe callout in BOM
-308,
!Remove fittings callout in BOM
-309,
!Remove flanges callout in BOM
-310, OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS !Other than shop materials callout in BOM
-311,
!Remove gaskets callout in BOM
-312,
!Remove bolts callout in BOM
-313,
!Remove valves callout in BOM
-314, INSTRUMENTS !Instruments callout in BOM
-315, PIPE SUPPORTS !Pipe supports callout in BOM
-316, PIECE MARKS !Pipe marks callout in BOM
-317,
!Remove pipe NPD callout from title block
-318,
!Remove centerline length callout from title block
-330, IN !NPD units callout in BOM
-400,
!Remove tracing legend from title block
-401,
!Remove insulation legend from title block
-402,
!Remove pipe support legend from title block
-403,
!Remove compression joint legend from title block
-404,
!Remove screwed joint legend from title block
-405,
!Remove socketweld joint legend from title block
-406,
!Remove field welded joint legend from title block
-407,
!Remove shopwelded legend from title block
-410,
!Remove pipe spool nos from title block
-411,
!Remove site connection legend from title block
-451,
!Tapping Connection Note
-498, FW !Field weld (no added material)
START_POINT_NOTES
1 !1 line follows
0, 12, 310, 0 !Line ID label at start of line
TYPE_1_LABELS
5 !5 lines follow
1, 34, 46, 962 !Piping commodity component remark label
2, 34, 46, 962 !Piping specialty component remark label
4, 67, 52, 963 !Instrument remark label
3,-50, 26, 966 !Cold spring label
3, 50, 38, 986 !Pipe remark label
TYPE_2_LABELS
22 !22 lines follow
34, 3, 6Q3C82 , 0, 967 !RWELD size
34, 3, 6Q2C11 , 0, 968 !Operate 6Q2C11 in closed position
34, 3, 6Q2C10 , 0, 969 !Operate 6Q2C10 in open position
34, 3, 6Q2C15 , 0, 969 !Operate 6Q2C15 in open position
34, 3, 6Q3C81 , 0, 997 !Non-radial offset label
34, 3, 6Q1C , 4, 964 !Piping commodity valves opening action label
34, 3, 6P6C , 4, 964 !Piping specialty components opening action label
34, 3, 6Q6C , 4, 964 !Piping specialty components opening action label
67, 3, 7P1E , 4, 965 !Instrument opening action label
67, 3, 7P2C01 , 0, 987 !7P2C01 press set pt label
67, 3, 7P2C09 , 0, 988 !7P2C09 vac set pt label
67, 3, 7P2C12 , 0, 989 !7P2C12 press/vac set pt label
67, 3, 7P2C14 , 0, 989 !7P2C14 press/vac set pt label
67, 3, 7P2C18 , 0, 988 !7P2C18 vac set pt label
67, 3, 7P3C , 4, 965 !Instrument opening action label
80, 16, 3 , 0, 978 !Pipe support existing construction status label
TYPE_3_LABELS
0 !0 lines follow
NOZZLE_NOTE
5 !5 lines follow
-1, -21, 952 !Equip no (concatenated with label 953)
-1, -22, 953 !Nozzle no
1, 22, 954 !NPD-prep-rating for bolted nozzles
2, 22, 954 !NPD-prep-rating for FEM nozzles
3, 22, 950 !NPD-prep for MAL nozzles
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE !To define operators requiring secondary orientation
24 !24 lines follow
OP9 ,
!SN=OP9
OP_271 ,
!SN=OP_271
OP_291 ,
!SN=OP_291
OP_311 ,
!SN=OP_311
OP_331 ,
!SN=OP_331
OP_332 ,
!SN=OP_332
OP_333 ,
!SN=OP_333
OP_334 ,
!SN=OP_334
OP_351 ,
!SN=OP_351
OP_391 ,
!SN=OP_391
OP_413 ,
!SN=OP_413
OP_452 ,
!SN=OP_452
OP_491 ,
!SN=OP_491
OP_493 ,
!SN=OP_493
OP_494 ,
!SN=OP_493
OP_571 ,
!SN=OP_571

OP_572 ,
!SN=OP_572
OP_573 ,
!SN=OP_573
OP_574 ,
!SN=OP_574
OP_711 ,
!SN=OP_711
OP_811 ,
!SN=OP_811
OP_853 ,
!SN=OP_853
OP_854 ,
!SN=OP_854
OP_931 ,
!SN=OP_931
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES
1 !1 line follows
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 6, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 !Construction status (CL130)
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES
1 !1 line follows
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 6, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 !Construction status (CL130)
1 !1 line follows
6, 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 95 !Shop fabricated codelist values from CL180
1 !1 line follows
, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951 !Line ID + dgn area
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
1 !1 lines follow
12, 3,
!Line ID
MOVABLE_TEXT
10 !10 lines follow:
-6, 25, 5, 1, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate -6 record to lower left corner of iso
-25, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate -25 record to outside of iso border
-700, 42790, 43390, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate N arrow to upper right quadrant of iso
-702, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate ISOGEN sheet no callout
-703, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate ISOGEN sheet no callout
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
0 !0 lines follow
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
4 !4 lines follow
CHAINWHEEL$WITH [2] CHAIN !Length of chain note
PROVIDE FLOOR STAND$WITH Y1=[2] !Floorstand note
PROVIDE EXTENSION STEM$WITH Y1=[2] !Extension stem note
!Turn off note for implied materials
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX
3 !3 lines follow
2, 34, 0, 971 !To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB specialties
5, 80, 0, 972 !To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB for pipe supports
4, 67, 0, 973 !To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB for instruments
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
15 !15 LINES TO FOLLOW
1, NOT FOUND ,
!Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -209
2, BOLT LENGTH ,
3, NUTS PER BOLT ,
4, CHAIN_ ,
!Used based on Intergraph option 33,56
5, FSTAND_ ,
6, XSTEM_ ,
7, HOR ,
!Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
8, VOR ,
!Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
9, DEG ,
!Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
10, E ,
11, N ,
12, U ,
13, W ,
14, S ,
15, D ,
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
3
10, 11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,1,"WW" !Weld types 11-20 are shop welds
2, 21,22, 2, "WS" !Weld types 21, 22 are field welds
1, 24, 2, "WF" !Weld type 24 is a field fit weld
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.2 Label Lib
rary Label Definitions
**************** Label Type = 400 ****************
Label Name = Comp cmdty code
[1]
Piping Component Data
[1] commodity_code - Character (16)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 401 ****************
Label Name = Pipe sch/thk 1
[1]
Piping/Tubing Data
[1] schedule_thickness - Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 402 ****************
Label Name = Tag no
[1]
Instrument Component Data
[1] instrument_comp_no - Character (20)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 403 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1
[1]
[1] cp_1_sch_thk - Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 404 ****************
Label Name = Reserved
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 405 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 406 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1 b
[1] bore
2 bore
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 407 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 2
[1]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 408 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 409 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 2 b
[1] bore
2 bore
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 410 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 411 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 412 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x2
[1] x [3]
2 x
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 413 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 414 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x2 b
[1] x [3] bore
2 x
4 bore
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 415 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 416 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x3
[1] x [3]
2 x
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 417 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x3 b
[1] x [3] bore
2 x
4 bore
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 418 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 419 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 420 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 421 ****************
Label Name = Bonnet length
[1]
[1] dimension_a - Real (6.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 422 ****************
Label Name = Piping chain length
[1]
[1] bend_angle - Real (5.0) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 423 ****************
Label Name = RWELD size
[1]
[1] bend_radius - Real (6.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 424 ****************
Label Name = Instr chain length
[1]
[1] chain_length - Real (5.0) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)

***************************************
**************** Label Type = 425 ****************
Label Name = RPAD width x thick
[1] x [3]
[1] operator_weight - Real (5.2) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
2 x
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 426 ****************
Label Name = Comp NPD 1
[1]
[1] cp_1_nom_pipe_diam - Character (9)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 427 ****************
Label Name = Monitor elev length
[1] nominal height
2 nominal height
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 428 ****************
Label Name = Hydrant cover
[1] cover
2 cover
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 429 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 430 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 431 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 432 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 433 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 434 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 435 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 436 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 437 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 438 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 439 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 440 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 441 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 442 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 443 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 444 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 445 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 446 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 447 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 448 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 449 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 950 ****************
Label Name = MAL nozzle descr
[1] [3]
Nozzle Data
[1] Entity 22 Attribute 3 - Character (9)
2 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 951 ****************
Label Name = Iso continuation
[1][2]-[4][5]
Piping Segment Data
[1] unit_code - Character (2)
[2] line_sequence_no - Character (6)
3 - [4] fluid_code - Character (5)
[5] design_area_number - Character (12)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 952 ****************

Label Name = Equip no
[1]/
Equipment Data
2 - /
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 953 ****************
Label Name = Equip nozzle
[1]
Nozzle Data
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 954 ****************
Label Name = BLT/FEM nozzle descr
[1] [3] [5]
Nozzle Data
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 955 ****************
Label Name = Pc mark prefix
[1][2]-[4][5]
Piping Segment Data
[1] unit_code - Character (2)
[2] line_sequence_no - Character (6)
3 - [4] fluid_code - Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 956 ****************
Label Name = Segment insulation
[1] [3]
Piping Segment Data
[1] insulation_purpose - Character (10)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] insulation_thick - Real (6.2) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 957 ****************
Label Name = Instr insulation
[1] [3]
[1] insulation_purpose - Character (10)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] insulation_thick - Real (6.2) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 958 ****************
Label Name = Segment ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
Piping Segment Data
[1] heat_tracing_reqmt - Character (5)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] heat_tracing_media - Character (5)
4 - 1 space(s)
[5] heat_tracing_temp - Real (6.0)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 959 ****************

Label Name = Comp ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 960 ****************
Label Name = Instr ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 961 ****************
Label Name = Segment testing
[1] [3] [5][6]
Piping Segment Data
[1] test_system_no - Character (6)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] test_fluid - Character (5)
4 - 1 space(s)
[5] test_pressure - Real (8.2)
[6] nor_op_pres_units - Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 962 ****************
Label Name = Comp remarks
[1]
[1] remarks - Character (25)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 963 ****************
Label Name = Instr remarks
[1]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 964 ****************
Label Name = Comp opening action
[1]
[1] opening_action - Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 965 ****************
Label Name = Instr opening action
[1]
[1] opening_action - Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 966 ****************
Label Name = Pipe cold spring
Adjust length by [2] for$cold spring (-)/cut long (+)
Piping/Tubing Data
1 - Adjust length by
[2] cold_spring_length - Real (7.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
3 for$cold spring (-)/cut long (+)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 967 ****************
Label Name = RWELD size
[1] RWELD
2 RWELD
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 968 ****************
Label Name = Operate closed
Operate closed
Attribute Data
1 - Operate closed
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 969 ****************
Label Name = Operate open
Operate open
Attribute Data
1 - Operate open
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 970 ****************
Label Name = Pipe spt detail no
Per detail(s) [2]
Pipe Support Data
1 - Per detail(s)
[2] Entity 80 Attribute -1 - Character (30)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 971 ****************
Label Name = Spclty descr access
PSPECIALTY
Attribute Data
1 - PSPECIALTY
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 972 ****************
Label Name = Pip spt descr access
PSUPPORT
Attribute Data
1 - PSUPPORT
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 973 ****************
Label Name = Instr descr access
INSTR
Attribute Data
1 - INSTR
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 977 ****************
Label Name = Segment P&ID nodes
[1]-[3]
Piping Segment Data
[1] PID_id_part_a - Character (4)
2 - [3] PID_id_part_b - Character (4)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 978 ****************
Label Name = Pipe spt constr stat

[1]
Pipe Support Data
[1] construction_stat - Character (15)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 979 ****************
Label Name = Unit no/Dgn area no
[1]/[3]
Piping Segment Data
[1] unit_number - Character (12)
2 - /
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 980 ****************
Label Name = Segment module no
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] module_no - Character (16)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 981 ****************
Label Name = Seg package sys no
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] package_system_no - Character (12)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 982 ****************
Label Name = Seg matls of constr
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] mater_of_construct - Character (6)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 983 ****************
Label Name = Segment test fluid
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] test_fluid - Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 984 ****************
Label Name = Pipe ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
Piping/Tubing Data
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 985 ****************
Label Name = Nozzle service
[1]
Nozzle Data
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 986 ****************
Label Name = Pipe remarks
[1]
Piping/Tubing Data
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 987 ****************

Label Name = Press set pt
Press set pt: [2][3]
1 - Press set pt:
[2] chain_length - Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 988 ****************
Label Name = Vacuum set pt
Vac set pt: [2][3]
1 - Vac set pt:
[2] Entity 67 Attribute -1 - Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 989 ****************
Label Name = Press/vac set pt
Press set pt: [2][3]
Vac set pt: [5][6]
1 - Press set pt:
[2] chain_length - Real (8.2)
4 - Vac set pt:
[5] Entity 67 Attribute -1 - Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 990 ****************
Label Name = Instr end prep
with end prep: [2] [4] [6]
1 - with end prep:
[2] cp_1_end_prep - Character (15)
3 - 1 space(s)
5 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 991 ****************
Label Name = Spclty end prep
with end prep: [2] [4] [6]
1 - with end prep:
3 - 1 space(s)
5 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.3 HITS Repo
rt (.h file)
Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53
Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43
Model Files: skiso3
skiso1
38eqp01
40eqp01
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 1
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 2
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 3
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 4
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 5
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 6
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 7
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 8
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 9
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 10
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 11
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 12
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 13
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 14
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 15
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 16
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 17
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 18
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 19
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 20
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 21
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 22
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 23
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 24
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 25
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 26
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 27
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 28
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 29
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 30
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 31
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 32
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 33
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 34
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 35
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 36
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 37
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 38
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 10 39
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 40
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 41
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 42
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 43
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 44
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 45
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 46
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 47
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 48
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 49
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 50
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 51
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 52
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 53
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 54
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 55

COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 56
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 57
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 58
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 59
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 60
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 61
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 62
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 63
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 64
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 65
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 66
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 67
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 68
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 69
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 70
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 71
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 72
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 73
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 74
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 75
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 76
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 77
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 78
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 79
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 80
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 81
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 82
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 83
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 84
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 85
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 86
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 87
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 88
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 89
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 90
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 91
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 92
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 93
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 94
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 95
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 96
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 97
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 98
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 99
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 100
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 101
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 102
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 103
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 104
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 105
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 106
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 107
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 108
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 109
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 110
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 -2 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 1

COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 2
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 3
NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 0 22 0 0 0 3 4
NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 22 0 0 0 3 5
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 6
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 7
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 8
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 12 0 3 0 0 0 4 9
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 10
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 11
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 12
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 13
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 14
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 15
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 16
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 17
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 18
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 19
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 20
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 21
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 5 22
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 23
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 12 0 3 0 0 0 5 24
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 25
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 26
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 27
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 28
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 29
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 30
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 31
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 32
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 33
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 34
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 35
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 36
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 37
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 38
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 39
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 40
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 41
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 42
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 43
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 44
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 45
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 46
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 47
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 48
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 49
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 50
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 51
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 52
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 53
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 54
NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 22 0 0 0 15 55
NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 0 22 0 0 0 15 56
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 57
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 58
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 -2 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 59
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 60
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 61

PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 62
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 63
NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 0 22 0 0 0 9 64
NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 22 0 0 0 9 65
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 66
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 67
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 68
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 9 0 3 0 0 0 10 69
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 70
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 71
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 72
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 73
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 74
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 75
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 76
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 77
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 78
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 79
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 80
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 81
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 11 82
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 83
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 0 3 0 0 0 11 84
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 -3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 85
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 86
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 87
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 88
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 89
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 90
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 91
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 92
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 93
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 94
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 95
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 96
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 97
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 98
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 99
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 100
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 101
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 102
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 103
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 104
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 105
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 106
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 107
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 108
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 109
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 110
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 111
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 112
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 113
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 114
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 115
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 116
Tracing data
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
C
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
Next
Next
Next
Next
Push
Next
Next
- 32
Next
Next
Next
Next
Push
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Push
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Pull
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
Push
Next
Next
Next
Next
Next
3 2 NOZ 39 112 1 1 1
16 1 COMP 39 2 1 1 2
16 2 COMP 21 3 1 1 3
17 2 COMP 21 39 1 1 4
17 3 COMP 25 40 1 ++++ 0 0
17 1 COMP 26 38 1 1 5
22 1 COMP 26 71 1 1 6
PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
22 2 COMP 28 72 1 1 7
23 2 COMP 28 75 1 1 8
23 1 COMP 29 74 1 1 9
24 1 COMP 29 77 1 1 10
24 3 COMP 19 79 1 ++++ 0 0
24 2 COMP 30 78 1 1 11
25 1 COMP 30 91 1 1 12
25 2 COMP 31 92 1 1 13
305 1 COMP 31 94 1 1 14
305 2 COMP 32 95 1 1 15
103 1 PIPE 32 96 1 1 16
103 2 PIPE 33 97 1 1 17
29 3 COMP 33 13 1 1 18
29 2 COMP 20 12 1 ++++ 0 0
29 1 COMP 34 11 1 2 1
5 1 PIPE 34 26 1 2 2
5 2 PIPE 35 27 1 2 3
32 2 COMP 35 16 1 2 4
32 1 COMP 37 15 1 2 5
6 1 PIPE 37 28 1 2 6
6 2 PIPE 38 29 1 2 7
33 2 COMP 38 19 1 2 8
33 1 COMP 36 18 1 2 9
7 1 PIPE 36 30 1 2 10
7 2 PIPE 18 31 1 2 11
34 2 COMP 18 22 1 2 12
34 1 COMP 16 21 1 2 13
35 2 COMP 16 25 1 2 14
35 1 COMP 17 24 1 2 15
26 2 COMP 17 69 1 2 16
26 1 COMP 41 68 1 2 17
7 2 NOZ 41 116 1 2 18
7 1 NOZ -1 115 1 2 19
29 2 COMP 20 12 1 - 2 0
29 2 COMP 20 12 1 2 -1
3 1 PIPE 20 35 1 2 -2
3 2 PIPE 15 36 1 2 -3
30 2 COMP 15 34 1 2 -4
30 1 COMP 14 33 1 2 -5
4 1 PIPE 14 50 1 2 -6
4 2 PIPE 13 51 1 2 -7
31 2 COMP 13 49 1 2 -8
31 1 COMP 12 48 1 2 -9
15 2 COMP 12 46 1 2 -10
15 1 COMP 11 45 1 2 -11
14 2 COMP 11 6 1 2 -12
14 3 COMP 1 7 1 ++++ 0 0
14 1 COMP 10 5 1 2 -13
13 1 COMP 10 86 1 2 -14
13 2 COMP 9 87 1 2 -15
12 2 COMP 9 84 1 2 -16
12 1 COMP 7 83 1 2 -17
5 Next 7 1 COMP 7 53 1 2 -18

6 Push 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 ++++ 0 0
5 Next 7 2 COMP 2 54 1 2 -19
5 Next 6 2 COMP 2 43 1 2 -20
5 Next 6 1 COMP 40 42 1 2 -21
5 Next 1 2 NOZ 40 114 1 2 -22
5 Next 1 1 NOZ -1 113 1 2 -23
7 Pull 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 - 0 0
5 Next 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 3 1
5 Next 8 1 COMP 6 57 1 3 2
5 Next 8 2 COMP 5 58 1 3 3
5 Next 9 1 COMP 5 60 1 3 4
5 Next 9 2 COMP 4 61 1 3 5
5 Next 10 1 COMP 4 63 1 3 6
5 Next 10 2 COMP 3 64 1 3 7
5 Next 11 1 COMP 3 66 1 3 8
5 Next 11 0 COMP -2 65 1 3 9
7 Pull 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 - 0 0
5 Next 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 4 1
5 Next 27 1 COMP 1 9 1 4 2
5 Next 27 0 COMP -2 8 1 4 3
7 Pull 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 - 0 0
5 Next 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 5 1
5 Next 28 1 COMP 19 110 1 5 2
5 Next 28 0 COMP -2 109 1 5 3
7 Pull 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 - 0 0
5 Next 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 6 1
5 Next 18 1 COMP 25 99 1 6 2
5 Next 18 2 COMP 24 100 1 6 3
5 Next 19 1 COMP 24 102 1 6 4
5 Next 19 2 COMP 23 103 1 6 5
5 Next 20 1 COMP 23 105 1 6 6
5 Next 20 2 COMP 22 106 1 6 7
5 Next 21 1 COMP 22 108 1 6 8
5 Next 21 0 COMP -2 107 1 6 9
-1 39 21 26 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 37 38 36 18 16 17 41 20
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 2 40
6 5 4 3 1 19 25 24 23 22
0
# Sections: 1
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 1
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 2
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 3
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 4
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 5
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 6
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 7
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 11 8
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 9
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 10
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 11
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 12
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 13
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 14
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 15
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 16

COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 17
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 18
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 19
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 20
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 21
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 22
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 23
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 24
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 25
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 26
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 5 27
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 28
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 29
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 30
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 -3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 31
NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 1 22 1 0 0 9 32
NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 22 1 1 0 9 33
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 3 1 2 0 9 34
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 1 1 3 1 3 0 9 35
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 9 1 3 1 4 108 10 36
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 1 3 1 5 108 11 37
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 14 1 3 1 6 0 11 38
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 7 0 11 39
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 8 0 11 40
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 1 3 1 9 0 11 41
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 1 3 1 10 105 11 42
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 1 3 1 11 105 14 43
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 1 3 1 12 0 14 44
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 1 3 1 13 0 14 45
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 1 3 1 14 0 14 46
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 1 3 1 15 0 14 47
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 1 5 1 16 0 14 48
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 1 5 1 17 0 14 49
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 1 3 1 18 -73 14 50
NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 1 22 2 -23 0 3 51
NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 22 2 -22 0 3 52
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 3 2 -21 0 3 53
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 11 1 3 2 -20 0 3 54
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 12 1 3 2 -19 93 4 55
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 12 1 3 2 -18 93 5 56
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 15 1 3 2 -17 0 5 57
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 1 3 2 -16 0 5 58
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 1 3 2 -15 0 5 59
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 1 3 2 -14 0 5 60
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 1 3 2 -13 102 5 61
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 1 3 2 -12 102 8 62
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 1 3 2 -11 0 8 63
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 1 3 2 -10 0 8 64
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 1 3 2 -9 0 8 65
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 1 3 2 -8 0 8 66
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 1 5 2 -7 0 8 67
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 1 5 2 -6 0 8 68
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 1 3 2 -5 0 8 69
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 1 3 2 -4 0 17 70
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 1 5 2 -3 0 17 71
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 1 5 2 -2 0 17 72
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 1 3 2 -1 50 17 73
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 1 3 2 1 50 16 74
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 1 5 2 2 0 16 75

PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 1 5 2 3 0 16 76
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 1 3 2 4 0 16 77
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 1 3 2 5 0 16 78
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 1 5 2 6 0 16 79
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 1 5 2 7 0 16 80
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 1 3 2 8 0 16 81
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 1 3 2 9 0 16 82
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 1 5 2 10 0 16 83
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 1 5 2 11 0 16 84
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 1 3 2 12 0 16 85
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 1 3 2 13 0 16 86
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 1 3 2 14 0 16 87
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 1 3 2 15 0 16 88
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 1 3 2 16 0 15 89
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 3 2 17 0 15 90
NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 22 2 18 0 15 91
NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 1 22 2 19 0 15 92
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 1 3 3 1 -55 6 93
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 1 3 3 2 0 6 94
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 1 3 3 3 0 6 95
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 1 3 3 4 0 6 96
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 5 0 6 97
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 6 0 6 98
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 1 3 3 7 0 6 99
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 1 3 3 8 0 6 100
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 13 1 3 3 9 0 6 101
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 1 3 4 1 -61 7 102
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 1 3 4 2 0 7 103
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 -2 3 1 3 4 3 0 7 104
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 1 3 5 1 -42 13 105
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 1 3 5 2 0 13 106
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 -2 3 1 3 5 3 0 13 107
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 1 3 6 1 -36 12 108
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 1 3 6 2 0 12 109
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 1 3 6 3 0 12 110
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 1 3 6 4 0 12 111
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 1 3 6 5 0 12 112
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 1 3 6 6 0 12 113
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 1 3 6 7 0 12 114
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 1 3 6 8 0 12 115
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 10 1 3 6 9 0 12 116
NOZ 33274000 10480294 501904 33274000 10480294 477520 7 1 2 in 26 15 Dash
BLSP 33274000 10480294 477393 33274000 10480294 475615 26 1 2 in 35 15
FWN 33274000 10480294 475615 33274000 10480294 468376 35 1 2 in 34 16
E90L 33274000 10480294 468376 33274000 10480294 450088 34 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33274000 10480294 450088 33292288 10480294 450088 34 0 2 ou 7 16
PIPE 33292288 10480294 450088 33475168 10480294 450088 7 2 1 in 33 16
E90L 33475168 10480294 450088 33493456 10480294 450088 33 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33493456 10480294 450088 33493456 10462006 450088 33 0 2 ou 6 16
PIPE 33493456 10462006 450088 33493456 10319258 450088 6 2 1 in 32 16
E90L 33493456 10319258 450088 33493456 10300970 450088 32 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33493456 10300970 450088 33475168 10300970 450088 32 0 2 ou 5 16
PIPE 33475168 10300970 450088 33407350 10300970 450088 5 2 1 in 29 16
T 33407350 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 450088 29 1 0 in 0 16
T 33395920 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 438658 29 0 3 b1 103 14
PIPE 33395920 10300970 438658 33395920 10300970 417449 103 2 1 in 305 14

FWN 33395920 10300970 417449 33395920 10300970 410210 305 2 1 in 25 14
GAT 33395920 10300970 410210 33395920 10300970 388620 25 2 1 in 24 14
STRT 33395920 10300970 388620 33395920 10300970 370078 24 2 0 in 0 14
STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33379283 10300970 370078 24 0 3 b1 28 13
FBLD 33379283 10300970 370078 33378140 10300970 370078 28 1 0 in 0 13 End
STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33395920 10300970 351536 24 0 1 ou 23 11
FWN 33395920 10300970 351536 33395920 10300970 344297 23 1 2 in 22 11
E90L 33395920 10300970 344297 33395920 10300970 326009 22 2 0 in 0 11
PSP2 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10300970 299847 4 1 2 in 0 11
E90L 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10282682 326009 22 0 1 ou 17 11
REDE 33395920 10282682 326009 33395920 10271506 328168 17 1 2 in 16 11
REDE 33395920 10277094 327089 33395920 10277094 321501 17 0 3 ta 18 12
NIP 33395920 10277094 321501 33395920 10277094 315405 18 1 2 in 19 12
GATR 33395920 10277094 315405 33395920 10277094 309817 19 1 2 in 20 12
NIP 33395920 10277094 309817 33395920 10277094 303721 20 1 2 in 21 12
CAPO 33395920 10277094 303721 33395920 10277094 303213 21 1 0 in 0 12 End
FWN 33395920 10271506 328168 33395920 10264521 328168 16 2 1 in 3 9
NOZ 33395920 10264394 328168 33395920 10258298 328168 3 2 1 in 0 9 End Dash
T 33395920 10300970 450088 33384490 10300970 450088 29 0 2 ou 3 17
PIPE 33384490 10300970 450088 33255712 10300970 450088 3 1 2 in 30 17
E90L 33255712 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 450088 30 2 0 in 0 17
E90L 33237424 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 431800 30 0 1 ou 4 8
PIPE 33237424 10300970 431800 33237424 10300970 417449 4 1 2 in 31 8
FWN 33237424 10300970 417449 33237424 10300970 410210 31 2 1 in 15 8
GAT 33237424 10300970 410210 33237424 10300970 388620 15 2 1 in 14 8
STRT 33237424 10300970 388620 33237424 10300970 370078 14 2 0 in 0 8
STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33220787 10300970 370078 14 0 3 b1 27 7
FBLD 33220787 10300970 370078 33219644 10300970 370078 27 1 0 in 0 7 End
STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33237424 10300970 351536 14 0 1 ou 13 5
FWN 33237424 10300970 351536 33237424 10300970 344297 13 1 2 in 12 5
E90L 33237424 10300970 344297 33237424 10300970 326009 12 2 0 in 0 5
PSP2 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10300970 299847 3 1 2 in 0 5
E90L 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10282682 326009 12 0 1 ou 7 5
REDE 33237424 10282682 326009 33237424 10271506 328168 7 1 2 in 6 5
REDE 33237424 10277094 327089 33237424 10277094 321501 7 0 3 ta 8 6
NIP 33237424 10277094 321501 33237424 10277094 315405 8 1 2 in 9 6
GATR 33237424 10277094 315405 33237424 10277094 309817 9 1 2 in 10 6
NIP 33237424 10277094 309817 33237424 10277094 303721 10 1 2 in 11 6
CAPO 33237424 10277094 303721 33237424 10277094 303213 11 1 0 in 0 6 End
FWN 33237424 10271506 328168 33237424 10264521 328168 6 2 1 in 1 3
NOZ 33237424 10264394 328168 33237424 10258298 328168 1 2 1 in 0 3 End Dash
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.4 Intermedi
ate Data File (.idf file)
3275 0 1 1 1000 3 0 10 100 28 275 15 15 6
457 610 1 1 4 1 0 0 300 0 1 0 1 10 !
105 0 0 100 0 100 46 1 0 100 0 0 1 3 !
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 1 1 1 2 62 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 !
0 1 0 250 0 0 0 70 1 0 5 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
-102 /380311w.i*
-103 //usr/ip32/pd
-1 iso/dat/symbo
-1 l.lib
-104 /380311w.bom
-105 /pdsidf.err
-108 /380311w.prt
-115 /380311w.sht
-122 //usr/ip32/pd
-1 iso/examples/
-1 user.mld
3 -6 25 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -700 38000 43390 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -702 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -703 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-207 NPD
-208 CONN TO
-209 SEE ISO
-213 STEM
-215
-217
-218
-219
-220
-221 FW
-222 SLOPE
-243 FLAT SIDE
-244 U
-245 D
-246 N
-247 S
-248 E
-249 W
-250
-253
-255 SHT
-270
-271
-272
-276 SEE SHT
-277
-278
-282
-284
-287 ORIENT
-288 LINE :
-289 CLASS:
-290 INSUL:
-291 TRACE:
-292 COAT :
-293 PKGNO:
-294 SCH :
-295 CLEAN:
-296 TEST :
-297 STAT :
-298
-300 SHOP MATERIAL

-1 S
-303 DESCRIPTION
-304 NPD
-305 CMDTY CODE
-307 PIPE
-308 FITTINGS
-309 FLANGES
-310 OTHER THAN SH
-1 OP MATERIALS
-311 GASKET
-312 BOLTS
-313 VALVES/IN-LIN
-1 E ITEMS
-314 INSTRUMENTS
-315 PIPE SUPPORTS
-316 PIECE MARKS
-317
-318
-330 INS
-339 MISCELLANEOUS
-359 DIA X LENGTH
-375 WELDS
-376 FABRICATION M
-1 ATL
-377 ERECTION MATL
-378 OFFSHORE MATL
-330 IN
-400
-401
-402
-403
-404
-405
-406
-407
-410
-411
-6 380311-W-7 380311-W-11 2C0032
-14 01/08/94
-15 HF 2 "
-16 HT 0
-17 NONE
-41 UNDEFINED
-42 PER SPEC
-43 UNDEFINED
-44 0 PSIG
-45 UNDEFINED
-131 SHOPAppendix
C: Example Documents C - 39
-132 FLD-133 OFFSHR-31 38E-104/ N2$4
-1 IN RFFE 300
110 39911971 11626849 835818 39911971 11626849 836135 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39911971 11626849 836135 39911971 11626849 844708 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 115 8
-1 55
-1 8
-37 W380311-4IN-2
-1 C0032-HF
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39911971 11626849 844708 39911971 11626849 859948 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
011
-39 3
-1 157 8
-1 56
-1 8
36 39911971 11626849 859948 39896731 11626849 859948 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39886651 11626849 859948 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39896731 11626849 859948 39876570 11626849 859948 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
-39 5
-1 35 8
-1 56
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39876570 11626849 859948 39866093 11626849 859948 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 155 8
-1 56
-1 8
46 39866093 11626849 859948 39866093 11626849 870426 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39866093 11626849 895270 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39866093 11626849 870426 39866093 11626849 920114 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
-39 5
-1 33 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39866093 11626849 920114 39866093 11626849 935354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
011
-39 3
-1 154 8
-1 57
-1 8
36 39866093 11626849 935354 39866093 11642089 935354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 11642089 935354 39866093 11759247 935354 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
-39 5
-1 32 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39866093 11759247 935354 39866093 11774487 935354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
001
-39 3
-1 153 8
-1 57
-1 8
36 39866093 11774487 935354 39866093 11774487 920114 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3
9000 3
3001
0 3011
0 3011
3001
9000 3
9000 3
3001
9000 3
9000 3
001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 11774487 920114 39866093 11774487 496569 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 31 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39866093 11774487 496569 39866093 11774487 487996 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 152 8
-1 57
-1 8
110 39866093 11774487 487996 39866093 11774487 487679 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39866093 11774487 487679 39866093 11774487 457199 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 310
2
-39 3
-1 116 8
-1 57
-1 8
110 39866093 11774487 457199 39866093 11774487 456882 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39866093 11774487 456882 39866093 11774487 448309 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 151 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 11774487 448309 39866093 11774487 391477 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 30 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39866093 11774487 391477 39866093 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 150 8
-1 57
-1 8
46 39866093 11774487 380999 39876570 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39881332 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39876570 11774487 380999 39886095 11774487 380999 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 29 8
-1 59
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39886095 11774487 380999 39896573 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 119 8
-1 59
-1 8
150 39896573 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 8, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0311-1
-39 8
-1 7 8
-1 59
-1 8
46 39896573 11774487 380999 39896573 11774487 391477 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39896573 11774487 391477 39896573 11774487 400049 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 124 8
-1 60
-1 8
110 39896573 11774487 400049 39896573 11774487 400366 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39896573 11774487 400366 39896573 11774487 430847 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 310
2
-39 3
-1 125 8
-1 60
-1 8
110 39896573 11774487 430847 39896573 11774487 431164 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39896573 11774487 431164 39896573 11774487 439737 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 149 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39896573 11774487 519905 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39896573 11774487 439737 39896573 11774487 600074 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 28 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39896573 11774487 600074 39896573 11774487 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 148 8
-1 60
-1 8
36 39896573 11774487 615314 39896573 11789727 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39896573 11789727 615314 39896574 12194858 615314 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 27 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39896574 12194858 615314 39896573 12201207 615314 64 9, 0, 10000,ELBW, 4500 3
011
-39 3
-1 147 8
-1 60
-1 8
36 39896573 12201207 615314 39892083 12205697 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 4500 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39892083 12205697 615314 39876869 12220909 615314 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 26 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39876869 12220909 615314 39866093 12231687 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 146 8
-1 60
-1 8
36 39866093 12231687 615314 39866093 12231687 600074 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 12231687 600074 39866093 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 25 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
40 39866093 12231687 518159 39866093 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 126 8
-1 60
-1 8
41 39866093 12231687 518159 39876250 12231687 518159 48 10, 0, 10000,WTBW, 0 300
1
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39893239 12231687 518159 0 0 0 48 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39876250 12231687 518159 39910228 12231687 518159 48 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 36 8
-1 71
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39910228 12231687 518159 39918165 12231687 518159 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 158 8
-1 71
-1 8
110 39918165 12231687 518159 39918482 12231687 518159 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39918482 12231687 518159 39946740 12231687 518159 48 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 320
2
-39 3
-1 142 8
-1 71
-1 8
110 39946740 12231687 518159 39947057 12231687 518159 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39947057 12231687 518159 39954995 12231687 518159 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 141 8
-1 71
-1 8
42 39866093 12231687 518159 39866093 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
149 39866093 12231687 481329 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39866093 12231687 518159 39866093 12231687 444499 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 25 8
-1 65
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39866093 12231687 444499 39866093 12231687 435926 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 145 8
-1 65
-1 8
110 39866093 12231687 435926 39866093 12231687 435609 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39866093 12231687 435609 39866093 12231687 405129 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 320
2
-39 3
-1 140 8
-1 65
-1 8
110 39866093 12231687 405129 39866093 12231687 404812 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39866093 12231687 404812 39866093 12231687 396239 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 139 8
-1 65
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39866093 12231687 396239 39866093 12231687 380999 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 127 8
-1 65
-1 8
150 39866093 12231687 380999 0 0 0 64 12, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0311-2
-39 8
-1 8 8
-1 65
-1 8
36 39866093 12231687 380999 39881333 12231687 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
55 39881333 12231687 380999 39891493 12231687 379729 64 13, 0, 10000,REBW, 0 360
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 128 8
-1 65
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39891493 12231687 379729 39899430 12231687 379729 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 129 8
-1 66
-1 8
110 39899430 12231687 379729 39899747 12231687 379729 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
90 39899747 12231687 379729 39915623 12231687 379729 48 14, 0, 10000,CVFL, 0 350
2
-22 38LV$559
-39 6
-1 4 8
-1 66
-1 8
93 39915623 12231687 379729 39931497 12231687 379729 48 0, 0, 10000,CVFL, 0 3502
110 39931497 12231687 379729 39931814 12231687 379729 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39931814 12231687 379729 39939753 12231687 379729 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 130 8
-1 66
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
55 39939753 12231687 379729 39949913 12231687 380999 48 13, 0, 10000,REBW, 0 360
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 131 8
-1 66
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39949913 12231687 380999 39965153 12231687 380999 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 132 8
-1 67
-1 8
150 39965153 12231687 380999 0 0 0 64 15, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0311-3
-39 8
-1 9 8
-1 67
-1 8
36 39965153 12231687 380999 39965153 12231687 396239 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39965153 12231687 396239 39965153 12231687 404812 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 133 8
-1 67
-1 8
110 39965153 12231687 404812 39965153 12231687 405129 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39965153 12231687 405129 39965153 12231687 435609 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 320
2
-39 3
-1 134 8
-1 67
-1 8
110 39965153 12231687 435609 39965153 12231687 435926 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2

115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39965153 12231687 435926 39965153 12231687 444499 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 144 8
-1 67
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39965153 12231687 444499 39965153 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 24 8
-1 67
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
40 39965153 12231687 518159 39965153 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 135 8
-1 67
-1 8
41 39965153 12231687 518159 39954995 12231687 518159 48 10, 0, 10000,WTBW, 0 300
1
-67 *UNDEFINED*
42 39965153 12231687 518159 39965153 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
149 39965153 12231687 543876 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39965153 12231687 518159 39965153 12231687 569594 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 24 8
-1 69
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39965153 12231687 569594 39965153 12231687 584834 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 143 8
-1 69
-1 8
36 39965153 12231687 584834 39980393 12231687 584834 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39980393 12231687 584834 40030399 12231687 584834 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 23 8
-1 69
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40030399 12231687 584834 40045639 12231687 584834 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 136 8
-1 69
-1 8
36 40045639 12231687 584834 40045639 12231687 600074 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40045639 12231687 600074 40045639 12231687 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 137 8
-1 69
-1 8
36 40045639 12231687 615314 40045639 12246927 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
55 40045639 12246927 615314 40045639 12260897 618013 64 13, 0, 10000,REBW, 0 360
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 138 8
-1 69
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40045639 12260897 618013 40045639 12314396 618013 96 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3001
-39 5
-1 22 8
-1 70
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40045639 12314396 618013 40045639 12324397 618013 96 16, 0, 1110000,FLWN, 0
11
-30 390311-W
47 39896573 11774487 380999 39907050 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39907050 11774487 380999 39917528 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 120 8
-1 61
-1 8
46 39917528 11774487 380999 39917528 11764009 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39917528 11764009 380999 39917528 11755436 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 122 8
-1 62
-1 8
110 39917528 11755436 380999 39917528 11755119 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
95 39917528 11755119 380999 39917528 11754167 380999 64 17, 0, 10000,SB , 0 3002
-39 3
-1 123 8
-1 62
-1 8
-37 OPERATE CLOSE
-1 D
96 39917528 11754167 380999 39917528 11753214 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,SB , 0 3002
-30 NOT FOUND
47 39917528 11774487 380999 39928005 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39928005 11774487 380999 39936577 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 121 8
-1 63
-1 8
110 39936577 11774487 380999 39936894 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39936894 11774487 380999 39972455 11774487 380999 64 18, 0, 10000,VGFL, 0 35
02
-39 3
-1 209 8
-1 63
-1 8
110 39972455 11774487 380999 39972772 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39972772 11774487 380999 39981345 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 210 8
-1 63
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39981345 11774487 380999 39991823 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 211 8
-1 63
-1 8
46 39991823 11774487 380999 39991823 11764009 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39991823 11764009 380999 39991823 11755436 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 215 8
-1 107
-1 8
110 39991823 11755436 380999 39991823 11755119 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
95 39991823 11755119 380999 39991823 11754167 380999 64 17, 0, 10000,SB , 0 3012
-39 3
-1 216 8
-1 107
-1 8
-37 OPERATE CLOSE
-1 D
96 39991823 11754167 380999 39991823 11753214 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,SB , 0 3012
-30 NOT FOUND
47 39991823 11774487 380999 40002300 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 40002300 11774487 380999 40012778 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 237 8
-1 108
-1 8
150 40012778 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 19, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0404-1
-39 8
-1 14 8
-1 108
-1 8
46 40012778 11774487 380999 40012778 11774487 391477 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40012778 11774487 419893 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40012778 11774487 391477 40012778 11774487 448309 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 64 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40012778 11774487 448309 40012778 11774487 456882 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 238 8
-1 109
-1 8
110 40012778 11774487 456882 40012778 11774487 457199 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 40012778 11774487 457199 40012778 11774487 487679 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 311
2
-39 3
-1 212 8
-1 109
-1 8
110 40012778 11774487 487679 40012778 11774487 487996 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 40012778 11774487 487996 40012778 11774487 496569 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 239 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40012778 11774487 496569 40012778 11774487 539114 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 65 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40012778 11774487 539114 40012778 11774487 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 240 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 40012778 11774487 554354 40012778 11759247 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40012778 11759247 554354 40012778 11744007 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 241 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 40012778 11744007 554354 39997538 11744007 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39997538 11744007 554354 39634953 11744007 554354 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 66 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39634953 11744007 554354 39619713 11744007 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 242 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 39619713 11744007 554354 39619713 11759247 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39619713 11759247 554354 39619713 11774487 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 243 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 39619713 11774487 554354 39619713 11774487 539114 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39619713 11774487 539114 39619713 11774487 439737 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 67 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39619713 11774487 439737 39619713 11774487 431164 64 3, 0, 1110000,FLWN, 0 1
1
-30 380407-W
47 40012778 11774487 380999 40023255 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40028017 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40023255 11774487 380999 40032780 11774487 380999 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 63 8
-1 110
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 40032780 11774487 380999 40043258 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 236 8
-1 110
-1 8
46 40043258 11774487 380999 40043258 11774487 391477 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40043258 11774487 391477 40043258 11774487 400049 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 246 8
-1 111
-1 8
110 40043258 11774487 400049 40043258 11774487 400366 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 40043258 11774487 400366 40043258 11774487 430847 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 311
2
-39 3
-1 213 8
-1 111
-1 8
110 40043258 11774487 430847 40043258 11774487 431164 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 40043258 11774487 431164 40043258 11774487 439737 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 247 8
-1 111
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40043258 11774487 519905 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40043258 11774487 439737 40043258 11774487 600074 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 68 8
-1 111
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40043258 11774487 600074 40043258 11774487 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 248 8
-1 111
-1 8
36 40043258 11774487 615314 40031549 11764729 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40031549 11764729 615314 39877800 11636606 615314 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 69 8
-1 111
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39877800 11636606 615314 39866093 11626849 615314 64 4, 0, 1110000,ELBW, 9000
1
36 39866093 11626849 615314 39866093 11626849 630554 64 0, 0, 1110000,ELBW, 9000
1
100 39866093 11626849 630554 39866093 11626849 726281 64 5, 0, 1110000, , 0 11
-30 380404-W
47 40043258 11774487 380999 40053735 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40053735 11774487 380999 40068975 11774487 380999 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
001
-39 3
-1 235 8
-1 112
-1 8
150 40068975 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 20, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0404-2
-39 8
-1 15 8
-1 112
-1 8
36 40068975 11774487 380999 40068975 11774487 396239 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40068975 11774487 422274 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40068975 11774487 396239 40068975 11774487 448309 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 62 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40068975 11774487 448309 40068975 11774487 456882 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 234 8
-1 113
-1 8
110 40068975 11774487 456882 40068975 11774487 457199 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 40068975 11774487 457199 40068975 11774487 487679 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 311
2
-39 3
-1 214 8
-1 113
-1 8
110 40068975 11774487 487679 40068975 11774487 487996 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 40068975 11774487 487996 40068975 11774487 496569 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 233 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40068975 11774487 496569 40068975 11774487 539114 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 61 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40068975 11774487 539114 40068975 11774487 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 232 8
-1 113
-1 8
36 40068975 11774487 554354 40068975 11789727 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40068975 11789727 554354 40068975 11804967 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-39 3
-1 231 8
-1 113
-1 8
36 40068975 11804967 554354 40053735 11804967 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40053735 11804967 554354 39609235 11804967 554354 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 60 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39609235 11804967 554354 39593995 11804967 554354 64 4, 0, 1110000,ELBW, 9000
11
36 39593995 11804967 554354 39593995 11789727 554354 64 0, 0, 1110000,ELBW, 9000
11
-30 380407-W
47 39866093 11774487 380999 39855615 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39855615 11774487 380999 39847042 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 300
1
-39 3
-1 117 8
-1 58
-1 8
110 39847042 11774487 380999 39846725 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39846725 11774487 380999 39816244 11774487 380999 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL, 0 350
2
-39 3
-1 118 8
-1 58
-1 8
110 39816244 11774487 380999 39815927 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39815927 11774487 380999 39807355 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 1110000,FLWN, 0 1
-30 380408-W
47 39866093 11626849 859948 39855615 11626849 859948 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW, 0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39845535 11626849 859948 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 39855615 11626849 859948 39835454 11626849 859948 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0 3011
-39 5
-1 34 8
-1 72
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39835454 11626849 859948 39820214 11626849 859948 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
001
-39 3
-1 156 8
-1 72
-1 8
36 39820214 11626849 859948 39820214 11626849 844708 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW, 9000 3
001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39820214 11626849 844708 39820214 11626849 836135 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN, 0 301
1
-39 3
-1 114 8
-1 53
-1 8
110 39820214 11626849 836135 39820214 11626849 835818 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0 2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
-31 38E-104/ N1$4
-1 IN RFFE 300
-20 XDABBZZQSG
-21 GASKET, CL300
-1 , G653, 0.125
-1 " THK, 304 SP
-1 IRAL WND, GRA
-1 PH FILLED, CS
-1 CENTER RING,
-1 API-601
-88 7
-20 YZZZHZZFFF
-21 B31, ASTM-A19
-1 3-B7 STUDS W/
-1 ASTM-A194-2H
-1 HVY HEX NUTS,
-1 4.5" BOLT L
-1 ENGTH
-85 4.5
-88 7
-20 FAABBAWAAA
-21 FLANGE, CL300
-1 , RFFE/BE, AS
-1 TM-A105, ANSI
-1 -B16.5, WN, S
-1 -STD BORE
-80 FWN
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A105
-84 ANSI-B16.5
-20 WAAAAAWAAA
-21 ELBOW, S-STD,
-1 < TEST
-80 E90LR
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 PAAAAAWAAA
-21 PIPE, S-STD,
-1 BE, ASTM-A53-1 B TYPE S
-80 PIPE
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A53-B
-84 ANSI-B36.10M
-20 WTAAAAWAAA
-21 TEE, S-STD, B
-1 E, ASTM-A234-1 WPB, ANSI-B16
-1 .9
-80 T
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 VABBAHCAAA
-21 GATE VALVE, C
-1 L300, RFFE, B
-1 B, OS&Y, ASTM
-1 -A216-WCB, TR
-1 IM 8, CRANE 3
-1 3
-80 GAT
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A216-WCB
-84 ANSI-B16.10
-20 PS-0311-1
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 WADAAAWAAA
-21 45 DEG LR ELB
-1 OW, S-STD, BE
-1 , ASTM-A234-W
-1 PB, ANSI-B16.
-1 9
-80 E45LR
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 WOAAAAWAFA
-21 WELDOLET, S-S
-1 TD X S-STD, B
-1 E, ASTM-A105
-80 WOL
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A105
-84 BONNEY FORGE
-1 1
-20 YZZZHZZFFF
-21 B31, ASTM-A19
-1 3-B7 STUDS W/
-1 ASTM-A194-2H
-1 HVY HEX NUTS,
-1 4.25" BOLT
-1 LENGTH
-85 4.25
-88 7
-20 PS-0311-2
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 WRBAAAWAAA
-21 ECCENTRIC RED
-1 UCER, S-STD X
-1 S-STD BORE,
-1 BE, ASTM-A234
-1 -WPB, ANSI-B1
-1 6.9
-80 REDE
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 38LV-559
-21 INSTRUMENT 38
-1 LV-559. GENER
-1 IC DESCRIPTIO
-1 N FOR LEVEL 3
-1 TESTING.
-80 1GL1
-81 300QD
-82 RFFE
-84 ANSI-B16.5
-20 PS-0311-3
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 FGPBBAWAAA
-21 ORIFICE FLANG
-1 E, CL300, RFF
-1 E/BE, ASTM-A1
-1 05, ANSI-B16.
-1 36, WN, ONE 0
-1 .5" SWE TAP,
-1 S-STD BORE
-80 FOWNAW
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A105
-84 ANSI-B16.36
-20 GJGBBZZADA
-21 SPECTACLE BLA
-1 NK, CL300, RF
-1 TBE, ASTM-A51
-1 6-70, API-590
-1 Z1, 0.75 THK
-80 BLSPC
-81 CL300
-82 RFTBE
-83 A516-70
-84 API-590Z1
-20 VBBBAHCGAA
-21 GLOBE VALVE,
-1 CL300, RFFE,
-1 BB, OS&Y, AST
-1 M-A216-WCB, T
-1 RIM 8, CRANE
-1 151
-80 GLO
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A216-WCB
-84 ANSI-B16.10
-20 PS-0404-1
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 PS-0404-2
-21 PIPE SUPPORT
-1 PS-0404-2. GE
-1 NERIC DESCRIP
-1 TION FOR LEVE
-1 L 3 TESTING.
-80 PSP2
999
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.5 Interface
Error Log (.err file)
PDSIDF version 4.03.01.00 - 6.0.8
Begin Input
Options file
pdssdr:/usr/cert/iso/isoref/john.def
Model design file(s)
40pipe01 - type 63 information extracted from this model
39pipe01 (CONT. ONLY)
39pipe02 (CONT. ONLY)
40eqp01
40foot01
Iso design file
pdssdr:/usr/cert/john/400104wc.i*
Line id(s)
400104-WC
Piping area
PArea40
Project database
pd_oxs_l3
Batch options
N Y Y N * * Y * * 22-Feb-1993 check plots
Extraction number
6
End input
*** WARNING - W20 ***
Header record attribute is undefined
Header record number: -41
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Segment data table look-up failed
File name: /usr/ip32/pdiso/dat/isoc.note
Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
1 - ERROR - key S19 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
2 - ERROR - key PSUPPORT PSL was not found in SPECIALTY material description libra
ry.
*** WARNING - W14 ***
Error reading specialty material description library
Item code : S19
Alt. index : PSUPPORT
Return code : -1
3 - ERROR - key SP-0104-1 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
4 - ERROR - key PSPECIALTY NREQD STRT1 TEFLTEXX was not found in SPECIALTY materia
l description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***
Item code : SP-0104-1
Alt. index : PSPECIALTY
Return code : -1
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
5 - ERROR - key SP-0104-2 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
6 - ERROR - key PSPECIALTY NREQD STRT1 TEFLTEXX was not found in SPECIALTY materia
l description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***
Item code : SP-0104-2
Alt. index : PSPECIALTY
Return code : -1
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
7 - ERROR - key S15 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
8 - ERROR - key PSUPPORT PSL was not found in SPECIALTY material description libra
ry.
*** WARNING - W14 ***
Item code : S15
Alt. index : PSUPPORT
Return code : -1
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***
Table Key: 1C0031
ISOGEN INTERGRAPH VERSION 6.0.8
DRG. 1 /400104-WCPLOTTED
DRG. 2 /400104-WCPLOTTED
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.6 MTO Neutr
al File (.b# file)
GASK400104-WC- 401572887 1572914 7 XDABBZZQSG 4.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572887 1572914 7 YZZZHZZFFF 19.05 114.3 8
COMP400104-WC- 401572887 1572914 15 N FAABBAWAAA 4.0" 4.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.0009
0.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572887 1572915 15 N WRBAAAWAAA 6.0" 4.0" S-STDS-STD0.0000.0009
0.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572916 7 N POCAAAOAAE 1.0" 1.0" S-160S-1603.0003.00090
.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572917 7 N VAUSAHGAAA 1.0" 1.0" NREQDNREQD3.0000.00090
.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572918 7 N POCAAAOAAE 1.0" 1.0" S-160S-1603.0003.00090
.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572919 7 N SCAQZZZAAA 1.0" NREQD 0.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572889 1572920 15 N WAAAAAWAAA 6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD228.50.0009
0.00
SUPP400104-WC- 401572889 1572868 S19
COMP400104-WC- 401572889 1572921 15 N FAAABAWAAA 6.0" 6.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.0009
0.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572889 1572922 7 XDAABZZQSG 6.0"
ENGR400104-WC- 401572889 1572922 N SP-0104-1 6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD
COMP400104-WC- 401572893 1572923 7 N VAABAHCCAA 6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD3.0000.00090
.00
0.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572893 1572878 15 1 PAAAAAWAAA 6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD -9999 ****
*******
0.00
*******
COMP400104-WC- 401572893 1572925 15 N WTAAAAWAAA 6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD0.0000.0009
0.00
*******
0.00
*******

0.00
*******
0.00
*******
0.00
0.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572884 1572872 7 N GJGABZZADA 6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD0.0000.00090
.00
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.7 ISOGEN Me
ssage File (.msg file)
ISOGEN WORKSTATION VERSION 5.4.1
ERROR DETECTED IN PIPE /W010
(35:1062) WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST
- CHECK CUT LENGTHS
DRG. 1 /W0101
PLOTTED
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.8 ISOGEN Pr
inted Parts File (.prt file)
1 PAGE 1
PIPELINE REF 400104-WC- SHT 1 OF 2
| SHOP MATERIALS |
PT NPD
NO DESCRIPTION (IN) CMDTY CODE QTY
1 PIPE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B TYPE S 6 PAAAAAWAAA 22.9
2 TEE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, 6X6 WTAAAAWAAA 1
ANSI-B16.9
3 ECCENTRIC REDUCER, S-STD X S-STD BORE, 6X4 WRBAAAWAAA 1
BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
4 90 DEG LR ELBOW, S-STD, BE, 6 WAAAAAWAAA 5
ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
5 FLANGE, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 6 FAAABAWAAA 4
ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD BORE
6 FLANGE, CL300, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 4 FAABBAWAAA 1
| OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS |
PT NPD
7 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6X6 SP-0104-1 1
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
8 SPECTACLE BLANK, CL150, RFTBE, 6 GJGABZZADA 1
ASTM-A516-70, API-590Z1, ****** THK
9 NIPPLE, PE, S-160, 3" LONG, ASTM-A106-B 1 POCAAAOAAE 2

10 CAP, CL3000, SWE, ASTM-A105 1 SCAQZZZAAA 1
11 GASKET, CL150, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 6 XDAABZZQSG 6
SPIRAL WND, GRAPH FILLED, CS CENTER
RING, API-601
12 GASKET, CL300, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 4 XDABBZZQSG 1
RING, API-601
13 B31, ASTM-A193-B7 STUDS W/ASTM-A194-2H 3/4 YZZZHZZFFF 8
HVY HEX NUTS, 4.5" BOLT LENGTH
16 GATE VALVE, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, 6 VAABAHCCAA 1
ASTM-A216-WCB, TRIM 8, CRANE 47
17 GATE VALVE, CL800, SWE, BB, OS&Y, 1 VAUSAHGAAA 1
ASTM-A105, TRIM 8, SMITH 800
PIPE SUPPORTS
18 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6 S19 1
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
PIECE MARKS
400104-WC40-1 400104-WC40-2
1 PAGE 2
1 PAGE 1
| SHOP MATERIALS |
PT NPD
1 ECCENTRIC REDUCER, S-STD X S-STD BORE, 6X4 WRBAAAWAAA 1
BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
2 90 DEG LR ELBOW, S-STD, BE, 6 WAAAAAWAAA 1
ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
3 FLANGE, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 6 FAAABAWAAA 1
4 FLANGE, CL300, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 4 FAABBAWAAA 1
| OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS |
PT NPD
5 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6X6 SP-0104-2 1
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
6 NIPPLE, PE, S-160, 3" LONG, ASTM-A106-B 1 POCAAAOAAE 2
7 CAP, CL3000, SWE, ASTM-A105 1 SCAQZZZAAA 1
8 GASKET, CL150, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 6 XDAABZZQSG 2
RING, API-601
9 GASKET, CL300, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 4 XDABBZZQSG 1
RING, API-601

12 GATE VALVE, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, 6 VAABAHCCAA 1
ASTM-A216-WCB, TRIM 8, CRANE 47
13 GATE VALVE, CL800, SWE, BB, OS&Y, 1 VAUSAHGAAA 1
ASTM-A105, TRIM 8, SMITH 800
PIPE SUPPORTS
14 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6 S15 1
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
PIECE MARKS
400104-WC40-3
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
C.9 ISOGEN Component versus Sheet Number File (.sed
file)
1 5 282 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 3 590 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 5 283 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 3 591 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 3 580 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 3 579 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 5 284 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 3 578 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 3 577 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-11 6 61 0 297 0 0 0
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.10 ISOGEN C
ut Pipe Report (.cut file)
1
SUMMARY OF CUT PIPE LENGTHS FOR PROJECT NUMBER - PAGE 1
FOR PIPELINE REFERENCES DATE 28/02/93
400104-WCITEM
ITEM DESCRIPTION AND SPECIFICATION SIZE CUT LENGTH SPECIAL PIECE PIPELINE BATCH
CODE (INS) (FT & INS) REQ. NO. REFERENCE REFERENCE
PAAAAAWAAA PIPE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B TYPE S 6 7.1/16 <1> 400104-WC6 5 3.3/8 <2> 400104-WC6 10.7/16 <3> 400104-WC6 2 9.3/8 <4> 400104-WC6 5 10.1/8 <5> 400104-WC6 7 6.1/16 <6> 400104-WCSUB
TOTAL 22 10.7/16
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ C.11 Title Bl
ock Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files)
! Description= Definition of the ISOGEN title block for size C batch isos.
! Rev=2 By= Ckd By= Date=
!
SHEET_DATA_TABLE
2 !2 lines to follow
0, 0, 0, 1, 6 !Sheet no
0, 0, 0, 2, 7 !of sheet no
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
5, 1, 1, 979, 0, 11 !Company name

5, 1, 2, 979, 0, 12 !Plant name
5, 1, 3, 979, 0, 1 !Project no
5, 1, 4, 979, 0, 10 !Unit name
1, 1, 0, 951, 0, 5 !Iso no
3, 2, 10, 0, 0, 15 !Extraction date
3, 2, 11, 0, 0, 96 !Extraction no
3, 1, 2, 0, 0, 90 !Dgn file 1
3, 1, 3, 0, 0, 91 !Dgn file 2
3, 1, 4, 0, 0, 92 !Dgn file 3
3, 1, 5, 0, 0, 93 !Dgn file 4
3, 1, 6, 0, 0, 94 !Dgn file 5
3, 1, 22, 0, 0, 95 !Defaults file
3, 2, 15, 0, 0, 8 !Current rev no
3, 2, 16, 0, 0, 20 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 0, 0, 21 !Date
3, 2, 17, 0, 0, 22 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 0, 0, 23 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 0, 0, 24 !Description
3, 2, 16, 1, 0, 30 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 1, 0, 31 !Date
3, 2, 17, 1, 0, 32 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 1, 0, 33 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 1, 0, 34 !Description
3, 2, 16, 2, 0, 40 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 2, 0, 41 !Date
3, 2, 17, 2, 0, 42 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 2, 0, 43 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 2, 0, 44 !Description
3, 2, 16, 3, 0, 50 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 3, 0, 51 !Date
3, 2, 17, 3, 0, 52 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 3, 0, 53 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 3, 0, 54 !Description
3, 2, 16, 4, 0, 60 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 4, 0, 61 !Date
3, 2, 17, 4, 0, 62 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 4, 0, 63 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 4, 0, 64 !Description
3, 2, 16, 5, 0, 70 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 5, 0, 71 !Date
3, 2, 17, 5, 0, 72 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 5, 0, 73 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 5, 0, 74 !Description
3, 2, 90, 0, 0, 2 !Color code (User attribute 1)
3, 2, 91, 0, 0, 97 !User attribute 2
3, 2, 92, 0, 0, 98 !User attribute 3
3, 2, 93, 0, 0, 99 !User attribute 4
3, 2, 94, 0, 0, 100 !User attribute 5
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
1, 12, 2, 0, 11, 25, 1, 200, 25 !Line no
1, 12, 35, 0, 36, 12, 0, 201, 25 !Dgn std
1, 12, 24, 0, 48, 5, 0, 202, 25 !Nor oper press
1, 12, 25, 0, 53, 4, 0, 203, 25 !Nor oper temp
1, 12, 28, 0, 57, 5, 0, 204, 25 !Nor dgn press
1, 12, 29, 0, 62, 4, 0, 205, 25 !Nor dgn temp
1, 12, 26, 0, 66, 5, 0, 206, 25 !Alt oper press
1, 12, 27, 0, 71, 4, 0, 207, 25 !Alt oper temp
1, 12, 30, 0, 75, 5, 0, 208, 25 !Alt dgn press

1, 12, 31, 0, 80, 4, 0, 209, 25 !Alt dgn temp
1, 12, 64, 0, 84, 5, 0, 210, 25 !Test system no
1, 12, 65, 0, 89, 3, 0, 211, 25 !Test fluid
1, 12, 66, 0, 92, 5, 0, 212, 25 !Test press
1, 12, 17, 0, 97, 3, 0, 213, 25 !Heat tracing reqmts
1, 12, 18, 0, 100, 3, 0, 214, 25 !Heat media
1, 12, 19, 0, 103, 4, 0, 215, 25 !Heat media temp
1, 12, 14, 0, 107, 6, 0, 216, 25 !Insulation purpose
1, 12, 15, 0, 113, 5, 0, 217, 25 !Insulation thickness
1, 12, 40, 0, 118, 8, 0, 218, 25 !Coating reqmts
1, 12, 0, -992, 126, 25, 1, 219, 25 !PWHT reqmts
Appendix D: PDS Database Table Formats D - 1
Appendix D _____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
PDS Database Table Formats
D - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Appendix D
PDS Database Table Formats
This section contains PDS database formats, including:
Design table format
Spec table format (Imperial & Metric)
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ D.1 Piping De
sign Database Table Format
# Piping Design Database
# Default Relational Database Definition
# Piping Segment Data
1 , system_unique_no , integer , index 1
2 , line_number_label , character(40)
3 , line_id , character(16)
4 , unit_number , character(12)
5 , unit_code , character(3)
6 , module_no , character(16)
7 , package_system_no , character(12)
8 , train_number , character(2)
9 , fluid_code , short , standard note 125
10 , line_sequence_no , character(16)
11 , nominal_piping_dia , short
12 , piping_mater_class , character(16)
13 , gasket_separation , character(8)
14 , insulation_purpose , short , standard note 220
15 , insulation_thick , double
16 , insulation_density , double , standard note 1074 (units)
17 , heat_tracing_reqmt , short , standard note 200
18 , heat_tracing_media , short , standard note 210
19 , heat_tracing_temp , double
20 , construction_stat , short , standard note 130
21 , hold_status , short , standard note 50
22 , approval_status , short , standard note 35
23 , schedule_override , character(8)
24 , nor_oper_pres , double
25 , nor_oper_temp , double
26 , alt_oper_pres , double
27 , alt_oper_temp , double
28 , nor_dgn_pres , double
29 , nor_dgn_temp , double
30 , alt_dgn_pres , double
31 , alt_dgn_temp , double
32 , steam_outlet_temp , double
33 , mater_of_construct , character(6)
34 , safety_class , short , standard note 340
35 , design_standard , short , standard note 570
36 , design_area_number , character(12)
37 , design_resp , short , standard note 160
38 , construction_resp , short , standard note 160
39 , supply_resp , short , standard note 160
40 , coating_reqmts , short , standard note 190
41 , cleaning_reqmts , short , standard note 230
42 , fluid_category , character(4)
43 , nor_op_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
44 , nor_op_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
45 , alt_op_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
46 , alt_op_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
47 , nor_dgn_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
48 , nor_dgn_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
49 , alt_dgn_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
50 , alt_dgn_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
51 , steam_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
52 , stress_system_no , character(12)
53 , stress_reqmts , short , standard note 360
54 , hyd_system_no , character(12)
55 , hyd_reqmts , short , standard note 360
56 , specific_gravity_a , double
57 , specific_gravity_b , double
58 , specific_gravity_c , double
59 , viscosity , double
60 , density , double
61 , spec_heat_ratio , double
62 , sonic_velocity , double
63 , surface_roughness , double
64 , test_system_no , character(6)
65 , test_fluid , short , standard note 125
66 , test_pressure , double
67 , PID_id_part_a , character(4)
68 , PID_id_part_b , character(4)
69 , end_1_nozzle_id , integer
70 , end_2_nozzle_id , integer
71 , alpha_descript_id , character(12)
72 , standard_note_no , short , standard note 499
73 , pid_index_no , integer
# Piping Component Data
2 , piping_comp_no , character(20)
3 , commodity_name , character(6)
4 , model_code , character(6)
5 , option_code , short , standard note 400
6 , maximum_temp , double
7 , sched_thick_basis , character(8)
8 , commodity_code , character(16)
9 , MTO_requirements , short , standard note 365
10 , fabrication_cat , short , standard note 180
11 , source_of_data , short , standard note 420
12 , PDS_sort_code , character(6)
13 , physical_data_id , character(8)
14 , geometric_standard , short , standard note 575
15 , weight_code , short , standard note 578
16 , table_suffix_green , short , standard note 576
17 , table_suffix_red , short , standard note 577
18 , materials_grade , short , standard note 145
19 , bend_radius , double
20 , bend_angle , double
21 , face_to_face_dim , double
22 , dimension_a , double
23 , dimension_b , double
24 , dimension_c , double
25 , surface_area , double , standard note 1010 (units)
26 , empty_weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
27 , water_weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
28 , operator_weight , double
29 , operator_sym_name , character(6)
30 , chain_operator_no , short
31 , opening_action , short , standard note 390
37 , iso_dwg_index_no , integer
38 , isometric_sheet_no , character(2)
39 , piece_mark_no , character(10)
40 , color_code , character(8)
41 , stress_node_no , short
42 , stress_intens_fact , double
43 , head_loss_factor , double
44 , piping_assembly , character(12)
45 , component_group_no , short
46 , remarks , character(16)
47 , standard_note_no_a , short , standard note 499
48 , standard_note_no_b , short , standard note 499
49 , cp_1_nom_pipe_diam , short
50 , cp_1_outside_diam , double
51 , cp_1_end_prep , short , standard note 330
52 , cp_1_sch_thk , character(8)
53 , cp_1_rating , character(8)
54 , cp_1_face_to_ctr , double
55 , cp_1_weld_no , character(8)
56 , cp_1_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
57 , cp_1_gasket_gap , double
58 , cp_1_gasket_option , short , standard note 400
59 , cp_1_stress_node , short
60 , cp_1_stress_factor , double
61 , cp_1_head_loss , double

100, cp_4_head_loss , double
101, cp_5_nom_pipe_diam , short
102, cp_5_outside_diam , double
103, cp_5_end_prep , short , standard note 330
104, cp_5_sch_thk , character(8)
105, cp_5_rating , character(8)
106, cp_5_face_to_ctr , double
107, cp_5_weld_no , character(8)
108, cp_5_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
109, cp_5_gasket_gap , double
110, cp_5_gasket_option , short , standard note 400
111, cp_5_stress_node , short
112, cp_5_stress_factor , double
# Piping/Tubing Data
8 , outside_diameter , double
9 , schedule_thickness , character(8)
11 , rating , character(8)

22 , pipe_length , double
26 , cold_spring_length , double
41 , end_1_end_prep , short , standard note 330
42 , end_1_weld_no , character(8)
43 , end_1_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
44 , end_1_gasket_gap , double
45 , end_1_gasket_opt , short , standard note 400
46 , end_1_stress_node , short
47 , end_1_stres_int , double
48 , end_1_head_loss , double
49 , end_2_end_prep , short , standard note 330
50 , end_2_weld_no , character(8)
51 , end_2_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
52 , end_2_gasket_gap , double
53 , end_2_gasket_opt , short , standard note 400
54 , end_2_stress_node , short
55 , end_2_stres_int , double
56 , end_2_head_loss , double
# Instrument Component Data
2 , instrument_comp_no , character(20)
10 , physical_data_id , character(8)
16 , face_to_face_dim , double
17 , dimension_a , double
18 , dimension_b , double
19 , dimension_c , double
23 , operator_weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
24 , operator_type , double
25 , operator_sym_name , character(6)
26 , chain_operator_no , short
27 , chain_length , double
28 , opening_action , short , standard note 390
31 , design_resp , short , standard note 160
32 , construction_resp , short , standard note 160
36 , insulation_purpose , short , standard note 220
37 , insulation_thick , double
38 , insulation_density , double , standard note 1074 (units)
39 , cleaning_reqmts , short , standard note 230
40 , safety_class , short , standard note 340
41 , module_no , character(16)
42 , package_system_no , character(12)
47 , stress_node_no , short
48 , stress_intens_fact , double
49 , head_loss_factor , double
75 , cp_2_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400

88 , cp_3_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400
101, cp_4_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400
107, cp_5_nom_pipe_diam , short
108, cp_5_outside_diam , double
109, cp_5_end_prep , short , standard note 330
110, cp_5_sch_thk , character(8)
111, cp_5_rating , character(8)
112, cp_5_face_to_ctr , double
114, cp_5_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400
# Pipe Support Data
2 , pipe_support_no , character(20)
3 , model_code_phy , character(6)
4 , model_code_log , character(6)
5 , iso_support_type_a , short , standard note 380
6 , iso_support_type_b , short , standard note 380
7 , iso_support_type_c , short , standard note 380
8 , iso_support_type_d , short , standard note 380
9 , details_for_shop , character(50)
10 , details_for_field , character(50)
11 , fabrication_orient , character(20)
(bolt option)
(bolt option)
(bolt option)
(bolt option)

15 , weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
18 , standard_note_no , short , standard note 499
23 , isometric_dim_a , double
24 , isometric_dim_b , double
25 , isometric_dim_c , double
26 , isometric_dim_d , double
27 , isometric_dim_e , double
28 , trans_rigidity_x , double
29 , trans_rigidity_y , double
30 , trans_rigidity_z , double
31 , rot_rigidity_x , double
32 , rot_rigidity_y , double
33 , rot_rigidity_z , double
34 , spring_gap_length , double
35 , sping_gap_direct , short
36 , number_of_springs , short
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
D.2 Specification/Material Reference Database Table
Format
# Specification/Material Reference Database
# Default Relational Database Definition
# Piping Materials Class Data
table number = 201, number of columns = 21
1 , system_unique_no , integer
2 , piping_mater_class , character(16)
3 , revision_no , character(2)
4 , version_no , character(2)
5 , revision_date , character(10)
6 , fluid_code , character(6) , standard note 125
7 , mater_of_construct , character(6)
8 , corrosion_allow , double
9 , mat_description , short , standard note 148
10, service_lim_table , character(6)
11, diameter_table , character(6)
12, thickness_table , character(6)
13, materials_table , character(6)
14, thickness_equation , character(6)
15, branch_table , character(6)
16, tap_data_table , character(6)
17, vent_drain_macro , character(6)
18, gasket_separation , character(8)
19, standard_note_no_a , short , standard note 499
20, standard_note_no_b , short , standard note 499
21, revision_mngt_date , integer
# Piping Commodity Specification Data
2 , piping_mater_class , character(16) , index 1
6 , gcp_from_nom_diam , short
7 , gcp_to_nom_diam , short
8 , gcp_end_prep , short , standard note 330
9 , gcp_rating , character(8)
10, gcp_sch_thk , character(8)
11, gcp_table_suffix , short , standard note 576
12, rcp_from_nom_diam , short
13, rcp_to_nom_diam , short
14, rcp_end_prep , short , standard note 330
15, rcp_rating , character(8)
16, rcp_sch_thk , character(8)
17, rcp_table_suffix , short , standard note 577
18, commodity_code , character(16)
19, model_code , character(6)
20, PDS_sort_code , character(6)
21, modifier , double
22, geometric_standard , short , standard note 575
23, weight_code , short , standard note 578
24, fabrication_cat , short , standard note 180
25, materials_grade , short , standard note 145
# Piping Specialty Specification Data
9 , gcp_sch_thk , character(8)
17, physical_data_id , character(8)
# Instrument Component Specification Data
2 , instrument_comp_no , character(20)
17, physical_data_id , character(8)
# Tap Properties Data
2 , tap_table_name , character(6)
5 , end_preparation , short , standard note 330
6 , rating , character(8)
7 , sched_thick , character(8)
8 , tap_material_code , character(10)
# Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material Data
2 , sys_commodity_code , character(16)
3 , gcp_nom_diam , short
4 , rcp_nom_diam , short
6 , rcp_sch_thk , character(8)
7 , commodity_code , character(16) , index 1
8 , weld_weight , double
9 , unit_price , double
10, manhours , double
# Piping Commodity Implied Material Data
2 , sys_commodity_code , character(16)
5 , rcp_from_nom_diam , short
6 , rcp_to_nom_diam , short
7 , commodity_code , character(16) , index 1
8 , quantity , double
9 , fabrication_cat , short
10, standard_note_no , short
# Reference Database Revision Management Data
1 , specialty_rev_date , integer
2 , instr_rev_date , integer
3 , tap_data_rev_date , integer
4 , size_data_rev_date , integer
5 , implied_rev_date , integer

Appendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions E - 1
Appendix E _____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions
E - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Appendix E
ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions
ARFL: Valve - Angle Relief/Vent
AVFL: Valve - Angle
AXFL: Valve - Angle Pressure Reducing
BAFL: Block - Angle
BOFL: Block - Offset
BRFL: Block
C3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control
C4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control
CAFL: Valve - Angle Control
CEBW: Coupling - Elbolet (Butt Weld)
CESC: Coupling - Elbolet (Screwed)
CESW: Coupling - Elbolet (Socket Weld)
CHFL: Hose Coupling
CKFL: Valve - Check
COCP: Coupling - Compression
COSC: Coupling - Screwed
COSW: Coupling - Socket Weld
CPBW: Reducer - Concentric Fabricated from Plate
CPFL: Reducer - Concentric Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
CSBW: Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Plate
CSFL: Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Plate (Flanged)
CTBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Butt Weld)
CTFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Flanged)
CTSC: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Screwed)
CTSW: Concentric with a Connection (Socket Weld)
CVFL: Valve - Control
CXBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe
CXFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
CZBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate
CZFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
DR: Rupture Disk
EPBW: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate
EPFL: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
EPSW: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate (Socket Weld)
ESBW: Reducer - Eccentric Swaged from Pipe
ESFL: Reducer - Eccentric Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
EXBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe
EXFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)

EXFL: Expansion Bellows
EZBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate
EZFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
FAFL: Filter/Strainer - Angle
FIFL: Filter/Strainer - Straight Through
FLBL: Flange - Blind
FLFL: Flange - Flared/Loose Backing
FLLB: Flange - Backing
FLOW: Flow Arrow
FLRC: Flange - Reducing Concentric
FLRE: Flange - Reducing Eccentric
FLRG: Lap Joint - Ring Loose
FLSC: Flange - Screwed
FLSE: Lap Joint - Stub End Loose
FLSJ: Flange - Slip On with J-type Weld
FLSO: Flange - Slip On
FLSW: Flange - Socket Weld
FLWN: Flange - Weld Neck
FOFL: Filter/Strainer - Offset
FOSO: Flange - Orifice (Slip On)
FOWN: Flange - Orifice (Weld Neck)
FPPL: Fixed Length Pipe - Without Flanged Ends
FRFL: Filter/Strainer - Return
FTFL: Flame Trap
FXFL: Filter/Strainer - Return
H3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Hand Indicator)
H4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Hand Indicator)
HAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Hand Indicator)
HCSC: Olet - Half Coupling (Screwed)
HCSW: Olet - Half Coupling (Socket Weld)
HVFL: Valve - Control Hand Indicator
IAFL: Instrument - Angle
IDFL: Instrument - Dial (Flanged)
IDPL: Instrument - Dial
IIFL: Instrument
IOFL: Instrument - Offset
IRFL: Instrument - Return
ITFL: Instrument - Tee
KABW: Cap - Butt Weld
KACP: Cap - Compression
KASC: Cap - Screwed
KASW: Cap - Socket Weld
LABW: Olet - Latrolet (Buttweld)
M3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Motorized Indicator)
M4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Motorized Indicator)

MAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Motorized Indicator)
MVFL: Valve - Control (Motorized Indicator)
NBSC: Nipple - Screwed
NCFL: Non-Category Item
NIPL: Olet - Nipolet (Plain End)
NISC: Olet - Nipolet (Screwed)
NRSC: Nipple - Screwed
OP: Orifice Plate
OTBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Butt Weld)
OTFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Flanged)
OTSC: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Screwed)
PF: Pipe Block - Fixed Length
PL: Plug
PR: Restrictor Plate
PV: Pipe Block - Variable Length
RAFL: Valve - Angle (Relief/Vent)
RBSC: Reducer - Concentric (Screwed Bush)
RBSW: Reducer - Concentric (Socket Weld)
RCBW: Reducer - Concentric (Butt Weld)
RCCP: Reducer - Concentric (Compression)
RCFL: Reducer - Concentric (Flanged)
RCSC: Reducer - Concentric (Screwed)
RCSW: Reducer - Concentric (Socket Weld)
RD: Rupture Disk
REBW: Reducer - Eccentric (Butt Weld)
REFL: Reducer - Eccentric (Flanged)
RESC: Reducer - Eccentric (Screwed)
RF: Reducer - Special Reducing Flange
RFPL: Reducer - Connection Block
RNSC: Reducer - Concentric (Nipple)
RP: Restrictor Plate
RVFL: Valve - Relief/Vent
S3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Square Indicator)
S4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Square Indicator)
SAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Square Indicator)
SB: Specticle - Blind
SGFL: Sight Glass
SKSW: Olet - Sockolet
SP: Slip Plate
SR: Slip Ring
SVFL: Valve - Control (Square Indicator)
SWBw: Olet Sweepolet
TAFL: Trap - Angle
THSC: Olet - Thredolet
TIFL: Trap - Inline Straight Through

TOFL: Trap - Offset
TRFL: Trap - Return
TUFL: Tundish (Funnel)
UNSC: Union - Screwed
UNSW: Union - Socket Weld
V3FL: Valve - Three-Way
V4FL: Valve - Four-Way
VBFL: Valve - Ball
VCFL: Valve - Check
VDFL: Valve - Diaphragm
VGFL: Valve - Globe
VKFL: Valve - Cock
VNFL: Valve - Needle
VPFL: Valve - Plug
VRFL: Valve - Relief/Vent
VSFL: Valve - Slide
VTFL: Valve - Gate
VVFL: Valve - Basic
VXFL: Valve - Pressure Reducing
VYFL: Valve - Butterfly
WTBW: Olet - Weldolet
XAFL: Valve - Angle (Pressure Reducing)
XVFL: Valve - Pressure Reducing
01HG: Support/Hanger
01SP: Used on valves with AV, V3, V4, VD, VG or VV as the first two characters o
f
their skeys
02SP: Used on valves with AR, RA, VR as the first two characters of their skeys.
03SP: Used on valves with VB, VK, VY as the first two characters of their skeys.
04SP: Not Used
05SP: Used on valves with VT as the first two characters of their skeys.
06SP: Used on valves with VN as the first two characters of their skeys.
07SP: Used on valves with VP as the first two characters of their skeys.
08SP: Used on valves with VS as the first two characters of their skeys.
09SP: Used on valves with AX, VX or XA as the first two characters of their skey
s.
10SP: Used on valves with SA, SV, S3 or S4 as the first two characters of their
skeys.
11SP: Used on valves with MA, MV, M3 or M4 as the first two characters of their
skeys.
Glossary GL - 1
Glossary _______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
GL - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Glossary GL - 3
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Glossary
absolute path name The sequence of directories, beginning with the root director
y
(/) that locates a file. See also path name and relative path
name.
active depth The plane in a 3-D design upon which you can place elements
and perform manipulations.
active process The process which is displayed in the Process ID field; it
controls the message fields, the menus, and the keyboard.
The active process has a highlighted window icon strip.
application software Software designed to meet specific needs, unlike system
software which runs other software.
batch processing A method of processing data which collects a series of
operations into a group (or
batch ) and executes the group in
a continuous stream without user intervention.
batch queue A queue, or channel for moving requests, created through
NQS. A batch queue handles scheduling for processes
submitted through the Batch options screen menu.
branch point A point on a pipeline which separates piping segments so that
they can be assigned different segment parameters. A branch
point allows for placement of branch components.
cancel button The button located in the upper right corner of a form
containing a red X or the word cancel. Select the cancel
button to exit the form or option.
cell A permanent association of elements that can be stored and
placed as a group, and then manipulated as individual
elements.
character A column data type that stores alphanumeric character data.
client In network operations, a node which accesses data or
performs a function on the remote resource (usually a server).
All network operations (database, NFS, NQS) between two or
more nodes establish a client/server relationship.
column An attribute of a database table. A group of columns defines
a table in a database.
command Instructions from the user to perform a function on specified
data.
confirm button A button that appears in the upper right corner of a form and
contains a green check mark or the word confirm. Select the
confirm button to initiate a specified option.
coordinate The location of a point along the X, Y, or Z axis.
coordinate system A geometric relation used to denote the location of points in
the design cube. The most common coordinate system is the
rectangular coordinate system, whereby points are located by
traversing the X, Y, and Z axes of the design cube. Normally,
coordinate systems have their origin defined as 0,0,0, though
this is not required. Other coordinate systems are used to
more easily express the coordinates of specific geometric
entities. For example, you can use a spherical coordinate
system to help define points on a sphere, and you can use a
cylindrical coordinate system to help define points on a
cylinder.
coordinates An ordered set of absolute or relative data values that specify
a location in a coordinate system.
core files The image files written by System V for a number of reasons,
the most common of which are memory violations, illegal
instructions, bus errors, and user-generated quit signals.
cursor The pointer that the user moves on the screen to indicate an
item or area.
data button The mouse button used to place data points and tentative
points, to accept previously selected elements, and to select
commands from forms and menus.

data entry field The field on a screen used to accept user-supplied data. Also
known as key-in field.
data point A point placed by pressing the data button on the mouse.
Data points select commands from the panel menus and
Menu Bar, place elements, identify and accept elements, and
activate windows and perform window manipulations.
database A collection of comprehensive informational files having
predetermined structure and organization that can then be
communicated, interpreted, or processed by a specific
program.
database table The part of the database that is made of rows and columns
and contains information about the project and design
elements.
default The predetermined value of a parameter that is automatically
supplied by the system or program whenever a value is not
specified by the user.
Glossary GL - 5
delete To remove, destroy, eliminate, or erase.
delimiter A separating mark or space; a character or sequence of
contiguous characters that mark the end of a string of
characters.
device A nonaddressable component of a network, that is, a
component onto which a user cannot log, for example, tape
drive, disk drive, and floppy disk.
directory A file that contains the names of other files.
display-list box A small box with horizontal dashes located at the end of a
form key-in field. When selected, a list of the data available
for that field is displayed. Input can then be selected from the
list with a data point instead of keying in the information.
domain The set of acceptable values for a value within a component.
dragging Another term for the dynamic function that attaches the
cursor to an element so you can see it move.
easting A term used in plane surveying that describes an east, or
positive, difference in longitude.
entity An object (project, drawing, element, and so forth.) of interest
about which information is stored; a relational database table.
envelope file See interference envelope.
filename A user-defined name given to an interactively created file.
The name should be relevant to the contents of the file.
form An interface or screen menu designed with the I/FORMS
product. Because many of the screen menus in the
application software are built with I/FORMS, you must have
the FORMS_S product on your workstation.
full path name The name of the entire path or directory hierarchy to a file,
including the file name. See also relative path name.
gadget A portion of a form, such as a button, a field, or a checklist,
that responds to information. Gadgets can display default
values or act as data entry areas.
header The first items of information in a file which precede any
actual data. The header contains information on the
structure and contents of the file.
hierarchy A classified structure with superiors (roots) and subordinates
(dependents) for grouping files or commands.
icon A pictorial representation or image; a symbol that graphically
identifies a command.
Informix A relational database management system supported by RIS.
Ingres A relational database management system supported by RIS.
interference envelope An equipment modeling primitive or parametric component
that is used in conjunction with or instead of model graphics

for interference checking. Interference envelopes are given
different levels and display symbology to distinguish them
from primitives.
invert elevation The lowest point on the internal diameter of the pipe.
isometric Relating to or being a drafting system characterized by three
equal axes at right angles; a view in which the horizontal
lines of an element are drawn at an angle to the horizontal
and all verticals are projected at an angle from the base.
key An attribute (column) in a table which is chosen as the access
vehicle to individual rows of the table.
key-in field The field on a screen used to accept user-supplied data. Also
known as a data entry field.
keypoint A point on an element, including vertices, to which you can
snap.
keyword A word recognized by the software that provides access to a
certain function.
menubar The strip at the top of the screen that contains icons for
selecting commands.
message area The area that appears in the MicroStation Command Window
when you are working in a design file. It is divided into the
Command Status field, the Current Command field, the
Prompt field, and the Key-in field.
model A graphic representation or schema.
network An interconnection of host computers and workstations that
enables them to share data and control. The term network can
mean the devices that connect the system, or it can mean the
connected system.
NFS Network File System, the system that provides access to data
that is distributed among machines through an
interconnection of host computers and workstations. NFS
allows you to mount a remote resource to your local
workstation so you can access the data as though it were
local. NFS is usually used to access centralized data on a
server.
node Any addressable device (such as a workstation or a server)
that is connected to a network. The network enables the
connected nodes to share data and system control.
Glossary GL - 7
node address The hard-wired Ethernet address assigned to each node when
it is manufactured. It is necessary for each node to identify
and communicate with another node in the network.
node name A name, or alias, that can be assigned to the node address of a
device on a network.
northing A term used to describe a north coordinate location in the
plant coordinate system.
nozzle A special equipment modeling primitive that contains the
connection point to piping. This point does NOT include a
gasket allowance, but rather represents the face-of-flange
coordinate.
NQS Network Queuing System, the software package that allows
you to define network-wide batch and device queues. Use of
NQS involves setting up local resource queues on the
pipe
system(s) where the resources reside and setting up
queues on the systems that are to have access to the
resources.
Oracle A relational database management system supported by RIS.
origin In coordinate geometry, the point where the x, y, and z-axes
intersect.
origin point The point at which the coordinate system is placed.
orthogonal view A view which is a projection of the model onto a plane along
lines which are orthogonal to the plane.
parameter A property whose value determines the characteristics or
behavior of something.
path A sequence of directories leading to a file or a sequence of
menus leading to a command.
path name The sequence of directories leading to a file. See also absolute
path name and relative path name.
PDS Plant Design System
pipe queue A controlled channel for moving requests to batch or device
queues on remote systems and for receiving status and/or
data in response.
place data point To identify a specific element, or indicate a specific point in
the design file.
plane A spatial element in geometry that may or may not have a
boundary, but is level, having no elevations or depressions,
and is three-dimensional.
RDB Reference Database.
reference database A collection of reference data containing information relativ
e
to industry design codes, vendor s catalog data, job
specifications, commodity libraries, graphics symbology, label
descriptions, report formats and other information of a similar
manner.
relative path name The sequence of directories leading from the current director
y
to a particular file. See also path name and absolute path
name.
rotate To turn; to change the angular orientation; to transform by
revolution about a specific axis.
row A unit of related information in a table. One collection of
column values for a table.
rubberbanding The animation dynamic that enables you to specify the
position of a data point while the element changes as you
move the cursor.
schema A description of the overall structure of the rulebase or
database.
schema file A file that outlines the overall logical structure of a rule base
or a database.
server In network operations, the node which maintains common
data or performs a common task needed by clients. All
network operations (database, NFS, NQS) between two or
more nodes establish a client/server relationship.
Structured Query
Language SQL
Language developed by IBM for creating, modifying, and
querying relational databases.
style The symbology of an element such as continuous dashes,
dash-dot, solid, and so forth.
surface The skin of a three-dimensional geometric element.
symbology The display style of an element, including color, style, and
weight.
table A collection of data for quick reference, either stored in
sequential locations in memory or printed as an array of rows
and columns of data items of the same type.
toggle To switch; to change between two alternatives.
user name A name that provides access to an account on the system.
values Data, either entered by the user or determined by the
software, that are stored in an attribute.
Glossary GL - 9
variable A quantity that may assume any one of a set of values.
vector A quantity possessing both magnitude and direction,
generally represented as a line. Vectors can be manipulated
geometrically and are represented as a coordinate triple
(x,y,z).
view The defined area of vision on a screen. A view allows you to
see a prescribed volume of the design cube. Views are created
with their own x, y, and z axes. The x,y plane of the view is
parallel to the screen, while the z-axis can be thought of as
coming straight out of the view towards you. The view axes
maintain this relationship regardless of the rotation with
respect to the design cube. See also active depth.
virtual memory External memory for a computer that can be used as if it were
an extension of the computer s internal memory. The
software uses virtual memory to store data. This means that
unneeded files and data, stay on the disk until they are called
for. Because the internal processing memory stores a
minimal amount of data, the software can perform processing
more quickly.
working directory The directory from which you are accessing files.
Index IN - 1
Index __________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
IN - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Index IN - 3
________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ Index
01HG symbol key B-46
01SP symbol key B-62
A
accept 5-81
add default set 5-15
Alias
ISOGEN tables B-3
allocation
weld number
reinforcement pads 77 B-34
slip-on flanges 77 B-34
alphanumeric commodity library 7-19
alternate indices for the MDL
defining 7-87
alternate_description_index 7-87
example
defining
secondary or alternate indices for
the MDL 7-87
alternative text B-64

AR** symbol key B-60
area
drawing
option switch 35 B-20
arrow
flow
size of flow
ASCII to binary conversion 1-4
assemble
isometric symbol 5-76
assembling a symbol
accept 5-81
clear 5-82
assembling a symbol (continued)
define
end point 5-80
lagging 5-81
solid line 5-81
spindle point 5-81
start point 5-80
tap points 5-81
tracing 5-81
delete 5-82
exit 5-82
fit symbol 5-80
atext 7-51
specifications
ingr 7-58
AText
by category B-75
cut lists B-80
isometric drawing area B-75
line summary B-84
plotted material B-80
printed material list B-85
specification changes B-79
title block B-79
weld box summary
standard B-85
user-defined B-86
AText facility
by number B-65
atext_specifications 7-56
example
modify
text
for eccentric reducers 7-56
modifying text 7-56
automatic split points in pipe
AV** symbol key B-59
AX** symbol key B-59
B
b# file
example of C-57
BA** symbol key B-45
balloon
instrument
balloon (continued)
instrument (continued)
basic input data 6-12
batch
data
file 5-1, 9-1, 10-9
table 10-1, 10-7
extraction problems 4-7
extraction software
error messages A-32
generation 5-9
isometric
extraction 5-1
create
batch job input 5-89
drawing 5-28
delete
drawing 5-46
listing drawings 5-54
revise
drawing 5-33
iso area 5-25
utilities 5-56
generation 5-9
job
input
creating 5-89
file 4-3
export variable 5-4
scheduling 5-100
submitting 5-100
job log file 5-101
options file 5-3
processes 2-8
reference 5-36, 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
number 5-30, 5-39, 5-43
software organization 4-1
batch job input file 4-3
filling in the title block (stib) 4-6
generating title block input (tblock)
4-6
interface job creation (jobctl.exe) 4-4
investigating batch extraction
problems 4-7
ISOGEN 4-5
interface (pdsidf.exe) 4-5
making a run log entry (pdsidf) 4-7
plotting 4-7
updating the project database 4-7
BEFL symbol key B-51
bend radius
symbol keys B-43
bend/elbow
representation 20-5
bending parameters file 7-44
bends
symbol keys B-51

zero length
binary conversion 1-4
bit file
example of C-64
block
test parameter
option switch 127-140 B-42
BO** symbol key B-45
bolt
diameters
material control file
lengths 7-8
bolt diameters 7-8
bolt length
extraction limitations 3-21
bolt units 8-10
bom
welds listed in 16-10
border file 5-3
export variable 5-4
bore
output 7-24
box
box dimension standout triangles, skew
part number
skew type
style and dimensioning, skew
weld number
BR** symbol key B-45
branch
dimension of tapped
first order 6-22
nesting
scale of tapped
supports 7-14
welds 12-9
Index IN - 5
branch dimensioning
suppressing 17-2
break
flanged pipe 7-41
breaking
composite attributes by combining
insulation purpose and thickness 7-54
supply responsibility along a pipeline
7-53
breaks
specification
BTFL symbol key B-51
BU+D symbol key B-52
BUFL symbol key B-51
bulk load lines 5-57
from ASCII file 5-67
bulk load lines from ASCII
export variable 5-4
C
C3** symbol key B-48
C4** symbol key B-48
CA** symbol key B-48
caps
symbol keys B-53
carry-over dimension
cc 7-70
CEBW symbol key B-53
cell library
detail sketch facility 7-43
center of gravity
and the STIB data file 19-2
appearing in the MTO 19-2
report file 19-2
weight display 19-2
weight library 7-43
calculating 19-2
centerline
dimensioning valves
centerline dimensions
for valves 17-2
CESC symbol key B-53
CESW symbol key B-53
CH** symbol key B-45
chain wheel operators 7-20
changing
construction responsibility along a
pipeline 7-53
character size
option switch 4 B-9
CK** symbol key B-60
clear 5-82
cn 7-70
COCP symbol key B-53
codelist values
standard note 180 & 1100 16-3
cogmto.tbl 19-2
column reference
structural 7-37
commodity library alphanumeric 7-19
common data table 12-1
common_record_data 12-1 - 12-2
component
data table 12-1
name tapped 13-3
tags 7-15
vrs sheet number file 7-6
component vs sheet number file
example of C-62
component_attributes 12-1, 12-4
extracting inspection numbers 12-6
components
transferring between sort groups 8-9
configure.dat file 5-6
connect
points 13-3
items 5-77
connect points
skey B-43
connections, other end
symbol keys B-50
control
coordinate output
dimensioning
file, materials
bolt lengths and diameters option
switch 65 B-26
frame
insulation
printed material list length
tracing
weld
conventions
forms 2-5
limitations 3-19
extraction
conventions 3-19
conventions (continued)
limitations (continued)
extraction (continued)
limitations 3-20
coordinate
features 17-3
output 17-1
system 7-12
tap point
coordinate features
related information 17-1
coordinates
display
elevation
at bend/elbow intersections 17-3
at branch intersections 17-4
split point coordinates 17-4
extend witness line 17-3
copy
default set 5-21
correcting incorrect sheet splits 15-5
COSC symbol key B-53
COSW symbol key B-53

couplings
symbol keys B-53
CP symbol key B-50
CPBW symbol key B-57
CPFL symbol key B-57
CRBW symbol key B-54
CRCP symbol key B-54
create
batch job
input 5-12, 5-89
delete existing files 5-91
incrementing revision number
5-92
plotting 5-92
save previous details 5-92
drawing 5-11, 5-28
notes table 11-1
creating
isometric seed file 9-1
plot request files 9-3
seed files for extraction 9-1
user-defined symbol library 5-83
CRFL symbol key B-54
crosses
symbol keys B-54
CRRF symbol key B-54
CRSC symbol key B-54
CRSO symbol key B-54
CRSW symbol key B-54
CSBW symbol key B-57
CSFL symbol key B-57
ct 7-70
CTBW symbol key B-57
CTSC symbol key B-58
cut file
example of C-63
cut lists
AText B-80
cut marks
option switch 3 B-9
cut pipe report 7-6
example of C-63
cutting list
option switch 2 B-9
CV** symbol key B-48
CXBW symbol key B-57
CXFL symbol key B-57
CZBW symbol key B-57
CZFL symbol key B-57
D
data
file batch 10-9
return file
table
batch 10-1, 10-7
common 12-1
component 12-1
sheet 10-2, 10-12
data definition file (ddf) 20-1

data item identifiers
mld file format 8-16
date format 7-23
date in title block
ddf 20-1
example of 20-10
ddf file
detail sketch entries 18-2
information note entries 18-3
default
set
add 5-15
copy 5-21
delete 5-20
revise 5-18
define
default sets 5-11, 5-13
end point 5-80
lagging 5-81
project options 5-11, 5-21
Index IN - 7
define (continued)
solid line 5-81
spindle point 5-81
start point 5-80
tap points 5-81
tracing 5-81
weld prefix 7-47
defining
components as no MTO 7-77
continuation notes 7-71
dotted symbology 7-75
fabrication categories 7-78
isogen symbol keys 7-84
line ID 7-59
movable text 7-82
secondary orientation notes 7-74
start point notes 7-69
type 1 labels 7-61
type 2 labels 7-64
type 3 labels 7-67
defining general item notes 7-85 - 7-86
defining secondary or alternate indices for
the MDL 7-87
definition file
material list 7-44
delete 5-82
default set 5-20
drawing 5-11, 5-46
drawing records with undefined iso type
5-85
existing files 5-23, 5-91
descriptions
material list
option switch B-18
design
file
data
in idf order 6-22
raw 6-12
sorted by coordinate 6-13
sorted by topo 6-15
interface error messages A-31
detail
sketch
detail sketch
entries in the ddf 18-2
detail sketch facility 18-1
cell library 7-43
details save 5-92
detail_sketch_facility 7-48
detail_sketch_facility table
example of 7-49
determining sheet split points 15-4
determining the traversal start point 15-4
dimension
overall
round-off carry-over
tapped branch
units
dimension standout
character size
option switch 4 B-9
line distance
dimension/elevation
vertical
dimensioning
control
features 17-1
including gaskets 17-2
non-dimensioned supports 7-98
output 17-1
string 17-2
suppressing branch 17-2
usa style 17-3
valve centerline 17-2
dimensioning features
dimensions 5-75
on drawing
disconnected sections 6-14
display
elevation
at bend/elbow intersections 17-3
at branch intersections 17-4
elsplit point coordinates 17-4
document
purpose xiii
dotted nozzle
dotted symbology
defining 7-75
dotted weld symbols 16-2
dotted_symbology_code_list_values 7-75
example
assigning dotted symbology 7-75
DR symbol key B-47
drawing
area
drawing (continued)
area (continued)
dimensions on
margin
multiple
revise 5-42
number 5-30, 5-40
high 5-37, 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
low 5-37, 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
pipe support information
plot 3-14
records
delete 5-85
revise 5-38
size
split control
stacking arrangement
symbology 5-71
drawing definition file 7-44
example of 20-10
drawing_data_table 10-7
dwg file
example of C-64
E
EBSC symbol key B-51
EDG 5-92
edit
iso symbol 5-71
elbow tapped 13-3
elbows
plotted leg lengths
symbol keys B-51
ELBW symbol key B-51
ELCP symbol key B-51
elevation
at bend/elbow intersections
display 17-3
at branch intersections
display 17-4
ELSC symbol key B-51

ELSW symbol key B-51
embedded attributes 7-10, 7-20
enclosure
shape
material part number 76 B-33
end
point 5-76
prep
high 13-1, 13-5
low 13-1, 13-5
end connections, other
symbol keys B-50
end coordinates
suppress output
end point
define 5-80
end prep connections
symbol keys B-43
end-point components
extraction conventions 3-19
end_point_component_labels 7-70
example
defining
continuation notes 7-71
EPBW symbol key B-58
EPFL symbol key B-58
err file
example of C-54
error
messages A-3, A-15
error log file
example of C-54
error messages
batch extraction software A-32
design file interface A-31
message file A-22
ESBW symbol key B-58
ESFL symbol key B-58
ETBW symbol key B-51
ETCP symbol key B-51
ETSC symbol key B-51
ETSW symbol key B-51
EUBW symbol key B-51
EX** symbol key B-45
example
ddf 20-10
examples
HITS report 6-2
iso extraction documents C-3
EXBW symbol key B-58
EXFL symbol key B-59
exit
iso symbol editor 5-82
export
to pdme
generating pdme data 5-102
Index IN - 9
export (continued)
to pdme (continued)
using revision numbering with 5-92
export variables 5-3
ISO_ASCII_LOAD 5-4
ISOBATCH 5-4
ISOBATCHQUE 5-4
ISOBORDER 5-4
ISOOPTION 5-3
ISOPATH 5-3
ISOPLOT 5-4
ISOREPORT 5-4
ISOSEED 5-4
PDISOFONT 5-5
SYMLIB 5-5
SYMNDX 5-5
extend
witness line 17-3
extension stems 7-20
extraction
by line
ID 3-11
name substring 3-10
conventions 3-19
end-point components 3-19
implied materials
at line name changes 3-20
olet type branches 3-19
pipe supports 3-20
type 63 data 3-20
creating seed files 9-1
criteria 3-9
date 5-31, 5-41
limitations 3-20
bolt length 3-21
branch
nesting 3-20
flanged pipe 3-21
system isometric 3-21
tapped piping components 3-21
number 5-31, 5-40
seed files 5-3
extraction information
in the project database 15-3
extraction information in the database 15-3
EZBW symbol key B-58
EZFL symbol key B-59
F
FA** symbol key B-47
fabricated bends (pulled)
style for output 8-13
fabrication categories
defining 7-78
fabrication category 7-78
falling lines
FI** symbol key B-47
field fit weld allowance
file
data return
material control
pipeline reference format
tables of intermediate records B-3
filenames
long 5-23
files
batch data 5-1
structure 7-2
files table 7-42
bending parameters file 7-44
center of gravity
weight library 7-43
detail sketch facility cell library 7-43
format file 7-44
ISOGEN
label description library 7-42
material list definition file 7-44
mto neutral file map 7-43
notes table 7-43
title block 7-43
valve operator symbol map 7-42
welds definition 7-44
filling in the title block (stib.exe) 4-6
filters
in-line symbol keys B-47
fit
symbol 5-80
fitting records
spool and in-line B-6
fittings
special 20-6
undimensioned
branches 20-7
fittings with attached olets 13-4
flange
loose allowance
flanged pipe
breaks in 7-41
extraction limitation 3-21
flanges
symbol keys B-44
flanges LJSE
symbol keys B-44
FLBL symbol key B-44
FLFL symbol key B-44
FLLB symbol key B-44
floor stands 7-20
flow
arrow
arrow size
flow arrows 5-75

FLOW symbol key B-46
FLRC symbol key B-44
FLRE symbol key B-44
FLRG symbol key B-44
FLSE symbol key B-44
FLSJ symbol key B-44
FLSO symbol key B-44
FLSW symbol key B-44
FLWN symbol key B-44
FO** symbol key B-47
fonts on the isometric
export variable 5-5
format file 7-44
forms
conventions 2-5
FOSO symbol key B-44
FOWN symbol key B-44
FPFL symbol key B-54
FPPL symbol key B-54
FR** symbol key B-47
frame
control
frameworks
isousrrefdim variable 5-5
frameworks reference file
generate 5-86
FT** symbol key B-45
FX** symbol key B-45
G
gadgets
conventions 2-5
gapping
hatching patterns
general note 7-48
general note items
defining 7-85 - 7-86
generate
frameworks reference file 5-86
optional format for
generate (continued)
optional format for (continued)
length output 8-10
pdme data 5-102
revised format for
cut list 8-11
sheet numbers
using spool number prefix 7-51
spool numbers
using spool number prefix 7-51
user-defined weld
from code list 7-46
generated item table 12-2
generated_items 12-2, 12-9
generating title block input (tblock) 4-6
genitm_note_format 7-85
example
defining general item notes 7-85
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
example
defining general item notes 7-86
gravity weight
output
center 82 B-36
Hh
file
example of C-28
H3** symbol key B-49
H4** symbol key B-49
HA** symbol key B-49
hangar/support symbol key B-46
hatching
gapping, patterns
skew triangle
HCSC symbol key B-55
HCSW symbol key B-55
header topo 6-23
HITS 1-4
report 6-1, 6-26
branch 6-12
cp # 6-12
direct 6-12
flags 6-12
name 6-12
node 6-12
occ 6-12
sect 6-12
section 1
basic input data and raw design
file data 6-12
section 2
Index IN - 11
HITS (continued)
report (continued)
section 2 (continued)
design file data sorted by
coordinate 6-13
section 3
tracing data 6-14
section 4
design file data sorted by topo
6-15
section 5
design file data in idf order 6-22
sg_occ 6-12
topo 6-12
x 6-12
y 6-12
z 6-12
HITS report
example of C-28
HV** symbol key B-48
Ii
file 9-4
IA** symbol key B-46
ic 7-70
identification
instrument
numbers record B-6
idf 1-4
idf file
example of C-37
IDFL symbol key B-47
IDPL symbol key B-46
ie 7-70
II** symbol key B-46
implied
item table 12-2
materials 7-11
implied materials at line name changes
implied_items 12-2, 12-6
extracting inspection numbers 12-9
in 7-70
increment revision number 5-92, 10-9
information
messages A-5
information note 7-48
entries in the ddf 18-3
information note facility 18-1
ingr_atext_specifications 7-58
initial setup considerations 5-3
in-line filters
symbol keys B-47
input data 6-12
inspection
number
enclosure type 7-15
inspection isometric
numbers 7-15
inspection number
extracting 12-6, 12-9
inspection numbers
unassigned
default text 7-58
instrument
balloon
identification
symbol keys B-46
instrument bubble 7-10
instruments
symbol keys B-47
insulation
control
interactive isometric extraction 1-3, 3-1
ASCII to binary conversion 1-4
conventions and limitations 3-19
iso design file 3-12
ISOGEN 1-4
ISOGEN interface 1-3
isometric seed file 3-6
model files 3-9

options file 3-6
pipeline names 3-10
interface
ISOGEN A-4, 1-3
job creation (jobctl.exe) 4-4
interface error log
example of C-54
intergraph option switches 7-1
intergraph_options_block 7-6
intermediate data file 1-4
example of C-37
interpreting the HITS report 6-1
basic input data 6-12
design
file data
in idf order 6-22
sorted by coordinate 6-13
sorted by topo 6-15
example HITS report 6-2
raw design file data 6-12
to solve problems 6-26
interpreting the HITS report (continued)
tracing data 6-14
introduction 1-1
invalid lines 5-60, 5-63, 5-65
investigating batch extraction problems 4-7
IO** symbol key B-46
iplot 9-3
plot request files 9-3
IR** symbol key B-46
ISAM center of gravity weight library 19-2
iso
area revise 5-25
design file 3-12
dgn name 5-30, 5-40
filenames 5-23
type
drawing requirements 5-85
isoa_bgen 1-4
ISO_ASCII_LOAD 5-4
ISOBATCH 5-4
ISOBATCHQUE 5-4
ISOBORDER 5-4
isoc.def file
example of C-4
isoc.note file 11-2
ISOGEN 1-4
Alias tables B-3
component versus sheet number file
example of C-62
cut pipe report
example of C-63
export variables 5-3
interface A-4, 1-3, 4-5
(izod2)
splitting the mto neutral file (msplit)
4-6
(izod2.exe) 4-5
message file
example of C-59
message file errors A-22
printed parts file C-60
record number 13-1 - 13-2
skey dimensions E-3
symbol name 13-1
ISOGEN symbol keys
defining 7-84
ISOGEN_options_block 7-4
isometric
drawing
plot 3-14
extraction 1-3, 3-1
presentation 20-1
seed file 3-6
isometric (continued)
seed file (continued)
creating 9-1
symbol editor 5-71
defining export variables 5-5
type option switch 21 B-15
types 20-12
isometric drawing area
AText B-75
isometric weight
and the STIB data file 19-1
spool 19-1
total 19-1
ISOOPTION 5-3
ISOPATH 5-3
ISOPLOT 5-4
ISOREPORT 5-4
ISOSEED 5-4
ISOUSRREFDIM 5-5
item name 13-1
ITFL symbol key B-55
izod2.exe 4-5
J
job
log file 4-7, 5-101
job creation 4-4
jobctl.exe 4-4
justification markers
mld file format 8-16
K
KABW symbol key B-53
KACP symbol key B-53
KASC symbol key B-53
KASW symbol key B-53
L
label
description library 3-9, 7-9
label description library 7-42
label library
label definitions
example of C-9
labels
type 1 7-60
type 2 7-63
type 3 7-66
LABW symbol key B-55
lagging 5-76
define 5-81
lap joint 13-3
LASC symbol key B-55
Index IN - 13
last MTO date 5-31, 5-41
LASW symbol key B-55
layer names 20-8
L@BW symbol key B-52
lengths
plotted leg elbows and tees
limit
indication
sloping pipeline B-14
line
2 5-30, 5-39
3 5-30, 5-39
dimension
standout distance
falling
feed 7-62
ID 7-13, 7-59
identification 3-10
selection by line ID 5-96
spacing
material list option switch B-19
line ID
defining 7-59
line name breaks
extraction limitations with 3-21
line name changes
using implied materials 3-20
line names
select 3-3
line summary
AText B-84
line_id_definition 7-59
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
example
defining
line ID 7-59
list
cutting option switch 2 B-9
drawings 5-11, 5-54
material
descriptions
item code length
line spacing
output
position

reserved area option switch 35 B-20
list (continued)
material (continued)
text size
type/length units
material accumulation
plotted material control
load
by area 5-59 - 5-60
by line 5-59, 5-64
by model 5-59, 5-62
log file
job 4-7, 5-101
system 5-100
long iso filenames 5-23
loose flange allowance
M
M3** symbol key B-48
M4** symbol key B-48
MA** symbol key B-48
making a run log entry (pdsidf) 4-7
mapping attributes to the title block 10-1
drawing_data_table 10-7
segment_data_table 10-3
sheet_data_table 10-12
margin
drawing
mark
cut option switch 3 B-9
material
control file
bolt
diameter option switch 65 B-26
length option switch 65 B-26
list
accumulation
drawing
descriptions
item code length
line spacing
output
material (continued)
list (continued)
position
printed length control

reserved area option switch 35 B-20
text size
type/length units
material control file 8-1
list of available items 8-8
user-defined 8-7
material descriptions library 3-9
material Dlist definition file 8-6
material list
control, plotted
option switch B-16
definition file 7-44
output style 8-13
style 3 8-17
types of mld 8-2
welds in 8-13
material list definition
contents of 8-14
material list, printed
AText B-85
message file
example of C-59
messages
error A-3, A-15
file 7-6
information A-5
warning A-3, A-8
MIBW symbol key B-52
MIFL symbol key B-51
miscellaneous
symbol keys B-46
miscellaneous items 20-8
mld
file content 8-14
file format
data item identifiers 8-16
justification markers 8-16
style 1
material list 8-3
style 2
material list 8-3
style 3
material list 8-3
mld file 8-6
format 8-15
style 2 8-2
mld file (continued)
style 3 8-3
style1 8-2
types of material list 8-2
mlt control 5-32, 5-40, 5-44
model
files 3-9
number
isometric 3-12
revised date 5-31, 5-40, 5-44
high 5-37, 5-51

low 5-37, 5-51
status 5-31, 5-39, 5-43
code 5-37
status code 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
model numbers
reset 3-3
select 3-2
modify
text 7-56
for eccentric reducers 7-56
movable text
defining 7-82
movable_text 7-81, 10-12
MOVABLE_TEXT
example
defining
movable text 7-82
msg file
example of C-59
msplit 4-6
MTBW symbol key B-52
MTFL symbol key B-52
MTO
date 5-31, 5-41
neutral file 5-91
example of C-57
record map 12-1
neutral file record map
center of gravity 19-2
common_record_data 12-2
component_attributes 12-4
generated_items 12-9
implied_items 12-6
user-defined 8-1
material list 8-2
material list definition file 8-6
offshore material category 8-9
operating requirements 8-4
mto
neutral file map 7-43
multiple drawings
revise 5-42
Index IN - 15
MV** symbol key B-48
N
NBSC symbol key B-53
NC** symbol key B-45
network
problems 6-14
traversal 1-4
neutral file map
mto 7-43
new skey 5-74
new_symbol_keys 7-84
example
defining
isogen symbol keys 7-84
NIPL symbol key B-55
NISC symbol key B-55
node
text 10-2
no-mto 7-16, 7-70
nomto_code_list_values 7-77
example
defining
components as no MTO 7-77
non-dimensioned supports 7-98
nongraphic outputs 1-4
note
general 7-48
specific 7-48
notes table 7-43, 10-1, 10-7
creating 11-1
nozzle
dotted
nozzle connection note 7-13
nozzle_note 7-72
NRSC symbol key B-53
number
connect points 13-1, 13-3
sections 5-30, 5-39, 5-43
spool
tag
weld
number of segments
symbol keys B-43
O
occurrence numbers 6-12
off-line instruments 7-16
offset
angle tolerance
offset (continued)
angle tolerance (continued)
dimension tolerance
offshore fabrication category 16-4
offshore material category 8-9
offshore_fabcat_code_list_values 7-80
old skey 5-73
olet type branches
o lets
symbol keys B-55
olets attached to fittings 13-4
OP symbol key B-47
operating requirements
user-defined BOM 8-4
operators
symbol keys B-62
option record 4-3
option switches B-8
automatic split points in pipe 108 B-38
bolting lengths in material control file 65
B-26
center of gravity weight output 82 B-36

character size 4 B-9
coordinate output control 66 B-27
coordinates at tapping points 122 B-41
cut marks 3 B-9
cutting list 2 B-9
data return file 109 B-39
date in title block 6 B-10
detail sketch 71 B-28
dimension line standout distance 8 B-11
dimension round-off carry-over 117 B-40
dimensional units 41 B-22
dimensioning control 81 B-35
dimensions on drawings 9 B-12
dotted nozzle 111 B-39
drawing area 35 B-20
drawing margin 10-13 B-13
drawing size 14-16 B-13
drawing split control 38 B-20
drawing stacking arrangement 36-37
B-20
falling lines 19 B-14
field fit weld allowance 22 B-15
flow arrow 17 B-14
flow arrow size 112 B-39
frame control 18 B-14
gapping hatching patterns 102 B-38
instrument balloon 123 B-41
instrument identification 59 B-25
insulation control 61 B-25
option switches (continued)
intergraph 7-1
isometric type 21 B-15
loose flange allowance 22 B-15
material list accumulation 74 B-30
material list descriptions 26 B-18
material list item code length 28 B-19
material list line spacing 29 B-19
material list output 30 B-19
material list position 25 B-17
material list reserved area 35 B-20
material list text size 27 B-18
material list type/length units 24 B-17
material part number enclosure shape 76
B-33
offset angle tolerance 115 B-39
offset dimension tolerance 116 B-39
overall dimension 118 B-40
part number box 73 B-29
picture scale 34 B-19
pipe support information on drawing 64
B-26
pipe supports 40 B-21
pipeline reference format in material
control file 113 B-39
plotted leg lengths elbows and tees 95
B-36
plotted material list control 23 B-16
printed material list length control 63
B-26
sketch detail units 92 B-36
skew box dimension standout, triangles
100 B-37
skew box style and dimensioning 99
B-37
skew box/triangle type 97 B-37
skew triangle hatching 101 B-37
skews, 3D drawn as 2D 67 B-28
sloping pipeline indication limit B-14
spare 103-107 B-38
spare 110 B-39
spare 124-126 B-42
spare 52 B-24
spare 56-57 B-25
spare 69 B-28
spare 72 B-28
spare 78-79 B-34
spare 83-91 B-36
spare 93-94 B-36
spare 96 B-37
spare 98 B-37
specification breaks 114 B-39
spool numbers 39 B-21
option switches (continued)
suppress output of end coordinates 5
B-10
suppress skew boxes/triangles on branch
legs 70 B-28
tag number 60 B-25
tapped branch dimension 121 B-40
tapped branch scale 120 B-40
test parameter block 127-140 B-42
title block position 25 B-17
tracing control 62 B-26
valve centerline dimensioning 80 B-34
vertical dimension/elevation 119 B-40
view point 42 B-23
weld control 54 B-25
weld number 53 B-24
weld number allocation at reinforcement
pads 77 B-34
weld number allocation at slip-on flanges
77 B-34
zero length bends 68 B-28
optional format
for length output 8-10
options file 1-4, 3-6, 7-1
alternate_description_index 7-87
atext_specifications 7-56
dotted_symbology_code_list_values 7-75
end_point_component_labels 7-70
example of C-4
export variable 5-3
file structure 7-2
files table 7-42
genitm_note_format 7-85
ingr_atext_specifications 7-58
intergraph_options_block 7-6
ISOGEN_options_block 7-4
line_id_definition 7-59
movable_text 7-81
new_symbol_keys 7-84
nomto_code_list_values 7-77
nozzle_note 7-72
pipeline_header 7-50
secondary_orientation_note 7-74
shop_fabcat_code_list_values 7-78
start_point_notes 7-68
type_1_labels 7-60
type_2_labels 7-63
type_3_labels 7-66
options_block 7-6
order of table entries 13-5
orientation 5-75
OTBW symbol key B-58
OTFL symbol key B-59
Index IN - 17
OTSC symbol key B-58
output
center
gravity weight 82 B-36
control, coordinate option switch 66 B-27
output file
export variable 5-4
overall dimension
overlap 6-26
P
part number
box control
material
enclosure shape 76 B-33
parts file
example of C-60
parts list 7-6
paterns
gapping hatching
PB+D symbol key B-52
pc 7-70
PDISOFONT 5-5
pdisoplot 4-7
pdme
export
using revision numbering with 5-92
pdme data
generate 5-102
PDS
item name 13-1
operator name 13-1
to-ISOGEN
symbol map 7-12
valve operator name 13-4
PDS environment 2-1
PD_Shell 2-2
PD_Shell 2-2
form conventions 2-5
pdshell environment 2-1
PDSidf 4-7
pdsidf 4-7
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map 13-1
end prep low and end prep high 13-5
ISOGEN
record number 13-2
symbol name 13-1
number of connect points 13-3
order of table entries 13-5
PDS
item name 13-1
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map
(continued)
PDS (continued)
valve operator name 13-4
tapped component
name 13-3
record number 13-4
picture scale
pipe
support
information on drawing
supports
pipe components
symbol keys B-45
pipe report
cut C-63
pipe supports 5-79, 7-14
pipeline
attributes
dotted 20-4
special 20-4
sloping
indication limit B-14
pipeline names 3-10
extraction
line
ID 3-11
name substring 3-10
pipeline_header 7-50
PIPELINE_HEADER
example
breaking supply responsibility along a
pipeline 7-53 - 7-54
changing construction responsibility
along a pipeline 7-53
pipes, fixed length
symbol keys B-54
PL symbol key B-45
plate
orifice and restrictor symbol keys B-47
plot
isometric drawing 3-14
plot copies 5-102

plot file
export variable 5-4
plot request files
creating 9-3
plot request files (continued)
iplot 9-3
plotted leg
lengths elbows and tees
plotted material
AText B-80
plotted material list control
plotting 4-7, 5-92
pn 7-70
point
control view
points
coordinates at tapping
position
title block 8-14
PR symbol key B-47
prefix 7-70
presentation 20-1
bend/elbow
representation 20-5
example
ddf 20-10
fittings
special 20-6
undimensioned
branches 20-7
isometric
layer names 20-8
miscellaneous items 20-8
pipeline
attributes
dotted 20-4
special 20-4
program defaults 20-9
previous details
save 5-92
primary model number 3-9
printed material list
length control
printed parts file
example of C-60
printed parts list 7-6
process queue
export variable 5-4
program defaults 20-9
project database
and extraction information 15-3
project options
defining 5-21
prt file
example of C-60
pseudo attribute 7-52
pt 7-70
Q
queue
export variable 5-4
queue_descript file 3-14, 5-102
R
RA** symbol key B-47
raw design file data 6-12
RBSC symbol key B-58
RBSW symbol key B-58
RCBW symbol key B-57
RCCP symbol key B-57
RCFL symbol key B-57
RCSC symbol key B-57
RD symbol key B-49
RDB data 3-9
REBW symbol key B-58
record
ID numbers B-3, B-6
spool and in-line fitting B-6
table of intermediate B-3
record number 13-2
tapped component 13-4
reducers
symbol keys B-57
re-extract
existing sheets 5-102
re-extraction
and the project database 15-3
REFL symbol key B-58
reinforcing pads 7-17
repeatability 5-102, 15-1
and the project database 15-3
rules for 15-2
report file
export variable 5-4
reports 5-12, 5-104
cut pipe 7-6
RESC symbol key B-58
reset model numbers 3-3
revise
default set 5-18
drawing 5-11, 5-33
iso area 5-11, 5-25
Index IN - 19
revise (continued)
multiple drawings 5-42
single drawing 5-38
revision
block 5-32, 5-41, 5-44
number 5-32, 5-40, 5-44
incrementing 5-92
numbering
and exporting to pdme 5-92
RFPL symbol key B-59
RNSC symbol key B-57
round-off dimension
RP symbol key B-45
RV** symbol key B-49
S
S3** symbol key B-48
S4** symbol key B-48
SA** symbol key B-48
save
previous details 5-92
SB symbol key B-46
SC symbol key B-50
scale
picture
tapped branch
scale factor 5-75
schedule batch job 5-12, 5-100
secondary indices for the MDL
defining 7-87
secondary_orientation_note 7-74
example
defining
secondary orientation notes 7-74
sed file
example of C-62
seed file
export variable 5-4
seed files
creating
for extraction 9-1
isometric 9-1
seg file
example of C-64
segment
data table 7-43
summary table 10-3
segment_data_table 10-3
select
line names 3-3
lines for extraction
select (continued)
lines for extraction (continued)
by line ID 5-96
model numbers 3-2
setup
considerations 5-3
SG** symbol key B-45
sheet
data table 10-2, 10-12
generated 5-32, 5-41
number 10-12
sheet breaks
extraction limitations with 3-21
sheet numbers:generating with spool
number prefix 7-51

sheet splits
correcting incorrect 15-5
determining 15-4
sheet_data_table 10-12
shop_fabcat_code_list_values 7-78
example
defining
fabrication categories 7-78
single drawing
revise 5-38
size
drawing
flow arrow
sketch
detail
sketch detail
units
skew
3D drawn as 2D with fall indication
box dimension standout, triangles
box style and dimensioning
box/triangle type
suppress boxes/triangles on branch legs
triangle hatching
skey
new 5-74
old 5-73
skey dimensions E-3
SKEY, symbol keys B-43
SKSW symbol key B-55
solid line
define 5-81
sort groups 8-9
SP symbol key B-45
spare
spare option switch
56-57 B-25
spare option switch 103-107 B-38
spare option switch 110 B-39

specialty and descriptions library 3-9
specific note 7-48
specification
breaks
specification changes
AText B-79
spindle
key 5-75
point 5-76
spindle point
define 5-81
split control
drawing option switch 38 B-20
split point coordinates
display 17-4
split points
automatic in pipe
splitting the mto neutral file (msplit) 4-6
spool
number
spool and in-line fitting records B-6
spool number prefix 7-51
generating sheet numbers 7-51
generating spool numbers 7-51
spool numbers
generating with spool number prefix
7-51
SR symbol key B-45
stacking arrangement
drawing
stacking arrangement (continued)
drawing (continued)
standard material list 8-2
user-defined variation of 8-2
standard note 180 & 1100
codelist values for 16-3
start point 5-76
defining 5-80
start_point_notes 7-68
Start_Point_Notes
example
defining
start point notes 7-69
stib.exe 4-6
string dimensioning 17-2
structural column
reference 7-37
style
fabricated (pulled) bends) output 8-13
material list output 8-13
style 1
material list
contents and changes for 8-3
style 2
material list

mld file 8-2
user-defined material list
example 8-19
style 3
data item info 8-18
material list 8-17
basic control info 8-17
mld file 8-3
example 8-19
style1
mld file 8-2
submit
batch job 5-100
for plotting 5-92
summary block 10-3
supports
pipe
suppress output of end coordinates
suppress skew boxes/triangles on branch
legs
SV** symbol key B-48
Index IN - 21
SW symbol key B-50
SWBW symbol key B-55
switches
option B-8
automatic split points in pipe 108
B-38
bolting diameters in material control
file 65 B-26
center of gravity weight output 82
B-36
character size 4 B-9
coordinate output control 66 B-27
coordinates at tapping points 122
B-41
cut marks 3 B-9
cutting list 2 B-9
data return file 109 B-39
date in title block 6 B-10
dimension line standout distance 8
B-11
dimension round-off carry-over 117
B-40
dimensional units 41 B-22
dimensioning control 81 B-35
dimensions on drawings 9 B-12
dotted nozzle 111 B-39
drawing area 35 B-20
drawing margin 10-13 B-13
drawing size 14-16 B-13
drawing split control 38 B-20
drawing stacking arrangement 36-37
B-20
falling lines 19 B-14

field fit weld allowance 22 B-15
flow arrow 17 B-14
flow arrow size 112 B-39
frame control 18 B-14
gapping hatching patterns 102 B-38
instrument balloon 123 B-41
instrument identification 59 B-25
insulation control 61 B-25
isometric type 21 B-15
loose flange allowance 22 B-15
material list accumulation 74 B-30
material list descriptions 26 B-18
material list item code length 28 B-19
material list line spacing 29 B-19
material list output 30 B-19
material list position 25 B-17
material list reserved area 35 B-20
material list text size 27 B-18
material list type/length units 24
B-17
switches (continued)
option (continued)
material part number enclosure shape
76 B-33
offset angle tolerance 115 B-39
offset dimension tolerance 116 B-39
overall dimension 118 B-40
part number box 73 B-29
picture scale 34 B-19
pipe support information on drawing
64 B-26
pipe supports 40 B-21
pipeline reference format in material
control file 113 B-39
plotted leg lengths elbows and tees 95
B-36
plotted material list control 23 B-16
printed material list length control 63
B-26
sketch detail units 92 B-36
skew box dimension standout,
triangles 100 B-37
skew box style and dimensioning 99
B-37
skew box/triangle type 97 B-37
skew triangle hatching 101 B-37
skews, 3D drawn as 2D 67 B-28
sloping pipeline indication limit B-14
spare 103-107 B-38
spare 110 B-39
spare 124-126 B-42
spare 52 B-24
spare 56-57 B-25
spare 78-79 B-34
spare 83-91 B-36
spare 93-94 B-36
spare 96 B-37
spare 98 B-37
specification breaks 114 B-39
spool number 39 B-21

suppress output of end coordinates 5
B-10
tag number 60 B-25
tapped branch dimension 121 B-40
tapped branch scale 120 B-40
test parameter block 127-140 B-42
title block position 25 B-17
tracing control 62 B-26
valve centerline dimensioning 80
B-34
vertical dimension/elevation 119 B-40
view point 42 B-23
weld control 54 B-25
weld number 53 B-24
switches (continued)
option (continued)
weld number allocation at
reinforcement pads 77 B-34
weld number allocation at slip-on
flanges 77 B-34
weld number box 75 B-31
zero length bends 68 B-28
option 69
spare B-28
option 70
suppress skew boxes/triangles on
branch legs B-28
option 71
detail sketch B-28
option 72
spare B-28
symbol 5-76
definition software 5-71
design
export variable 5-5
index
export variable 5-5
library
export variable 5-5
user-defined 7-42
map 13-1
name 13-1
origin 5-74, 5-76
symbol editor
use of 5-71
symbol keys, SKEY B-43
bend radius B-43
bends B-51
caps B-53
couplings B-53
crosses B-54
elbows B-51
end connections, other B-50
end prep connections B-43
flanges B-44
flanges LJSE type B-44
in-line filters B-47
instruments B-46 - B-47
miscellaneous items B-46

number of segments B-43
o lets B-55
operators B-62
pipe components miscellaneous B-45
pipes, fixed length B-54
reducers B-57
skey connect points B-43
tees B-56
traps B-49
symbol keys, SKEY (continued)
unions B-59
valves B-59
four-way B-61
three-way B-61
vent B-49
welds B-50
SYMDGN 5-5
SYMLIB 5-5
SYMNDX 5-5
system
isometrics
log file 5-100 - 5-101
T
TA** symbol key B-49
table
entries order 13-5
files title block 10-1
intermediate file records B-3
notes 10-1
tag
number
tag numbers 7-10
tap
name 13-1
points 5-76
record number 13-1
tap points
coordinates at
define 5-81
tapped
component name 13-3
olets attached to fittings 13-4
tapped elbows 13-3
component record number 13-4
elbows 13-3
piping components 3-21
tapped branch
dimension
scale
taps 5-77
TB+D symbol key B-52
tblock 4-6
T@BW symbol key B-52
TEBW symbol key B-56
TECP symbol key B-56

tee
symbol keys B-56
Index IN - 23
tees
plotted leg lengths
TEFL symbol key B-56
TERF symbol key B-56
TESO symbol key B-56
test parameter
block
TESW symbol key B-56
text
alternative B-64
dimension standout
option switch 4 B-9
size
material list
text node
number 10-2
restrictions on 10-2
text node number
restrictions on 10-2
T@FLsymbol key B-52
THSC symbol key B-55
TI** symbol key B-49
title block
AText B-79
data files 7-20
date in
mapping attributes 10-1
mapping file 10-4
position
positioning 8-14
summary table 10-3
table files 10-1
tables file 7-43
title block table
example of C-64
TO** symbol key B-49
tolerance 7-9
offset angle
offset dimension
topo
design file data
sorted by 6-15
header 6-23
total isometric weight 19-1
TR** symbol key B-49
tracing 5-76
control
tracing (continued)
control (continued)

data 6-14
define 5-81
trailing zeros
eliminating from isometric 10-4
transfer
components
between sort groups 8-9
trap
symbol keys B-49
traversal start point
determining 15-4
traversing a network 6-22, 6-24 - 6-25
triangle
hatching skew
skew type
triangles
skewed box dimension standout
TSBW symbol key B-56
TSCP symbol key B-56
TSFL symbol key B-56
TSSW symbol key B-56
TU** symbol key B-46
type 5-38, 5-43
isometric 20-12
type 63 data
type_1_labels 7-60
example
defining
type 1 labels 7-61
type_2_labels 7-63
TYPE_2_LABELS
example
defining
type 2 labels 7-64
type_3_labels 7-66
TYPE_3_LABELS
example
defining
type 3 labels 7-67
typefaces xv
U
uconfigure.dat file 5-6
unassigned
inspection numbers
default text 7-58
unions
symbol keys B-59
unique weld numbering 16-4
units
dimensional
sketch detail
UNSC symbol key B-59

UNSW symbol key B-59
update
project database 4-7
usa style dimensioning 17-3
user-defined
MTO 8-1
text and user-positioned text 8-3
variation of the standard material list
8-2
user-defined BOM 8-1
operating requirements 8-4
user-defined drawing symbology 5-71
creating a user-defined symbol library
5-83
using the newly-created symbol library
5-84
user-defined material control file 8-7
example of style 2 8-19
example of style 3 8-19
user-defined MTO
user-defined weld prefix 16-4
user_defined_component_bom 7-95
user_defined_generated_item_bom 7-92
user_defined_implied_item_bom 7-89
user_defined_welds 7-45
generating 7-46
using
HITS report to solve problems 6-26
newly-created symbol library 5-84
the isoc.note file 11-2
utilities 5-11, 5-56
bulk load lines 5-57
from ASCII file 5-67
delete drawing records 5-85
frameworks
reference file 5-86
iso symbol editor 5-71
assemble iso symbol 5-76
V
V3** symbol key B-61
V4** symbol key B-61
VALOPR table 7-42
valpor 7-18
valve
centerline dimensioning 17-2
operator table 14-1
operators 7-11
valve operator symbol map 7-42
valves
four-way
symbol keys B-61
symbol keys B-59
three-way
symbol keys B-61
variables 5-3
VB** symbol key B-60

VC** symbol key B-60
VD** symbol key B-60
vent
symbol keys B-49
vertical dimension/elevation
VG** symbol key B-60
view
point control
VK** symbol key B-60
VN** symbol key B-60
VP** symbol key B-60
VR** symbol key B-61
vrs sheet number file 7-6
VS** symbol key B-61
VT** symbol key B-60
VV** symbol key B-60
VX** symbol key B-60
VY** symbol key B-60
W
warning
messages A-3
warning messages A-8
wdf file
example of 16-9
weight display 19-1
weight library
weld
control
enhancements
Index IN - 25
weld (continued)
field fit allowance
number
symbol keys B-50
user-defined 7-45
weld box summary
standard
AText B-85
user-defined
AText B-86
weld boxes
alternative style 16-6
weld definition report format file
example of 16-9
weld number
allocation
reinforement pads 77 B-34
slip-on flanges 77 B-34
box control
weld summary report 16-5

weld_prefix 7-47
example
define weld prefix 7-47
welds 7-13, 16-1
branch 12-9
dotted 16-2
in material list 8-13
listed in the bom 16-10
offshore fabrication category 16-4
unique weld numbering 16-4
user-defined weld prefix 16-4
wdf file
example of 16-9
weld data item information 16-8
weld definition file format 16-5
weld summary report 16-5, 16-8
welds boxes
using a backing sheet 16-6
welds definition 7-44
WF symbol key B-50
witness line
extend 17-3
WM symbol key B-50
WMF symbol key B-50
WO symbol key B-50
WOF symbol key B-50
WS symbol key B-50
WTBW symbol key B-55
WW symbol key B-50
X
XA** symbol key B-47
XV** symbol key B-49
Z
zero length
bends option switch 68 B-28
zero length leg 6-24
zeros
eliminating trailing 10-4

Isoref

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Isoref

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Reference Guide

available on the web at http://www.intergraph.com.

1.1.1 The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN .......................................

7.19 DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES ................................... 7 - 7

15. Repeatability ..............................................................

20.3 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED ................................................

Project Administrator Reference Guide

Graphic Commodity Library

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 11

In this case, go to Step 4.

on the Isometric Symbol Editor form.

consists of your inputs for some batch processing

5. Filename Option toggle

PD_ISO recognizes Continuation Area Data.

5 - 30 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000

batch job input file.

The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single

does not exist, the system displays an error message.

Load Lines form.

#L2 LineId2 ! optional

tric Symbol Editor

connect to an adjacent symbol.

interferences within the drawings.

file that is used by Intergraph option 71 to place reference dimension in the is

16. Drawing List

Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 20

COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 79

SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 25

COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 0 3 0 0 0 11 84

Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design

5 Next 28 1 COMP 19 110 1 5 2

COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 7 0 11 39

COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 6 0 6 98

PIPE 33237424 10300970 431800 33237424 10300970 417449 4 1 2 in 31 8

: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate

not allow multiple, disconnected sections of piping to be extracted into a singl

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 19

used to highlight the fact that no connecting component was

Output Component Schedule:

1 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system.

as A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read from

database using table 212.

appear complete on the drawing.

1 Generate an entry in the bill of material, but not a note in the

specialty material description library for pipe supports.

When set to 1, option 60 increases iso extraction time. It is

Raw design file data

The weld is displayed as non-dashed on both isometrics

2 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines

The format of the table entry is:

-7 Spool number prefix n/a

1, 34, 46, 910

Text is justified by the lower, left corner of the string.

7 - 90 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000

Placing data in a column-type format (no headings) on a user-defined drawing she

r Material List Output

is used with the page attribute and indicates a

part numbers from the remaining items.

__________________________________________________________________ 8.15 Example

START-POSITION 225.0 130

The elements of each table entry are separated by commas.

The segment attributes shown in the table above are:

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 5

Label Type = 407

Label Type = 952

Label Type = 959

Label Type = 987